UC-NRLF 
 
 B M D21 E7Q 
 
 ^ 
 

 1 1 A. VOL. XII. 
 
 . ' > > > 
 
 THE 
 
 LANGUAGES OF THE NORTHERN 
 -^ HIMALAYAS, 
 
 BEING 
 
 STUDIES IN THE GRAMMAR OF 
 TWENTY - SIX HIMALAYAN DIALECTS. 
 
 BY 
 
 THE REV. T. (IRAHAMEIbAILEY, B.D., M.A., M.R.A.S. 
 
 LONDON : 
 
 PUBLISHED BY THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY, 
 
 22, ALBEMARLE STREET, W. 
 
 1908. 
 
1 
 
 ,,u^ 
 
PREFATOKY N^OTE. ^J^'^^^ 
 
 A FEW words are necessary in order to explain how aj aj /] 
 Mr. Grahame Bailey's valuable collection of monographs 
 appears in its present form. 
 
 In the year 1905 it was brought to the notice of the 
 Council of the Royal Asiatic Society that he had prepared 
 sketches of a number of dialects spoken in the Panjab 
 hills between Simla and Murree, for insertion in the local 
 District Gazetteers then being prepared for the use of 
 officials. Each sketch was intended to be printed as an 
 independent section of the appropriate volume of a series 
 which would not easily be accessible to students in Europe ; 
 and the Council, considering that their publication in a con- 
 nected shape would form a book of no little scientific value, 
 represented the facts to the Panjab Government, with the 
 suggestion that, if the type were still standing, a sufficient 
 number of copies should be struck oft' for that purpose. As 
 it happened, some of the type had been broken up, but the 
 Panjab Government most liberally supplied the Society not 
 only with sheets of the entire work, reprinting what was 
 necessary, but also with sets of several sketches prepared by 
 Mr. Grd,hame Bailey on other occasions, the whole being so 
 arranged that, with the Author's Preface, it forms one 
 convenient volume. 
 
 Owing to some sections of the book having been printed 
 off before it was decided to publish them in this form, the 
 pagination of the volume is not? continuous from end to end, 
 but the Table of Contents g-iven in the Preface is so arrano-ed 
 as to render it easy to find the particulars of any required 
 dialect. 
 
 The scientific world owes a debt of gratitude to Mr. Grahame 
 Bailey for the preparation of these sketches, and to the 
 Government of the Panjab for its liberality in placing them, 
 in a printed form, at the disposal of the Royal Asiatic 
 Society. 
 
 G. A. GRIERSON. 
 
 5^9 4 4G 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 This volume is a collection of studies printed at various times. It 
 lias not been possible, therefore, to have continuous pagination. 
 Studies in Noftliern Himalayan Dialects was the first to be written ; it 
 was privately printed in 1902. Sketches of ten dialects were printed 
 in 1905 with a view to their being incorporated in the forthcoming 
 Gazetteers of the Simla States, Camba State and the States of Mandi 
 and Suket. Lastly, notes on seven dialects in Kulu and JammS State 
 together with a Sasi Vocabulary have been printed in 1906. It will 
 be noticed that notes on the Padari dialect of JammS State occur in 
 two different parts of the volume. This is due to the fact that the 
 type of the Studies mentioned above had long ago been broken up, 
 and I was unable to cut out, as I should have wished, the couple of 
 pages on Padari, printed in 1902. They have perforce been permitted 
 to stand. A much fuller account of this interesting dialect will be 
 found in Part III. 
 
 The following Table will show at a glance the contents of the 
 volume : — 
 
 I. 
 
 Page. 
 Dialects of the Simla Hills and Kulu, pp. i-iii, 1-65. 
 
 Introduction to the Simla Hills Dialects ... i 
 
 Grammar of Baghati ... ... ,,. 1 
 
 „ „ KiSthali ... ,.. ... 11 
 
 Notes on Eastern KiSthali ... ... 21 
 
 „ „ Kot Khai ... ... ... 23 
 
 Grammar of Kot Guriii ... ... ... 25 
 
 Introduction to the Kulu Dinlects ... ... 35 
 
 Gi'am mar of Outer Siraji ... ... ... 37 
 
 „ „ Inner Siraji ... ... ... M 
 
 ,, „ Sainji ... ... . , 52 
 
 „ „ Kului .., ,., ,,. 57 
 
 II, Dialects of Mandi State, pp. i, ii, 1-17. 
 
 Introduction to the Mandi Dialects 
 Grammar of Mandeali 
 Notes on North Mandeali ... 
 „ „ Chota Baijghali ... 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 11 
 
 16 
 
n 
 
 III. Dialects of Camha and Jammu States and Sasi Gloss- 
 aries, pp. i-vi, 1-108. 
 
 Introduction to Camba Dialects 
 Grammar of Cameali 
 
 „ „ Bhateali ■ ... 
 „ ,, Cuiahi 
 
 ,, ,, Laliull 
 Inti'oduction to Bhadrawalii, BlialesI and Padain 
 Grammar of Bhadrawalii... 
 „ ,, Bhalesi 
 
 ,, ,, Pad^iri 
 
 Introduction to Slsi Glossary 
 
 Glossary of Original SIsi Words 
 
 ,. ,, Borrowed and Disguised S^si Words ... 
 Appendix 
 Grammar of Parjgwali 
 
 IV. Studies in Northern Himalayan Dialects, pp. 1-72 
 
 Prefatory Note 
 
 Grammar of Gujuri 
 
 Notes on Tinaull 
 
 Grammar of Dhundi or Kairali 
 
 „ ,, Punch! 
 
 Notes on Padari 
 Grammar of Siraji (Doda Siraji) 
 
 „ ,, Rambani 
 
 „ „ Pou:uli ... 
 
 „ „ Kisbtawari 
 
 Note on tbe grammatical resemblance of SIsi to 
 other dialects 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 17 
 27 
 37 
 53 
 57 
 68 
 76 
 85 
 91 
 97 
 
 100 
 101 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 12 
 15 
 
 24 
 33 
 36 
 46 
 51 
 61 
 
 70 
 
 V. Dialects of Karjgra District, pp. i, 1-53. 
 
 Introduction to Kaggri and Gadi or Bharmauvi ... i 
 
 Grammar of Kaggri ... ... ... 1 
 
 " Karjgri and Gadi Songs ... ... ... 12 
 
 Grammar of Gadi ... ... ... 19 
 
 Karjgri and Gadi Glossary ... ' ... 42 
 
 It will be seen that these twenty-six dialects cover a considerable 
 portion of tlie northern and nortli-westei'n part of tlie Himalayas. 
 All but two of them are in the strictest sense hill dialects. Gujuri is 
 not confined to the mountains, but as Gujurs in the plains have a 
 
Ill 
 
 teudencj to speak the language of the people among whom they dwell 
 we must go to tl,e hills if we wisl, to study their dialect in its purity 
 Gujurs in the hills, however widely separated, all seem to speak the 
 same dialect. 
 
 Sgsi is spoken in the plains, but it seemed advisable to print here 
 the Sssi Glossaries. They are of great philological interest, as indeed 
 are all secret vocabularies. There are many such vocabularies i.i the 
 Panjah, some of them frankly criminal, but it is not easy to get any 
 knowledge of them. The tribes who speak them are often migratory, 
 and in any case it is difficult to attain to such terms of intimacy 
 with them as will induce any of their members to impart the secret 
 of their speech. That friendship with the.n will ultimately lead to the 
 breaking down of the barrier of concealment one may readily believe. 
 As a case in point I may mention that for two or three years I have known 
 a trihe of monkey-trainers, conjurers and bear-dancers (Qalandar and 
 Ma.lari). Qnite recently they have laid aside their reserve and 
 initiated me info their language and rites and customs. 
 
 The hill dialects, twenty-four in all, give a somewhat compre- 
 hensive view of the speech of the Himalayas from the south of Sinda 
 to beyond Murree. Three of them, with two sub-dialects, belong to 
 ti.e S.mla States region, four to the Kulu sub-division of Kanora 
 one with two sub-dialects to Mandi State, two to Kaijgra proper, °one 
 ot these, Gadi or Bharmauri, being extensively spoken also in Caraba 
 tour belong to ^Camba State (excluding Bharmauri just mentioned)' 
 eight to Jammu State (including Punchi), and, lastly, two to the 
 country round about the hill station of Murree. 
 
 It should be noted that Siraji in JammS State has no connection 
 with S^aji in Kulu. The word Siraj means simply Ull, and Sirnjl 
 me.uBbelougm^^ to Ue hills or Ully. The JaramS Siraji might be called 
 P^.deaUor Dodl or Doda Simji fi-om D.da, a large village in the Sirai' 
 he headquarters of a Naib Tahsildar. It is picturesquely situated' 
 high up above the Ciuab. 
 
 This work has been almost entirely pioneer work. I do not 
 know that a grammar of any of tl.ese dialects ,has previously been 
 published. In Cameali portions of the Bible have been printed (see 
 Oamba Introduction, p. vi) ; a Mandeali reading book lithographed 
 ma form of the Takri character was issued some years ago Dr 
 Jukes, the Medical Missionary in Kot Gurii, tells me that a portion 
 otti.e Book of Common Prayer was printed a considerable time ago in 
 Jiot Gurui. I have, however, failed to obtain a copy. 
 
 In the case of Kaggpi and Gadi, I have contented myself with 
 thoroughly revising the late Mr. O'Brien's notes, and adding to the 
 
IV 
 
 grammar and vocabulary. I regret that the type of these two dialects 
 is different from tliat of the lest. 
 
 It will be seen that all the dialects treated of in these pages are 
 Aryan with the one exception of Camba Lahuli. This dialect 
 very closely resembles MancatI, spoken furtlier up the Cinab between 
 the border of Camba and the junction of the Candra and Bhaga 
 rivers. I sent the MS. proof of the grammar and vocabulary and prose 
 specimen of Camba Laliu.ll to Dr. Sten Konow of Christiania. Be 
 writes: — "I think that Lahuli is a characteristic Tibeto-Burman 
 language, if you except the use of pronominal suffixes with verbs." 
 Of this feature he says : — 'It canhe Aryan, but I think it more probable 
 that it is to be explained by tlie supposition of an old Munda substratum.' 
 
 The greatest possible interest attaches to the linguistic process 
 by which one language shades off into another. This process 
 is illustrated very fully by the grammatical phenomena of the 
 dialects under review. Several of the Jammft dialects show the steps 
 between Kashmiii and Panjabi, those between Camba and Simla 
 show a number of Rajasthani affinities. Various dialects show connec- 
 tions with Hindi, Urdu or Lahnda. In addition to all this there are 
 gradual changes by which a dialect merges into the one geogra- 
 phically next to it. This is amply exemplified in the chain of dialects 
 from Simla via Kulu or Maudl totheBanihal Pass or Kishtawar. The 
 whole subject is fascinatingly interesting. 
 
 I have endeavoured to make the representation of pronunciation 
 rigidly accurate. This has entailed considerable labour. Only those 
 who have tried to reproduce with absolute accuracy the nuances of 
 pronunciation found in a language which has never been reduced to 
 writing can understand wliat it means. In order to catch exactly 
 the sounds produced by various speakers not only must one listen with 
 unfailing care, but one must lay aside all prepossessions derived from a 
 study of other dialects. It is d^mgerous to uifer the pronunciation of 
 a word in any new dialect. The value of the services of a literate 
 speaker of a hill language is often lessened by his unconscious tendency 
 to assimilate his words to some better-known literary form of speech. 
 
 A word or two must be said about the system of transliteration. 
 In the Kaijgri and Gadi dialects the system adopted by Mr. O'Brien was 
 adhered to, and it was not possible later on to alter it. It is the 
 common Hunterian system as found, for example, in Platts's Grammar, 
 In the rest of the volume the practice of British Oriental Societies has 
 been followed — c stands for the sound of ch in child, and the correspond- 
 ing aspirate is represented by ch, a doubly curved line above a vowel 
 is used for nasal n ; rj represents the sound of ng in singing ; sh and zh 
 
stand for sh in shout and z in azure. In sh and zU tlie two letters are 
 pronounced separately. 
 
 A few additional signs have been adopted : i is the sound half way 
 between i and I; u italicised in a word in ordinary print, or left in ordi- 
 nary print in an italicised word is the sound lialf way between u and v. ; eu 
 under similar conditions stands for the shortened form of the eu in the 
 French douloureux ; at under similar conditions is a shortened ai ; ai in 
 turn is a mixture of tlie English a in man and ai in aisle; eu (under ordi- 
 nary type conditions) is long eu, and eu represents two distinct vowels e 
 and 71. 
 
 It should be mentioned that the words Knrmir and Kngmhl have been 
 transliterated as they are generally pronounced, Kashmir and Kashnnrz. 
 Dhuadi or Kairali, found round al)out Murree and in the adjoinino- 
 parts of tne Hazara distiict in the North West Frontier Province, is a 
 dialect of Lalinda, a language spoken widely over the Western Panjab 
 and North West Frontier Province. To Lahnda also l)elong Tinauh", 
 but poorly represented in these pages, and Punchi, the speech 
 of probably at least 150,000, possibly 200,000, people in Punch Stnte, 
 which is subject to Jammft and Kashmir. Many of the summer inhabit- 
 ants of Murree come from Punch, and a number of Punchi coolies 
 were employed in connection with the Tibetan Expedition. 
 
 Four dialects are connected with Kasdimiri and deserve very close 
 study. KishtHwari on the S.E. of Kashmir proper greatly resembles 
 Kashmiri; and Kashmiri is well understood in Kishtawar. Poguli, 
 south of the Banihal Pass, a few miles south of the head wateis of 
 the Jihlam River, is not intelligible to Kashmiris; nevertheless the 
 resemblance between Kashmiri and Poguli is considerable. Further 
 removed is Rambani, which is contiguous to Poguli on the south. When 
 we come to Doda Siraji, which lies between Kishtawari on the east and 
 Poguli and Rambani on the west, we are in doubt as to whether we 
 should class it with Kashmiri or connect it with the group of dialects 
 next to the south which belong to the Dogri or Panjabi system. On 
 the whole it is better to consider it as belonging to Kashmiri. 
 
 Bhadrawahi, Bhalesiand Curahi form an interesting group and have 
 much in common with each other. They are intermediate forms of speech 
 bridging the gulf between Panjabi or Dogri and the Kashmiri system. 
 
 Curahi gives place on the east to Paggwali, a dialect which f greatly 
 regret not having had opportunities of studying. Paggwali is closely 
 allied to Padari. (See III, p. 101). On the south Curahi gives way to 
 Cameali and Bhateali, the latter of which is a dialect of Dogri. Dogri 
 itself, spoken by people in Jamma State, is one of the main dialects"of 
 Panjabi. Cameali is replaced by Bharmauri or Gadi on the east, while 
 
VI 
 
 south of Camba Sfate we have the Kai)gri and Mandeali dialects, to tlie 
 east of them the Kulu group, and to tlie soutii and south-west of them 
 the dialects of the Simla States. It is in Cameali and the Kulu and 
 Simla dialects and also in Gujuri and the S^si dialect that we notice 
 that interesting similarity to Rajasthani which points to some very 
 close historical connection in byyfone centuries. We may hope that 
 ere long philologists will be in a position to shed light on these ancient 
 national and tribal movements. 
 
 Of the man}?- linguistic tasks in the Panjab which await accom- 
 plishment two appeal specially to me. One is the completion of the 
 study of hill dialects in the province. Towards this end I have written 
 notes, which are at present in manuscript, of about a dozen dialects 
 and half a dozen sub-dialects, all in or near the Simla States, and hope, 
 as opportunity offers, to go on working at others. The second task is 
 the compilation of a Panjabi Dictionary to be supplementary to existing 
 dictionaries of the language. This, however, is a task which will re- 
 quire the enthusiastic toil of many collaborators. 
 
 All philologists interested in the Panjab will look forward with 
 eager expectation to the appearance of the Panjab volumes of the monu- 
 mental Survey of the Languages of India being brought out by Dr. 
 G. A. Grrierson, C.I.E, When those appear the Panjab will be linguisti- 
 cally a new country to us. 
 
 To Dr. Grierson and to Mr. H. A. Rose, C.S., I am under a deep 
 debt of gratitude for their unfailing interest and encourngement in my 
 work. Without their encouragement it would never have been under- 
 taken. 
 
 In pioneer effort of this description one cannot hope to avoid 
 mistakes. I shall be very grateful to anyone who will indicate to me 
 any errors that may have occuired. 
 
 In conclusion, may I express the hope that those whose work or 
 leisure gives them opportunities of con>ing in contact with unknown or 
 little known forms of speech will not only use their opportunities for 
 the study of such dialects as they ruay hear spoken, but will also 
 minister to the advancement of })hilology by printing notes of the 
 information obtained. Not a few Govei'nment officials and others have 
 retired with valuable notes in their possession, notes which have never 
 seen the light and are now lost beyond recall. 
 
 T. Grahame Bailey, 
 
 Waztrdbad, 
 June 18th, 1908. 
 
ERRATA. 
 
 I. P. 
 
 line 
 
 II. 
 III. 
 
 P. 
 
 n 
 
 p. 
 
 
 5 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 
 ii, 
 10 
 
 i', 
 
 )) )■ 
 
 ,, iii 
 
 !, vi 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 •' >» 
 
 10, 
 
 11, 
 „ 17-26, 
 „ 29, 
 '» 33, 
 n 38-51, 
 40. 
 
 20 for ' except ' read ' lenving untouched.' 
 
 21 delete ' with.' 
 „ for 'Nahan' read 'Nahan.' 
 
 " „ 17 „ ' dhUld' „ ' dhiiu: 
 
 iii, omit last para., and see III, vi, 4th para. 
 4, line 16 for ' after ' rend ' before.' 
 
 ' rirnd ' 
 
 ' cheori ' 
 
 ' lautifi ' 
 
 ■ tharaa ' 
 
 •Dhar' 
 
 IV. P. 
 
 9, 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 33 
 
 41 
 
 line 
 
 9 
 19 
 1] 
 
 fi 
 12. 21 
 
 nrna. 
 
 line 
 
 ■ clieori. 
 'lannil.' 
 ' tliaran.' 
 ' Dahr.' 
 2 from foot for ' hattiwale ' read ' hattiwale.' 
 11 after h insert ' preceding an accented vowel.' 
 14 ,, ' appears' '{before an accented vowel).' 
 13 for 'light' read -nearly.' 
 22 ,, 'eu' read ' gH.' 
 26 ,, ' kiidha ' rearf « kudha.' 
 2 from foot /or 'khand' read ' khdnd.' 
 last line for ' banana ' read ' bandnd.' 
 line 17 ., 'dhai' read ' dhai.' 
 last line ,, ' on ' rend ' ox.' 
 headings „ ' Bhatedli' read ' Bhatedli.' 
 line 6 from foot for ' kidheo ' read ' kidheo.' 
 
 „ 5 for ' Jammu ' read ' Jammtt.' 
 
 headings „ ' LdhuW read ' LdhulV 
 line 12 ,, 'dawn' read 'down.' 
 line 1 .. 'ber.ki' read ' betki.' 
 bi ' rend ' bl.' 
 
 KARIALI' read ' KAIRALI.' 
 ghora' (2nd time) read ' gliore.' 
 hens ' read ' maize.' 
 
 12 
 1 
 
 13 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 11 
 
 V. Introdnctiou last two lines should rend-' The fondness of Gaddls for M is the 
 
DIALECTS OF THE SIMLA HILLS. 
 
 BY 
 
 The Revd. T. Grahame Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 In tbe Simla States west of Long. 78° there is a congeines of 
 dialects not differing very widely from one another. They are at pre- 
 sent classed as belonging to the Western Pahari Language of the 
 Northern Group of the Sanskrito- Aryan Family. East of Long. 78° there 
 are Tibeto-Himalayan languages which belong to the Indo-Chinese 
 Family. They are found only in Bashahr State. At present we know- 
 very little about the Simla States languages, with the exception of 
 Tibetan in the extreme east, and any contribution to our knowledge is 
 peculiarly desitable. la the notes which follow I have endeavoured 
 to give an idea of three main dialects — Baghati, the centre of which 
 is in the two portions of Baghat State and in the piece of Pateala which 
 lies between them ; Kiftthali, which is spoken in Kiuthal State and the 
 surrounding districts, and the dialect of the British district of Kot Guru 
 (frequently, but erroneously, referred to as Kot Garh). To these are 
 added brief notes on two sub-dialects — Eastern Kiathali, whose centre 
 is the eastern detached portion of Kisthal, and the dialect of the British 
 tract of country known as Kotkhai. These two sub-dialects differ very 
 slightly from the main Kiutliali dialect. The above-mentioned dialects, 
 then, represent fairly well the speech of all the northern and central 
 Simla States, except those of Bilaspur, Nalagarh, Jubba] and Bashahr, 
 These four States still require to be investigated, as with also Nahan 
 or Sirmaur which lies immediately to the south. 
 
 These three dialects have some interesting points in common. They 
 have a separate feminine form in the Sing. Oblique of the 3rd Pei's. 
 Pron. Kot Gurui has in addition a neuter form ietth, which is almost 
 identical with the Kashmiri tath. 
 
 The presence in all three dialects of what appears to be an organic 
 Passive Participle, and the peculiarity of usage connected with it, have 
 been alluded to in the Notes on the Verbs under each dialect. 
 
 They have also a special form for the Pres. Auxiliary used in nega- 
 tive sentences, and this form is in every case indeclinable. In Baghati, 
 
11 
 
 I am not is nth atM, in Kinthali it is nth dnthi (or anfhl), and in Kot 
 Gurui nfh ainthi. It would be very instructive to know how widely the 
 negative form is spread. It is found in the Gujarat! language and also 
 in Kulu, and a negative auxiliary, not however indeclinable, ia common 
 in dialects of Laihnda. 
 
 Another common feature of the three dialects lies in the fact that 
 the singular of nouns is almost identical with the plural. In each 
 dialect the plural is the same as the singular except in the Vocative case, 
 and in nouns ending in -a the Nominative. This peculiarity is also 
 found in Kulu and in the Curahi dialect of Camba and the Gadi dialect 
 of Camba and in Kaijgra. 
 
 Baghati-speaking people seem to avoid using the letter h, nearly as 
 much as Italians ; thus we have aind return, for Hindi hatnd, aul, plough, 
 for hal. , Frequently, too, when in Hindi there is a consonant compound- 
 ed with h, in Baghati it is separated from the ^ by a vowel, as in 
 gohrd horse, for ghord ; or the h may be omitted as in dilld lazy, 
 Hindi dhlld, Panjabi dhllld. The extreme faintnesa of the enuncia- 
 tion of h makes it very difficult in some words to say whether there 
 should be an h or not. What one wants to know is how exactly the 
 people pronounce a word, not how people in another place pronounce it, 
 or how it is pronounced in Urdu or Hindi, It is difficult, for example, 
 to say where the verb ' be ' is and or ohnd, or the verb ' remain ' rauna. 
 or rauhnd. The Stative Participle, as nrddd, * in the state of having 
 fallen,' is of the same form as in Bhateali, spoken in the south-west of 
 Camba, Thus gdddd, ' in the state of having gone,' roddd (rohddn) ' in the 
 state of having remained,' correspond to Bhateali goddd, rehddd. 
 
 Kiuthali has most of the grammatical features of Baghati. The fact 
 that it is spoken so far east as Kot Khai, the variations there being very 
 slight, leads one to suppose that it is employed over a considerable tract 
 of country all round its centre. It is spoken also in the Simla (Shimla) 
 municipal area. Its word for speak, dzopnu, is interesting in being like 
 Poguli, zapnu, Jammu Siraji zahno, Kishtawari, zahunu, Kashmiri, daptm. 
 
 Kot Guriii is separated from the Siraj Tah§il of Kulu by the Satlaj 
 river. We find, as we should expect, a considerable resemblance 
 between Kot Gurui and Outer Siraji, 
 
 Jubbal is said by its inhabitants to have two dialects — Barori and 
 Bishsau. These two. are, however, extremely like one another and may 
 be considered one. It is not a little remarkable that they resemble 
 Baghati more than they resemble any other of the dialects treated of 
 above, notwithstanding the fact that geographically Baghati is the most 
 distant from them. 
 
 In the Census of 1901 most of the inhabitants of the Simla States 
 returned themselves as speaking Pahari, without specifying the dialect. 
 
Ill 
 
 Nearly all the rest claimed to speak Panjabi, except iu Bashahr, where 
 there are over 19,000 speakers of Kanawari and 2,300 speakers of Bhotia, 
 which may be the same as Tibetan. In Nahan (Sirmaur) 104,000 per- 
 sons were entered as speaking Sirmauri, a dialect which will be found 
 to have considerable affinity to the dialects specially dealt with in the 
 following pages. Kanawari is a Tibeto-Himalayan language which has 
 affinity with Tibetan, with Kanashi, the language of a single isolated 
 village in Kula called Malana, and with Lahuli, a language which has 
 four dialects— three spoken in British Lahul and one in Camba Lahul. 
 
 The transliteration employed is that of the Asiatic Society of 
 Bengal. One or two additional signs had to be made use of. u is a 
 long sound as eu in French douloi^retix (the rest of the word being in 
 ordinary type). f is a sound midway between z and l. Similarly ? 
 italicised, occurring in a word in ordinary type, denotes the sound half- 
 way between u and u. Printing difficulties account for the clumsiness 
 
 n 
 
 of some of these signs 
 January 30th, 1905. 
 
 T. Graham E Bailey, 
 
 Wazlrabad. 
 

 SIMLA HILL DIALECTS 
 
 > 
 
 
 I. BAGHATt. 
 
 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 
 
 MascnZi/te. 
 
 
 
 Nouus iu -a 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 gohr-a horse 
 
 -e 
 
 G. 
 
 -e ra 
 
 -e ra 
 
 D.A. 
 
 -e khe 
 
 &c. 
 
 Loc. 
 
 -e manjhe 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -ede 
 
 
 Agent 
 
 -e 
 
 
 Voc. 
 
 -ea 
 Nouns in a Consonant. 
 
 -eo 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 gaur, house 
 
 gaur 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 gar-a ra, &c. 
 
 gar-a, &c 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 
 -e 
 
 Voc. 
 
 -a 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 -5 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 hathi, elephant 
 
 hathi 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 „ ra, &c. 
 
 „ &c. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 hathi-e 
 
 hathi-e 
 
 Voc. 
 
 -a 
 
 Nouns in -ii. 
 
 -5 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 indu, Hindu 
 
 indu 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 „ &c. 
 
 „ &c. 
 
 Aff. 
 
 indue 
 
 fndiie 
 
 hapa, father, indecl. in the Sing, seems to prefer in the Plural 
 hau, G.D.A.L.Ab. bauS ra, &c. Ag. baue. 
 
 naU, name, has G. &c., nam ra, &c., Plur. the same. 
 

 Baghfltt. 
 
 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 
 
 Nouns in -i 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 di, daughter 
 
 di-a 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 di-a ra, &c. 
 
 -a ra, &c, 
 
 A?. 
 
 -e 
 
 -e 
 
 Voc. 
 
 -e 
 
 -5 
 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 baihn, sister 
 
 baihn-a 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 baihn-a ra, &c. 
 
 -a ra, &c, 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 Nouns in -o. 
 
 -e 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 b5bb-6, elder sister 
 
 bobb-o 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 -6 ra, &c. 
 
 -6 ra, &c. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -6§ 
 
 -5e 
 
 Voc. 
 
 -oe 
 gae, cow 
 
 -6o or 665 
 
 N. 
 
 ga-e 
 
 -i 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 -i ra, &c. 
 
 -i, &c. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -ie 
 
 -ie 
 
 The word jana, man, is sometimes used curiously as a mere exple- 
 tive, e.g. — Se jane rupayye, those rupees j tesjane gara manj'he, in that 
 house. 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 Sing. 
 Ist 2nd 3rd (he, she, it, that) eh, this 
 
 N. au tn se eh 
 
 G. mera tera tesra,/. teara esra, /. iara 
 
 D.A. makhese, makhe, takheije, takhe teskhe /. tel, &c, es, &c. f. iU 
 L. ma manjhe ta, &c. tfis, &c. „ „ „ 
 
 Ab. ma»i de tan „ „ „ „ 
 
 Ag. moe toe teune/. tee eune, /. ie 
 
Baghnti. 
 
 
 
 Plur 
 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 hfime 
 
 tnme 
 
 sS 
 
 
 eh 
 
 G. 
 
 mahra 
 
 tara, talira 
 
 tinna 
 
 rS 
 
 inna ra 
 
 D.A. 
 
 hamma khe 
 
 tuinma, &c. 
 
 >» 
 
 &e. 
 
 „ &c. 
 
 L. 
 
 „ manjlie 
 
 >> 
 
 n 
 
 or tinne 
 
 „ or mTi§ 
 
 Ab. 
 
 „ de 
 
 M 
 
 »> 
 
 
 J5 
 
 Ag. 
 
 ham§ 
 
 tume 
 
 tinne, 
 
 /. tinni 
 
 iniie, /. inni 
 
 The post-positions, where not printed above, must be understood 
 throughout. The pronouns se, that, and eh, this, are remarkable in 
 having forms for the fern, in the Oblique Sing. Thus in tesra the pos- 
 sessor is masc, in team, the possessor is fern. 
 
 Sing. 
 N. kua, who ? 30, who 
 
 Obi. kos (with i"a, &c.) jes, 
 
 Ag. ktjaie jenne 
 
 koi, anyone. Ob. kos. Ag. kuniB. 
 
 kah, what. Ob. kanni. 
 
 Other pronouns are kuch, anything, something ; jo koi, whosoever; 
 jo kuch, whatsoever. 
 
 
 4/ . 
 35 
 
 kinna 
 
 jinna 
 
 kinne 
 
 jimie 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but Adjectives 
 qualifying nouns have the following declension : — 
 
 Adjectives in -a. N. Sing. Masc. -a. Ob. e. 
 
 PI. -e, indecl. Fem. -?, Sing, and PI. indecl. 
 All Adjectives ending in any other letter are indecl. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of de, from, than ; e.g. — 
 
 Good carjga; better than this, es de carjga ; better than all, best, 
 sabbi de cauga. 
 
 Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Relative. 
 
 fsha, like this tlsha, like that ktsha, like what jisha, like which 
 
 itna, so much titna, so much kitna how much jitna, as much or 
 
 or many. or many. or many. many. 
 
 The genitive of Nouns and Pronouns is declined like Adjectives 
 in -a. 
 
 For Numerals see list of words. 
 
4 BagJi^ff. 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 Most Adjectives can be used as Adverbs. When so used tliey 
 agree with the subject of the sentence. 
 
 The following is a list of the most important Adverbs, other than 
 Adjectives : — 
 
 {Time.) 
 hibbi, now 
 tes wakt, then 
 kabbe, when ? 
 jabbe, when 
 az, to-day 
 
 kalka, to-morrow [morrow 
 p5ishii, the day after to- 
 cauthe, the day after that 
 kal, yesterday [terday 
 
 porshu, the day after yes- 
 cauthe, the day before that 
 kabbhe, ever, sometimes 
 kabbhe na, never 
 kabbhe kabbhe, sometimes 
 
 (Place.) 
 etthi, here 
 tetthi, there 
 kei, ketthi, where ? 
 jefcthi, where 
 etthi khe, up to here 
 etthi de, from here 
 hubba, up 
 hunda, down 
 nore, near 
 dur, far 
 aoka, in f tont 
 pachka, behind 
 bihtre, inside 
 bahre, outside 
 
 Others are — Tcannf khe or M^, why ? ia hatd ri turl, for this reason ; 
 ha or aho, yes ; nth, na, no ; sulle, well ; stdbt, quickly. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 The commonest prepositions have been given in the declension of 
 nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same word is fre. 
 quently both a preposition and an adverb. 
 
 pore, parle kanare, beyond 
 orle kanare, on this side 
 pande, pande, upon 
 hethe, below 
 turi, up to 
 mi kae, beside me 
 „ sathi, with me 
 tesri turi, for him 
 
 teri turi, about thee 
 
 hamma jisha, like us 
 
 tinna re kanare, towards them 
 
 tes de picche, after or behind it 
 
 tesre girde, round it 
 
 tari barabbari khe, equal to you 
 
 mande sawa, apart from me 
 
Bayhnli. 
 
 Conjunctions. 
 te, and ; par but ; je, if ; cahe although ; yd, or. 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 Auxiliari/. 
 
 Pres. I am, &c. ossu. osso osso oasu osso osso. 
 
 Pres. Neg. I am not, &c. nfh athi, indecl. 
 
 Past I was tha (/. thi) tha tba the (/. thi) the the. 
 
 Intransitive Verbs, 
 rirna fall. 
 
 Fut. rfr-ue -la (/. -li) -la -ue or -me (/. -mi) -le (/. -li) -le. 
 
 Imperat. rfr rifo 
 
 Pres. rfr -u -o -(5 -u -o -6. 
 
 Impf. Pres. with tha (/. tin) in Sing, and the (/. thi) in Plur. 
 
 Cond. I would fall or have fallen, rij-da (/. -di) Sing. ; -de (/. -di) Plur. 
 
 Past rfr -a (/. -i) -a -a -e (/. -i) -e -e. 
 
 Plupf. rtr -a tha ; fl. lire the, &c. 
 
 Participles, &c., rirero, having fallen ; rirde i or rWe % sar, on falling ; 
 oirada, f. rii^dl in the state of having fallen ; Urdu, girS 
 hua; rirde, while falling; rirnewala, faller or about to 
 fall. 
 
 Some verbs have slight irregularities. 
 
 Ona, be or become. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 oue 
 
 olla, &c. 
 
 Imperat. 
 Pres. 
 
 6 
 
 ou o 
 
 o 
 6 6u o 
 
 Cond. 
 
 onda. 
 
 
 Participle 
 
 oeio, onde i, onewala, &c. 
 
 
 
 Auna, come. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 aue 
 
 aula, &c. 
 
 Imperat. 
 Pres. 
 
 ao 
 aft 
 
 ao 
 ao, &c. 
 
 Cond. 
 
 aunda 
 
 
 Past 
 Participle 
 
 aya /. ai pi. ae 
 
 aero, aunde i, ajada (j 
 
 (/. aidi, in the state of having 
 come) aunewala, &c. 
 
6 Bdghati. 
 
 
 
 Jo«a, go. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 jax'ig 
 
 jalla jalla jamiul (/. jamm!) &c, 
 
 Cond. 
 
 janda ; 
 
 Past goa 
 
 Participle 
 
 jaero, 
 
 goada, &c. 
 
 Bauhna, or rannS. 
 
 Fat. 
 
 raue 
 
 raula raue or raume, &c. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 rou or 
 
 rauu ro ro, &c. 
 
 Cond. 
 
 raunda 
 
 Past 
 
 roa 
 
 
 Participle 
 
 roero, ; 
 
 roada, &c. 
 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 
 ttppna, beat, like rirnd except in Past. 
 
 Past Agent case of subject with tippa •which agrees with object 
 
 pi. ttppe, /. tippi. 
 Plupf. Agent case of subject with ttppa tha. 
 
 The passive is formed by using tippa with the required tense of 
 janOf go : aii tippa jane, I shall be beaten. The passive, however, is 
 rare. 
 
 The following are slightly irregular : — 
 hhana, eat Past khaya 
 pina, drink „ piya 
 dena, give „ dittd 
 
 launa take, Fut. lue. Pres. lau lo, &c. Past lodi 
 holnd, say, Past holla, used with Agent case 
 Jcarnn, do „ Hyd 
 jdnna, know „ jnnd 
 ffnnd, bring „ ana 
 Uattnn, bring, and lej'and, take away, are conjugated like avna, jo nil. 
 
 Compound Verbs. 
 Habit, Continuance, State. 
 
 I am in the habit of falling, au rird Jcaru (compounded with 
 Icarnd, do). 
 
 I continue to fall, aU rirdd ran (compounded with rauncf, remain). 
 
 I am in the act of falling, au laj rod rirdd (compounded with lagynd, 
 stick, raitnn, remain). 
 
Bay ha (i. 
 
 The difference of cases in the Impf. and the Past is illustrated in 
 the following : — 
 
 8S mdkJa iippo tha, he was beating me, but tenne au t^ppcl, he beat 
 me, lit. by him I was beaten. When a noun is the object, the case with 
 khe is allowed with both forms of the verb. 
 
 When the participle of the form rakkhada, having been placed, is 
 used instead of the past participle, the possessive case, and not the 
 agent case, of the subject is used, e.g., tesrS kitah rakkhidi dsso ya nth 
 dthi, has he placed the book or not ? Kdsre Dili rakkhidi, someone 
 ■will have placed it, but kunie rakkhi dlli, someone will have placed it 
 hammS, dui janB ri kitaba rakkhidi osso, we two men have placed the 
 books. 
 
 bapu, father. 
 
 ammS, mother. 
 
 bajja, brother. 
 
 bobbs, sister (older than 
 person referred to). 
 
 baihn, sister (younger than 
 person referred to). 
 ^ bager, son. 
 ^ di, daughter. 
 
 malik, husband. 
 ' cheofi, wife. 
 
 jana, man. 
 < juanas, woman. 
 
 bager, boy. 
 
 munni, choti, girl. 
 
 gual, shepherd. 
 
 cor, thief. 
 
 g5hr-a, horse, 
 -i, mare. 
 
 bold, ox. 
 
 gae, cow. 
 
 mhaish, buffalo. 
 
 bakr-a, goat. 
 -i, she-goat. 
 
 chiltu, kid. 
 
 chel-ti,-li, „ (female). 
 
 bed, sheep. 
 
 kutt-a, dog. 
 -i, bitch. 
 
 rich, bear, 
 sih, leopard, 
 gad ha, ass. 
 sftr, pig. 
 
 murg-a, cock, 
 -i, hen. 
 bara-1, cat. (male), 
 -li, „ (female), 
 fit, camel, 
 gijja, kite, 
 hathi, elephant, 
 hath, hand, 
 lat, foot, 
 nak, nose, 
 akkhi, eye. 
 mfih, face, 
 dand, tooth, 
 kan, ear. 
 bal, hair, 
 mund, head, 
 jibh, tongue, 
 pet, stomach, 
 pith, back, 
 pinda, badan, body, 
 kitab, book, 
 kalam, pen, 
 maiija, bed. 
 gaur, house, 
 daryao, river. 
 
8 
 
 Baghnli. 
 
 khola, stream. 
 
 tibba, bill. 
 
 mada", plain. 
 
 bagti, field. 
 
 rotl, bread. 
 
 pani, water. 
 
 kanak, wheat. 
 
 kukkri, maize. 
 
 dal, tree. 
 
 gao, village. 
 
 sliaihr, town, 
 
 baun, jungle. 
 
 raacchli, fish. 
 
 bat, path. 
 
 phal, fruit. 
 
 shakar, meat. 
 
 dudh, milk. 
 
 anda, egg (large). 
 
 anni, „ (small). 
 
 giu, ghi. 
 
 tel, oil. 
 
 cha, buttermilk. 
 
 din, day. 
 
 rat, night. 
 
 suraj, sun. 
 
 jun, moon. 
 
 tara, star. 
 
 paun, wind. 
 
 barkha, rain. 
 
 daii, sunshine. 
 
 andhi, storm. 
 
 bara, bojh, load. 
 
 bi], seed. 
 
 loha, iron. 
 
 caijga, sohna, good, fine. 
 
 bura, bad. 
 
 bad da, big. 
 
 ch5ta, small. 
 
 dilla, lazy, 
 
 akalwala, hushyar, wise. 
 
 sidda, foolish. 
 
 paiiina, sharp. 
 
 ncca, high. 
 
 sohna, beautiful, 
 
 bura, ugly. 
 
 thanda, cold. 
 
 tatta, hot. 
 
 mittha, sweet. 
 
 saf, clean, 
 
 tSar, ready, 
 
 kamti, less, 
 
 bhauta, more. 
 
 ona, be, 
 
 auna, come, 
 
 jana, go, 
 
 bethna, sit. 
 
 launa, take. 
 
 dena, give. 
 
 rfrna, fall. 
 
 uth^a, rise. 
 
 khara ona, sfand. 
 
 dekhna, see. 
 
 khana, eat. 
 
 pina, drink. 
 
 bolna, say. 
 
 suttna, sleep, lie down. 
 
 karna, do. 
 
 rauna, rauhna, remain. 
 
 tipna, beat. 
 
 marna, kill. 
 
 pachanna, recognise. 
 
 paiitsna, paucna, arrive. 
 
 danr deni, run. 
 
 matthna, run away. 
 
 banana, make. 
 
 rakkhna, place. 
 
 bulauna, call. 
 
 milna, meet. 
 
 sikhna, learn. 
 
 parhna, read. 
 
 likhna, write. 
 
 marna, die. 
 
 sunna, hear. 
 
 atna, turn. 
 
Baghdti. 
 
 atSr5 aunS, return, 
 baihna, flow, 
 larna, fight, 
 jitna, win. 
 arna, be defeated, 
 bijna, sow. 
 
 1— §k. 
 
 2— do. 
 
 3 — tin. 
 
 4 — car. 
 
 5 — panj. 
 
 6 — che. 
 
 7 — sat. 
 
 8— ath. 
 
 9 — nau, 
 10— das. 
 11 — giara. 
 12 — bara. 
 13 — tera. 
 14 — Cauda. 
 15 — pandra. 
 16 — sola. 
 17 — satra. 
 18 — athara. 
 19 — unni, 
 20— bish. 
 27 — satai. 
 29 — unatti. 
 30— tish. 
 37 — saiti. 
 39 — untali 
 
 paihlka, 1st. 
 dujja, 2nd. 
 tijja, 3rd. 
 cautha, 4tli. 
 panjwa, 5th, 
 2 
 
 Numerals, 
 Cardinal. 
 
 aul bana, plough, 
 khlana, feed, 
 plana, give to drink, 
 sunana, cause to hear, 
 cugna, graze, 
 tsarna, cause to graze. 
 
 Ordinal. 
 
 40 — call. 
 
 47 — santali, 
 
 49 — onunja. 
 
 50 — panj ah, 
 
 51 — akunjah. 
 
 52 — banjah. 
 
 55 — pacunjah. 
 
 57 — satunjah. 
 
 59 — uujlhatli. 
 
 60 — shath, sath. 
 
 67 — satahatb. 
 
 69 — unhattar. 
 
 70 — sattar. 
 
 77 — satattar. 
 
 79 — unasi. 
 80 — ashshi, assi. 
 87 — satasi. 
 89 — nianwe. 
 90 — nabbe. 
 97 — satanw§. 
 99 — narinwe. 
 100— shau. 
 1,000— bazar. 
 100,000— Jakh, 
 
 chatua, 6th. 
 
 sattia, 7th. 
 
 dasua, 10. 
 
 paihlki bare, first time. 
 
 dujji bare, second time. 
 
10 BayhSli 
 
 Ordinal. — contd. 
 
 addha, half. dai, 2\. 
 
 paune do, If. dedh, 1|. 
 
 savva do, %\. sadde car, 4^. 
 
 ek paia, |. 
 
 1. Tera kah nau osso ? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Es gohre ri kitni ummar olli ? What will be the age of this 
 horse ? 
 
 3. Etthi de Kashmira tUri kitna khe dur olla ? From here to 
 Kashmir how far will ifc be ? 
 
 4. Tere baua re gare ko bete osso ? In thy father's house how 
 many sons are there ? 
 
 5. All az bari diira de handero aya. To-day I have come walking 
 from very far. 
 
 6. Mere cace ra bager tesri bobbo sathi biahda osso ? My ancle's 
 son is married to his sister, 
 
 7. Mahre the safed gohre ri jin osso. In our house the white 
 horse's saddle is. 
 
 8. Tesri pitthi pande jin guro. On its back fasten the saddle. 
 
 9. Moe tesre bagera khe bara tippa. I beat his son very much. 
 
 10. Se ucce tibbe pande gai aur bakri lagroa tsarne. He on the 
 high hill is grazing cows and goats. 
 
 11. Se tes dala hethe gohre pande bethroa, or bethada osso. He 
 under that tree is seated on a horse. 
 
 12. Tesra bayya apni bai^a de baja osso. His brother is bigger 
 than his sister. 
 
 13. Tesra (tyesra) dam dai rupayye osso. Its price is two and a 
 half rupees. 
 
 14. Mera bapu tSs jane chote gara manjhe rau. My father lives in 
 that small house. 
 
 15. Teskhe (tyeskhe) eh rupayye dedeo. Give him these rupees. 
 
 16. Se jane rupayye tesde lau laune. Take those rupees from him. 
 
 17. Tesklie ain tippero rashshi sei banhdeo. Having beaten him 
 well, bind him with ropes. 
 
 18. Kile manjhe de pani nikalo. Draw water from the well, 
 
 19. Mande agge agge cal. Walk before me. 
 
 20. Kosra bager tan picche aune lagroa ? Whose boy is coming be- 
 hind you ? 
 
 21. Se tumme kosde mulle loa ? From whom did you buy it ? 
 
 22. Gawa re ekki baale de. From a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
II. KIUNTHALI. [Kifithali.] 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 Nouns in -a. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. gobr-a, horse -g 
 
 G. -§ ro or ra -e, &c. 
 
 D.A. -e khe or Lage &c. 
 
 Loc. -e da 
 
 Ab. -§ da or hago 
 
 Ag. -e 
 
 Voc. -ea e 5 
 
 da, of the Loc. agrees with its subject, the thing which is iw the 
 other, fern, dl, pi. de. 
 
 Nouns in a Consonant. 
 
 N. gauhr, horse gauhr 
 
 G.D.A.L. Ab. gaur -6 ra, &c. gaur-o, &c. 
 
 Ag. -e -e 
 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 N. hathi, elephant hathi. 
 G.D.A.L. Ab. „ ro, &c. „ &c. 
 
 Ag. hathi-e hathi-§ 
 Voc. -a -au 
 
 Nouns in -ii. 
 
 N". bfu-cu, scorpion. -cfi 
 
 G.D.A.L. Ab. -en ra, &o. -cu ra, &c. 
 
 Ag. -cu§ -cue 
 
 N"- ba-o, father. bao, &c., as Sing. 
 
 G. -o ra 
 
 D.A. -a khe, ba hage 
 
 L. -a da 
 
 Ab. ba hago, baa da 
 
 Ag. bawo 
 
 nS, name is indecL 
 
12 
 
 Ag. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D.A. 
 
 L. 
 
 Ab. 
 Ag. 
 
 
 Kifithall. 
 
 
 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 
 
 
 Nouns in-i. 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 bet-i, daughter 
 
 
 -i 
 
 G.D.A.L. Ab. 
 
 -i ra, &c. 
 
 
 -i, &c. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -ie 
 
 
 -ie 
 
 Voc. 
 
 -ie 
 
 Nouns in a Consonant. 
 
 
 -io 
 
 N. 
 
 beuhn, sister 
 
 beub 
 
 n 
 
 G.D.A.L. Ab. 
 
 baubn-e ra, &c. 
 
 baubn-e, &c. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -5 
 
 
 -5 
 
 N. 
 
 ga-ui 
 
 
 -ui 
 
 G.D.A.L. Ab. 
 
 -ue ro, &c. 
 
 
 -ue, &c, 
 
 
 -uie 
 
 
 -ui§. 
 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 1st 
 
 2nd 
 
 N. S tu 
 
 G. mero, mera ter-o,-a 
 
 D.A. mS kbe, or mi tS kbe, or t§ 
 L. „ da „ da 
 
 Ab. „ deau „ deau 
 
 3rd (he, she, it, eh, this 
 that) 
 
 Be eh 
 
 tes (/. tessau) ra es (/. g,ssau) ra 
 kh§ „ „ khS 
 da ,, ,, da 
 
 » 
 
 M 
 
 moe 
 
 hame 
 mahro 
 hamo khe, 
 
 or hamo 
 
 „ da 
 ? „ deau 
 hame 
 
 II 
 
 i> 
 
 51 
 
 toi 
 
 tinie /. t§ssS 
 
 deau „ ,, deau 
 inie (/. isse). 
 
 Plur. 
 
 tume, tusse s5 5h 
 
 tumahro tihn-au (/. -i) ra ihn-au (/• -i) ra 
 
 tusso khe, „ „ khe „ „ khS 
 
 or tusso or tihnau 
 
 „ da „ (/.-i) da „ „ da 
 
 „ deau „ „ deau „ „ deau 
 
 tusse, tume tihn -§, /. -ie, ine, ihiie/. ihnie 
 
 Kiuthali has, like all neighbouring dialects, a feminine farm for 
 the oblique of the pronouns sS and eh. 
 
KiUfhall. 13 
 
 kun, who ? obi. kds, ag. ktin'ie, ag. pi. knnne. 
 jo, who, obi. jos, ag. junle. 
 kol, anyone, aqmeone, obi. kds, ag. kunie. 
 hah, what ? obi. konni. 
 
 Other pronouns are kie, kuch, anything, something ; jo kol, whosoever; 
 jb kuchf whatsoever. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but adjectives qua- 
 lifying nouns have the following declension : — All adjectives ending in 
 any letter other than -a are indecl. Those ending in -a have obi. -e, 
 pi. -B indecl. Fem. -I or -i or -e indecl. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of da, than, from, used with the 
 positive. The adjective ts5zzero, good, has a comp. form beh, tsozzeio, 
 good, esda beh, better than this, sobbt da tsozzero, better than all, best. 
 Demonstrative, ishu, like that or this ; itn-6,-a, so much or many. 
 Correlative, tishu, like that or this ; titn-6,-a, so much or many. 
 Interrogative, kishu, like what ? kitii-o,-a, how much or many. 
 Relative, jishu, like which ; jitn-o,-a, as much or many. 
 
 The genitive of nouns and pronouns is declined like adjectives 
 in -a. 
 
 For numerals see list of words. 
 
 Adverbs, 
 
 Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. They then a^ree with the 
 
 subject of the sentence. 
 
 The following is a list of the most important adverbs other than 
 
 adjectives : — 
 
 (Time.) (Place.) 
 
 5bi, now, itia, ethia, here 
 
 tes wakt, then tetia, poria, there 
 
 kodde, when ? ketia, where ? 
 
 jodde, when jetia, where 
 
 aj, to-day gtthe, tai, up to here 
 
 dote, to-morrow ethiau, from here 
 
 poshue, day after to-morrow ubha, up 
 
 tsauthe, cauthe, day after that undha, down 
 
 liijo, yesterday. neure, near 
 
 phredz5, day before yesterday dur, far 
 
14 
 
 KiuihalL 
 
 (Time.) 
 tsauthe, cauthe, day after that 
 kobbe, ever, sometimes 
 kobbe na, never 
 kobbe kobbe, sometimes 
 
 (Place.) 
 gaiika, in front 
 pichauka, behind 
 ■withku, inside 
 baindku, outside 
 
 Other are koe, why ; etthrl tet, for this reason ; ah, yes j nih, na, 
 no ; shiga, quickly. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 The commonest prepositions have been given in the declension of 
 nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same word is frequently 
 both a preposition and an adverb. 
 
 pandku, beyond 
 
 andku, on this side 
 
 pande, upon 
 
 mule, below 
 
 bice, manj the, within 
 
 tai, up to 
 
 mae go khe, beside me 
 
 mae sathi, with me 
 
 tesri tai, for him 
 teri tai, about thee 
 hamo jeha, like us 
 tina re kanare, towards them 
 tes pichauka, after or behind it 
 tesre ale duale, round about it 
 tumahre barabar, equal to you 
 mandea bina, apart from me 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 Pres. I am, &c., oss'u or u, osse or ai, osso or 6 or u or a 
 
 ossu or ft osso, osso or au 
 
 Pres. Negative, I am not, &c., n!h anthi indec. 
 Past. I was, &c., Sing, thia or tha ( /. thi) Plur. the or thie (/. thi) 
 
 Pres. Cond. 
 Put. 
 Impr, 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Impf. 
 
 Past Cond. 
 Past Indie. 
 
 Intransitive Verbs. 
 
 rlrnu fall. 
 
 If I fall, &c., rir -ii -§ -e -u. -5 -o 
 
 rir -u% -ela -61a -time -ole -ole 
 
 rir rira, 
 
 rir -u -e -5 -u -6 -o 
 
 The same with tha in Sing, and the in Plur, 
 
 I should fall, rir -da, /. -di, Plur. -de, /. -d! 
 
 rir -a, /. -i. pi. 
 
 '6, 
 
 /• 
 
Kiuthali. 15 
 
 Pres. Perf. rira, &c., with ii ai a u ai ai 
 
 Plupf, rira tba, /. rin thi, &c. 
 
 Participles rireau, having fallen ; rira hunda, in the state of 
 
 having fallen, rlrde, v^hile falling ; rirnewalo, faller 
 
 or about to fall. 
 
 Some verbs have slight irregularities. 
 
 ahnu, be or become. 
 Fut. oh-umi or -ua -ela -la -m§ -le -le 
 
 Cond. Past hunda. 
 
 aunu, come. 
 
 Fut, aum§ awela aola aume aole aol§ 
 
 Irapr. a a 
 
 Pres. Ind. aii 
 Past Cond. aunda - 
 Past Sya 
 
 deunUf go. 
 
 Fut. deuS 
 
 Impr. de deau 
 
 Pres. Ind. deu 
 Past Cond. deunda 
 Past deua 
 
 rauhnu, remain, 
 
 Fut, rauhtimi rohela rauhla rauh-ume -1§ -le 
 
 Impr. rauh rauh 
 
 Past Cond. rauhnda 
 Past roha 
 
 janu, go. 
 Fut, jaum§ jela jaola, &c. 
 
 Past goa 
 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 
 katelnU, plfmo, beat, almost exactly like rtrnu. 
 Impr. katil katelau. 
 
 Past. katela, with agent case of subject, katela agreeing 
 
 with the object, 
 Pres, Perf. agent case with katela a /. kateli au, PI. katele ai. 
 Plupf. „ „ „ katela tha, &c. 
 
 The Passive is formed by using the past participle katela with tlie 
 required tense of janU, go ; katela janu, be beaten. But it should be 
 observed that the passive is not at all common. 
 
16 Kinihalt. 
 
 The following are slightly irregulai' : — 
 khSnu, eat, Past khayd 
 plnU, drink „ piyyd' 
 
 denU, give, Fut. deUma or dema. Past dittd 
 launU, take, Fut. laiimoi. Past Ida 
 holnUy Past hold with agent case 
 kdmu, ,, keU 
 j'dnnU, know, Past ^araa 
 
 leaunu, bring ; laul janu, take away, are conjugated like 
 aunUjctnil. 
 
 Compound Verbs. 
 
 Habit, Continuance. 
 
 I am in the habit of falling, a rlre Mru (compounded with kdmu, do). 
 He continues to fall, keeps on falling, se rirdd rohd Idge hunda (com- 
 pounded with rauhmi, remain, laggnii, stick, ohnU, be). 
 
 Notes on Verbs. 
 
 deunu, go, denotes the act of going, yans is used in composition. As 
 in Urdu and Hindi, the word * go ' enters very largely into the forma- 
 tion of compound verbs. In such cases jdnuy not deunu is used. 
 kateld jdnU, be beaten ; d^ivi jdnii, go away. 
 
 The Infinitive in -nil, when used as a gerundive, becomes an ad- 
 jective in -a in agreement with the object, mere rupayyd tifh dend, I 
 have not to give a rupee tesre clsh pinl, he has to drink water. 
 
 The Negative form of the auxiliary is noteworthy ; a nth anthl, I 
 am not ; moe nth keu anthi ai, I have not done ; toe n%h ehru or ehrd 
 Snthi, thou has not done. 
 
 Two constructions with the genitive case where we should expect 
 the agent or ablative are remarkable. 
 
 (i) With the Infinitive mere bde re nth denU, my brother has not to 
 give, = in Pan jabi -Urdu, mere bhdi ne neh% dend ^ tesre cish pinl, he has 
 to drink water. 
 
 (ii) With a participle, mdhre nth dendo, we cannot give, = ^am se 
 neh% diydjdtd ; tere nth deundo dnthz, thou canst not go ; meri bauhne re 
 kitdb nth porhdi, my sister cannot read the book. These forms of the 
 participle appear to be passive ; this is confirmed by the variations which 
 we meet with in the eastern portion of Kiftthal State ; deimdo there be- 
 comes deiotdo, dendo detdo, porhdi porhldl. 
 
 If these are really passives we have a linguistic phenomenon of 
 considerable importance. The organic passive is found to a slight 
 extent in Paijjabi and is fully developed in Laihnda. 
 
KiuilmU. 
 
 17 
 
 The difference of case foi\the object in the Past and other tenses may 
 be seen in the following examples: aj'anu tes (for tes khe) I know him, 
 but mae jana se, I knew him, lit. by me he was known. Wlien a noun 
 is the object the case with like is allowed with the past tense. 
 
 In the short form of the Present Auxiliary (I am, &c.) consisting 
 generally of a single vowel sound, the vowel to be used seems to be 
 chosen on euphonic principles, depending apparently rather upon tlie 
 vowel or letter which happens to precede than upon the noun or pro- 
 noun which is the subject. 
 
 The ending of the infinitive is either -nu or nu indifferently. After 
 r or r (or rh or rh) n is usually changed to 7i. 
 
 bao, father, 
 iji, mother, 
 bae, brother, 
 beuhu, sister, 
 bagehr, son. 
 beti, daughter, 
 kliosm, husband, 
 cheoii, wife, 
 thind, man. 
 cheori, woman, 
 bagehr, boy. 
 beti, girl, 
 gual shepherd, 
 cor, thief, 
 gohf -a, horse. 
 
 -i, mare, 
 bold, be^ld, ox. 
 gaui, cow. 
 me^ash, buffalo, 
 bakr -a, goat (he). 
 
 -i, „ (she), 
 behd, sheep, 
 kukk -ar, dog. 
 
 -ri, or -re, bitch, 
 banae, rich, bear, 
 sih, leopard, 
 gadha, ass. 
 sor, pig. 
 kukkr -a, cock, 
 -e, -i, hen, 
 3 
 
 ginda, cat (male), 
 brail i, ,, (female). 
 lit, camel, 
 panchi, bird. 
 JLidh -e, -i, kite, 
 hatlii, elephant, 
 hath, hand, 
 lat, foot, 
 nak, nose, 
 akkhe, e^e. 
 mSh, face, 
 dand, tooth (front). 
 dar, „ (back), 
 kan, ear. 
 bal, hair, 
 mund, head, 
 jibh, tongue, 
 pet, stomach. , 
 
 pith, back. ' 
 kitab, book, 
 kalam, pen. 
 manja, bed. 
 gauhr, house. 
 daryao, river, 
 nau, stream. 
 pahr? hill, 
 jubar, plain, 
 khec, field 
 nauz, naudzo 
 roti, tuk^uka 
 
 zo 1 
 ca J 
 
 bread, food. 
 
18 
 
 KixL'.hall. 
 
 cish, water, 
 
 gihn, wheat. 
 
 kukkri, maize. 
 
 dal, tree. 
 
 gao, village. 
 
 bir, city. 
 
 bauhn, jungle. 
 
 maclii, fish. 
 
 hat, way. 
 
 pba], fruit. 
 
 dalki, meat (for eating). 
 
 dagga, „ other, e.g., of cow, 
 
 horse, 
 dndh, milk, 
 anda, egg. 
 gihu, ghi. 
 tel, oil. 
 
 chah, buttermilk, 
 theu, thing, 
 daihru, day. 
 rat, night, 
 suraj, sua. 
 jiihn, moon, 
 tara, star, 
 bagur, wind, 
 pani, rain 
 dau, sunshine, 
 tuath, stormy wind, 
 bahra, load. 
 
 pajahr, load of grass, firewood, 
 bij, seed. 
 loha, iron, 
 
 tsozzaio, good, beautiful, clean, 
 kutsodzo, kutsadzo, bad, ugly, 
 
 Ignorant, 
 boro, big. 
 mhatho, small, 
 dalidri, lazy, 
 akleala, wise, 
 shiga, swift, 
 paueno, sharp, 
 uc^a, high. 
 
 sholla, cold. 
 
 tato, hot. 
 
 gudla, sweet. 
 
 tear, ready. 
 
 thoro, little. 
 
 bhauri, much. 
 
 ohnu, be, become. 
 
 aunu, come. 
 
 janu, go. 
 
 bethnu, sit. 
 
 lauuii, take. 
 
 deuu, give. 
 
 rirnu, fall. 
 
 uthnu, rise. 
 
 khara rauhnu, remain. 
 
 dekhnu, see, 
 
 khaiiu, eat. 
 
 pinu, drink. 
 
 bolnu, say. 
 
 dzopnu, speak. 
 
 suttnu, sleep, lie down. 
 
 kornu, do. 
 
 rauhnu, remain. 
 
 marnu, kill. 
 
 pachannu, recognise. 
 
 jannu, know. 
 
 pujnu, arrive. 
 
 daurnu, run. 
 
 banaunu, make. 
 
 rakkhnii, place. 
 
 bidnu, call. 
 
 phabnu, meet. 
 
 shikhnu, learn. 
 
 porhnu, read. 
 
 likhnii, write. 
 
 mornu, die. 
 
 shunnu, hear. 
 
 otnu, turn. 
 
 nre otnu, return. 
 
 bauhnu, flow. 
 
 godnu, fight. 
 
 jitnu, win. 
 
Kiutliall. 
 
 19 
 
 harnu, be defeated. 
 d§ue jauu, go away, 
 bijnu, sow. 
 
 aulil bahnu, plough, 
 tsuqgnu, graze. 
 tsugaunu, cause to graze. 
 
 
 Ndmerals 
 
 . 
 
 
 Cardinal 
 
 
 l-^ek. 
 
 
 18 — tharau. 
 
 2 d5. 
 
 
 19 — unni. 
 
 3 — caun. 
 
 
 20— bish. 
 
 4 — tsar. 
 
 
 27 — satai. 
 
 5 — panz, paojh. 
 
 
 29 — unatti. 
 
 6 — ^tsh§. 
 
 
 30— tih. 
 
 7 — sat. 
 
 
 37 — saitT. 
 
 8— atth. 
 
 
 39 — untali. 
 
 9 — nau. 
 
 
 40— tsali. 
 
 10 — dash. 
 
 
 47 — saTtali. 
 
 11 — gairo. 
 
 
 49 — uaunza. 
 
 12— bar5. 
 
 
 50 — pajah. 
 
 13 — tero. 
 
 
 57 — satunja. 
 
 14 — tsaudo. 
 
 
 59 — unahat. 
 
 15 — pandrau. 
 
 
 60— saht. 
 
 16 — solau. 
 
 
 100— ,sliau. 
 
 17 — sattrau. 
 
 Ordinal. 
 
 
 paihla, 1st. 
 
 
 satua, 7th. 
 
 diijja, 2nd. 
 
 
 dashua, 10th 
 
 cia, 3rd. 
 tsautha, 4th. 
 
 
 
 
 addha, |. 
 
 panjua, 5th, 
 
 
 paune do, If 
 
 cbattha, 6th. 
 
 
 
 1. Tera nS kah a ? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Es gohre ri ketni ummor au ? How much is this horse's age ? 
 
 3. Ethiau Kashmira tai ketno dur au ? How far is it from Jieie 
 to Kashmir. 
 
 4. Tere bao re gauhre ketue cbotii au ? In thy father's house 
 how many sons ai'e there ? 
 
 5. Ij S ban diiro dan bandeau aya ii. To-day I from vei-y far 
 have walking come. 
 
20 Kinthali. 
 
 6. Mere tsatse ra bagehr tesri bauhue sathi belia hunda u. My 
 uncle's son is married to his sister. 
 
 7. Gaulire safed g5hre ri dzin au. In the house is the white 
 horse's saddle. 
 
 8. Tesri pitthe pande dzin kosho. On his back bind the saddle. 
 
 9. Tesra beta m.oe beghe kfitela. I beat his son veiy much. 
 
 10. Se e?so dahro paude mheMishe gaui dzagau. He on that hill 
 is grazing buffaloes and cows. 
 
 11. Se tes dalo mule gohre pande betha hunda a. He under that 
 tree if seated on a horse. 
 
 12. Tesra bae apni bewene da bodra. His brother is bigger than 
 his sister. 
 
 13. fisro mol dabe rupoja. Its price is two and a half rupees. 
 
 14. Mero bao tes mhathre gauhro da raub5. My fatlier lives in 
 that small house. 
 
 15. Lsklie eh rupo^'e deau. Give him these rupees. 
 
 16. Se rupoyo es hago nre lau. That rupee take from him. 
 
 17. Teskhe blye pite.iu roshi sathi bannho. Having beaten him 
 much tie him with ropes. 
 
 18. Kiie da cish ana. From the well draw water. 
 
 19. Maude gaoke tsalo. Walk before me, 
 
 20. Kosio bagehr tS deau pachSka hando ? Whose boy is walking 
 behind thee ? 
 
 21. Toe kos hagc se molle loa ? From whom didst thou buy that? 
 
 22. GS da ekki dukandaro da. From a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
Eastern kiunthali [Ki^thaii.] 
 
 Nouns are declined as in KiSthali proper. 
 
 Pronouns. 
 The following slight differences are found :— 
 
 Piur. Sing. 
 
 1st. 2nd. 3rd. 
 
 N. ae tug 
 
 Cr. tSai'6 
 
 D.A. ao kbe, a§ tno khe, tuo 
 
 Ag. ae tue 
 
 /. teo ra 
 tenne/. te 
 
 1st. pers. pron. sing. Las mU for ma. 
 
 hun, who ? Ag. kune. 
 
 Verbs are almost identically the same. 
 
 aunu, come, makes past djja. 
 
 heshnu, sit, past hesha. 
 
 pifnu, beat, pres. perf. pifu o or pita an. 
 
 khana, eat, past, khSya or kheu. 
 
 dena, give, past, ditta or dim. 
 
 dzopnu, say, speak, past, dzopu. 
 
 In the constructions with the gen. case given under Notes on 
 
 Verbs on p 16 for mahre nU dendo (Kiathali), Eastern KiSthali bas 
 
 mahre mh de^do, for tere nU deundo anthl, tere nih detvUo anthl, for 
 
 men bauhne re kitah nih porhdl, men hauhnB re kitdb nth rdrhidl see 
 
 note, p. 16. i • y 
 
 Tbe following Numerals are different:— 
 
 ^— P^^j- 30— tis_h. 
 
 ^-^'^^^- 37-saTtis^. 
 
 ,f~^^^- 39-untalls. 
 
 10-daus_h. 40~tsalis_h. 
 
 ^^—S^^o. 49-uncag. 
 
 27-satai,sh. 50-paias. 
 29— nottish. 
 
 The sentences in which there is any difference are subjoined :— 
 3. Efchau Kasjimira tai ketno dur au ? From here to Kashmir 
 how far is it ? 
 
22 Eastern Kiutliall. 
 
 4. Tere bao re gauhre ketne (or kau) tshote au ? la thy father's 
 house how many sons are there ? 
 
 5 Adz a bare duro dau bandeau ajja u. To-day I from very far 
 have walked. 
 
 6. Mere tsatse ra tshoto tesri bauhne sathe beba honda a. My 
 uncle's son is married to his sister. 
 
 8. Tesri pitthe pande (or gaihra) dzin kosho. On his back bind 
 the saddle. 
 
 9, Tesra beta moe beghe pita. His son I beat much. 
 
 10 Se eo dahro gaihra mettish gao dzagau. He on that hill is 
 grazing buffaloes and cows. 
 
 12, Tesra bae apni beaene dau bora. He is bigger than his sister. 
 
 17. Teskhe biye pi^eau roshi bannbo. Having beaten him well 
 tie him with ropes. 
 
 18. Kiie dan cish talo. Draw water from the well. 
 
 19. Made gaoke tsalo. Walk before me. 
 
 20. KosrO tshotu tSdeau pach5 hando ? Whose son walks behind 
 you? 
 
KOTZHAI. 
 
 A few paradigms will give an idea of the Kotkhai dialect; only 
 the points of difference will be mentioned. It is distinct from, but very 
 much resembles Kiftthali. 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 The declension is almost the same as in KiSthali. The following 
 is the only difference : — 
 
 Sing. 
 D.A. gohf-e ke 
 Ab. -e agS 
 
 ke being used for khe and S,go for hcigo. 
 
 Plur. 
 as Sing. 
 
 
 
 Pbonouns. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 1st. 
 
 2nd. 
 
 3rd. 
 
 
 eh, this. 
 
 N. t 
 
 
 
 
 
 G. 
 
 
 /. tissau ro 
 
 
 /. issau ro 
 
 D.A. mS ke 
 
 t§ke 
 
 tes ke, /. tissau 
 
 ke 
 
 
 Ag. mo 
 
 t§ 
 
 tenne, /. tisse 
 
 
 enne, /. isse 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. e, aimu, eS tue 
 
 G. tuauro, tuauro tinau ro 
 
 D.A. ao ke tuo ke 
 
 Ag. e tue tine 
 
 mau ro 
 
 me 
 
 Adverbs, 
 
 (Time.) 
 
 jisho, to-morrow. 
 
 porshe, day after to-morrow. 
 
 porshe, day before yesterday. 
 
 (Place. ) 
 ittha, here. 
 ettha, these, 
 kirka, where ? 
 
au 
 
 ft 5 
 
 an 
 
 ta 
 
 te (/. ti) te 
 
 te 
 
 24 Kotkhnl. 
 
 Verbs. 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 Pies. I am, &c. ft ai 
 
 Past I was ta (/. ti) ta 
 
 hatelnu, beat. 
 
 Put, katel -ula -ela -ola -ume -ole -ole 
 
 The Impf. usually prefers the following form : — 
 
 Impf. a ta katelu, tu katela ta, se katelo ta, e te ka^elu, 
 
 tue te katelo, se te katelo. 
 Plupf. mo katela ta, &c. 
 
 The Vocabulary of the Kotkhai dialect is almost the same as that 
 of Kinthal or Kot Guru, agreeing sometimes with one and sometimes 
 with the other. Shand is see or look, hlujnd, rioe, pdtrl^ field, sheld, cold, 
 des, sun. 
 
III. KOTGURU. 
 
 Nouns, 
 Masculine. 
 Nouns in -a. 
 
 ^ ^^»9' Plur, 
 
 ^' gohr-a, horse _a,i 
 
 ^' -eo,/. -eai as Sing, 
 
 ^•'^' -e lai 
 
 ^°°' -e de, di 
 
 Ab. 
 
 Ag. 
 V. 
 
 V. 
 
 Ag. 
 V, 
 
 -e ka 
 -ejai 
 
 -ra lai, &c. 
 
 -rai 
 
 -ra 
 
 -iai 
 -ia 
 
 ft 
 
 ■n 
 
 €0 
 
 -6a 
 
 Nouns in a Consonant 
 ^' gauh-r, house as Sing, 
 
 ^« -ro 
 
 D.A.L. Ab. _r.- Ui A. 
 
 II 
 
 -rd 
 
 Nouns in -i, 
 
 p' ^**^-J. elephant as Sing. 
 
 -io 
 r).A.L. Ab. .i, &e. 
 
 » 
 
 id 
 
 nouns in -«. 
 
 Nouns_ in -u, such as Uncu, scorpion , e.i«, Hindu, are declined like 
 
 6«6, father, is declined like gauhr, but has habh in the Voc Sin^ 
 fiad name is mdec. "^I'lg. 
 
 Feminine. 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 ^' tshoHigirl as Sing. 
 
 "■ -io 
 
 D.A.L.Ab. .i,&^. 
 
 ^g- -iai 
 
 V - - " 
 
26 
 
 G. 
 
 D.A.Lv Ab. 
 
 V. 
 
 Kofgtir^. 
 
 Nouns in a Consonant. 
 
 baih-n 
 -n5 
 
 -ni, &c, 
 -nai 
 -OS 
 
 nf 
 
 as Sing, 
 
 »> 
 
 5T 
 
 ^flo, COW, bas G. gmvo, Ag. gawaL Plnr. tl^e same. 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 Singular, 
 
 Ist 2nd 3rd (be, she, it, tliat) jau, tliis. 
 
 ~ , _ iau 
 
 N, mS tn sau , i r •«« 
 
 G. oerau terau tebrS, tettau,/. laiau, »e.(. tetthau eh.au, /. a;aa 
 
 D.A. mulai tS lai tea lai, /. taia lai, ,.«.«. tetth la. eu la_, /. a,a la. 
 
 L. made tSde „ ds „ dS, „ „ de .- d» " ^» 
 
 Ab. mukS „ka „ k& „ kS, .. .. k» .. M .. 
 
 )> 
 
 )> 
 
 » 
 
 Ag. mal 
 
 tal 
 
 tini 
 
 tai 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1st 
 N, hame 
 G. Biabro 
 D.A. hamS lai 
 1*. „ d© 
 
 Ab. „ ka 
 Ag. ham! 
 
 2nd 
 
 tume, tiime 
 tbaro 
 tuma lai 
 „ de 
 „ ka 
 tume 
 
 ard 
 
 sai 
 
 tinau 
 
 tin a lai 
 „ de 
 „ ka 
 
 tins 
 
 eue> 
 
 (jau, tbis.) 
 jai 
 inau 
 ina lai 
 d& 
 ka 
 
 ai 
 
 >) 
 
 >5 
 
 ine 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D.A.L. Ab. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 kuQ, wbo ? 
 kauro 
 
 kaua, &c. 
 kuni 
 
 Plur. 
 
 dzun, wbo 
 dzauro 
 dzaua, &c. 
 dzuni 
 
 kun 
 kaur5 
 kaua, &c. 
 kuuiyai 
 
 dzun 
 dzauro- 
 dzaua, &c. 
 dzumyai 
 
 Tcdl, anyone, someone ; G. Mmi, Ag. hum. 
 
 Jcai, what ? G. IciUWd. . ■, i - „.Ur.arw 
 
 Other pronouns are Mch, anytbing, something-, dzun kuni, v^hosc^ 
 erer ; dzun Tcich, whatsoever. 
 
Kotgurti. 
 
 27 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but adjeofcives 
 qualifying nouns have the following declension : — All adjectives ending 
 in any letter other than -a -o -au are indecl. Those ending in these 
 letters have Obi. -e or -ai, PI. -e indecl. /. -i indecl. It should be 
 remembered that the genitives of nouns and pronouns are adjectives 
 coming under this rule. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of ha or thaku, used with the 
 positive : — hatsau, good ; eh thaka hatsau, better than this ; sobkt kS, 
 hatsau, better than all, best. 
 
 Demo7istrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Relative. 
 
 aino, like this or, taino, like this or kaiuo, like what? dzaino, like 
 
 that that which 
 
 etiau, so much or tetrau, so much ketrau, how much jetrau, so much 
 
 many or many or many ? or many 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. When so used they agree 
 with the subject of the sentence. 
 
 The following are .the most 
 adjectives : — 
 
 important adverbs other than 
 
 {Time.) 
 eblii, now. 
 tebhi, then, 
 keblii, when ? 
 jebhi, when, 
 az, to-day. 
 kalle, to-morrow, 
 porshe, day after to-morrow, 
 cauthe, „ „ that. 
 hidzG, yesterday. 
 phoroz, day before yesterday, 
 thanoroz „ ,, tliat. 
 kebhi, sometimes, ever, 
 kebhi na, never, 
 kebhi ua kebhi, sometimes. 
 
 {Place.) 
 indhi, here, 
 ttdhi, there, 
 kfdhi kii, where ? 
 jiddhi, where, 
 indlia taf up to here, 
 
 ,, le, hither, 
 indha, from here, 
 hnblii, gash, up. 
 hundi, down 
 neddhi neai\ 
 dur, far. 
 agde, in front, 
 patsha, behind, 
 bitre, inside. 
 
 bahre, outside. 
 
 Others are kilai, why ; etthl ta^, for this reason ; hatse Jcore or JidtsS 
 giUhi, well ; shlgre, rapidly ; o, yes j nU, no. 
 
28 
 
 Kofgurvl. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 The commonest prepositions have been given in the declensions 
 of nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same words are 
 frequently both prepositions and adverbs. 
 
 parsha, beyond, 
 arsha, on this side, 
 mandzha, manjha, within, 
 gae, upon, 
 tal, up to. 
 mS kae, beside me. 
 „ soijghe, with me. 
 teii le, for him. 
 
 tgri tat, about thee, 
 hama sahi, like us. 
 tinau bile, towards them, 
 tetthau phere, after that. 
 
 „ pher, round about that, 
 tuma barabari, equal to you, 
 mS chadeau, apart from me. 
 
 
 
 Conjunctions. 
 
 a or, and 
 por, but 
 dzai, if 
 
 
 etthi t&% because 
 jilai ki, although 
 jaino, as if. 
 
 
 Vkrbs. 
 
 
 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 Pres. I am, &c. 
 Pres. Negative 
 Past Sing. 
 
 a or asa indec. 
 uehi ainthi, indec, 
 tau, /. tj, PL tai /. ti. 
 
 Pres. Cond. 
 Fut. 
 
 Imperat, 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Irapf. 
 
 Past Cond. 
 Past Indie. 
 Plupf. 
 Participle 
 
 Intransitive Verbs. 
 
 lotnmt,, fall. 
 
 l6t-n -a —a -i -a -a 
 
 lot-mS -a -a -me -a -a 
 lott lottau. 
 Same as Pres. Cond. 
 The same with tau (/. ti) in Sing, and tai (/. ti) in 
 
 Plur. 
 Sing, lot -dau, PI. -dai, /. -di. 
 Sing, lot -au, PI. -ai, /. -i. 
 Same with tau, &c. 
 lotyo, having fallen ; lotda (indec.) while falling ; lotau 
 auudmi, in the state of having fallen ; Zci^neaZa, faller 
 or about to fall. 
 
Kotgurn. 29 
 
 Some common verbs have slight irregularities. 
 
 atinau, auhnau, be, become (the h is generally omitted). 
 
 Past Cond. aundaa, auhndau. 
 Past fihau (nau) /. uhi, &c. 
 
 Snau, come. 
 
 Pres. Cond. or Indie, an a a ai ao a. 
 Fut. amS, &c. 
 
 Imperat. a ao or aau. 
 
 Past Cond. andau. 
 
 Past aau, PI. ae, /. ai or ae. 
 
 (J,eunau, go. 
 
 Pres. Cond. or Indie, deu dewa, &c. 
 
 Fut. deinS 
 
 Imperat. de5 deo 
 
 Past Cond. deuudau 
 
 Past deiiau, PI. deuai, /. deui. 
 
 rauhnau, remain. 
 Past Cond. rauhndau. 
 
 janau, go. 
 Past Cond. jandau. 
 Past Indie, gau, /. get, PI. gee, /. gei. 
 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 
 mflmau, beat, conjugated almost exactly like loinati. 
 Imperat. mar marau. 
 Past Indie, mar -au, (PI. -ai, /. -i), with agent case of subject 
 
 marau agreeing with object. 
 Plupf. marau tau, with agent case of subject, marau tau 
 
 agreeing with object. 
 
 The Passive is formed by using the past participle mSrau, with 
 the required tense oij'anau, go ; marau janati, to be beaten : but the use 
 of the passive voice is rare. 
 
 The following are slightly irregular : — 
 denau, give, Past, dinau. 
 kornau, do. ,, kiau. 
 
 j'annau, know „ janau. 
 
 annau, bring ,, onau. 
 
 khanau, eat ; plnau, drink ; lainati, take ; holnau, say ; nlnan, take 
 away, are regular. 
 
dO KotgufU, 
 
 ■ ' ' ' Compound Verbs." ^. 
 
 Continuance, State. 
 
 I continue to fall, w8 loldau rohu or rauhu, (compounded with 
 rauhna remain). 
 
 I am now in the act of falling, mU lotdau lag.d aunditu, (compounded 
 with laggna, stick, and aiman, be). 
 
 Notes on Verbs. 
 
 j'anau, go, is used only in composition, marau jdnau, be killed; deui 
 janau, go away. 
 
 The Negative auxiliary is found as in other dialects in the Simla 
 States and in Kulti. 
 
 A noteworthy construction with the possessive when we should 
 expect an ablative is illustrated in the following : — jau kitab teuB neht 
 porhdt, he cannot read this book ; mere neht deundaii, I cannot go. See 
 note under KiSthali. 
 
 bab, father. 
 
 i, mother. 
 
 bae, brother. 
 
 dai, sister (older than 
 
 speaker) . 
 cei, beihn, sister (younger 
 
 than speaker), 
 chot -u, tshot -u, son. 
 
 -i -i, daughter. 
 
 rand -n, husband. 
 
 -i, cheori, wife, 
 dzona, mord, man. \ 
 cheori, tsheSri, woman, 
 chot-n, boy. 
 -i, girl, 
 phual, bakrala, shepherd, 
 tsor, thief, 
 gohr-a, horse, 
 -i, mare, 
 bold, ox. 
 gao, cow. 
 mhiiish, buffalo. 
 
 bakr-au, he-goat. 
 
 -i, she-goat, 
 behr, sheep, 
 kuk-ar, dog. 
 -ri, bitch, 
 rich, rikh, bear, 
 slh, leopard, 
 gadhau, ass. 
 sSr, suijgar, pig. 
 murg-au, kukkhr-au, cock. 
 
 -i -i, hen. 
 
 bfail-a, cat (male). 
 
 -], „ female. 
 Qt, camel. 
 
 ciukh-u (/-i), little bird, 
 cakrai, kite, 
 shailta, /. shail, fox. 
 hathi, elephant, 
 hatth, hand, 
 lat, foot, 
 nak, nose, 
 akkh, eye. 
 
Kofgurii. 
 
 31 
 
 mfth, face, 
 jat, mouth, 
 dand, tooth, 
 kan, ear. 
 shral, hair, 
 mund, head. . 
 dzfbh, tongue. 
 p5t, stomach, 
 pitth, back, 
 jiu, body, 
 katab, book, 
 kolm, pen. 
 manja, bed. 
 gauhr, house, 
 daieo, river, 
 galir, stream, 
 parbat, dahr, bill, 
 madan, plain. ' 
 khec, field, 
 roti, bread, 
 paai, water. 
 gih3, wheat, 
 tshali, maize, 
 but, tree, 
 grail, village, 
 shaihr, citj. 
 baun, jungle, 
 matshi, fish, 
 bat, way. 
 paindau, path 
 phol, fruit, 
 mass, meat, 
 dttddh, milk, 
 pinni, egg. 
 geo, ghi. 
 tel, oil. 
 
 tshah, buttermilk, 
 daihfo, day. 
 rac, night, 
 daihro, sun. 
 dzoth, moon, 
 taiii, s(ar. 
 
 bagur, wind. 
 
 pani, rain. 
 
 dau, sunshine. 
 
 dzoie bagur, stormy wind. 
 
 bahrtau, load. 
 
 bedzau, seed. 
 
 loha, iron. 
 
 hatsau, bitau, good, beautiful. 
 
 riau, bad, ugly. 
 
 boddaa, big. 
 
 mhatrau, hoknau, little. 
 
 sust, lazy. 
 
 hoshewajau, wise. 
 
 murakh, ignorant. 
 
 painau, sharp, 
 
 utstau, high. 
 
 shelau, thandau, cold. 
 
 naitau, hot. 
 
 gulaau, sweet. 
 
 saphau, clean. 
 
 can, ready. 
 
 hoknau, little. 
 
 bauhri, much. 
 
 aunau, be, become. 
 
 anau, come. 
 
 cleunau, go. 
 
 b§shnau, sit. 
 
 denau, give. 
 
 lotnau, fall. 
 
 lainau, take. 
 
 iiznau, rise. 
 
 khorau aunau, stand. 
 
 dekhnau, see. 
 
 khanau, eat. 
 
 pinau, drink. 
 
 bolnau, say. 
 
 suttnau, sleep, lie down. 
 
 koinau do. 
 
 rauhnau, remain. 
 
 marnau, beat. 
 
 jannau, know, recognise. 
 
 pujnau, arrive. 
 
32 
 
 Kotguru. 
 
 bagnau, rnu. 
 bage deunau, run away, 
 caniiau, make, 
 danau, place, 
 bednau, call, 
 pbabnau, inilnau, meet, 
 ghikbnati, learn, 
 porbnau, read, 
 likhnau, write, 
 mjrnau, die. 
 sbunnau, bear, 
 otnau, turn, 
 oteo anau, return. 
 
 baubuau, flow, 
 jbetnau, lornau, figbt. 
 jitnau, win. 
 arnau, be defeated, 
 deui janau, go away, 
 baunau, sow. 
 aul jScnau, plougb. 
 kheunau, cause to eat. 
 paneunau, cause to drink, 
 shunaunau, cause to bear, 
 tsornau, graze. 
 
 tsuraunau tsarnau, cause to 
 graze. 
 
 Numerals. 
 Cardinal. 
 
 1-ek. 
 
 2— do5. 
 3 — caun. 
 4 — tsar. 
 5 — panj. 
 6 — cbau. 
 7— sat, 
 8— attb. 
 9 — nau. 
 
 10— dosh. 
 11 — gaira. 
 12— bara. 
 13 — tera. 
 14 — tsauda. 
 15 — pondra. 
 
 paiblau. 
 
 dnsrau, dujjau. 
 
 ciau. 
 
 tsautbau. 
 
 paojiau. 
 
 cbauiau. 
 
 satiau. 
 
 doshiau, lOtb. 
 
 paibli bera, 1st time. 
 
 Ordinal. 
 
 16 — solft. 
 17— sottra. 
 18 — tbara. 
 19— nl. 
 20— bi. 
 27 — satai. 
 29— ;iotti. 
 30-^ ti. 
 37 — saiti. 
 39 — untali. 
 40 — cali. 
 100— shau. ' 
 1000 bazar. 
 100,000— lakkh. 
 
 dujji pbere, 2nd time, 
 adbau, balf. 
 paune dOe, If. 
 sawa doe, 2f . 
 daiie, 2|. 
 deorb, If. 
 sadhe tsar, 4|. 
 ek pao, i. 
 
Kotgnru. 33 
 
 As a rule the jjeople do not count beyond twenty. Even in dates it 
 is common to call the 22nd day of the month the second, the 23rd tlie 
 3rd, and so on. Forty, sixty, eighty, &c., are doe hie, caun hie, tsar hie, 
 &c., or the word kori, score, is used. 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 1. Tero naii ke a ? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Eu golireai kai umar a (asa) ? What is tlie age of tliis horse ? 
 
 3. Inda ka Kashmira tai ketro dur asa (a) ? Fi-oni here how far 
 is it to Kashmir ? 
 
 4. Tliaie babe gauhra di ketre tshotu asa? In your father's 
 house how many sous are there ? 
 
 5. MS az bari duro handeo. I to-day from very far have 
 walked. 
 
 6. More caceau tshstii tehii baihni sogge baiuau aundau asa. 
 My uncle's son to his sister is married. 
 
 7. Gauhra de shukle g5hriai zlu asa. In the house the white 
 horse's saddle is. 
 
 8. Teiii (tehrl) pitthe gae zin kosho. Upon his back bind the 
 saddle. 
 
 9. MaT teiie tshotu de bauhri toe lag. I have beaten his son much. 
 
 10. Sau dahra gae dogai bakii tsara. He on the hill cattle and 
 goats is grazing. 
 
 11. Sau iea. buta pare gohre gae beshau aundau asa. He under that 
 ti-ee on a liorse is seated. 
 
 12. Teuaa bae apni balhne ka boddau asa. His brother is bigger 
 than his sister. 
 
 13. Tefiau m5l dalie rupayye asa. Its price is two and a half 
 rupees. 
 
 14. Merau bab mhatre (hoktie) gauhra di raulia. My father in 
 the little house lives. 
 
 15. Eu rupayye teu lai dai. These rupees to him give. 
 
 16. Sai rupayye teu ka 5rd lai au. Those rupees from him bring. 
 
 17. Teu hatse gidhi piteo roshi gidhi kosho. Having beaten him 
 well bind him with ropes. 
 
 18. Kue ka pani garau. Take out water from the well. 
 
 19. Muka agdi (agde) handau. Walk before me. 
 
 20. Kauro tshotu tumS pa andau lago aundau ? Whose son behind 
 you is walking ? 
 
 21. Sau tume kaua ka mol laio ? From whom did you buy that ? 
 
 22. Graue 5k banie ka. Fi^om a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
THE DIALECTS OF KULU. 
 
 BY 
 
 The Revd. T. Grahame Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S, 
 
 INTRODUCTION, 
 
 Kulu is a portion of Kaijgra District, but is almost entirely sepa- 
 rated from Karjgra proper, being connected with it only by a narrow 
 neck of country in the north-west, while it is bounded on the west by 
 the states of Suket and Mandi. On the north and east Kulii proper is 
 bounded by Lahul and Spiti or Piti respectively. These two tracts, while 
 distinguished from Kulu proper, form part of the Kulu subdivision 
 of Kaijgra. On the south Kulu is bounded by the River Satlaj across 
 which is the British District of Kot Guru. The dialects treated of in 
 the following pages are the dialects of Kulu proper, and are all Aryan. 
 In Spiti and Lahul the dialects spoken are Tibeto-Himalayan. In 
 Mandi, Suket, Kaijgra proper and Kot Guru the dialects are all of the 
 same general type as those here dealt with. 
 
 Kulu proper may be said to contain four dialects : Outer Siraji 
 spoken in Outer Siraj, that is in the southern portion of the Siraj 
 Tahsil ; Inner Siraji spoken in Inner Siraj or the northern part of the 
 Siraj Tahsil ; Sainji spoken in the Sainj Valley which enters the Beas 
 Valley from the east; and lastly Kului, which is spoken in the northern 
 part of Kulu proper. There is also a Tibeto-Himalayan dialect called 
 Kanashi, spoken in the village of Malana in North Kulu and nowhere 
 else. 
 
 The four Kulu. dialects are closely allied to dialects of Rajasthani 
 found in Rajputana, and indicate close connection in the past between 
 the peoples of Rajputana and the Himalayas north-east of Simla. The 
 four dialects have several points in common, such as the existence of a 
 form of the Present Auxiliary used in negative sentences, and of a 
 feminine form for the Oblique Sing, of the 3i'd Pers. pronoun, and the 
 similarity of the Oblique Sing, to the Oblique Plural in Nouns. 
 
 In Outer Siraji ability is expressed by the genitive case of the 
 subject with a form of the Present Participle which may be Passive ; in 
 Inner Siraji the ordinary Present Participle seems to be used. 
 
36 
 
 Outer Siraji very closely resembles Kot Gurui, the notes on which 
 (in the Appendix to the Grazetteer of the Simla District) should be 
 consulted. It has the Genitive in — eau, the Dative in lai, the Ablative 
 in ke, and the Locative in dS. 
 
 In Inner Siraji the forms are rd for the Genitive, be for the Dative, 
 leva for the Ablative, and mbnje for the Locative. 
 
 Sa'inji has very interesting forms. The Genitive is in — er, the 
 Dative in — ab, the Ablative in — dga. It has two forms for the 
 Future, one of them having endings in & and r which suggest interest- 
 ing problems. The Sainji dialect generally resembles Inner Siraji. 
 
 The use in Inner Siraji of the word hhl, in the sense of the Hindi 
 phir, is noteworthy inasmuch as the same word is found in the criminal 
 dialect of the SSsis with the same meaning. The contraction of the 
 Present Auxiliary to — s should be noted. 
 
 Kuliii in several respects closely resembles Inner Siraji. Its 
 nominal inflections are almost identical, but it has na or — n for the 
 Ablative. It has an interesting form for the Pres. Indie, and Imperfect 
 — a being added to the root before the Auxiliary. The polite Impera- 
 tive in — elt should be noted. 
 
 The system of transliteration employed is that of the Asiatic Society 
 of Bengal with some additions, c stands for the sound of ch in clvild^ 
 ch being the aspirated c ; i represents the sound mid-way between i and 
 i ; u italicised in a word printed in ordinary type is half-way between u 
 and u. 
 
 T. Geahame Bailey. 
 March 3rd, 1905. 
 
OUTER SIRAJi. 
 
 The Outer Siraji dialect resembles in raany respects Kot Gurui 
 which has been treated iu considerable detail in the Simla Gazetteer ; 
 it will not therefore be necessary to treat Outer Siraji with the same 
 fulness. 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 Nouns in —a. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 ghor-a -e 
 
 -eau /, ee as Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D.A. 
 
 Loc. 
 
 Ab. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 -e lai 
 -e de 
 -e ke 
 -e 
 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 
 ghor 
 ghor-o 
 ghor-a lai, &c. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 shor-i 
 -id 
 
 -i lai, &c. 
 -i§. 
 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 
 bhed, sheep 
 bhedo 
 bheda lai, &c. 
 
 baihn, however, is declined as follows : — 
 
 ■N^' baihn, sister 
 
 G. baihn-io 
 D.A.L.Ab. -i lai, &c. 
 
 Ag. -i 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 baihn-i 
 as Sing. 
 
38 
 
 
 
 
 
 Outer Sirajl. 
 
 Pronouns. 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 
 1st 
 
 
 2nd 
 
 
 3rd 
 
 
 e or eh, this 
 
 N. 
 
 hft 
 
 
 tu 
 
 
 satf, oh 
 
 
 e, eh, ati 
 
 G. 
 
 iuer5 
 
 
 tero 
 
 
 teuo/. tesso 
 
 eao /. esso 
 
 D.A. 
 
 mulai 
 
 
 talai 
 
 
 teu le tea le 
 
 eu le ea le 
 
 L. 
 
 mude 
 
 
 tade 
 
 
 „ de „ 
 
 de 
 
 „ de „ de 
 
 Ab. 
 
 m?iklie 
 
 
 takhe 
 
 
 „ khe „ 
 
 khe 
 
 „ khe „ khe 
 
 Ag. 
 
 mat 
 
 
 tai 
 
 
 tei tai 
 Plural. 
 
 i 
 
 eue ai 
 
 N. 
 
 ha me 
 
 
 tumme 
 
 
 saT 
 
 
 e. eh 
 
 G. 
 
 mharo 
 
 
 thar5 
 
 
 tin-5 
 
 
 in-au 
 
 D.A. 
 
 harn-a 
 
 lai 
 
 tum-a 
 
 lai 
 
 -a le 
 
 
 -a le 
 
 L. 
 
 -a 
 
 de 
 
 -a 
 
 de 
 
 -a de 
 
 
 -a de 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -a 
 
 ke 
 
 -a 
 
 ke 
 
 -a ke 
 
 
 -a ke 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 
 
 -e 
 
 
 -e 
 
 
 -e or -ne. 
 
 kuji, who 
 
 ? G. kauro, 
 
 Ag, 
 
 , kunl. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns. "When they 
 qualify nouns, they are not declined except in the case of those the 
 Nona. Sing. Masc. of which ends in -o -au or -a. These take -e for 
 the Plnr. and for the Obi. Sing., and -l for the Fern, Sing, and Plur. 
 Genitives of nouns and pronouns are adjectives coming under this rule : 
 thus ghoreau or ghoreo, of a horse, Obi. ghoree ; betliau, of a vpoman, Obi. 
 betlle. 
 
 Demonstrative. 
 
 iyo, like this 
 etrau, so much or 
 many 
 
 Correlative. 
 
 tiyo, like that 
 tetrau, so much or 
 many 
 
 Interrogative. 
 
 kiyo, like what ? 
 ketrau, how much or 
 many ? 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of the Ablative case, as, shobhlo, 
 beautiful ; mukhe shobhlo, more beautiful than I ; sobbi kB shobhlo, more 
 beautiful than all, most beautiful. The pronoun eh has a form ido, 
 ido shobhlo, more beautiful than this. 
 
 Adverbs. 
 Most adjectives can be used as adverbs, in which case they agree 
 
Outer Siraji . 
 
 3d 
 
 with the subject of the seBtence. The following are a few very com- 
 mon adverbs, other than adjectives : — 
 
 (Time.) 
 
 
 {Place.) 
 
 ebbe, now 
 
 
 idhi, here 
 
 tebbe, then 
 
 
 tidhi, pore, there 
 
 kebbe, when ? 
 
 
 kidhi, where ? 
 
 jebbe, when 
 
 
 jidhi, where 
 
 kalla, to-morrow 
 
 
 
 p6r§he, day after to-morrow 
 
 tsauthe, „ 
 
 that 
 
 
 hij, yesterday 
 
 
 
 phoroz, day before yesterday 
 
 tsauthe, „ „ 
 
 that 
 
 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 lai, 1§, to 
 
 
 taini, up to 
 
 ke, from 
 
 
 saqge, with 
 
 de, in 
 
 
 ago, in front of 
 
 gai, upon 
 
 
 pitshu, behind 
 
 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 
 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 . I am, &c. a 
 
 and ft 
 
 a a a a a 
 
 or assa (asa) 
 
 assa assa assa assa assa 
 
 Neg. 
 Past 
 
 athi with negative particle, 
 tau/. ti PI. te /. ti 
 
 Intransitive Verbs. 
 pornu, porno, fall. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Imperat. 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Past Cond. 
 Impf. 
 Past Ind. 
 Plupf. 
 Participle 
 
 -a 
 pora 
 
 -a 
 
 por-u 
 
 por 
 
 same as Pat. 
 
 por-dau PI, -de /. -di 
 
 Fut. with tau (te, ti) 
 
 por -au /. -i PI. -e 
 
 porau tau 
 
 porekore, having fallen 
 
 -u 
 
 -a 
 
 -a 
 
 /•-i 
 
40 
 
 Outer Sird,ji. 
 
 ichi^o, come. 
 Regular except in Past. 
 /. ai PI. ae 
 
 deTiuvi, go. 
 
 deu desva dewa, &c. 
 
 deu dewa 
 
 deundau 
 
 deuo /. dewe PI. dewe 
 
 janu, go. 
 
 jati 
 
 ja 3 a 
 
 j an da a 
 
 gau /. gaui PI. gaue 
 
 ranhqiUy remain. 
 
 rauhu or rauha 
 rauhndau 
 rauhau ( — i -§.) 
 
 baithuu, baishi^u, sit. 
 Regular. 
 Imperat. has baishi, sit thou, as well as the other forms. 
 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 
 Past Ind. ao 
 
 Put. 
 
 Imperat. 
 Past Cond. 
 Past Ind. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Imperat. 
 Past Cond. 
 Past Ind. 
 
 Put. 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 tsiknu, beat, like poruu. 
 Agent case of subject with tsikau which agrees with obj. 
 
 khaau, eat. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 Past Cond. 
 Past Ind. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 Put. 
 Past Ind. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 Ability is often expressed by means of the present part, with the 
 genitive of the subject. 
 
 mSre neh% dSundo or mSre bhdle nehf deundo, I cannot go. 
 
 mere eh kitab neh% porhdi, I cannot read this book. 
 
 This participle, it will be observed, is given a passive sense. 
 
 khandau 
 khaau 
 
 dennau 
 
 lain 
 laiau 
 
 kiyau 
 
 deno, give. 
 lenu, take. 
 
 komu, do. 
 
Outer SirSji. 
 
 41 
 
 The Infin. is used to express necessity, as : — 
 mu kalld deunu, I have to go to-morrow. 
 The Infinitive ends in nau, nu, nu, no or na. In other words also 
 we find the vowels au, o, a interchangeable. 
 
 The feminine forms of the 3rd pers. pron. and of e, eh, this, are, as 
 in other Kulu dialects, found in Outer Siraji. 
 
 cjsunu, go, is used to express the idea of going, janu, go, is used in 
 composition. 
 
 bab, father, 
 ij, mother, 
 bhai, brother, 
 baihn, sister, 
 dai, elder sister. 
 cei, younger sister, 
 shor-u, son. 
 
 -i, daughter, 
 randu, husband, 
 cheori, wife, 
 jona, mord, man. 
 betli, woman, 
 shor -u, boy. • 
 
 -i, girl, 
 phual, shepherd. 
 ts5r, thief, 
 ghor -a, horse. 
 
 -i, mare. 
 bojd, ox. 
 gao, cow. 
 matghi, buffalo 
 bakr-au he-goat. 
 
 -ri, she „ 
 bhed, sheep, 
 kuk-ar, dog. 
 
 -ri, bitch, 
 bhahi, banae, bear, 
 barag, leopard, 
 sit, 
 
 gadhau, ass. 
 sur, pig. 
 kttkh-lai, cock. 
 
 k«kh-li, hen. 
 
 brail -au, cat (male). 
 
 -i, „ (female), 
 ut, camel, 
 hotthi, elephant, 
 bath, hand, 
 khur, foot, 
 nak, nose, 
 akkhi, eye. 
 muh, face, 
 jat, mouth. 
 
 khakkh, corner of mouth, 
 dand, tooth. 
 kann, ear. 
 shral, hair, 
 mund, head, 
 dzibh, tongue, 
 dhan, pet, stomach, 
 pitth, back, 
 dziu, dehi, body, 
 katab, book, 
 kolm, pen. 
 mandzau, bed. 
 ghor, house, 
 daryao, river, 
 gahd, stream, 
 dzot, hill-top, pass, 
 dhar, hill, 
 sorlau, dol, plain, 
 khec, field. 
 I oti, bread, 
 pani, water. 
 
42 
 
 Outer Sirojt. 
 
 konak, wheat, 
 tsholli, maize, 
 but, tree, 
 grau, village, 
 bazar, town, 
 baun, jungle, 
 dzorki, machli, fish, 
 bat, way. 
 phol, fruit, 
 mass, meat, 
 duddh, milk, 
 pinni, egg. 
 gheo, ghi. 
 tel, oil. 
 
 tshah, buttermilk, 
 dhair, da}', 
 rac, night, 
 dhairo, sun. 
 dzuth, moon, 
 tara, star. 
 
 baguri, paun, wind, 
 pan.!, rain, 
 dhuppo, sunshine, 
 bhaiau, load, 
 bedzau, seed, 
 lohau, iron, 
 bitau, good, 
 nikkau, bad. 
 borau, big. 
 hotshau, little. 
 
 I— ek. 
 2— doe. 
 3 — caun. 
 4- — tsar. 
 5 — panz. 
 6 — tshau, 
 7— sat. 
 8— atth. 
 
 sulai, lazy, 
 oklealau, wise, 
 nikammau, ignorant, 
 tshekaa, swift, 
 ticchau, sharp, 
 uchtau, lofty. 
 sh5bhlau, beautiful, 
 shelau, dzadau, tliandau, 
 
 cold, 
 naitau, tatau, hot. 
 guluau, sweet, 
 ramlau, clean, 
 thorau, little, 
 kliassau, much. 
 
 ichno, come. 
 
 deunu, ja^u, go. 
 betlmu, beshnu, sit. 
 leno, take. 
 deno, give, 
 pornu, fall, 
 khanu, eat. 
 jhiitn.au, drink, 
 bolnii, .speak, say. 
 kornu, do. 
 rauhnu, remain. 
 tsiknu, beat, 
 dzannu, know, 
 dewe janu, go away, 
 annu, bring, 
 ninu, take away. 
 
 Numerals. 
 Cardinal, 
 
 9 — nau. 
 10 — doss. 
 11- — giara. 
 12 — baia. 
 13— tera. 
 14 — tsauda. 
 15 — pondra. 
 16— sola. 
 
Outer Siraj'i. 
 
 43 
 
 Numerals — continued. 
 Cardinal. 
 
 17 — satara. 
 18— thara. 
 19— ni. 
 20— bi. 
 27 — satai. 
 29— notti. 
 30— ti. 
 37— salti. 
 39— nutali. 
 40— call. 
 47 — satali. 
 49 — nunja. 
 50 — padza. 
 57— satiinja. 
 59 — Tiatb. 
 
 1st, paihlo. 
 2nd, dujjo. 
 3rd, ciyo. 
 4th, tsautho. 
 5tli, panjio. 
 
 Ordinal. 
 
 60— shath. 
 67 — satatli. 
 69 — unhottnr. 
 70 — sottar. 
 77 — aatottav. 
 79 — unoshi. 
 80— o.shshi. 
 87 — satoshi. 
 89 — nanne. 
 
 90— nobbe. 
 97 — satanue. 
 100— sbau. 
 200 — doe sbau. 
 1,000— bazar. 
 100,000— lakkb. 
 
 6tb, tsbauian. 
 
 7tb, satian. 
 lOtb, dossiau. 
 50tJ), podzariau. 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 The following five sentences will suffice to give an idea of the 
 difference between Outer Siraji and Kot Guriii. Tbey sbould be com- 
 pared witb the sentences in the Notes on Kot Gurui. 
 
 6. Mere babuo shorn, teiie baibni sagge baibuo aundau asa. My 
 uncle's son is married with bis sister. 
 
 7. Gbora de sbitte ghoree zin asa. In tbe house the white liorse's 
 saddle is. 
 
 17. Teu sbobblo kore tsiknu rasbi kore bandbnu. Beat bini well 
 and bind bim with ropes. 
 
 19. Mu ag5 band. Before me walk. 
 
 20. Kauro sborii ta pitshu banddo lago aundo ? Whose son 
 behind thee walking comes r 
 
O' 
 
 
 ]st 
 
 2nd 
 
 N. 
 
 hE 
 
 tu 
 
 G. 
 
 merau 
 
 terau 
 
 
 INNER SIRAJi 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 Nouns in -a. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 N. ghor-a -e 
 
 G. -e ra, rau as Sino^. 
 
 D.A. -e be 
 
 Loc. -e monje 
 
 Ab. -e lera. 
 
 Ag. -e 
 
 V. -Sa -eo 
 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 N. gbor, bouse gbor 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. gbora ro, &c. as Sing. 
 
 Ag. gbore „ 
 
 Femitiine. 
 Nouns in -i. 
 N. sbohr-i, girl -i 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. -i rau, &c. -\ rau, &c. 
 
 Ag. -i -i 
 
 V. -ie -io 
 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 
 N. bbin, sister -a 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. bhin-a rau, &c. -a rau, &c. 
 
 Asr. -a -a 
 
 V. -e -o 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 Singtilar. 
 
 8rd io, this, 
 
 sau io 
 
 feu ra (/. tessa ra) iu ra ( f. essa ra) 
 D.A. ma be, ma ta be ,, be, <eu, /. tessa „ be, iii, /. essa 
 
 be be 
 
L. 
 
 Ab. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D.A. 
 
 L. 
 
 Ab. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 ma raoDje 
 „ lera. 
 rnai 
 
 hamme 
 m)) a rail 
 haraa be 
 „ nionje 
 lera 
 
 Iimer Siroji. 
 ta luouje . 
 
 45 
 
 era 
 
 tea inunje, /. tessa io. uionje, /' €svsa 
 moiije monje 
 
 „ lera, /. tessa ,, lera, /. essa 
 
 tai 
 
 tomnje 
 
 tharau 
 
 torn ma be 
 
 monje 
 lera 
 
 hamme tomme 
 
 lera 
 ti h f. tesse 
 
 Fliiral. 
 tea 
 „ ra 
 „ be 
 „ monje 
 „ lera 
 tea 
 
 lera 
 iu/. esfje 
 
 la 
 „ ra 
 
 „ be 
 ,, nionje 
 ,, lera 
 ia 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N 
 
 Singular. 
 knn, who r^ 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. kas ran, &c. 
 Ag. kimi 
 
 Others are ke, what ? kitsh, anything, something. 
 
 ilziin, who ? 
 dziu ra, &c. 
 
 d'/AU. 
 
 kdaa 
 
 kas I'au, &c. 
 
 kuni 
 
 d/.ea 
 
 ra, &(i. 
 
 dzeae 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns are declined like nouns. When qualify- 
 ing nouns they are not declined exce[»t when their Nom. Sing. Masc. 
 ends in -ci. In this case they take -e for the Obi. Masc. and -I for the 
 Fern, The genitives of nouns and pronouns are adjectives coming 
 under this rule. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of ka, than as, rdrnro, good, lH 
 kd, rnniro, better than this, sobbhi kd, rnmro, better than all, best. 
 
 Demonstrative. Correlatioe. Interrogative. 
 
 iera, lehra, like this tera, tehra, like that kera, kehra, like what? 
 
 etrau, so much or tetrau, so much or ketrau, how much or 
 
 many many many 
 
 Adveriss. 
 
 Many adjectives are used also as adverbs. When so used they 
 agree with the subject of the sentence. The following is a list of a few 
 of the commonest adverbs other than adjectives : — 
 
 {Time.) {Place.) 
 
 iebba, now indi, indhi, here 
 
 tebbe, tebre, then par, there, on the other side 
 
 kebre, kodds, when ? kondi, kaul, where ? 
 
46 
 
 Inner Sirajl. 
 
 {Time.) 
 
 jebre, joddo, when 
 
 az, to-day 
 
 shui, to-morrow 
 
 porshi, day after to-morrow 
 
 tsautbe, day after that 
 
 hidz, yesterday 
 
 pharz, day before yesterday 
 
 tsauthe, day before that 
 kodhi, sometimes, ever 
 
 kodhi ua, never 
 
 kodhu kodhu, sometimes 
 
 Others are klle, why ? haii, yes, n?/i, no, cheke, quickly, ramre kori, 
 
 {Place.) 
 
 jauT, where 
 indhi tani, up to here 
 indha ka, from here 
 ujhe, up 
 undhe, down 
 jelia, in front 
 patsheS, behind 
 whitar, inside 
 bage, outside 
 
 well, &c. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 The commonest prepositions have been given in the declension of 
 nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same word is frequently 
 both a preposition and an adverb. 
 
 par, on tliat side mae sorjgha, with me 
 
 war, on this side Juri tani, for him 
 
 raonje, within t-eri tani, about thee (or for 
 
 taini, tani, up to thee) 
 
 parauude, upon ma! jeliau, like me 
 
 thai, below , iari tani, towards them 
 
 ml depe, beside me 
 
 Pres. I am, &c. 
 Pres. Neg. 
 Past. I was, &c. 
 
 Verbs. 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 asa asa asa 
 
 nlh ado /. nih adi 
 thi thi thi 
 
 asa asa asa 
 
 PI. nih ade 
 
 thi thi thi 
 
 Pres. Cond. 
 Put. 
 
 Imperat. 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Pabt. Cond. 
 
 Intransitive Verbs. 
 poruau fall, 
 por -u -§ -§ -u -a -au 
 poful -au -au -au -e 
 por poj-a 
 
 pofdau /. pordi PI. porde 
 the same 
 
 e -e 
 
Inner Siraji. 47 
 
 Impf. pordaa thi, &c. 
 
 Past Iiid. poru and purau /. pori PI. pori 
 
 Pres. Perf. poru asa 
 
 Plupf. poffi thi 
 
 Participle porikori, having falleu, pornivala, fallur, about to fall 
 
 Some verbs show alight iiTegularities. 
 
 Ii5n.au, be, become. 
 Fat. holau 
 
 Pies. lud. hunda 
 Past Ind. hoa PI. hoi 
 
 ihno, come. 
 Px'es. Coud. iha 
 Fut. iliSlau or ihlau (or iSlau, ilaa) ihlau ihlau 
 
 ihale or ihle ihle ihle 
 
 Iniperat. ich icha 
 
 Pres. Ind. \ ., , 
 
 Past Cond. P^'''^^'' 
 
 Past lud. ao 
 
 Participle ihnvvala, comer, about to come 
 
 nana, go. 
 
 Fut. nafilau, &g. 
 
 Imperat. uaa or uash, PI. naa 
 
 Pres. Ind., &g. nandau 
 Past lud. uatliau 
 
 
 jana, go. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 jaSlau jallau, &c. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 jaudau 
 
 Past lud. 
 
 gau, /. gaui PI. gaue 
 
 
 rauhna, lemain. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 rahSlau rauhlau, &c. 
 
 Pres. lud. 
 
 rauhudau 
 
 Past lud. 
 
 rauhu 
 
 
 besh^a, sit. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 bethau 
 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 
 tsikna, beat, like pornau. 
 
 Past Ind. Ageut case of subject with tsikau wliich agrees with 
 object. 
 
48 
 
 Innar Siroji. 
 
 Some of tLe following common verbs arc slightly irregular : — 
 
 khana eat. 
 
 Pres I lid. 
 
 kliandau 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 Fut. 
 
 khau 
 dgalau 
 
 di^a, give. 
 
 Pres. lud. 
 
 dindau 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 Fut. 
 
 dinnau 
 laSlau 
 
 launa, take. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 lauindau 
 
 
 Past 
 Past Ind. 
 
 lauu 
 bollu 
 
 bolna, speak 
 korna do. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 koru 
 
 Ability is often expressed by means of the Pies. Part. ( Pres. Ind.) 
 and the genitive case of the subject, as, mere nchii kordaa, I cannot do. 
 
 To express being in the act of doing a thing loijo (from lagyna, stick) 
 is used, id loyo rati hhando, he is eating bread ; lioi thl roti khando layo 
 hundo, I was eating bread. 
 
 The vowel of sau, he, she, it, is sometimes omitted after a verb, as, 
 teu be na ties, do not give it to him, where s represents H. This reminds 
 us of the su, and s which are so common as 3rd Sing. sufBxes in Labnda 
 and in Panjabi West and North of Lahore. Cf. also Inner Siraji tnU leva 
 na n* se, do not take it from me. 
 
 The word fc/it, meaning 'again,' ' after that,' Hindi, ^/itV, is notice- 
 able because it is a characteristic uf the secret dialect of tlie thieving 
 tribe of the Sasis. 
 
 The infinitive ends in -m, -no or -nan. In other words also we 
 find the vowels a, o, au interchangeable. 
 
 In the Negative Auxiliary add, adl, ade the a is pronounced very long. 
 This woi-d differs from most Negative Auxliaries in being declined. 
 
 The special Feminine forms of the 3rd pers. pron. and of to, this, 
 should be noted. They are found also in the Simla States dialects. 
 
 bab, father. betri, woman. 
 
 ij, mother. mard, man. 
 
 bhai, brother. betri, woman. 
 
 dai, elder sister. sh6r«, boy. 
 
 bhin, younger sister. shor', girl. 
 
 shor*, son. phual, shepherd. 
 
 shor*, daughter. tsor, thief. 
 
 mard, husband. ghora, horse. 
 
Inner Sirflj'i. 
 
 49 
 
 ghon, mare, 
 bold, ox. 
 gS, cow. 
 iiiiha^i, buffalo, 
 bakr-a, he-goat. 
 
 -i, she-goat, 
 bhed, sheep, 
 kutt-au, dog. 
 
 -i, bitoh. 
 ghai, bear, 
 bareag, leopard, 
 gadha, a.ss, 
 .sur, pig. 
 kukk-ar, cock. 
 
 -ri, hen. 
 bareal-au, cat (male). 
 
 -i, „ (female), 
 ut, camel, 
 hathi, elephant, 
 hath, hand, 
 pair, foot, 
 nak, nose, 
 acchi, eye. 
 rafth, face, 
 dand, tooth. 
 
 kanet, ear. (lobe of ear ?) 
 shreal, hair, 
 raund, head, 
 dzibh, tongue, 
 pet, stomach, 
 pith, back. 
 
 sarir, dehi, dziu, body, 
 katab, book, 
 kalam, pen. 
 mandzau, bed. 
 ghar, liou.se. 
 darja. river, 
 gahd, naue, stream, 
 saraj, hill, 
 nihal, plain, 
 khec, field, 
 rotti, bread. 
 
 pani, water, 
 kank, gihu, wheat, 
 tshain, maize, 
 butta, tree, 
 grg, village, 
 bazar, citj. 
 bun, jungle, 
 m acchi, fi.sli. 
 bat, way. 
 phol, fruit. 
 mass, meat. 
 d?fddli, milk, 
 danna, egg. 
 ghi, ghiii, ghi. 
 tel, oil. 
 
 tshai, buttermilk, 
 diharo, day. 
 rac, night, 
 diharo, suraj, sun. 
 dzoth, tsanani, moon, 
 tara, star, 
 bagur, wind, 
 paui, rain, 
 dhuppa, sunshine, 
 bhara, load, 
 bedza, seed, 
 loha, iron. 
 
 shobhla, ramra, good, beau- 
 tiful, 
 bura, bad. 
 borau, big. 
 hotsbau, little. 
 sust, nist, lazy, 
 sataz, wise, 
 marau, foolish, ugly. 
 tsheka, swift, 
 ticcha, sharp, 
 uchta, lofty, 
 .shela, cold. 
 
 niata, niggha, tata, hot. 
 mtttha, sweet, 
 shittau, white, clean. 
 
50 
 
 Inner SirSji. 
 
 thora, little, 
 bauhu, much, 
 cittha, black, 
 bhetna, be obtained, 
 ilino, come, 
 nana, go. 
 beshna, sit. 
 launa, take, 
 d'lna, give, 
 pornan, fall. 
 
 J— ek. 
 2— dui. 
 3 — cen. 
 4 — tsar. 
 5 — pandz. 
 6 — tsbau. 
 7— sat. 
 8— atb. 
 9 — nau. 
 10 — doss, 
 11 — giara. 
 12 — bara. 
 13 — tera. 
 14 — tsauiida. 
 15 — pondra. 
 16 — sola. 
 1 7 — satara. 
 18 — thara. 
 19— nib. 
 20— bib. 
 
 27 — satai. 
 29— notri. 
 30— tri. 
 37 — satotti. 
 
 Ist, paiblo. 
 2nd, diiij5. 
 3rd, ciyo. 
 4tb, tsautbo. 
 
 kbana, eat. 
 
 ihutna, drink. 
 
 gal ana, speak, say. 
 
 bolna, speak, say. 
 
 koma, do. 
 
 raubna, remain. 
 
 tsikna, beat. 
 
 dzanna, know. 
 
 anna, bring. 
 
 n!na, take, take away. 
 
 Numerals. 
 Cardinal. 
 
 Ordinal. 
 
 39—1 
 40 
 
 47— 
 
 49— 
 
 50- 
 
 57- 
 
 59— 
 
 60— 
 
 67- 
 
 69- 
 
 70- 
 
 77- 
 
 79- 
 
 80- 
 
 87- 
 
 89- 
 
 90- 
 
 97- 
 
 99- 
 
 100- 
 
 200- 
 
 1,000- 
 
 lOO.OOO 
 
 antnall. 
 tsali. 
 ■sattali. 
 anunja. 
 padza. 
 sataunja. 
 anat. 
 sbatb. 
 ■sateat. 
 unbattar. 
 -sottar. 
 -satettav. 
 -aneasbi. 
 -osbsbi. 
 -satSasbi. 
 -nauue. 
 -nobbe. 
 -sateann 
 -naukra. 
 -sbaukra, sbau. 
 -dui sbau. 
 -badzar. 
 — lakh. 
 
 5tb, pandzau. 
 6tb, tshothua, 
 7th, sotua. 
 
Inner Sirnji. oX 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 1. Tera nau ke ? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Eu ghOre ri ketrl uinmar hoi ? How much is the age of this 
 horse ? 
 
 3. Indha ks Kashmir tani ketra, dur ? From here how far is 
 Kashmir? 
 
 4. Thare haba re ghore ketre shohrfi ? Tii your father's house 
 how many boys are there ? 
 
 5. HI az bauhfi dura kS handi ao. I to-day from very far have 
 walking come ? 
 
 6. Mere cace re sh5liru rfi biah iuri beti soijglia. My uncle's son's 
 marriage is with his daughter. 
 
 7. Cxhore shitte ghore ri zin. In tlie house is the white horse's 
 saddle. 
 
 8. Iuri pitthl paraunde (uppur) zin kosha. On his back bind the 
 saddle. 
 
 9. MaT iuro beta bauhu tsikii. I beat his son much. 
 
 10. So saraja re dzata uppur bhera tsaraundo. He on the hill's 
 top is grazing sheep. 
 
 11. So in bute thai glioj-e paraunde betha hundo. He under this 
 tree on a horse is seated. 
 
 12. Teuro bhal apni hhina kl baurau. His brother is bigger than 
 his sister. 
 
 13. Eiiia mul dhai i"apaui. Its price is two and a half rupees. 
 
 14. Mero bab iii hotshe ghore rauhnda. My father lives in this 
 little house. 
 
 15. Eu be ea rapaui de. Give these rupees to him. 
 
 16. Eu lej-a ea rapaui laui lau. From him take these rupees. 
 
 17. Eu ramre korl tsiki lau lashi korl bondhi lau. Beat him well 
 and bind him with ropes. 
 
 18. K5a ka pan! karha. Di^aw water from the well. 
 
 19. Mi ka jeha tsala. Walk in front of me. 
 
 20. Kasra shohru toma patsheS ao? Whose son is coming behind 
 you? 
 
 21. Eo clj kasa lera mulle ani ? From whom did you buy this 
 thing ? 
 
 22. Gri re dukandara lera. From the shopkeeper of the village. 
 
52 
 
 SAINJI. 
 
 The erammar of Sainji beai s a considerable resemblance to that of 
 Inner Siraji ; in the following notes, therefore, chiefly those points will 
 be mentioned in which the dialects differ. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nouns in -a. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 
 ghor-a, horse 
 
 
 -e 
 
 
 G. 
 
 
 
 -er 
 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 
 D.A. 
 
 
 
 -ab 
 
 
 »» 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 
 
 -e aga 
 
 
 5> 
 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 
 -e 
 
 
 >> 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nouns in Consonant, 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 
 ghar, house 
 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 
 G. 
 
 
 
 ghar-ar 
 
 
 )> 
 
 
 D.A. 
 
 
 
 -ab 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 
 -e 
 Feminine. 
 Nouns in -i 
 
 
 )> 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 
 beti, daughter 
 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 
 G. 
 
 
 
 beti-r 
 
 
 jj 
 
 
 D.A 
 
 
 
 -b 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 
 -e 
 
 
 >> 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 
 bhin 
 
 
 ... 
 
 
 G. 
 
 
 
 bhin-ar 
 
 
 ... 
 
 
 D.A. 
 
 
 
 -ab 
 
 
 ... 
 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 
 -e 
 
 Pronouns. 
 Singular. 
 
 
 ... 
 
 
 1st 
 
 
 2nd 
 
 .3rd 
 
 
 eo, this 
 
 N. 
 
 hau 
 
 
 tu 
 
 so 
 
 
 eo 
 
 G. 
 
 mera 
 
 
 tera 
 
 teiira, /. 
 
 tessa ra 
 
 eii ra /. essa ra 
 
 D.A. 
 
 mail 
 
 bhe 
 
 tabhe teiib 
 
 tessab 
 
 eab essab 
 
 Ab. 
 
 mail 
 
 ao^a 
 
 ta aga teii aga 
 
 tessa aga 
 
 eii aga essa ag? 
 
 Ag. 
 
 moe 
 
 
 taue 
 
 teoe 
 
 tesse 
 
 ene esse 
 
Sainjl. 
 
 53 
 
 
 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 asse 
 
 tusse 
 
 tea 
 
 G. 
 
 nihaia 
 
 thara 
 
 tear a 
 
 D.A. 
 
 assab, asab 
 
 tuab 
 
 teab 
 
 Ab. 
 
 assa (asa) 
 aga 
 
 tua aga 
 
 tea aga 
 
 Ag. 
 
 ahe 
 
 tusse 
 
 teae 
 
 ea 
 
 eara 
 
 eab 
 
 ea agiik 
 
 lae 
 
 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 
 {Time.) 
 
 
 
 {Place.) 
 
 ebre, now 
 
 
 
 ekkhe, here, 
 
 tebre, then 
 
 
 
 tekkhe, there 
 
 kebre, when ? 
 
 
 
 kaui, where ? 
 
 jebie, when 
 
 
 
 jauS, where 
 
 adz, to-day 
 
 
 
 ekkha kahl or kauhau, from 
 here 
 
 kidzu, why ? 
 
 vihitar 
 
 , inside ; bard, 
 
 very much, agrees with its 
 
 iiouti or pronoun. 
 
 It is 
 
 to be distingushed from had^cla, big, which is 
 
 not used as an adv 
 
 erb. 
 
 
 
 
 Prepositions 
 
 ,. 
 
 aga, from 
 
 
 
 sarjghe, with 
 
 taijg, up to 
 
 
 
 jehS, in front of 
 
 upre, upon 
 
 
 
 pitshe, behind 
 
 Pies. 
 Neg. 
 Past. 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 Aitxiliary. 
 
 sa sa sa sa sa 
 i/thi with a particle of negation. 
 
 ti 
 
 ti 
 
 Pi-es. Cond. 
 
 lc)t -u 
 
 Fat. 
 
 lot -ur 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 ) 
 
 or 
 
 \ lotda 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 3 • 
 
 Impf. 
 
 lotda ti 
 
 ti ti ti 
 
 Intransitive Verbs. 
 
 lotna, fall, 
 -e -e -u 
 -ar -ar -Ur 
 
 sa 
 
 ti 
 
 -e 
 — ar 
 
 — e 
 -ar 
 
54 Sainji. 
 
 
 
 Intransitive Verbs — continued. 
 
 
 
 
 lotna, fall. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 Plupf. 
 
 l5tu 
 lotii ti 
 
 /• 
 
 loti Pi. lote /. loti 
 
 Participle 
 
 loti kari, Laving fallen 
 
 
 
 
 iedzna, come. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 edz 
 
 -ur 
 
 -ar -ar -ur 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 idz 
 
 idza 
 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 idzda 
 
 
 
 &c. 
 
 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 awa 
 
 
 na^a, go. 
 
 Fufc. 
 
 nash 
 
 -u 
 
 -11 -ii -i -1 
 
 Past. Ind. 
 
 natha 
 
 
 t8al^a, go. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 tsal 
 
 -ii 
 
 -ii -u -i -i 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 
 
 tsikna, 
 
 beat, in general like lofnn. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 Agent case of 
 
 subject with tsikti 
 
 Plupf. 
 
 >» 
 
 )) I 
 
 , „ ,, tsikU^ti 
 
 Fut. 
 
 deab 
 
 
 dena, give. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 dina 
 
 
 nfna, take. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 iiiSb 
 
 
 
 Past 
 
 niii 
 
 
 
 -ar a r 
 
 The future is a very interesting tense in Sainji. Tliere appear to be 
 two complete forms -Ur -ar -ar -ur -ar -ar and -H -ii -ii-i -i ~i. Whether 
 the r in the former is really part of the verb or not I do not feel sure. 
 Itmay conceivably be a vocative ending referring to tlie person addressed 
 at the time. A similar doubt suggests itself in connection with the 
 ending -6 for the 1st Sing. Fut. as in de^b, I will give, niub, I will take, 
 tsikiib, I will strike ; and the question arises whether this ending is 
 found with intransitive verbs or not. It may be a mere dative suffix, 
 tsikiib being equivalent to tsiktl eUb, 1 will strike him, or tslkii tflbhe, I 
 will strike thee, &c. A comparison with the dialect spoken across the 
 border in that part of Mandi State which is near Maijglaur suggests 
 that this b is either an integral part of the verb or a Vocative ending, 
 probably the latter, for we find in the Future of the intransitive verb go, 
 
Sainji. 
 
 55 
 
 either nahu be, nahu he, nahu be, naKu be, nHhi be, nd,hi be, or ndhU, nnhii, 
 nahu, nakume, nliJn, nahu {nahi ?) Like Inner Siraji Sa'inji has a 
 feminine form for the 3rd per. pronoun and for eo, this. 
 
 The following words are those in which a difference between the 
 two dialects is observable. Probably however some of these also may be 
 found in Inner Siraji. In the other words of the list Sainji does not 
 diifer from Inner Siraji. 
 
 baba, father, 
 bhai, elder brother, 
 bhau, younger brother, 
 tshor-u, son. 
 
 -i daughter, 
 joe, jo, dzoe, wife, 
 bauild, ox. 
 mheshi, buffalo, 
 blier, sheep, 
 kutta, dog. 
 kttkkar, cock, 
 bareala, cat. 
 pair, foot, 
 akkh, eye. 
 tsora, hair, 
 mund, head, 
 kaya, body, 
 dzot, hill, pass. 
 Sana, {)Iain. 
 chet, held, 
 roti, bread. 
 
 giha (not kaiik), wlieat. 
 tsholli, maize. 
 
 grau, village. 
 
 gahr, bun, jungle. 
 
 shikha, meat. 
 
 tshah, buttermilk. 
 
 dihara, sun. 
 
 dzotth, moon. 
 
 bagur, wind. 
 
 sliobhla, beautiful. 
 
 ramra, good. 
 
 badda, big. 
 
 halka, hotsha, small 
 
 dalji, lazy. 
 
 sutuaz, wise, 
 nikamma, ignorant, 
 tanda, swift. 
 t<jje, uthla, high. 
 mara, ugly, 
 nigha, hot. 
 muhra, sweet, 
 bohu, much, 
 lotna, fall, 
 iedzna, come, 
 jhiitna, drink. 
 
 ]— iek. 
 2— dui. 
 3 — cin 
 4 — tsar. 
 5 — pauz. 
 6 — tshau. 
 
 Numerals. 
 Cardinal. 
 
 7 — satt. 
 
 8— atth. 
 
 9 — nauu. 
 10 — dass. 
 11 — giara. 
 12 — bara. 
 
56 Sainji. 
 
 Numerals — continued. 
 Cardinal. 
 
 18 — teia. 17 — satara. 
 
 14 — tsauuda. 18 — thara. 
 
 15 — pondra. 19 — nib. 
 
 J 6— sola. 20— bih. 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 1. Tera nS kes ? What is tby name ? 
 
 2. Eo gborei' ketri am bar ? How much is this horse's age ? 
 
 3. Ekkha kahs Kashmira tagg ketra dur hola ? From here to 
 Kashmir how far will it be ? 
 
 4. Tere babur ghare ketre larke ? In thy father's house how 
 many sons are there ? 
 
 6. Haii adz bare dura zoqghe handi avva. I to-day from very far 
 on legs walking came. 
 
 6. Mere tsafcser beta ear beahni saqghe bea hou. My uncle's 
 son is mai'ried to his sister. 
 
 7. Gliare shitte ghorer zin. In the house is the white horse's 
 saddle. 
 
 8. Eur pitthi upre zin bonnha. Upon its back bind the saddle. 
 
 9. Moe eur beta bara tsiku. I beat his son much. 
 
 10. Dzotar tsore upre tsara so ga bakri. On the hill's top he is 
 grazing cows and goats. 
 
 11. Eo butte hethe so betha gh5re upre. Under that tree he is 
 seated on a horse. 
 
 12. Eur bhai apni bau'ibni kS badda. His brother is bigger than 
 his sister. 
 
 13. Eur mul dhae rupayya. Its price is two and a half rupees. 
 
 14. Mero babii eo hotshe ghare rauhs. My father lives in that 
 small house. 
 
 15. Eub rupayya dea. Give him rupees. 
 
 16. Ea rupayya eu. aga moijga. Those rupees ask from him. 
 
 17. Eu ramre kori tslka rashie bi bonnha. Beat him well and 
 bind him with ropes. 
 
 18. Kue kauhaii pauni kaddba. From the well draw water. 
 
 19. Mau jehS tsal. Walk before me. 
 
 20. Kasra layka ta pitshe awa ? Whose boy is coming behind 
 you ? 
 
 21. Kasu aga tal mul moggu ? From whom hast thou bought ? 
 
 22. Grraiir dukannadara aga. From the shopkeeper of the village. 
 
N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D.A. 
 
 L. 
 
 Ab. 
 
 As. 
 
 N, 
 G.D.A.L.Ab, 
 
 Ag. 
 
 N. 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 N. 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 lUIiUi. [Knlui]. 
 
 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 
 
 Nouns hi-a. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Ghor-a, horse 
 
 
 -e 
 
 -e ra 
 
 
 aa Sing 
 
 -e be 
 
 
 »» 
 
 -e moDJhe, 
 
 raanje 
 
 5> 
 
 -e na 
 
 
 >» 
 
 -e 
 
 
 l> 
 
 Nouns in Consonant, 
 
 gbor, house 
 
 ghor -e la or -a ra, &c. 
 -e 
 
 Feminine. 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 bet-i, daughter 
 -i^ia, &c. 
 
 -ie 
 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 
 behn. sister 
 behn-i ra, &c. 
 -ie 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 beb n-i 
 
 -i ra, &c. 
 -ie 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1st 2nd 
 
 N. hau tu 
 
 G. raera tera 
 
 D.A. mnbe, mftme tanbe 
 Ab. mon taun, tauna 
 
 Ag. mal tai 
 
 .3rd eh, this 
 
 sau eh 
 
 tei ra (/. tessa ra) ei ra (/. ess a ra) 
 
 „ be ,, be „ be ( ,, be) 
 
 ,, na „ na ,, na ( ., na) 
 
 teie tesse eie esse 
 
58 
 
 Kului. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D.A 
 Ab. 
 
 asse 
 assa ra 
 „ be 
 
 Plural. 
 
 tusse te 
 
 tussa ra, tUsra tinha ra 
 tussa be „ be 
 
 assan, assa tussan, tussa ,, na 
 
 na iia 
 
 asse tusse, tusse tinbe 
 
 Fo!' be in tbe Dative and Accusative ice is also used 
 kwn. wbo? G. kos ra Ab. kosan A^. kunie. 
 Others are k'f. what ? kick, soiuethinor, anythino^. 
 
 eh 
 
 inba ra 
 „ be 
 
 na 
 
 nbf 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adiectives used as nouns are declined as nouns. Adjectives qualify- 
 iiio- nouns are not declined unless they end in n, in which case the 
 Oblique Singular and all the Plur. take -e. Fem. Sin^. and Plur -i. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of na, from, than, as, shobhla, 
 o-ood, beautiful, &c., el va shohhla, more beautiful than this; sehhhi na 
 shobhln, more beautiful than all, most beautiful. 
 
 Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative. 
 
 ainda, like this tainda, like that kainda, like what ? 
 
 etra so much or tetra, so much or ketra, how much or 
 
 many. many. many ? 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 Most Adjectives may be used as Adverbs ; when so used they agree 
 with the subject of the sentence as above mentioned. The following is 
 a list of the most important Adverbs other than Adjectives : — 
 
 (Time.) 
 
 aibbe, ebbe, now, 
 tebbe, then 
 kebbe, when ? 
 auj, to-day 
 shni, to-morrow 
 porshi, day-after-to-morrow 
 tsouthe, day after that 
 hidz,- yesterday 
 pharidz, pharaz, day before 
 yesterday. 
 
 (Place.) 
 
 okkhe, here 
 tokkhe, there 
 kokkhe, where ? 
 okkhe tai, up to here 
 okkhan, from here 
 ujjhe, jhau, bheti, up 
 bhiaS, bun, beure, down 
 ner, near 
 diir, far 
 agge, in front 
 
Kuliii. 
 
 59 
 
 (Time.) 
 
 tsouthe, clay before that 
 kadhi, sometimes, ever 
 kadhi na, never 
 
 ( Place. ) 
 
 picohe, behind 
 bandar, inside 
 baliar, outside 
 
 Others are kibe, why ? ho, yes, tsheka. tsheke, quickly. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 The chief prepositions have been »iveii in the declension of Nouns. 
 Subjoined is a brief list of others. 
 
 teiri tai, for his sake, for 
 
 him 
 teii tai, about thee (for thee, 
 
 &c.) 
 mere sahi, like me 
 tinlia ri dliire, towards them 
 teire orie poiie, round, about 
 
 it 
 
 puie, on the other side 
 ware, on this side 
 monjhe, bhittre, within 
 tai, up to 
 pandeli, upon 
 hetlie, below 
 mS aj?ge, beside me 
 mS saijghe, with me 
 
 Pres, I am, &c. 
 
 or 
 
 or 
 Pres. Negative 
 Past 1 was, &c. 
 or 
 
 Verbs. 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 sa (fern, si) 
 si 
 ha 
 
 sa sa sa sa sa 
 
 sa (/. sa) sa sa si si 
 
 he (/. he) he he he ha 
 athi iiidecl. neh athi, am not, is not, &c. 
 tha (/. thi) tha tha the(/'. thi) the the 
 ti ti ti ti ti ti 
 
 Intransitive Verba. 
 
 dzhaurnu, or jhaurnu, fall. 
 
 Put. dzhaur -aii or -iiu -la -la -au or -nu -le -le 
 
 Imperat. dzhaur dzhaura 
 
 Pres. Ttid. dzhaura sa. dzhaura is not inflected, set is sometimes 
 
 uninflected and sometimes changed to .si as above. 
 Impf. dzhanra ti or tha. tha inflected ns above. 
 
 For these two tenses rfs7ia?tr(Za (f.- i pi -e) sa and dzhaujdd 
 
 tha are sometimes found. The Neg. of dzhaura sa is 
 
 neh dzhaufda athi. 
 
60 Kului. 
 
 Past Cond. dzhaurda 
 
 Past Ind. dzhauru /. dzhauri })1. dzhanre 
 Pres. Perf. dzliauru sa 
 Plupf. dziiaurd ti or tha 
 
 Participle dzhaurike, having fallen ; dzhauru hundn. in the state of 
 having fallen. 
 Some verbs show slight irregularities. 
 
 bo^u, be, become. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 honu, &c. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 hoa sa 
 
 Past Cond, 
 
 hunda 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 hua 
 
 
 ena, come. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 ennu ella, &c. 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 e eja 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 eza sa 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 etida 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 aii /. ai PI. ae 
 
 Participle 
 
 aike, having come 
 
 
 nosh n a go. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 nottta 
 
 
 jana, go. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 goa 
 
 Participle 
 
 jaike, having gone 
 
 
 bfishna, sit. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 bettha 
 
 i 
 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 marna, beat, strike, for the most part like dzhaurnu. _. 
 
 Past Ind. maru with agent case of subject, mdru, agreeing with object. V^ 
 
 Pi'es Perf. marU sa with agent case of subject, maru sa ageeing with 
 
 object. 
 Plupf. marii ti (thd) with agent case of subject, mdrH ti {thS) \ 
 
 agreeing with object. 
 
 Some of the following common verbs are slightly irregular : — 
 
 khana, eat. 
 Fut. khannu 
 
 Past Cond. khanda 
 
 Pres Ind, khaa sa 
 
 Past Ind. khaii 
 
Knliti. 
 
 61 
 
 pina, drink. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 phiuu 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 pinda 
 
 Pres Ind. 
 
 pia sa 
 
 Past Iiid. 
 
 pill 
 
 Fut. 
 
 dennu 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 denda 
 
 Pres, Ind. 
 
 dea sa 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 dliina 
 
 Fut. 
 
 leiinu 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 le^ sa 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 lea 
 
 Fut. 
 
 kernu 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 kera sa 
 
 Past 
 
 keru 
 
 Past 
 
 janu 
 
 Fut. 
 
 annu 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 ana sa 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 ana 
 
 Fut. 
 
 nennu 
 
 Pres. Ind, 
 
 nea sa 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 tieu 
 
 dena, give. 
 
 lena, take 
 
 kernu, do, make. 
 
 janna, know. 
 ana, bring. 
 
 aena, take, take away. 
 
 The Intiiiitive may end in eitiier u or a. 
 
 For the Imperat. Sing, a polite form in -elt is often used, m'lreU, 
 be pleased to strike; d:h'iiireU, be pleased to fa,!!. This corresponds to 
 Panjabi diyyt, Urdu yiriyo, be pleased to fall. 
 
 The sa of the Auxiliary Pres. is sometimes joined to tlie participle 
 in the Pres, Ind. with tiie a omitted ; thus, bar^ tsheke hondas, he or she 
 walks very quickly. 
 
 A passive participle is used to express ability : — mere bolle nih 
 porhida, I cannot read. Panjabi, mere kolo nehi parhida. 
 
 " Where were you ? " or " Where wert thou ? " is capable of being 
 expressed in several ways, tnsse kokkhe (or kau) tie or t'lre, where were 
 you? tu kokkhe {or kau) tie or tire, where wert thou? kokkhe tine 
 (without tusse) where were you ? 
 
 Tlie form of the Verb with -re does not appear to be used in 
 
62 
 
 Kului. 
 
 addressing a woman. 1 do not feel sure of the meaning of tl.ese suf- 
 fixes. They will well repay investigation, and doubtless there are more 
 of thera. re, appears to be some particle of address, which one may use 
 to a man, but not to a woman; cf. Panjabi 6e, which is used by men 
 in speaking to men. The ne in tine is apparently a suffix having the 
 force of iiLe, and rendering unnecessary the employment of tmsej ef. 
 Panjabi je. re may be the same as Hindi re ; cf. also the r in the Sainji 
 Future tense. 
 
 Of the two verbs meaning go, jana is used in composition with 
 other verhs. i^oshm is used alone for ' going,' though it also enters 
 into composition. 
 
 List of Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs. 
 
 bab, babu, father, 
 am ma, ya, mother, 
 bhai, brother, 
 dai, elder sister, 
 behn, bhau, younger sister, 
 beta, son, 
 beti, daughter, 
 khasm, husband, 
 lahfi, dzoi, jo, wife, 
 mard, man. 
 betrl, woman, 
 shohr-u, boy. 
 -i, girl, 
 puhal, phual, shepherd, 
 guala, cowherd. 
 ts5r, thief. 
 
 ghor-a, golir-a, horse, 
 -i, -i, mare, 
 
 bold, bauld, ox. 
 
 gai, cow. 
 
 maishi, mhaishi, buffalo. 
 
 bokr-a, goat (he). 
 -i, „ (she). 
 
 bhed, sheep 
 
 kutt-a, kutt-a, dog. 
 _i, -i, bitch. 
 
 gahi, ghai, rich, bear. 
 
 barag, leopard. 
 
 gaddha, goddha, ass. 
 k?tkk-ar, cock, 
 -ri, hen. 
 bral-a, cat (male). 
 
 -i, ,, (female), 
 at, camel. 
 01 ru, bird, 
 hathl, elephant, 
 both, hath, hand, 
 dzoqga, foot, 
 nak, nose, 
 occhi, eye. 
 muh, face, 
 dond, tooth, 
 koiin, ear. 
 shir, hair, 
 mund, head, 
 dzibbh, tongue, 
 pet, stomach, 
 pitth, back, 
 jea, body, 
 kagad, book, 
 kalam, pen. 
 mandza, bed. 
 ghor, house, 
 naui, river, 
 ual, stream, 
 dag, dhog, hill. 
 
Kului. 
 
 63 
 
 List of Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs — continued. 
 
 poddhra, plain. 
 
 chef., field. 
 
 rotti, bread. 
 
 pani, water. 
 
 konak, wheat. 
 
 choHi, maize. 
 
 biitta, tree. 
 
 eri3, villnore. 
 
 shaihr, city. 
 
 bon, jnnjj[le. 
 
 mofcbi, fish. 
 
 bott, way. 
 
 phol, fruit. 
 
 shikha, meat. 
 
 duddh, milk. 
 
 danna, danna, eg^. 
 
 ghl, ghi. 
 
 tel, oil. 
 
 chah, buttermilk. 
 
 dhiar, day. 
 
 rat, rao, night. 
 
 dliiara, sun. 
 
 dzoth, dzuth, moon. 
 
 tara, star. 
 
 biiinna, wind. 
 
 gash, rain. 
 
 dhuppa, .sunshine. 
 
 bhrotu, load. 
 
 beja, seed. 
 
 Iflha, iron. 
 
 lamro, shoblila, khara, good 
 
 bura, biid. 
 
 bodda, big. 
 
 hotsha, lioccha. .small, 
 iilsi, lazy, 
 gandu, wise, 
 nikamiiia, alsi, foolish, 
 tslieka, takra, swift, 
 ticcha, sharp, 
 nthra, high, 
 shoblila, beautiful, clean. 
 
 niara, ugly. 
 
 thonda, cold. 
 
 totta, hot. 
 
 niittha, sweet. 
 
 shetta, white. 
 
 cittha, cfttha, black. 
 
 thoru, little. 
 
 bohO, much, 
 
 bona, be, become, 
 ena, come. 
 
 jana, dzana, go. 
 
 noshQa, go, run. 
 
 beshna, .sit. 
 
 lena, take. 
 
 deaa, give. 
 
 dzhaurna, jhaurna, fall. 
 
 utthna, rise. 
 
 khara bona, stand. 
 
 hei'na, see. 
 
 khana, eat. 
 
 pina, drink. 
 
 galana, bolna speak, say. 
 
 sauna, sleep. 
 
 kerna, do. 
 
 rauhna, stay, remain. 
 
 main a, beat. 
 
 pacheanna, recognise. 
 
 pMJjna, arrive, 
 noshi jana, run away, 
 banana, make, 
 shadna, call. 
 
 dhunna, melna. meet, be ob- 
 tained, 
 sikkhna, dzanna, learn, 
 porhiia, read, 
 likhna, write. 
 TMfirna, die. 
 shunna, hear, 
 phirl ena, retui-n. 
 bnuhna, flow, 
 lorna, fight. 
 
64 Knlui. 
 
 List of Common Noons, Adjectivfjs Ai\d Verbs — continued. 
 
 jurna, win. 
 hama, be defeated, 
 shetna, throw, sow. 
 bold jnndne, plough, 
 khiaaa, give to eat. 
 
 plana, give to drink, 
 shineana, cause to hear, 
 tsorna, grjize. 
 tsarna, cause to graze, 
 lumma pauiia, lie down. 
 
 Numerals. 
 Cardinal. 
 
 1-ek. 
 2— diii. 
 3 — cin. 
 
 4— tsar. 
 
 5— ponj. 
 
 6 — chau. 
 
 7 — .satt. 
 
 8— otth. 
 
 9 — uou. 
 10— dosh. 
 11 — jjiara. 
 
 12 — bara. 
 13 — telira. 
 14 — couda, 
 15 — pandra. 
 16 — sola. 
 1 7 — satara, 
 18 — tliara. 
 ]9— nib. 
 20— bih. 
 100 — shauu. 
 
 Enumeration is by twenties up to a hundred. 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 1. Tera nS ki re ? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Ei ghore ri ketri umbar sa ? How much is the age of tins 
 horse ? 
 
 3. Okkha na Kashmir ketni dur be ? From liere how far is 
 Kashmir ? 
 
 4. TCisre babbe re ghore ketie bete be r* In your father's bouse 
 how many sons are there ? 
 
 5. Havi auj dura na bondi ao. I have come walking to-day 
 from very far. 
 
 6. Mere tsatse (cace) re bete teiri behni sagge biah keru. My 
 uncle's son made a marriage with bis daughter. 
 
 7. Ghora na shette ghore ri kathi he. In the bouse is the white 
 horse's saddle. 
 
 8. Tei ri pittbi pandeh kathi kosha. Bind the saddle on his 
 back. 
 
 9. MaT teire bete be bohu marn. I beat his sou much. 
 
Kulm. 65 
 
 10. San bare dhauga na goru bher cara sa. He on the big hill 
 is grazing cows and sheep. 
 
 11. Sail butte heth ghore pandeh bettha hundabe (saK He under 
 that tree was seafed on a horse. 
 
 12. Teiia bliai apai baihni na bodda he(sa). Hisbiotheris biggei- 
 than his sister. 
 
 13. Teiraraul dhai rapayye sa. Its price is two and a half rupees. 
 
 14. Mera bapa hocche ghora narauhas. My father lives in a little 
 house. 
 
 15. El be eh rupayya del deii. Give this rupee to him. 
 
 16. Teina rupayya moiji^i ana. Ask and bring rupees from him. 
 
 17. Toibe ramre marike roshie bonuha. Having beaten him well 
 bind him with ropes. 
 
 18. Bai na pani korha. Draw water from the spring. 
 
 19. Mere agge tsol. Walk before me. 
 
 20. Taun piclie kosra sholiru enda sa ? Whose boy is walking 
 behind thee ? 
 
 21. TaT kosan raulle leii ? From whom didst fchou buy it ? 
 
 22. Grant re eksi dukandaia na leu. I took (bought) it from a 
 shopkeeper of the village. 
 
THE DIALECTS OF MANDI AND SUKET, 
 
 BY 
 
 The Revd. T. Qrahame Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Mandi and Sukefc are two important states lying between Simla 
 and Kaqgra proper with Kulu for their eastern boundary. They form 
 part of the central linguistic wedge between Camba and the Simla States, 
 it being noticeable that north of Kaijgra and south of Suket certain 
 linguistic peculiarities are found which are not observed in the central 
 area. The future in I alluded to in the Introduction to the Camba 
 Dialects (see Appendix to Grazetteer of Camba State) is a good example 
 of tliis. In the central wedge the future is in g or gh, whereas to the 
 north and south and east it is in I. 
 
 The main Mandi dialect is rather widely spread. It is found with 
 very little change overall the western and northern portions of the State. 
 It is also spoken in the capital, and extends without much variation 
 southwards into Suket. In tlie following pages a grammar of this 
 dialect is given, followed by brief paradigms to illustrate the northern 
 dialects. The centre of North Mandeali may be taken to be Jhatir)- 
 gri half-way between Sultanpur and Palampur. Chota Baijghali, as 
 alluded to in the following pages, is spoken in that portion of Chota 
 Baijghal which lies in the extreme northern portion of Mandi State. In 
 the south-east portion of the State called Mandi Siraj the dialect spoken 
 is still Mandeali, but it shows resemblances to Inner Siraji, the dialect 
 of the nortliern half of the Siraj Ta^sil of Kulu. 
 
 In Mandeali the genitive is formed by the postposition m, the 
 Dative by jo, and the Ablative by ge or the. 
 
 Although the dialect shows many traces of the influence of Pan- 
 jabi, it keeps clear of that influence in the Plural of nouns, which is in 
 the Oblique generally the same as the Singular except in the Vocative 
 case. In parts of the State we have the special Fem. Oblique form for 
 3rd Pers. Pronouns so characteristic of Kula and the Simla States. 
 The future is either indeclinable in — rjg or declinable in — gha. 
 
 The Pres. Part in composition is indeclinable, as harU hct, is 
 doing, which reminds us of the Kashmiri participle karnn. Another 
 
11 
 
 resemblance to Kashmiri is in the confusion between e and ye. Thus we 
 find tes used interchangeably with tyes, es with yes, etthi with iettJii 
 {yetthi). The interchange of s and h finds frequent exemplification in 
 the hill states, e.g., in the Pres. Auxiliary ha and sd or dsd. See the 
 dialects passim. 
 
 Mandeali lias a Stative Participle in — irn, thus paird, in the state 
 of having fallen, pitird, in the state of having been drunk. The pecu- 
 liarity of the verb hdhnd, beat, has been alluded to under the Verb in 
 Mfindeali and Chota Bagghali, and under the latter dialect will be 
 found a reference to an interesting undeclined participle used in the 
 Passive to give the sense of ability. 
 
 In Suket there are said to be three dialects — Paliar, Dhar and 
 Bahal, but this is obviously an over-refinement. I have not had an op- 
 portunity of studying them at first hand, and therefore make the 
 following remarks with some reserve. 
 
 The Singular of nouns is practically the same as in Mandeali, but 
 in the Plural Panjabi influence is shown in the Oblique termination — a. 
 The Agent Plural, however, ends in — f I. the is used for tlie Ablative 
 postposition, ge being generally kept for the purpose of comparison of 
 Adjectives. The pronouns are almost the same as in Mandeali. 
 
 In Verbs we find that the Dhar dialect resembles Panjabi in its 
 Pres. Part, in — dd, and in its Past Part, in — ed. The Bahal dialect 
 has its Pres. Indie, like Mandeali, 9.s mdra hd, but in the Imperfect has 
 the peculiar double form, mdra, hd thd, he was beating, mdra he the, 
 they were beating. The Suketi dialects make their future in gh and 
 possibly g or ijg, and have the Stative Participle in — ird, as mdrlrd, in 
 the state of having been beaten. The Auxiliary Present and Past is 
 the same as in Mandeali. 
 
 The system of transliteration is that of the Asiatic Society of 
 Bengal, i denotes the sound half-way between i and i, u italicised in a 
 word printed in ordinary type is half-way between u and u ; eii simi- 
 larly italicised represents the sound of e in French /e ; c is the sound 
 of ch in child, ch is the corresponding aspirate. 
 
 T. Grahame Bailey. 
 
 25th February, 1905. 
 

 MAljrpEAIil. [Mandeall] 
 
 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 
 
 Nouns in-a. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 ghor-a, horse 
 
 -e 
 
 G. 
 
 -e ra 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 D.A. 
 
 -e jo 
 
 >» 
 
 L. 
 
 -e manjlia 
 
 »» 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -e ge, the 
 
 »> 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 
 »» 
 
 V. 
 
 -ea 
 
 Nouns in a Consonant. 
 
 -do 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 ghar, house 
 
 as Sing, 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 ghar-a, ra, &c. 
 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 
 »j 
 
 V. 
 
 -a 
 
 Nouns in-i. 
 
 -0 
 
 N. 
 
 hath-i, elepbant 
 
 as Sing 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 -i ra, &c. 
 
 J) 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -is 
 
 » 
 
 V. 
 
 -ia 
 
 -io 
 
 Nouns in -w, such as hindu, Hindu, are declined like those ia "i 
 bah, father, is declined like ghar, except that the second 6 is doubled 
 before any additions. 
 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 N. 
 
 b§t-i, daughter 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 -i ra &c. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -ie 
 
 V. 
 
 -15 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 » 
 
 10 
 
2 
 
 
 
 
 Mandealt. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nouns in a 
 
 Consonant. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singu 
 
 lar. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 
 baih-n. 
 
 • 
 
 
 ni 
 
 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 -ni ra &c. 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 
 -nie 
 
 
 5» 
 
 
 
 V. 
 
 
 
 -ni 
 
 
 -nio 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 
 1st 
 
 
 
 2nd 
 
 3id 
 
 
 eh, this. 
 
 N. 
 
 bau 
 
 
 
 tu 
 
 se 
 
 
 eh 
 
 G. 
 
 mera 
 
 
 
 tera 
 
 tes ra (or 
 
 tyes or tis) 
 
 es ra (y( 
 
 D.A. 
 
 ma jo 
 
 
 
 tujo 
 
 „ &c. 
 
 
 „ &c. 
 
 L. 
 
 ma bbittar, 
 
 raanjhi 
 
 I tuddh &c. 
 
 >» 
 
 
 >» 
 
 Ab. 
 
 matbe 
 
 
 
 tuttbe 
 
 >> 
 
 
 >» 
 
 Ag. 
 
 mai 
 
 
 
 tai 
 
 tine 
 
 
 ine 
 
 K 
 
 asse 
 
 
 
 tusse 
 
 seo 
 
 
 eh 
 
 G. 
 
 assa ra, 
 
 mh 
 
 ara 
 
 tussa ra 
 
 tinha ra 
 
 
 inha ra 
 
 D.A. 
 
 assa jo 
 
 
 
 „ &c. 
 
 „ &c. 
 
 
 „ &c 
 
 L. 
 
 „ &c. 
 
 
 
 >> 
 
 » 
 
 
 5> 
 
 Ab, 
 
 >» 
 
 
 
 )» 
 
 j> 
 
 
 ?» 
 
 Ag. 
 
 asse 
 
 
 
 tusse 
 
 tinhe 
 
 
 inhe 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 N. kun, who, jo, who, 
 
 Obi. kes, &c. jes, &c. 
 
 Ag. kune jine 
 
 kyciy what ? has Obi. kiddhl. 
 
 Other pronouns are hoi, someone, anyone, kick, something, any- 
 thing, liar kol, whosoever, har kich, whatsoever. 
 
 kun 
 
 je§ 
 
 kinha 
 
 jinha 
 
 kinhe 
 
 jinhe 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but adjectives 
 qualifying nouns have the following declension : — All adjectives ending 
 in any letter other than a are indec. Those ending in -a have Obi. -e. 
 
MattfleRli. 3 
 
 PI. -5, indec. Fem. -i indec. It shonld be noted that the genitives of 
 nouns and pronouns ai'e adjectives coming under this rule. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of ye, from, than, as A;^ara, good, 
 es ge khara, better than this, sabbhi ge khara, better than all, best. 
 
 Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Relative. 
 
 erha, like that terha, like that kerha, like what ? jerha, like which 
 
 or this or this 
 
 itna, 80 much titna, so much kitna, how mnch jitna, as much 
 
 or many or many or many ? or many 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. 1'hey then agree with the 
 subject of the sentence. The following is a list of the most important 
 adverbs other than adjectives : — 
 
 Time. 
 
 ebbe, hun, now 
 
 tebbe, then 
 
 kebbe, when ? 
 
 jebbe, when 
 
 aj, to-day 
 
 kal, to-morrow 
 
 dothi, to-morrow morning 
 
 parsi, day after to-morrow 
 
 cauthe, day after that 
 
 kal, yesterday 
 
 parsi, day before yesterday 
 
 cauthe, day befoie that 
 
 kadhi, sometimes, ever 
 
 kadhi na, never 
 
 kadhi kadhi, sometimes 
 
 Place. 
 
 etthi, here 
 
 tetthi, there 
 
 ketthi, where ? 
 
 jetthi, where 
 
 etthi tikki, up to here 
 
 ietthi te, from here 
 
 iipra, up 
 
 bun, down 
 
 nede, near 
 
 dur, far 
 
 agge, in front 
 
 picche, behind 
 
 bhittar, inside. 
 
 bahar, outside 
 
 Others are ki, why, idhi re katthB, for this reason, ha, yes, sitSbi 
 quickly. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 The commonest prepositions have been given in the declension of 
 
Mande&li. 
 
 nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of 
 both a preposition and an adverb. 
 
 par, beyond 
 
 war, on this side 
 
 •wliittar,manihe, manjh, within 
 
 pralle, upon 
 
 heth, below 
 
 tika tikki, up to 
 
 ni§ nede, beside me 
 
 mS saijgi, with me 
 
 tesjo, for him 
 
 others. The same word is often 
 
 teie katthe, about thee 
 ma sahi, assa sahl, like me, 
 
 like us. 
 tinba bakkha, towards them 
 tetage prant, after tliat 
 idhi re ore pave, round about 
 
 it 
 tussa barabar, equal to you 
 mathe parteg, apart from me 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Past 
 
 Put 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 I am &G. Sing, ha, /. hi, 
 I was &c. ' Sing, tha, /. tlii 
 
 Intransitive Verbs, 
 pauna, fall. 
 
 Sing, paiigh -a f. -i PI. -e /. -i, also paugg indecl. 
 
 Plur. he, 
 Plur. the 
 
 /. thi. 
 
 thi, 
 
 Imperat. pau paua 
 
 Pres. Indie. paii§ indec. with ha, /. hi. 
 
 Impf. Indie. 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 Past Indie. 
 
 Pres. Perf . 
 
 Plupf. 
 
 Participle 
 
 PL he, hi 
 the, thi 
 
 >> »> >> tha, 
 paund-a (-i -e -i) 
 pea/, pei 
 pea ha, &c. 
 pea tha, &c. 
 paizke, having fallen, paunde hi, on falling, falra, in the 
 
 state of having fallen, paunde, while falling, paunewaln, 
 
 faller or about to fall. 
 
 Some verbs have slight irregularities. 
 
 hona, be become. 
 Put. hSgha or hngg 
 
 Pres. Ind. hua ha 
 Past Cond. hunda 
 Past Indie, hua 
 
 anna, come. 
 Put. aiigha or augg 
 
 Pres. Indie. au§ ha 
 
Mandeali. " 
 
 Past Cond. aunda 
 
 Past Indie, aya 
 
 Participle aike, having come, alra, in the state of having come. 
 
 jana, go. 
 Imperat. ja ja. 
 Pres. Indie, jaha ha 
 Past Cond. janda 
 Past Indie, gea 
 Participle joike, having gone ; gelra, in the state of having gone. 
 
 raih^a, remain. 
 
 Fut. raharjgha or rahaqg 
 
 Imperat. raih raha 
 Pres. Ind. rahi ha 
 Past reha 
 
 baithna, sit. 
 
 • ■ ' 
 
 Fut, baithgha or baithaijg 
 
 Past Cond. baithda 
 
 Transitive Verbs, 
 
 marna, beat, strike, in general like paund. 
 
 Fut. margha or maraqg 
 
 Pi'es. Indie, raaia ha 
 
 Past Cond. marda 
 
 Past Ind. marea, with agent ease of subject, marea agreeing with 
 
 object. 
 Pres. Perf. marea ha, with agent case of subject, marea ha agreeing 
 
 with object. 
 
 Plupf. marea tlia, with agent case of subject, marea tha agreeing 
 
 with object. 
 Participle marira, in the state of having been beaten. 
 
 The passive is formed by using the past part, mdred, with the 
 required tense oi jdna, go, mdred jdnd, be beaten. The passive is not 
 very common. 
 
 The following are slightly irregular : — 
 
 khana, eat. 
 
 Fut. khagha or khagg 
 
 Pres. Indie. khaliS ha 
 
 Past Indie, khadha 
 
 Participle khadhira, in the state of having been eaten. 
 
6 
 
 Man^eSU. 
 
 Past 
 Participle 
 
 pina, drink, 
 pita 
 pitira, in the state of havinof been drunk. 
 
 Pies. Ind. 
 
 denia, give. 
 dehS ha 
 
 Past 
 
 ditta 
 
 Participle 
 
 dittira, in the state of having been given 
 
 Fut. 
 
 lai^a, take. 
 larjgha or lagg 
 
 Pres. Indie. lahS ha 
 
 kama, do. 
 Past kits 
 
 Igauna, bring, like aunli, but 
 Past lei aya 
 
 lei jana, take'away, like jana. 
 
 There is a noticeable peculiarity about the past of hahno, beat 
 strike. (Fut. haharjgha, baharjg). The past is always used in the 
 Fern. I beat him is mat tesjo hahl. Apparently the verb is in agree- 
 ment with some fem, noun not expressed. The understood word would 
 naturally have the meaning of ' blow.' See also under the Baijghali 
 dialect. 
 
 Compound Verbs. 
 Habit, Continuance, State. 
 
 I am in the habit of falling, hau paid karU hd (compounded with 
 Jcarnd, do). 
 
 1 continue falling, haii paundd raJiB> (compounded with raihnd^ 
 remain). 
 
 I am in the act of falling, hau paundd lagird hd (compounded with 
 laggnd, stick). 
 
 List op Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs. 
 
 ghora, horse. biahu, husband, 
 
 bab, bapu, father. lari, wife, 
 
 mai, mother. mardh, man. 
 
 bhai, brother. janane, women, 
 
 bobbo, elder sister. mat^ha, boy. 
 
 baihn, younger sister. matthi, girl, 
 
 gabhru, beta, son. puhal, shepherd, 
 
 beti, daughter. cor, thief. 
 

 Mandedli, 
 
 List of Common Noons, 
 
 Adjectivks and YERbs—Gont 
 
 ghora. 
 
 dhara, hill. 
 
 gliOri, mare. 
 
 padhar, plain. 
 
 bald, ox. 
 
 dohri, field. 
 
 gai, cow. 
 
 roti, bread. 
 
 mhais, buffalo. 
 
 pani, water. 
 
 bakr-a, he-goat. 
 
 kanak, wheat. 
 
 -i, she „ 
 
 challi, maize. 
 
 bhed, sheep. 
 
 dal, tx'ee. 
 
 kutt-a, dog. 
 
 grao, village. 
 
 -!, bitch. 
 
 nagar, city. 
 
 ricch, bear. 
 
 ban, jungle. 
 
 baragh, leopard. 
 
 macchl, fish. 
 
 gaddha, ass. 
 
 painda, way. 
 
 sur, pig. 
 
 pbal, fruit. 
 
 kukk-ar, cock. 
 
 mass, meat. 
 
 -ri, hen. 
 
 duddh, milk. 
 
 bill-a, cat (male). 
 
 batti, anui, egg. 
 
 -i, „ (female). 
 
 ghiu, ghi. 
 
 ut, camel. 
 
 tel, oil. 
 
 panchi, pagkheru, bird. 
 
 chah, buttermilk. 
 
 il, kite. 
 
 dhiara, day. 
 
 liathi, elephant. 
 
 rat, night. 
 
 hath, hand 
 
 surj, sun. 
 
 pair, pa8, foot. 
 
 candarraa, moon. 
 
 nak, nose. 
 
 tara, star. 
 
 hakkhi, eye. 
 
 bagar, wind. 
 
 mSh, face. 
 
 pani, barkha, rain. 
 
 dand, tooth. 
 
 dhuppa, sunshine. 
 
 kan, ear. 
 
 gird, stormy wind. 
 
 sarual, kes, hair. 
 
 bhara, load. 
 
 niund, sir, head. 
 
 bin, seed. 
 
 jibh, tongue. 
 
 loha, iron. 
 
 pith, back. 
 
 khara, good. 
 
 pet, stomach. 
 
 hura,, bad. 
 
 sarir, body. 
 
 badda, big. 
 
 pothi, book. 
 
 halka, little. 
 
 kalam, pen. 
 
 dalidri, lazy. 
 
 manja, bed. 
 
 akliwala, wise. 
 
 ghar, house. 
 
 bhaceal, foolish. 
 
 daryao, river. 
 
 tata, swift. 
 
 khad, stream. 
 
 paina, sharp. 
 
8 
 
 Mandeali. 
 
 List op Common Nouxs, Adjectives and Verbs — Continued. 
 
 ?<cca, higli. 
 
 gora, khara, beautiful. 
 
 kubliadra, ugly. 
 
 tlianda, cold. 
 
 tatfca, hot. 
 
 eudla, mittlia, sweet. 
 
 haccha, clean. 
 
 ghat, little. 
 
 babut, much. 
 
 bona, be, become. 
 
 aana, come. 
 
 jana, go. 
 
 baithna, sit. 
 
 laina, take. 
 
 dena, give. 
 
 paunap, fall. 
 
 uthna, rise. 
 
 kharna, stand. 
 
 dekhna, see. 
 
 khana, eat. 
 
 pina, drink. 
 
 bolna, say. 
 
 sauna, sleep, lie down. 
 
 karna, do. 
 
 raihna, remain. 
 
 bahna, mama, beat. 
 
 pachanna, recognise. 
 
 bujjlma, know. 
 
 pwjjna, arrive. 
 
 daurna, run. 
 
 nhassi jana, run away. 
 
 banana, make. 
 
 thaina, place. 
 
 sadna, call. 
 
 niilna, meet. 
 
 sikkhna, learn. 
 
 parhna, read. 
 
 likhna, write. 
 
 marna, die. 
 
 sunna, hear. 
 
 hatna, turn. 
 
 hati aana, return. 
 
 bewhna, flow. 
 
 larna, fight. 
 
 jittna, win. 
 
 harna, defeated. 
 
 calejaoa, go away. 
 
 bahna, sow. 
 
 hal bahna, plough. 
 
 khuana, cause to eat. 
 
 plana, cause to drink. 
 
 sunana, cause to hear. 
 
 cugna, graze. 
 
 carna, carana, cause to graze. 
 
 ]— ek. 
 
 2— dui. 
 3 — trae. 
 4 — car. 
 5— panj. 
 6 — chau. 
 7 — sat. 
 8— ath. 
 9 — nau. 
 
 Numerals. 
 Cardinal. 
 
 10— das. 
 11 — gyara. 
 12 — bara. 
 13— tehia. 
 14 — Cauda. 
 15 — pandra. 
 16 — sola. 
 17 — satara. 
 18 — tbara. 
 
MandeHli. 
 
 Numerals — continued. 
 Cardinal. 
 
 19 — unni. 
 
 
 67 — satahat. 
 
 20 blh. 
 
 
 69 — anhattar. 
 
 27— satai. 
 
 
 70 — sattar.'l 
 
 29 — aaattri. 
 
 
 77 — sateatar. 
 
 30— trih. 
 
 
 79 — unasi. 
 
 37— satattri. 
 
 
 80 — assi.'' 
 
 39 — antuali. 
 
 
 87 — satasl. 
 
 40 — call. 
 
 
 89 — nauu§. 
 
 47 — sataji. 
 
 
 90— nabb§. 
 
 49 — anaunja. 
 
 
 97 — satanue. 
 
 50 — panjah. 
 
 
 100 — sau. 
 
 57 — sataunja. 
 
 
 200— dni sau. 
 
 59 — anirhat. 
 
 
 1,000— hajar. 
 
 60— satth. 
 
 Ordinal. 
 
 100,000— lakkh. 
 
 1st, paihlu. 
 
 
 paihli ban, first time. 
 
 2nd, dujja. 
 
 
 dujji „ second time 
 
 3rd,'trijja. 
 
 
 ek guna, onefold. 
 
 4th, cautha. 
 
 
 das guna, tenfold. 
 
 5th, panjuS. 
 
 
 addha, half. 
 
 6th, chatthui. 
 
 
 paune dui. If. 
 
 7th, satu§. 
 
 
 sawa dui, 2|-. 
 
 10th, dasul. 
 
 
 dhai, 2|. 
 
 50th, panjah u§. 
 
 sa^dhe car, 4| 
 
 deodh, l^. 
 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 
 1. Tera kya na§ ha ? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Eh ghora kitnl barsa ra hoa ? How old is this horse ? 
 
 3. Yetfchi ge Kasrair kitna kii dur ha ? Prom here how far is 
 Kashmir ? 
 
 4. Tere babbe re ghara kitne gabhrii he ? In thy father's house 
 how many sons are there ? 
 
 5. 1] hau bare dnra ge handike aya. To-day I from very far 
 have walking come. 
 
 6. Mere caca ra gabhru tesri baihni sauge biaha huira. My 
 uncle's son is married to his sister. 
 
10 Mandealt. 
 
 7. Ghara sufeda ghore ri jin hi. In the house is the white 
 horse's saddle. 
 
 8. Esri pitthi pralle jin kasi dea. On his back bind the saddle. 
 
 9. Mai tesre gabhru jo bauht bahi. I beat his son very much. 
 
 10. Uppur dhara re sire par gae bakri cara ha (or carae karS ha 
 or carauda lagira ha). Above on the top of the hill he is grazing cows 
 and goats (or is in the habit of grazing, or is now grazing). 
 
 11. Se tes dala heth ghore pralle baithira. He under that tree 
 is seated on the horse. 
 
 12. Tesra bhai apai baihni ge badda. His brother is bigger than 
 his sister. 
 
 13. Tisra mul dhai rupayya he. Its price is two and a half rupees 
 
 14. Mera bab tes halke ghara whittar (manjh) raha ha. My 
 father lives in that small house. 
 
 15. Tisjo inha rapayje dei dea. Give him these rupees. 
 
 16. Tinha'dhabbe testi lei la. Those pice take from him. 
 
 17. Tisjo bauht marike rassi ke bannha. Having beaten him 
 well bind him with ropes. 
 
 18. Khue ge pani kaddh. Take out water from the well. 
 
 19. Mathe agge cala. Walk before me. 
 
 20. Kesra gabhru tuddh picche aunda lagira ? Whose son is coming 
 behind you ? 
 
 21. Se tusse kiste muUe lea ? From whom did you buy that ? 
 
 22. Grawa re hattiwale ge lea asse muUe. We bought it from 
 a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
NORTH MA]^TPEALi. 
 
 Only those points arc noted in which North Mandeali differs from 
 Mandeali proper. 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 The Ablative is formed with ge, from. 
 
 dedf sister, is thus declined : — 
 
 Singtdar. 
 
 N. ded 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. dedd -a ra, &c. 
 
 Ag. -§ 
 
 Plural, 
 dedd -a 
 
 -a, &c. 
 -§ 
 
 
 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 Isfc 
 
 2nd 
 
 3rd 
 
 eh, this 
 
 N. 
 
 • •• 
 
 til 
 
 • •• 
 
 • •• 
 
 G. 
 
 • •• 
 
 t«« 
 
 fern, tessa ra 
 
 esra /. essara 
 
 D.A. 
 
 munjo 
 
 tujS 
 
 • • » 
 
 • •• 
 
 L. 
 
 • •• 
 
 • •• 
 
 • •• 
 
 • •• 
 
 Ab. 
 
 malge 
 
 tuddhge 
 
 • «• 
 
 • •• 
 
 Ag. 
 
 • •• 
 
 ta! 
 
 tinie, tine,/, tesse 
 Plural. 
 
 inie, ine,/. esse 
 
 N. 
 
 • •• 
 
 • •• 
 
 te5 
 
 
 G. 
 
 mhara 
 
 thara 
 
 tinhara 
 
 
 Ag. 
 
 asse 
 
 tusse 
 
 tinhe 
 
 
 kun, who ? Ag. s. hmle. 
 
 JO, who, Ag. B.jinle. 
 
 kol, someone, anyone, Ag. kesi. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Relative. 
 
 ehra, like this or that tehpa kehra jehra 
 
 etra, so much or many tetra ketra jetra 
 
12 
 
 North Mattdedli. 
 Adverbs. 
 
 porshi, day after to-raorrow 
 
 or day before yesterday. 
 etthi taS, up to here 
 etthi ge, from here 
 
 uphrau, up 
 bunhe, down 
 ner, Dear 
 bhittar 
 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 _ 
 
 andhar, bic, within 
 
 
 mai nere, beside me 
 
 thalle, below 
 
 
 mai kanne, with me 
 
 ta^, up to 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 Past 
 
 Past 
 Participle 
 
 Fast 
 
 Verbs, 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 1st Sing, he, 3rd s. ha or lie 
 thia PI. thie /. thi. 
 
 Intransitive Verbs. 
 
 pauna, fall. 
 
 paiea, /. paii PI. paie 
 
 paiira hoa, in the state of having fallen 
 
 ho^a, be, become, 
 boa 
 
 
 
 au^a, come. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 augha 
 
 
 Imper. 
 
 a a 
 
 ja^a, go. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 jagglia 
 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 ja jaa 
 
 rah^a, remain. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 rahijgha 
 
 
 Imper. 
 
 rah raha 
 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 rahnda 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 reha 
 
 bath^a, bashna, i 
 
 Past 
 
 batth 
 
 Transitive Verb. 
 diija, give. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 dfgha 
 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 dinda 
 
 
 Past 
 
 ditta 
 
 

 
 North Mamleali 
 
 
 
 Isujaa, takoi 
 
 Fat. 
 
 iSgha, laS 
 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 ISnda 
 
 , \ 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 l§a ' 
 
 
 Past 
 Past 
 
 galaya 
 ianea 
 
 galaya, say. 
 janna» know. 
 
 18 
 
 lei auna, bring, like anna. 
 
 The future does not appear to have the indccl. form found in 
 Mandeali, proper, e.g., paurjg, mararjg. The 1st S. however has an 
 alternative forrn in -il, as pauU, hahu, I shall fall, strike. 
 
 The partic. faller or about to fall, &c., dispenses with the e in 
 the middle : thus, mnmivala or bahnwdla, striker. 
 
 The past cond. is used for the present Indie., very commonly in 
 negative sentences and occasionally in affirmative sentences. 
 
 babba, father. 
 
 ij, mother. 
 
 bharearn, bhai, brother. 
 
 bet<ihn, sister. 
 
 ded, elder sister. 
 
 bebbi, younger sister. 
 
 mahim, man. 
 
 mahtimi, woman. 
 
 bold, ox. 
 
 kutt-a, dog. 
 
 -i, bitch, 
 gaddha, ass. 
 suggar, pig. 
 pair, foot, 
 shir, hair, 
 pjet, stomach, 
 pinda, body, 
 kagad, book, 
 nal, stream, 
 pahar, hill, 
 bagri, field, 
 shaihr, city, 
 jaggal, jungle, 
 mhachli, fish, 
 painda, way. 
 
 phol, fruit. 
 
 duddh, milk. 
 
 an da, egg. 
 
 gheu, ghi. 
 
 bak, strong wind. 
 
 beja, seed. 
 
 baqka, fine, good, &c. 
 
 boclda, big. 
 
 darildi, lazy. 
 
 seana, wise. 
 
 guar, ignorant. 
 
 thonda, cold. 
 
 mata, much, many. 
 
 bathna, bashna, sit. 
 
 galana, say, 
 
 rahna, remain. 
 
 pauhcna, arrive. 
 
 nhathna, nhashna, run. 
 
 bolna, call. 
 
 shikkhna, learn. 
 
 shunna, hear. 
 
 cale auna, return. 
 
 baihna, flow. 
 
 khiana, cause to eat. 
 
 shunana, cause to hear. 
 
 letna, lie down. 
 
14 
 
 North Man^eSli, 
 
 Numerals. 
 Cardinal. 
 
 S— trai. 
 
 6 — chia. 
 
 7— satt. 
 13 — tera. 
 29 — nattri. 
 39 — antuali. 
 49 — nunja. 
 57 — satunja. 
 
 5th, panjfia. 
 6th, chauua. 
 7th, sattna. 
 
 Ordinal, 
 
 59 — naha^. 
 60 — shatth. 
 69 — nhattar, 
 77 — satattar. 
 79 — nnasi. 
 90 — nabba. 
 100 — shau, saikpa. 
 100,000— lakh. 
 
 10th, dasna. 
 50th panjahM. 
 deddh, If. 
 
 The following sentences are very slightly different from those 
 under Mandeali proper, but when they happen to have another turn of 
 expression they are worth recording : — 
 
 2. Es ghore rl ketri umar hi ? What is the age of this horse ? 
 
 3. Etthige Kasmira taS ketra dur ha ? From here to Kashmir 
 how far is it ? 
 
 4. Thare babba re ghare ketre lapke he? In your father's 
 house how many sons are there ? 
 
 5. Hau bare dura ge handi kanne aya. I have come walking 
 from very far. 
 
 6. Mere cace ra beta esri beuhni kanne biaha hoa. My uncle's 
 son is married to his sister. 
 
 7. Ghara manjhe hacche ghoje ri kathi hi. In the house is the 
 white horse's saddle. 
 
 8. Esri pitthi ml jin kos. On his back bind the saddle. 
 
 9. Mai esra beta bara mareS. I beat his son much. 
 
 10. Se pahara ri c5ti ml gaia bakri caranda. He on the top of 
 the hill is grazing cows and goats. 
 
 11. fis dala heth ghoje upphar batthira. Under this tree he is 
 seated on a horse. 
 
 12. Esra bhai apni beuhni ge wadda. His brother is bigger than 
 his sister. 
 
 14. Mera bab es halke ghara ml rahnda. My father lives in this 
 small house. 
 
 15. £shj6 eh rupayya dei dea. To him this rupee give. 
 
 16. Esge rupayya lei lau. From him take the rupee. 
 
North MandeSU. 15 
 
 17. Eshjo bahiS rashie bannho. Having beaten him bind him 
 with ropes. 
 
 18. Bai ge pani kaddb. From the spring take out water. 
 
 19. Ma? ge aggecal. Walk before me. 
 
 20. Kesra larka tussa piccbe ae. Whoso boy is coming behind 
 
 you? 
 
 21. Tusse kesge mul lea ? From whom did you buy it ? 
 
 22. Grau5 re ek dukandara ge. From a shopkeeper of the 
 
 village. 
 
 r-v<^vr w^ -^ ' 
 
CHOTA BANGHALI. 
 
 The following grammatical forms are those in which the Mandeali 
 spoken in that portion of Chota Baijghal which lies in Mandi State, 
 differs from North Mandeali generally. 
 
 Pronoons. 
 Singular. 
 
 
 Ist 
 
 2nd 3rd 
 
 §h, this. 
 
 N. 
 
 hau, mai 
 
 • •• •• • 
 
 • • • 
 
 G. 
 
 • • • 
 
 ... tisra, / tissa ra 
 
 « «• 
 
 D.A. 
 
 minjo 
 
 tijjS 
 
 ■ • • 
 
 Ab. 
 
 maijge 
 
 tugge 
 
 • • • 
 
 Ag. 
 
 • * • 
 
 tai tinni, f. tisse 
 Plural. 
 
 inni, /. isse 
 
 N. 
 
 asse 
 
 tusse 
 
 
 G. 
 
 mhara, assa ra 
 
 tussS ra 
 
 
 D.A. 
 
 ass§ jo 
 
 » 20 
 
 
 Ag. 
 
 assa 
 
 tussS 
 
 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 
 efcna, 
 
 so much titna 
 
 k§tna, jetna 
 
 
 or 
 
 many, 
 
 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 kai, why ? 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 Pres. I am, Sing. m. ha 
 
 Intransitive Verbs. 
 
 pau^a, fall. 
 
 Participle. peira, in the state of having fallen 
 
 oq.a} come. 
 Past aya 
 
Chofn Banqhnli. 
 
 17 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Past 
 
 jaijgha 
 
 reha 
 
 ja^a, go. 
 raihi^a, remain. 
 
 Ill Chota Bagorhal also is found that pecirliar fern, past of hshn/l 
 thus : — 
 
 mat tisjo do trai bahl, I struck him two or three blows ; ma? tisjo rlo 
 trai thapre rl bahl, I struck him two or three blows or slaps. 
 
 In expressing the idea of ability with the passive voice, and in 
 ceitain othei- cases the participle or infinitive is very strangely kept 
 undeclinerl, as — 
 
 eh Icitah ma>jge nth parked j'andi, I cannot read this book. 
 
 rotl marjije nth khdyd jdndi, I cannot eat bread. 
 
 kharxar nth rridrjge roked jdndi, I cannot stop the mule. 
 
 phulke mh min/o onde pakdnd, I cannot cook phulke, {lit. phulke do 
 not come to me to cook.) 
 
 In these cases on the analogy of Urdu and Panjabi we should expect 
 parhi, khni, roki, pakdne. 
 
 The following words taken from the beginnini; of the list show how 
 slightly Chota Baijghali differs from N. Mandeali. 
 
 happa, father, 
 ij, mother, 
 bhau, brother, 
 bebbe, baihn, sister. 
 munnu, son. 
 betti, daughter, 
 khasm, husband. 
 ISri, wife, 
 mahnu, man. 
 janana, woman, 
 chohr -u, boy. 
 -i, girl, 
 gualu, shepherd, 
 cor, thief, 
 ghor -a, horse. 
 -i, mare, 
 mhaih, buffalo, 
 bakr -a, he-goat. 
 
 bakr-i, she-goat, 
 bhed, sheep, 
 kutt -a, dog. 
 
 -i, bitch, 
 ricch, beat . 
 rairg, leopard, 
 gadha, ass. 
 SUV, pig. 
 kukk -ar, cock. 
 
 -ri, hen. 
 bill -a, cat (male). 
 
 -i, „ (female.) 
 ut, camel, 
 hathi, elephant, 
 hath, hand, 
 pair, foot, 
 nakk, nose, 
 hakkhi, eye. 
 
CHAMBA DIALECTS. 
 
 BY 
 
 The Rev. T. Qrahame Bailey, B.D., M.R.A.S. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 From a linguistic point of view the State of Camba is intensely 
 interesting. Situated, as it is, entirely in the hills, it lends itself to the 
 pei-petuation of diverse dialects. It is traversed fiora east to west by 
 the Candra-Bhaga or Cinab River in the north, and the Ravi in the 
 south, which for part of their coarse through the State are no more 
 than twenty miles apart. To the north and west lies the State of 
 .TammS, to the east British Lahul (frequently pronounced by Europeans 
 Lahaul), to the south the British district of Kaqgra. The area of 
 Camba is just over 3,000 square miles, yet there are six distinct forms 
 of speech found within its borders. Speaking roughly we may allocate 
 them as follows : — in the north-w-est Curahi, in the north-central portion 
 of the State Paijgwali, in the north-east Camba Lahull, in the south- 
 west Bhateali, in the south-east Bharmauri or Gadi ; while round about 
 Camba city, which lies in the south-west (but further north and east 
 than the Bhateali area) the dialect spoken is Cameali. Of these all, 
 except Lahull, belong to what is at present called the Western Pahipri 
 language of the Northern Group of the Sanskritic Aryan Family, while 
 Lahu]i is classed as belonging to the Tibeto-Himalayan branch of 
 the Indo-Chinese Family. (See Census of India 1901, Chapter on 
 Languages.) 
 
 The grammar of Cameali is very much what we should expect 
 from its geographical position. It makes its Genitive in ra, its Dative in 
 jo, its Future in -la, it has a Stative Participle in ora, thus tirora, in 
 the state of having fallen, marora, in the state of having been beaten, 
 for the pai'ticipie with having, it uses hart, as tiri kari, having fallen. 
 
 Biiateali has, in consequence of its position, affinities with Dogri, 
 spoken in Jammft State, and with Karjgri, spoken in Kaggra. In the 
 Genitive it has da, in the Dative ki or l-ed, in the Future ga or ghd. 
 (The dialects of Kaggra, Mandi Stsite and Suket State have also a 
 Future in g or gh.). Like Cameali it uses karl for the participle with 
 
11 
 
 having. Its Stative Participle is very interesting ; it has two forms 
 e.g., feha or peada, in the state of having fallen, dhyd or ayada, in the 
 state of having come. A form very similar to peha or ahya is found 
 in Kaggra, but for the form in -ada we have to go all the way to the 
 State of Baghat, south of Simla, where we find ayada, rirada, with the 
 same meaning as Bhateali ayada, pedda. Similarly geddd, rBhddd, in 
 Bhateali correspond to gdddd, roddd (or rohddd) in Baghati, and mean 
 ' in the state of having gone ' and ' remained ' respectively. The accent 
 of participles in -ddd is on the antepenultimate. 
 
 In pronunciation Bhateali very much resembles Camealu Both 
 employ the cerebral I and n, and in both the sound given to h is mid- 
 way between the sound in Urdu and Hindi and that in Panjabi. In 
 Urdu and Hindi h is pronounced practically as it is in English. In 
 Panjabi, when it appear.s either alone or in conjunction with b, g, j, d, 
 d, w, m, 11, Z, it has a deep guttural sound not wholly unlike the Arabic 
 'ain. In Bhateali and Cameali it is half-way between the two, Avhile their 
 pronunciation of h when it follows a vowel is nearly the same as in 
 Panjabi, that is to say, h is almost inaudible itself, but raises the tone 
 of the syllable in which it occurs. The pronunciation of h, found in 
 these two dialects, is common to many hill dialects. 
 
 Curiihi, spoken in the north-west of Camba, has many features 
 deserving of study. Its Genitive ends in rd or ro, its Dative in m, its 
 plural is generally the same as the singular, except in the Vocative, 
 in this reminding us of dialects in Kulu and the Simla States and also 
 of the Gadi dialect of Camba, Its Pres. Participle ends in -td and its 
 Stative Participle in -ord. It is remarkable that if we reckon from the 
 south (near Simla) northwards Curahi is the first dialect we find with 
 traces of the vocalic change known as epenthesi.s. Thus, khdnd, eat 
 (inf.) fem. khaim, khMtd, eating, fem. hhaiti. As we go north and 
 north-west we find epenthesis to a greater extent in dialects like 
 Bhadrawahi, still more developed in others more distant such as Poguli 
 and Kishtawari, till we reach the highest stage of bewildering com- 
 pleteness in Ka.5hmiri. The normal ending of the Curahi Future is 
 -md, -me in the 1st Pers. Sing, and Plur. and -Id, -le in the Sing, 
 and Plur. of the other persons, though -md, -me are also found in the 
 3rd Pers. Sing, and Plur. and occasionally - Id in the 1st Pers. This 
 matter of the Future is only one example of the deeply interesting 
 problems arising out of Northern Himalayan dialects. If we take the 
 distribution of the Future in I, we find that the following dialects have 
 a Future with I, appearing in every person, Singular and Plural : JammS 
 Siraji, Bhadrawahi and Padari in JammS, Paijgwali, Cameali and 
 Bharmauri or Gadi in Camba, Inner Siraji in Kulii, and the dialects of 
 Jubbal in the Simla area. The following have I in the 2nd and 
 
Ill 
 
 3id Persons — Kuliii, Kiatliali (Kitlthal and neighbouring States, includ- 
 ing the Simla municipal area), the dialect of the British district of Kot 
 Khai, and Bsighati (Bagliat State). Punchl in Punch State has the 
 2nd and 3rd Plur. in I, and Bhalesi in JairimS State has I in the 
 2nd and 3rd Sing, and 1st and 2nd Plur. The dialects which like 
 Curahi liave m in the 1st Plur. are the Simla States dialects of Kot 
 Guru, Kot Khai, KiSthal and Baghat, while the Jamnift dialects of the 
 Siri/j, Bhadrawah and Bhajes have botli m and I combined in the 1st Phir. 
 We notice then tlie interesting fact that, in the middle of the dialects 
 which have I in the Future, extending from Punch to Jubbal we have 
 as a wedge an area which has its Futures in g or gh, compi-ising the 
 dialects of BhatSal (Camba), Kaqgra, Mandi and Suket, this wedge 
 extending right up to the Tibeto- Himalayan language area. We notice, 
 too, that the central portion of the districts, which make the Future in I, 
 keeps the I purer than the more outlying: thus Curahi and the dialects 
 beyond to the north and north-west, in common with the Simla dialects 
 in the south, inti'oduce m. 
 
 • The great interest in Curahi lies in the fact that it is the first stage 
 on the linguistic road to Kashmiri. South and east of Curahi we do not 
 notice special Kashmiri characteristics, but as soon as we begin to study 
 this dialect we feel the force of those tendencies which find fuller and 
 fuller scope as we go north and west till we reach the Kashmiri area. 
 
 The Bharmauri or Gadi dialect is spoken by the Gaddis Avho in- 
 habit the district called Gadheran, which includes Bharmaur in Camba 
 State and the adjoining part of Kaijgra District. It has been somewhat 
 fully treated of along with the Karjgra dialect itself in the Appendix 
 to the Kangra Gazetteer, to which I may perhaps be permitted to refer 
 the student. To have bound it up with the rest of the Camba dialects 
 would have unduly swelled the dimensions of this volume in its 
 Gazetteer form, so I deemed it better to omit it. 
 
 To my great regret I was unable when in Camba to meet with 
 any speakers of Paijgwali, the dialect of Paqgi. Grammatical informa- 
 tion bearing upon it exists in two manuscripts, both compiled by the 
 orders of H.H, the Raja of Camba, one a few years ago for the Linguis 
 tic Survey of India, and one two years ago for myself. These manu- 
 scripts, however, differ, in important particulars, and while undoubtedly 
 valuable facts can be gleaned from a comparison of the two, one cannot 
 feel the same certainty as to the accuracy of the result, as one would if 
 one had had opportunity of making a personal study of the dialect. It 
 resembles in a number of details the Padari dialect spoken in the 
 district of Padar in Jammft State two or three stages further down the 
 Cinab than Paijgi. 
 
 Linguistically the chief interest of Camba centres in Lahuli, spoken 
 
in the north-east portion of the State. In Britisli Lahul to the east of 
 Camba Lahul, there are three dialects of Lahuli. There the Bhaga 
 flowing from the north-east in a south-westerly direction is joined by 
 the Caiidra coming from the south-east in a north-westerly direction. 
 The united stream flow for some little distance before entering Camba 
 Lahul. The dialect spoken in the Bhaga Valley is called Banun or 
 Gari or Gara, that in the Candra Valley is called Rangloi, and the 
 dialect of the valley of the united stream is known as Patni, Patan or 
 Mancati. The dialect of Camba Lahul we may call, for want of a better 
 name, Camba Lahuli. Lahuli will thus be seen to comprise four 
 dialects. Lahuli bears some I'esemblance to Tibetan, to Kanashi 
 (the remarkable language spoken in a single village in Kulu called 
 Malana or Malani), and to Kanawari, spoken in Kanawar in Bashahr 
 State. The resemblance of Camba Lahuli to the other dialects and 
 languages mentioned, as brought out by a list of between thirty and 
 forty common words taken at a random, may be seen at glauco in the 
 following table : — 
 
 Percentage of words in which Camba Lahuli resembles : — 
 
 Patni 
 
 ... 68 
 
 Rangloi 
 
 ... 87 
 
 Gari 
 
 ... 30 
 
 Kanashi 
 
 ... 29 
 
 Tibetan 
 
 ... 22 
 
 and in a briefer list of Kanawari words 47. The number of words 
 in the lists, which appeared identical with the corresponding Camba 
 Lahuli words, was Patni 14, Rangloi 3, Gari 2, Kanashi 6, Tibetan 3, 
 Kanawari 3. The lists with which the Camba Lahuli words were 
 compared are those printed by Mr. A. H. Diack in 1896. Such a com- 
 parison may lead, however, to an incorrect conclusion. A similar com- 
 parison between, say, English and German, would yield a very high 
 percentage of resemblances, yet the two languages are perfectly distinct. 
 We may feel quite sure that an inhabitant of Camba Lahul would find 
 it impossible to understand any dialect or language in the list except 
 Patni. 
 
 The chief difficulty of Camba Lahuli lies in its verb. A number 
 of questions suggest themselves to which I am not at present able to 
 give an answer. Thus there seem to be two forms of the Present and 
 Imperf. Indie, each tense having a form connected with the Infin., 
 and one connected with the Future, thus: — tezl, strike, beat, (Infin.), 
 Fut. temog. The Present tense has tgzado and temado, Imperf. tEzadeg 
 temadey. 
 
 kurz, say, Fut. ko {hog). Pres. Ind. kurado, kuado, Imperf. 
 
 I 
 
kuradeg, kuadeg. Tn the case of the Verb plpi, arrive, Fut. pipo (pipog) 
 we have in addition to Pres. pipnJo, and Iraperf. plpadeg, forms from 
 some other root pljtdo, and pljideg. 
 
 The questions suggest themselves — are the forms derived from 
 the Infin. and the Future identical in meaning or not ? Should we ex- 
 pect to find them in every verb ? 
 
 Tlie Past is even more intei'esting. Tt appears to have seven forms, 
 ending in -teg, -deg or -deg, -ta, -da, -do, -to, and a shorter form ending 
 in -g. Thus we have : — 
 
 from kuri, say, kuleg, knta, knlg, I said. 
 „ Ihai, do, Ihateg, IhSg {Ihadeg is probably Imperf.). 
 „ randl, give, randSg, randa, reg. 
 „ pipt, arrive pig. 
 „ shlzl, take away, shlda. 
 „ ihi, go, ideg, idd. 
 ,, shuhl, become, shutSg, sh/iito. 
 There is even another form in -ga as khosiga from khosi, be obtained. 
 We have also re from randi, give. Have all these forms the same 
 meaning, or do they really repi^esent different tenses ? 
 
 The rules for the formation of the negative ai^e sometimes very com- 
 plicated, or the formation is very irregular. The general rule is that 
 the negative is formed in the Imperat. by prefixing tha and in other 
 tenses by prefixing ma, but we have : — 
 
 net, I shall know, maierjg, I shall not know. 
 
 ideg, I went, neg. tggiemu. 
 
 dapog, I shall fall, neg. ma dag. 
 
 abog, I shall come, neg. marjg. 
 
 ll, go (Imperat.) neg. thel. 
 
 adani, come (Imperat, plur.) neg. thUdani. 
 
 In iggiemu, I did not go, and dggemu, I did not come, (from andeg 
 I came), the ?na of the neg. seems to have been changed to mit and added 
 at the end. 
 
 It is worthy of note that the agent case of the subject is employed 
 with every tense and mood of transitive verbs. 
 
 Some of the final consonants, particularly the letter g, are frequently 
 pronounced so faintly that it is almost impossible to say whether a word 
 ends in a vowel or a consonant. This doubt arises especially in the case 
 of the 1st Sing, of various tenses. Possibly in some cases it is equally 
 correct to insert and to omit g. 
 
 An examination of the grammatical forms of Camba Lahu]i which 
 are given in their place will, it is trusted, reveal many points, in addition 
 to those mentioned above, which are linguistically of the highest 
 
VI 
 
 interest, and which are worthy of full investigation. Tlie grammar of 
 Laliuli has an Aryan air about it, although the vocabulary is Tibeto- 
 Himalayan. It might be equally correct to class it as an Aryan 
 language. 
 
 In the Census of 1901 the number of speakers retui'ned for the 
 Camba dialects was as follows: — Cameali, 37,433; Curahi, 26,859; 
 Bharraauri or Gadi 26,361; Bhotia 24,299; Paqgwali, 4,156; Lahuli 
 1,543. It is probable that the Bhateali speakers are included under 
 Cameali ; the figures returned under Bhotia seem quite incorrect. 
 
 There is no literature in any Camba dialect except CamSali, in 
 which the Gospels of Matthew (out of print), Mark and John, the 
 Sermon on the Mount and the Ten Commandments have been printed. 
 The Gospel of Luke is ready for the press. The character used is a 
 slightly adapted form of Takri. 
 
 The system of transliteration adopted in the t'ollowidg pages is that 
 of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, c stands for the sound of ch in child, 
 ch being its aspirate, sh is sh in shout, while in sh the s and h, are 
 separate ; a, e, denote a, e followed by nasal n, and so for other vowels ; 
 r) denotes the sound of ng in singing, i is a sound mid-way between * 
 and'f, « in italics occurring in a word in ordinary type denotes the 
 sound half-way between w and fi, and ew in italics denotes the short 
 sound corresponding to eu. 
 
 In conclusion, I have to express my cordial thanks to the Rev. 
 Sohan Lai, of the Church of Scotland Mission in Camba, for most valu- 
 able assistance, very willingly given, in connection with the Oameaji 
 dialect. In following his authority one cannot go wrong. If there are 
 ir\istakes under the heading of Cameali the responsibility is mine. To 
 Dr. Hutchison of Camba I am indebted for much personal kindness 
 while engaged in this work. He lent me a copy of the palpable of the 
 Prodigal Son in Camba Lahuli, which he had in his possession, and 
 which, although differing considerably fi'om the translation here given, 
 was of assistance to me in making it. 
 
 The enlightened ruler of Camba, H.H. Raja Bhuri Singh, CLE. 
 
 lays all visitors to his territories under a debt of gratitude. In this 
 
 work his assistance was invaluable, as he placed his servants and his 
 
 subjects at my disposal, and in every way showed the deepest and 
 
 most cordial interest. 
 
 T. Grahame B41LET, 
 
 January 30th, 1903. Wazirabad. 
 
CHAMBA DIALECTS. 
 
 
 NODNS. 
 
 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 
 Nouna in -a. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 glior-a, horse 
 
 -e 
 
 G. 
 
 -e ra 
 
 -&a, ra 
 
 D.A. 
 
 -e jo 
 
 -eS jo 
 
 L. 
 
 -e bice 
 
 -65 bice 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -e kacha 
 
 -ea kacha 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 
 -eS 
 
 V. 
 
 -e 
 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 
 -65 
 
 N. 
 
 ghar, house 
 
 ghar 
 
 G. 
 
 ghar-e ra 
 
 „ -§ ra 
 
 D.A.UAb. 
 
 -a jo, &c. 
 
 &e. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 
 -s 
 
 V. 
 
 ghar 
 
 -6 
 
 So also babb, father. 
 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 
 N, 
 
 hath -i, elephant 
 
 -i 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 -i ra, &c. 
 
 -i§ ra, &c. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -ie 
 
 -in 
 
 V. 
 
 -ia 
 
 -io 
 
 Nouns in - u, biccu, scorpion, are declined like hathi, u taking the 
 place of f. 
 
 nS or na, name, has G. Sing, nae ra, N. PI. nS or na G. PI. naS ra 
 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 
 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 kur -i, girl 
 
 -i 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 -i ra, &c. 
 
 -iS ra, &c 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -ie 
 
 -ig 
 
 V. 
 
 -ie 
 
 -io 
 
Gameali. 
 
 Nouns in Consonant, 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N". bailin, sister 
 G.D.A.L.Ab.Ag. bailm -i ra, &c. 
 
 V. -i 
 
 ga, cow, is thus declined — 
 
 N. ga. 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. ga -i ra, &c. 
 As. -ie 
 
 Plur. 
 
 baihn -i or -I 
 -i or -3 ra, &c. 
 -o 
 
 ga 
 
 -iS ra, &c, 
 -18 
 
 dhlii, daughter, bas oblique dhlua. 
 
 Many proper nouns, especially less common ones, and many/ of tbe 
 less common foreign words, such as Hindi religious terms, inflect in the 
 Singular the Genitive and Agent cases alone. 
 
 
 Personal Prong 
 
 UNS. 
 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 
 1st 
 
 2nd 
 
 3rd 
 
 eh, this. 
 
 N. 
 
 hau 
 
 tu 
 
 se, 
 
 eh 
 
 G. 
 
 mera 
 
 tera 
 
 usera 
 
 isera 
 
 D.A. 
 
 minjd 
 
 tijo 
 
 us jo 
 
 is jo 
 
 L. 
 
 mai manjh, 
 
 tai manjh. 
 
 ., manjh, 
 
 „ manjh 
 
 
 bice 
 
 bice 
 
 bice 
 
 bice 
 
 Ab. 
 
 „ or mere 
 kacha 
 
 tai or teie 
 kacha 
 
 „ kacha 
 
 „ kacha 
 
 Ag. 
 
 mal 
 
 tai 
 Plur. 
 
 uni 
 
 ini 
 
 N. 
 
 asi 
 
 tusi 
 
 se 
 
 eh 
 
 G. 
 
 hamara 
 
 tumhara 
 
 unhera 
 
 inhera 
 
 D.A. 
 
 asS j5 
 
 tusS jo 
 
 unhS jo 
 
 inliS jo 
 
 L. , 
 
 „ manjh, bice 
 
 ,, manjh, bice 
 
 ,, manjh, bice 
 
 „ manjh, bic( 
 
 Ab. 
 
 „ kacha 
 
 „ kacha 
 
 „ kacha 
 
 „ kacha 
 
 Ag.. 
 
 asS 
 
 Interrog 
 
 tusI 
 
 unhS 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 inhS 
 
 
 ATiVE Relative 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 N. kun, who P 
 
 G. k usera. 
 
 D.A.L.Ab. kusjo, &c. 
 Ag. kuni 
 
 je, wlio kun je 
 
 jisera, kunhera jinbera 
 
 jis jo, &c. kunlig jo, &c. jinhS jo, &c. 
 
 jini kunhS jinha 
 
Oameali. 
 
 Kotf any one, some oue, has Geu. ktisiau ra, or kusio ra, Agent 
 Teunlaii. 
 
 Kai, what ? Gen. Icudhera ; Oblique Icail (e.rj. kait kane). 
 
 Other pronouns kicch, something, anything; sabhh, all ; hor, other; 
 sahhh koi, everyone ; je koi, wlioever, je kicch, whatever ; sabbh has Ob- 
 lique sahbhnl', hor has Oblique Plur. horni or hdrnh%. 
 
 Emphasis is expressed by the addition of -id, -loi, -iau or -iaul. 
 (The first i is sometimes short), thus : — seioi or oloi, that very one ; eloif 
 this very one; usio, usidi, that very one (Oblique); unlaui, that very 
 one (Agent.) 
 
 Ajpu or ayu, is a Reflexive Pronoun, meaning myself, ourselves, 
 yourself, yourselves, himself, herself, itself, themselves, and is indecl. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns. Adjectives qualify- 
 ing nouns are not declined unless they end in -a, in which case they have 
 Sing. Obi. -e, PI. -e throughout, and Fem. -1, both Sing and Plur. It 
 sliould be remembered that the Genitives of Nouns and Pronouns are 
 adjectives coming under this rule. 
 
 Compainson is expressed by means of Icachd, from, than, thus : — 
 khara, good; «s kacha khara, better than he; sabhni kacha khara, 
 better than all, best. 
 
 The following forms are worth noting: — 
 
 Demonstrative, ideha, like this or that ; itua ; so much or many. 
 Correlative. tideha, like this or that ; titna, so much or many. 
 
 Interrogative. kideha ) . • 
 
 1 i_i _ f jike what ? kitna, how much or many r 
 
 jideha. ) .. _ , 
 
 Belative. kusdeha ) '^^^ ^^'"^ ' ^'^^^' ^' ^''^^ °'" "^^"y* 
 
 Delia, is sometimes added to other words as dhakhdehS,, a little, &c. 
 Jiha is used with the Oblique of nouns, and pronouns to express Z^A;e, 
 as gliorejlha, like a horse, in the manner of a horse. 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 Many Adjective are used as Adverbs ; when soused they agree witli 
 the subject. The following is a list of the most important Adverbs 
 other than Adjectives. 
 
Gameall. 
 
 th 
 
 en 
 
 abe, now 
 us wakt 
 us belle 
 
 kakhni 
 kadhari 
 
 jakhni, 
 
 ajj, to-day 
 
 kal, to-morrow, yesterday 
 
 when ? 
 
 when 
 
 itte 
 idi 
 
 utte 
 udi 
 
 kute 
 kudi 
 
 jitte 
 jidi 
 
 [ here 
 > there 
 ^ where ? 
 
 >• where 
 
 idha tikar, up to this, to such an 
 
 extent, 
 Tcudha tikar, up to where ? 
 jidha tikar, up to where 
 udha tikar, up to there 
 idha, kudha, jidha, udha kacha, 
 
 fi-om here, where ? where, 
 
 there. 
 
 Time. 
 
 parsu, day after to-morrow or day 
 before yesterday. 
 
 cauth, day after day after to- 
 morrow, or day before day be- 
 fore yesterday. 
 
 kadi, sometimes, ever. 
 
 kadi na, never. 
 
 kadi na kadi, sometimes. 
 
 bhiaga, in the morning. 
 
 Place, 
 
 kudi jo, whither ? 
 titte, tidha, tidi, there, (correla- 
 tive, see below.^ 
 kutiaii, any where, 
 uppar, up 
 ihik 
 
 jhikle kanare 
 nere, nir, near, 
 dur, far. 
 agge, in front, 
 picco, behind, 
 andar, inside, 
 bahar, outside, 
 manjhate, in the middle. 
 
 cauhni kanare ) n -j 
 
 b kkh' \ °°^'' sides. 
 
 Xdowi 
 
 »» 
 
 tittSy tidha, tidi, are correlative forms corresponding to jittB, jidha 
 j'idt. 
 
 From the forms idha, kudha, &c., interesting Adjectives are- 
 constructed, as kudhera, or kudha ka, of where ? belonging to where ? 
 idhera, of here, belonging to here. 
 
 Other Adverbs are — 
 
 ki 
 
 kin jo 
 kus kari 
 kih^ 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 
 kiha kari 
 is kari 
 is karn 
 
 is galla kari ) 
 
 J>why ? 
 Thow? 
 
 1 
 
 for this reason. 
 
 ihi 
 
 ihg kari 
 is riti kane 
 
 tiha, 
 tihs kari 
 us riti kane 
 jihg 
 jihS kari 
 
 in this manner. 
 
 in that manner. 
 
 in which manner. 
 
Cameali. 
 
 ta, then (of reasoning; Panjabi te; juf^ti ") 
 
 Hindi to.) jugti kaii i well, 
 
 taule quickly Pg<^i ^^^^ J 
 
 acancak\ , , , ^^^ jes, 
 
 acanak J-su^denly. „g,,|^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ 
 
 tabartor, at once, quickly ati, veiy. 
 nirale manjh, in private, sepa- 
 rately. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 The principal Prepositions are the following. The same word is 
 frequently both a Preposition and an Adverb. 
 
 ra (PI. re,/, ri) of babat, about, (tai or teri babat, 
 
 jo, to about thee.) 
 
 bicc_ "^ sahi, like (as§ sahi, like us. ) 
 
 manjh^ Wn. wirodh, against. 
 
 T^'i^^f , 1 -^ .1, ^""^^^ ^"1"^^ *°' (^sere tulea, equal 
 
 kacna, rrom, trom beside, than, ^.^ jjj^ \ ^ 
 
 par, on the other side. barobar equal to, (tus§ or turn- 
 war on this side, hare bar5bar, equal to you.)] 
 
 kacn, beside (mai kach, beside akkhi bakklii "^ " /' 
 
 me.) ure pare |rouud about, 
 
 kane, with, (maikane, with me.) kauare, towards, (unliere kanare 
 t'a^^^ Tfor, (usere tikar, for towards them) 
 
 |,ju,,) prant, after,(udha prant, after it.) 
 
 heth, under. ' '^"^' ^^""^P^' ^^^^^^^ ("^^re sawa, 
 
 except me. ) 
 uppar, upon. ^ ^ 
 
 The suflBx ~n frequently expresses the idea of from, as : 
 
 kach, beside ; kacha, from beside, from. 
 
 hicc, in ; bicca, from in, from among. 
 
 manjh, in ; inavj'ha, minjha, from in, from among. 
 
 bakkhi, side ; hakkha, from the side of. 
 
 Conjunctions. 
 The commonest are : — 
 
 ate, and. bhae 
 
 par, but. bhala k 
 
 je, if. ji^ia je, as if. 
 
 kiha kari, because. jibi kari, in order that, 
 
 ts bhi, nevertheless. ki, that, or. 
 
 ki J-although. 
 
Gameali. 
 
 The Verb. 
 Auxiliary Verb. 
 Pres. Aux. I am, &c. hai liai hai hin hin hin 
 Pres. Aux. I was, &c. tliiya tliiya tliiya thije thije thiye 
 
 Fern, thi, throughout. 
 
 Intransitive Verbs. 
 
 tirna, fall. 
 
 Pres. Cond. I may fall, &c., tir-5 -e -o (or-e) -3 -a -an 
 Fut. tir-la -la -la -le -le -le 
 
 Fern. tii'li 
 Imperat. tir -tira 
 
 Indef. Indie, or Past Cond. tir-da -da -da -de -de -de 
 
 Fern, -di 
 
 hai Plur. tirde hin. 
 
 thiya Plur. tirde thiye. 
 
 /. tiri Plur. tire /. tiri 
 
 hai Plur. tire hin. 
 
 thiya Plur. tire thiye. 
 
 Participles tirda, falling ; tirea, fallen ; tirora, in the state of having 
 fallen; tifi hart, having fallen; tirde hue, while falling; tirnewdla, 
 faller or about to fall; tirde i, falling. 
 
 Verbs in general are very regular but some are slightly irregular. 
 
 po -a -a — n. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 tirda 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 tirda 
 
 Past. Ind. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 tirea 
 
 Pres. Perf. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 tirea 
 
 Pluft. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 tirea 
 
 
 
 piina, pauna, fall. 
 
 Pres. Cond. 
 
 poa 
 
 poe p6 
 
 Fut. 
 
 pola 
 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 VO 
 
 poa 
 
 Indef. Ind. 
 
 pSda 
 
 
 Past. Ind. 
 
 Sing 
 
 pea /. 
 
 Plur. pe /. pei 
 
 Participles jpSfirt, falling; pelkari, havin<^ fallen ; peora, in the state 
 of having fallen ; punewala, faller, about to fall. 
 
 huna, be, become, 
 hoe ho hoa hoi hun 
 
 hOa 
 
 Pres. Cond. 
 
 hoi 
 
 Fut. 
 
 hola 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 ho 
 
 Indef. Ind. 
 
 hunda 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 hua 
 
 «f>:«l 
 
Cameali. 
 
 ind come. 
 
 Pres. Cond. iS iye iyo (iye) iS ia in 
 
 Fut. ila 
 
 Imperat. a ia 
 
 Indef. Ind. inda 
 
 Past Ind. aya /. ai PI. ae /. ai 
 
 Participles, aiA;an, having fallen; achora or aora, in the state of 
 having come. 
 
 J ana, go 
 
 Pres Cond. j§ jae jao (jae) jS ja jan 
 
 Fat. jalla 
 
 Imperat. ja ja 
 
 Indef. Ind. janda 
 
 Past Ind. Sing, gea /. gei PI. ge /. gei. 
 
 Participles gachora, geora, in the state of having gone. 
 
 rehna, I'emaiu. 
 
 Pres. Cond. 
 
 rehS, &c. 
 
 3rd plur, raihn. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 raihla 
 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 raih 
 
 reha 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 reha 
 
 
 Participle 
 
 rehora, in 
 
 the state of having remained. 
 haihna, sit. 
 
 Pres. Cond. 
 
 behS 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 bailila 
 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 baih 
 
 b§ha 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 baitha 
 
 
 Participle 
 
 bathoi-a, in 
 
 I the state of having sat, seated. 
 
 Transitive Ybrbs. 
 
 maxn^, beat. 
 
 Marna is conjugated exactly like tirna, but in the past tensed, like 
 all other transitive verbs, has a special construction. 
 
 Past. Ind. marea agreeing with the object of the verb. 
 
 Pres. Perf. marea hai „ „ ,, ,, „ ,, 
 
 Plupf. marea thiya ,, „ „ „ „ „ 
 
 When the object is governed by the preposition jo, the verb does 
 not agree with it, but remains in the masculine singular form. 
 
8 
 
 (Jamealz. 
 
 Passive. 
 
 The Passive is expressed by the Past Partic. marea, with the 
 required tense of jan^, go, the veib agreeing with its nominative, thus 
 hau man j'alU, I ( / ) shall be beaten or killed. 
 
 The following are slightly irregular : — 
 
 khdnd, eat. 
 
 Pres. Cond. kht khae, &c. 1st PI. khS. 
 Indef. Ind. khanda. 
 
 Past Ind. khaya. 
 
 pindf drink. 
 
 Indef. Ind. pinda. 
 
 Past. Ind. pita. 
 
 dend or daind, give. 
 Pres. Cond. 3rd PI. din. 
 Indef. Ind. diuda. 
 Past Ind. ditta. 
 
 lend or laind, take. 
 
 Pres. Cond. 3rd PI. lin. 
 Indef. Ind. linda. 
 
 Past Ind. lea. 
 
 galdnd, say, speak. 
 
 Pres. Cond. gal§, galae, &c. 1st PI. gall. 
 Indef. Ind. galanda. 
 Past Ind. galaya. 
 
 chuhnd, fouch. 
 
 Past. Indie. chuhta. 
 
 karnd, do. 
 Past. Ind. kitta, 
 
 leiind, bring, and leljdnd take away, are conjagated like ind and 
 jdnd and are treated as Intransitive Verbs. 
 It will be noticed that — 
 i. Verbs whose stem (formed by dropping the nd of the Infin.) ends 
 
 in a vowel, or a vowel followed by 7i, add n to the stem 
 
 before the dd of the Indef. Indie, and Pres. Part, as khnna 
 
 khdndd, galdnd galdndd. 
 ii. Verbs whose stem ends in d or ah tend to shorten d to a in the 
 
 Past. Indie., e.g., galdnd galayd. khand khayd, uthdnd tithdyd, 
 
 hanand banayd, cdhnd caked. 
 
Cameali. 
 
 Such verbs generally drop the fl of the stem before the a of the 
 1st Sing, and 1st- Plur. Pres, Cond. thus — 
 
 gala for galaa, ja for jaa. 
 
 Habit or continuance is expressed either by the Past Partic. with 
 the required tense of karna, do, in which case the Past Partic. is indecl. 
 or by the Pres. Partic. with rehna, remain. In the latter case both 
 verbs agree with the nominative. Thus : — 
 
 se pea kardci hai, he is in the habit of falling. 
 
 se pea kardl hai, she is in the habit of falling. 
 
 se f-udl raihndl Jia'i, she continues falling, she is always falling. 
 
 Very interesting examples of what appears to be the organic 
 passive in i are found in some verbs, e.g., cahfda hai, from cohna^ wish, 
 it is needed or fitting or necessary ; samjlndd hai, from samryVma, under- 
 stand, it is understood, &c. Cahiyo generally stands for the Hindi 
 cShiye. 
 
 In Cameali practically every Infinitive is pronounced with cerebral 
 n, the ending being na. In Panjabi after r, r, rh, rh, and in some parts 
 of the Panjab after I, n is changed to 71. In Urdu there is no cerebral » 
 
 Numerals. 
 Cardinal. 
 
 1— ikk. 
 
 2— do. 
 
 3 — trai. 
 
 4 — caur. 
 
 5 — panj. 
 
 6 — chi . 
 
 7 — satt. 
 
 8— atth. 
 
 9 — nau. 
 10 — das. 
 11 — yara. 
 12 — bara. 
 13 — tehra. 
 14 — Cauda. 
 15 — pandra. 
 16 — sola. 
 17 — satara. 
 18 — athar?. 
 2 
 
 19 — unni. 
 20— bill. 
 27— satai. 
 29 — unattri. 
 30— trih. 
 37 — satattri 
 .39 — untali. 
 40 — cali. 
 46 — chatali. 
 47 — satali. 
 49 — anunja. 
 50 — panjah. 
 53 — trapunja. 
 57 — satunja. 
 59 — unalit. 
 60— satth. 
 67 — sataht. 
 69 — unh attar. 
 
10 
 
 Gameall. 
 
 70 — sahattar. 
 77 — sathattar. 
 79 — unasi. 
 80 — asi. 
 87 — satasi. 
 89 — uaanfie. 
 
 90 — nabbe. 
 
 97 — sataniie. 
 100 — sau, 
 200 — do sau. 
 900 — tiau sau. 
 1000— hajar. 
 
 100,000— lakkh. 
 
 1st, paihla. 
 2nd, duwwa. 
 3rd, triyya. 
 4tli, cautha. 
 5tli, panjuS. 
 
 ik wex'i, once, 
 do weri, twice, 
 paihli weii> first time, 
 duwwi weri, second time, 
 do guna, two fold. 
 trai guna, three fold, 
 addha, half. 
 
 Ordinal, 8fc. 
 
 {chatlia. 
 cbathua. 
 7th, satua. 
 10th, dasul. 
 50tli, panjahuS. 
 
 daidh, 1|. 
 paune do, 2|. 
 sawa do, 2j. 
 dhai, 2i 
 sadlie caur, 4|. 
 ikk pao, i- 
 
 4- 
 
 trai cauthai - 
 
 It should be noted that in sathattar, seventy-seven, the t and h are 
 pronounced separately. The word is sat-hattar, not sa-thathar. 
 
 Ordinal numerals are ordinary Adjectives declined like Adjectives 
 in -a ; those ending in -a retain their nasalization when inflected. 
 
 Even cardinal numbers ai'e generally inflected when used with 
 nouns in an oblique case. Thus the inflected form of do is dauh, of trai 
 trazh, of caur cauli, of chl chia. 
 
 There is still a further inflection sometimes seen in the Locative case, 
 as cauhni bakkhz, on four sides, all round. 
 
 to, is sometimes added for emphasis, dolo, the two of them. 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 1. Tera n§ kai hai ? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Is ghore ri kitni umr hai ? How much is the age of this horse ? 
 
 3. Idha kacha Kashmir (or Kashmira) tikar kitng {or kitni) dtir 
 
 hai ? From here to Kashmir how far is it ? 
 
 4. Tere babbe re ghare kitne puttar hin ? How many sons are 
 
 there in your father's house ? 
 
11 
 
 Cameuli. 
 
 6. Hau ajj bare dura kaclaa handi aya. I today from veiy far have 
 walking come. 
 
 6. Mere cace ra puttar useri bailini kane bihora bai. My uncle's 
 
 son is married to (with) his sister. 
 
 7. Ghare hacche (or citte) gliore ri kathi hai. In the house is the 
 
 white horse's saddle. 
 
 8. Useri pitthi par katlii kasa. Upon its back bind the flarldle. 
 
 9. Mai asere puttra jo mate korre mare. I beat his .son much. 
 
 10. Se parbate ri coti uppar gai bakri carda hai. He on the hill's 
 
 top is grazing sheep and goats. 
 
 11. Se us bute he^h gliore uppar bith5ra hai. He under that tree is 
 
 seated on a horse. 
 
 12. Usera bhai apni baihni kacha bara hai. His brother is bigger 
 
 than, his sister. 
 
 13. Usera mul dhai rupayye hai. Its price is two and a half rupees. 
 
 14. Mera bab us nikke ghara andar raihnda hai. My father lives 
 
 in that small house. 
 
 15. Usjo eh rupayya del dea. Give him this rupee. 
 
 16. Se rupayye us kacha lei lea. Those rupees take from him. 
 
 17. Usjo jugti mari kari jori kane bannha. Having beaten him well 
 
 tie him with a rope. 
 
 18. Khulie kacha pani kaddha. From the well draw water. 
 
 19. Mere i\gge cala. Walk before me. 
 
 20. Kusera kola tere picco iii rehora hai ? Whose boy is coming 
 
 behind thee ? 
 21 Se tusS kus kacha muUe lea ? From whom didst thou buy that? 
 22, Grae re ikk hatwanie kacha. From a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
 VOCABDLARY. 
 
 {Ghiefly Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs.) 
 
 adr, i-espect, honour. anhSna, impossible. 
 
 agrina, meet. athwara, week. 
 
 akar, image, resemblance. auhri, mustard. 
 
 akarn, unreasonably, causelessly. bab, babb, father. 
 
 aklibala, wise. bachora, separation, division. 
 
 alakh, lazy. . baghear, wolf. 
 
 amma, mother. bahna, throw (net, <&c.). 
 
 anda, egg. baihn sister. 
 
 anek, many. baihna, sit. 
 
 annhi, storm. bail, ou. 
 
12 
 
 CameaU. 
 
 baijni, purple. 
 
 bakhera, dispute. 
 
 bakra, /. ( -i) goat. 
 
 bal, hair. 
 
 ban, jangle. 
 
 bana, sow. 
 
 banana, make. 
 
 banaut, making, making up. - 
 
 banda, open, openly. 
 
 bandna, divide. 
 
 bani, voice. 
 
 bannhna, biud. 
 
 bara, big. 
 
 barb, year. 
 
 bari, garden. 
 
 barkhia, rain. 
 
 barnan, account, story. 
 
 bataibra, builder. 
 
 batliri, kind of fine cloth. 
 
 batolua, gather. 
 
 batt, way. 
 
 bauS, left (hand). 
 
 bela, feeble. 
 
 ber, delay, length of time. 
 
 besudhh, mad. 
 
 bhai, brother. 
 
 bhair, (ai short) bher, sheep. 
 
 bha], expectation. 
 
 bhandar, treasury. 
 
 bhandavi, master of ceremonies. 
 
 bhauna, break. 
 
 bhar, load. 
 
 bharori, sheep pen. 
 
 bhati, manner. 
 
 bhawikhyatbakta, prophet. 
 
 bhawikhyatbani, prophecy. 
 
 bhiag, morning. 
 
 bhrabu, red bear. 
 
 bhramana, lead astray. 
 
 bhuiS, on the ground. 
 
 bhukhana, light (fire). 
 
 bhumi, bit of land. 
 
 bi, seed. 
 
 biar, wind. 
 
 biari, evening meal. 
 
 bibastha, law. 
 
 bihalna, seat. 
 
 billa (/-i) cat. 
 
 binnhna, piei'ce. 
 
 bisram, rest, Saturday. 
 
 bolna, say, speak. 
 
 buddhiman, wise. 
 
 buhar, custom, tradition. 
 
 bujjhna, understand, ascertain. 
 
 bunna, weave. 
 
 bura, bad, ugly. 
 
 buta, tree. 
 
 cahrhna, raise, shut (of door). 
 
 cakki, mill. 
 
 call jana, go away. 
 
 candarma, moon, 
 
 carna, graze. 
 
 carna, cause to graze, 
 
 caskna, be angry. 
 
 ceta, remembrance. 
 
 cliail, beautiful. 
 
 Qhah, buttermilk. 
 
 chal, deceit. 
 
 chala, jump. 
 
 chali, wave. 
 
 chama karna, forgive. 
 
 chatti, roof. 
 
 chekna, tear. 
 
 chikna, pull, draw. 
 
 chinn bhinn karna, scatter. 
 
 chuhna, touch. 
 
 cicalna, call out. 
 
 cind, cinda, noise, shout. 
 
 cinh, sign. 
 
 cirn, little bird. 
 
 cor, thief. 
 
 corna, steal. 
 
 cugana, cause to graze. 
 
 cug^a, choose, graze. 
 
Cameali. 
 
 13 
 
 dan, gift. 
 
 dand, tooth. 
 
 dand, ox. 
 
 dand, punishment. 
 
 dandwat, entreaty. 
 
 darati, sickle. 
 
 darja, river. 
 
 deh, body. 
 
 dena, give. 
 
 dhakh, a little, gently, slowly. 
 
 dhalakna, move away, be pushed 
 
 away, 
 dhami, feast, 
 dhan, herd, flock, 
 dharas bannlina, be cheerful, 
 dhaula, white (of hair.) 
 dhehna, fall, 
 dhiu, daughter, 
 dhramna, tread upon, 
 dlirumna, draw, 
 dhuna, wash, 
 dhupp, sunshine, 
 dhur, dust, 
 dikkhna, see, look, 
 din, day. 
 
 dind, dinda, noise, shout, 
 diuta, lampstand. 
 dokh, dos, accusation, blame, 
 duar, door. 
 
 duata, where two ways meet, 
 dubhda, doubt, 
 dubna, cover, 
 duddh, milk, 
 duggha, deep, 
 duprani, pregnant, 
 durgandh, stench, 
 ga, cow. 
 gadha, ass. 
 galana, say, speak, 
 gandhna, knot, 
 garthi, shirt, coat, 
 ghar, house. 
 
 gharna, carve, engrave. 
 
 gliat karna, kill. 
 
 ghati, watch. 
 
 gheu, ghi. 
 
 ghora (f-i) horse. 
 
 ghrina, go down (sun, etc.) 
 
 gri, village. 
 
 gual, gualu, shepherd. 
 
 guana, lose. 
 
 gundaa, weave, plait. 
 
 guppha, cave. 
 
 gupt, secret. 
 
 hacclia, white. 
 
 hakh, eye. 
 
 hakka, noise, call. 
 
 halka, small. 
 
 hal jotarna, plough. 
 
 halla, crowd. 
 
 liarna, be defeated. 
 
 hathi, elephant. 
 
 hati ina, return. 
 
 hatia, murder. 
 
 hatna, turn, turn back. 
 
 hatth, hand. 
 
 hesa, part. 
 
 himmat, daring, courage. 
 
 hil5lna, shake. 
 
 liiund, winter. 
 
 hotla, stammerer. 
 
 hiina, be, become. 
 
 idi udi, here and there, scattered. 
 
 ill, kite. 
 
 ina, come. 
 
 jagat, boy. 
 
 jahal, ignorant. 
 
 jal, net. 
 
 jalha, dumb. 
 
 jalna, be burned. 
 
 jamna, bear, be born. 
 
 jana, go. 
 
 jarjgh, leg. [procession. 
 
 jauetar, member of marriage 
 
14 
 
 janht, knee. 
 
 3 anna, know. 
 
 jas, respect, honour. 
 
 jhalora, mad. 
 
 jliambna, dust. 
 
 jhari, rain. 
 
 jibbli, tongue. 
 
 jimi, ground. 
 
 y.ttna, win. 
 
 juta, shoe. 
 
 kabulna, accept. 
 
 kacla, soft. 
 
 kahana, be called. 
 
 kahu, olive tree. 
 
 kalam, pen. 
 
 kalotti, black bear. 
 
 kanak, wheat. 
 
 kandl.a, edge, border 
 
 kann, ear. 
 
 kanneS, girl. 
 
 kar, toll. 
 
 karna, do. 
 
 kast, ti-ouble. 
 
 katbor, hard. 
 
 katborta, hardness, 
 
 katthan, difficult. 
 
 kes, bair. 
 
 khakh, cheek. 
 
 khalarna, stretch, spicad 
 
 khana, eat. 
 
 khara, good. 
 
 kharS buna, stand. 
 
 khei, rust. 
 
 khettar, field. 
 
 khijna, be tired. 
 
 kbindna, spread. 
 
 khita dena, hasten, run. 
 
 khokh, bosom. ^ ^■' 
 
 khuana, cause to eat, feed. 
 
 kbuhna, pluck. 
 
 khulhna, be opened. 
 
 khusna, seize. 
 
 x-*"-.. 
 
 killa, alone. 
 
 kilna, nail. 
 
 kittba, together. 
 
 kola, boy. 
 
 konial, meek. 
 
 kororna, hew. 
 
 kukkar, (/. kukkri,) cock. 
 
 kukkri, maize. 
 
 kumana, complete, do. 
 
 kuna, corner. 
 
 kund, pond, pool. 
 
 kuri, girl. 
 
 kusuthra, ugly. 
 
 kutta (/.-i) dog. 
 
 lakk, waist. 
 
 lamme puna, lie down. 
 
 lara, bridegroom, husband. 
 
 lari, wife, bride. 
 
 larna, fight. 
 
 lata, lame. 
 
 lata phata, property, goods. 
 
 leha, insect that destroys cloth. 
 
 lena, take. 
 
 letna, lie down. 
 
 likkhna, write. 
 
 liptani, rolling. 
 
 loba, iron, 
 
 lop karna, disregard (law, &c.). 
 
 lukna, hide oneself, be hidden. 
 
 lunai-i, reaping. 
 
 luqg, blade (of grass, etc.). 
 
 lunka, salted. 
 
 lunna, reap. 
 
 macchi, fish. 
 
 maihma, honour, glory. 
 
 niakbir, honey. 
 
 mandli, = moudli. 
 
 manliS, man. 
 
 mani, measure. 
 
 manja, bed. 
 
 mard, man. 
 
 mar^a, die. 
 
15 
 
 Cameali. 
 
 marna, beat. 
 
 mas, meat. 
 
 mata, intention, advice. 
 
 mats, much. 
 
 megh, rain. 
 
 mel, connection, meeting. 
 
 mhai, buffalo. 
 
 milna, meet, &c. 
 
 mittha, sweet. 
 
 mondli, assembly, meeting. 
 
 mora, dead. 
 
 mall, face. 
 
 mugtiari, abundance. 
 
 mukaina, refuse, deny. . 
 
 mund, head. 
 
 nadi, stream. 
 
 naggar, city. 
 
 nahitlia huna, stoop* 
 
 nakk, nose. 
 
 nal, stream. 
 
 nar, male. 
 
 narl, female. 
 
 nhasna, run. 
 
 nijor, weak. 
 
 otli, lip. 
 
 pacheanna, recognise^ 
 
 padlira, plain, level. 
 
 pain da, way. 
 
 painna, sharp. 
 
 pair, foot. 
 
 palan karna, keep, preserve. 
 
 paletna, wrap. 
 
 pandori, foot (of bed, &e.). 
 
 pani, water. 
 
 paraiilina, guest. 
 
 parbat, hill. 
 
 parhna, read, 
 
 parkhna, try, tempt. 
 
 parkliiini, trial, temptation. 
 
 parnam karna, bow down. 
 
 parol, door. 
 
 pasac, viricked spirit. 
 
 patar, vessel. 
 
 pathieala, stony. 
 
 patka, girdle. 
 
 pet, stomach. 
 
 phfigura, fig tree. 
 
 plieliu, fox. 
 
 piana, cause to drink. 
 
 pina, drink. 
 
 pir, pain. 
 
 pirhi, generation. 
 
 pinda, body. 
 
 pitth, back. 
 
 phal, fruit. 
 
 phiri ina, return, 
 
 pothi, book. 
 
 puhal, puhalu, shepherd. 
 
 pujeala, priest, worshipper. 
 
 pujiina, rub, wipe. 
 
 pujjna, arrive. 
 
 punruthna, resurrection. 
 
 puna, fall. 
 
 pur, upper or lower millstone. 
 
 puttar, son. 
 
 puttri, daughter. 
 
 racna, make, produce. 
 
 rachia, protection. 
 
 rakkhna, place. 
 
 ralana, mix. 
 
 ralna, be united, meet. 
 
 randi riini, widow. 
 
 rarhna, be angry. 
 
 rat, night. 
 
 rehna, remain. 
 
 rikkh, black bear. 
 
 roti, bread, food. 
 
 rukkh, tree. 
 
 rulkana, roll. 
 
 runa, ciy. 
 
 rurhna, flow, be poured. 
 
 sadna, call. 
 
 saf, clean. 
 
 sahaita, help. 
 
16 
 
 Gameali. 
 
 saTna, large number of men. 
 
 sakhna, empty. 
 
 samadh, grave (particularly of 
 Hindus). 
 
 sar)ga|, chain. 
 
 santan, offspring. 
 
 sapha, foam. 
 
 sar, head. 
 
 sarhana, head (of bed, &c.). 
 
 saith, sign. 
 
 sasu, mother-in-law. 
 
 sauhra, father-in-law. 
 
 serna, moisten, wet. 
 
 sewa, service, 
 
 shaihr, city. 
 
 siana, intelligent. 
 
 sihi, leopard. 
 
 sit, cold. 
 
 sikholna, teach. 
 
 sikkliia, knowledge. 
 
 sikkhna, learn. 
 
 silla, ear (of corn, &c.) 
 
 sinna, knead. 
 
 sirual, hair. 
 
 sobhna, please. 
 
 sog, lamentation, sadness. 
 
 sogi, sad. 
 
 sohara, husband. 
 
 sokkar, ox. 
 
 sothi, stick. 
 
 srap dena, curse. 
 
 suhta, spring (of water). 
 
 sujakha, able to see. 
 
 sukhala, easy. 
 
 sumti, circumcision (from sunnat). 
 
 suna, sleep. 
 
 sunana, cause to hear, relate. 
 
 sundai% beautiful. 
 
 sunna, desert. 
 
 sunna, hear. 
 
 suphal, advantageous. 
 
 sur, pig. 
 
 suraj, sun. 
 
 taihl, service. 
 
 takna, bow. 
 
 takrai", confession, agreement. 
 
 tali, piece of cloth. 
 
 tara, star. 
 
 tatta, hot. 
 
 taul, quickness. 
 
 taula, quick. 
 
 tauna, deaf. 
 
 tear, ready. . 
 
 tel, oil. 
 
 thakna, blame, rebuke. 
 
 thauda, cold. 
 
 thind, ignorant. 
 
 thora, little. 
 
 tiagna, leave, give up, divorce. 
 
 tirna, fall. 
 
 topna, look for. 
 
 trakta, leaven. 
 
 trihna, thirsty. 
 
 tucch karna, despise. 
 
 tunda, armless. 
 
 ubherna, rip open, rip. 
 
 ubhreua, incite. 
 
 ucana, raise. 
 
 ucca, high. 
 
 udhrar, tear. 
 
 ugrahna, collect (taxes, &c.). 
 
 ulamha, reproach. 
 
 updrab, oppression. 
 
 urnu, lamb. 
 
 "at, camel. 
 
 utthna, rise. 
 
 wairi, enemy. 
 
 warna, enter. 
 
 

 fBHATEALI. 
 
 
 
 Noons. 
 
 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 
 
 Nouns in-a. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural, 
 
 N. 
 
 ghor-a, horse 
 
 -§ 
 
 G. 
 
 -§da 
 
 -e§ da 
 
 D.A. 
 
 -e kea or ki 
 
 -e§ kea or ki 
 
 Loc. 
 
 -e bice 
 
 -ea bice. 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -e kacba or kicba 
 
 -eS kacha or kicha 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -ai or -% 
 
 -ea 
 
 V. 
 
 -ea 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 
 -eo 
 
 N. 
 
 gbar, house 
 
 ghar 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 ghar-e da, &c. 
 
 ghar-l, &e. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -ai or-e 
 
 -a 
 
 V. 
 
 -a 
 
 Nouns in-i. 
 
 -0 
 
 N. 
 
 hath-i, elephant 
 
 -i 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 -i da, &c. 
 
 -i§ da, &c. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -laT or ie 
 
 -iS 
 
 hdbh, father, is declined like ghar. 
 na, name, is indecl. 
 
 Nouns in -m, such as biccH, scorpion, hindil, Hindu, ave declined 
 like hathi (Ag. hiccHaz, &c.). 
 
 Feminine, 
 
 
 Nouns in-i. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 kur-i, daughter, girl 
 
 -ia 
 
 G.D..AL.Ab. 
 
 -ia da, &c. 
 
 -ia da, &c 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -ia 
 
 -ii 
 
 V. 
 
 -ie 
 
 -is 
 
 3 
 
 
 
18 
 
 
 
 
 
 Bhafeali. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 bbai 
 
 n, sister 
 
 -U or 
 
 -% 
 
 
 G.D.AL.Ab. 
 
 bbaia-u da, &e. 
 
 -3 or 
 
 -% da, &c. 
 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 
 -u 
 
 -S or 
 
 -1 
 
 
 V. 
 
 
 
 -e or-XL 
 
 -5 
 
 
 gau, cow, is thus declined — 
 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 gau 
 
 
 gaul 
 
 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 gai 
 
 da, &c. 
 
 gaui da. 
 
 &c. 
 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 gau 
 
 i 
 
 gang 
 
 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 1st 
 
 
 2nd 
 
 3rd 
 
 eh, this 
 
 N. 
 
 
 mai 
 
 
 tu 
 
 se 
 
 eh 
 
 G. 
 
 
 mera 
 
 
 tera 
 
 us da 
 
 is da 
 
 D.A. 
 
 
 mikea, miki 
 
 
 tukea, tuki 
 
 us, &c. 
 
 ,, &c. 
 
 L. 
 
 
 mere bice 
 
 
 tuddh bice 
 
 •> 
 
 >» 
 
 Ab. 
 
 
 tnai or mere 
 kacha or kich 
 
 a 
 
 tai, tere kacha 
 or kicha 
 
 " .' 
 
 jj 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 mai 
 
 
 tuddh, tai 
 Phiral. 
 
 unni 
 
 inni 
 
 N. 
 
 
 asS, asi 
 
 
 tusS, tusi 
 
 se 
 
 eh 
 
 a 
 
 
 sarii 
 
 
 tuhara, tusara 
 
 unhS da 
 
 inhg & 
 
 D.A. 
 
 
 asa kea, ki 
 
 
 tusa kea, ki 
 
 „ &c. 
 
 M 
 
 L. 
 
 
 „ bice 
 
 
 „ bice 
 
 !) 
 
 >I 
 
 Ab. 
 
 
 „ kacha, kicha 
 
 „ kacha, kicha 
 
 5> 
 
 55 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 asi 
 
 
 tusS 
 
 unhi 
 
 inhS 
 
 kun, who ? has Obi. kus, Ag. hum. 
 je, who, which, has Obi. jis Ag. jiiii. 
 kya, what ? Gen. kaida. 
 
 Other pronouns are koi, someone, anyone, kicch, something, any- 
 thing, harkol, everjone,jekot, whosoever, /e kicch, whatsoever. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns. Adjectives quali- 
 fying nouns are indecl. except when they end in -a (/. -I). Then the^ 
 
19 
 
 Bhutefi]!. 
 
 are declined like masculine nouns in -a and femin. nouns in -i, as 
 hura jagat, bad boy. Ag. S. biiri jagntS, Gen. pi. burSd, jdgatB, dn. 
 Khan kuri, good girl, Gen. S. kharno kurln da,j5f/ate dea ghorca ked, to 
 the boy's horses. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of karha, from, than, as khaiil, 
 good, is kacha khard, better than this, sabhua kachd khara, better than 
 all, best. 
 
 Demonstrative. 
 
 Correlative. 
 
 Relative. 
 
 Interrogative. 
 
 inya, ?hS, like tinya, tili§, like kinya, kihS, like jinya, fih%, like 
 
 this that what ? which 
 
 itna, so much titna, so much kitua, how raucii jitua, as much 
 or many or manyj or many ? or many 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. They then agree with the 
 subject of the sentence. 
 
 The following is a list of the most important adverbs other than 
 adjectives : — 
 
 Time. 
 
 ibbe, now 
 
 us wele, then 
 
 kalhn, kadhari, when ? 
 
 jalhii, when 
 
 ajj, to-day 
 
 kal, to-morrow 
 
 parsu, day after to-morrow 
 
 cauth, day after that 
 
 picchllL kal, yesterday 
 
 kadi, sometimes, ever 
 
 kadi na, never 
 
 kadi na kadi, sometimes 
 
 Place. 
 
 itthe, here 
 
 utthe, there 
 
 kuthe, where ? 
 
 kutahS, whither ? 
 
 jitthe, where 
 
 itthe tikkar, up to this 
 
 itthl^kacha, from here 
 
 uppar, up 
 
 thalle, downj 
 
 nere, near 
 
 dur, far 
 
 agge, in front 
 
 picche, behind 
 
 andar, inside 
 
 bsihar, outside 
 
 Others are kait, why ; is galla, for this reason ; 7?a, yes ; neht, no 
 not; jugtl or jug ti karl, well ; khirdei, quickly; issd sahf, in this \Vay, 
 thus. 
 
20 
 
 BhateMl. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 The commonesb prepositions have been, given in the declension of 
 nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same word is often 
 both a preposition and an adverb. 
 
 par, beyond 
 w^ar, on this side 
 bice, in 
 uppar, upon 
 heth, below 
 tikkar, up to 
 mai kach, beside me 
 mai kanne, with ms 
 
 us waste, for him 
 
 till bakha, about thee 
 
 sare sahi, like us 
 
 ndhe parant, after it 
 
 ndhe ure pare, round about it 
 
 unhS de kanare, towards 
 
 them 
 mere sua, apart from me 
 
 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 I am, &n. 
 
 ha hai hai 
 
 h§ hg 
 
 han 
 
 Past 
 
 I was, &c. 
 
 Sing, tha f. thi 
 
 Plur. the 
 
 /. th!3 
 
 Pres. Cond. 
 Put. 
 
 Imperat. 
 Past Cond. 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Impf. 
 Past Indie. 
 Pres. Perf. 
 Plupf. 
 Parti c. 
 
 Intransitive Verbs. 
 
 paiigia, fall. 
 
 pau -5 -e — e -S (or -ie) -a -n 
 
 po -o:ha -gha -gha -ghe -ghe -ghe 
 
 paugha, &c.). 
 pau poa or pauo 
 ponda ( -i -e -iS) 
 
 -e -iS) with Pres. Aux, hs, &c. 
 
 -e -i§) „ Past. „ tha, &c. 
 PI. pe /. piyyi or peiS 
 
 (or 
 
 ( 
 
 1 
 
 n ( -i 
 
 pea /. pel 
 pea hS, &c. 
 pea tha, &e. 
 
 pelkari, having fallen ; pelici, peUda, in the state of having 
 fallen; pauuda, falling; paunewala, faller, about to 
 fnll. 
 Some verbs have slight irregularities. 
 
 haui^a, be, become. 
 Put. huqgha 
 
 Imperat. ho hoa 
 
 Past Cond. hunda 
 
21 
 
 Bhiifeali. 
 
 Past Ind. hoea /. hoi PI. hoo /. hoiS. 
 Paitic. hoi karl, having become 
 
 auna, come. 
 Fat. augha 
 
 Imperat. a aua 
 
 Past Cond. aunda 
 
 Past Ind. aya /. ai PI. ae /. ail 
 Paitic. nyddd, dynda, ahya, in the state of having come. 
 
 jana, go. 
 
 Pres. Cond. js jae jae jS or jaie jaa jan 
 
 Fut. jaqgha 
 
 Imperat. ja jaa 07- jao 
 
 Past Cond. janda 
 
 Past Ind. gea or ga /. gei PI. ge /. geia 
 
 Partic. geha oi' g&add, in the state of having gone 
 
 raihna, remain. 
 
 Pi'es. Cond. I'ehS raih§ raihe rehl or rehie reha raihn 
 
 Fut. raihijgha 
 
 Imperat. raih leha 
 
 Past Ind. reha 
 
 Partic. rehada, in the state of having remained 
 
 baihna, sit. 
 Pres. Cond. bauhs, &c. 
 
 Past Ind. baithea 
 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 
 mama, beat, in general like paund. 
 
 Fat. mahrgha 
 
 Past Cond. marda 
 
 Past Ind. agent case of sabject with marea, which agrees with subject 
 
 Pres Perf. ,, „ marea liai „ „ 
 
 Plapf. „ „ marea tha „ „ 
 
 Passive is formed by using mdred with the requisite tense of jdna, 
 go, as, m.at mdred jatjghd, I shall be killed. 
 The following are slightly irregular : — 
 
 kha^a, eat. 
 Past Cond. khanda 
 Past Ind. khadha 
 
22 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 pin da 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 pita 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 dinda 
 
 Put. 
 
 dir)gha 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 ditta 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 lea 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 galaya 
 
 Past Ind, 
 
 kitta 
 
 Bhateali. 
 pina, drink. 
 
 dena, give. 
 
 laina, take. 
 galana, say, speak. 
 
 karna, or karna, do. 
 
 iBi auna, bring; lei jana, take away, are conjugated like 
 auna &ndjand. 
 
 List op Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs. 
 
 bapu, baba, bawa, father, 
 amma, mother. 
 bhae, brother. 
 b5bbo, bebbe, elder sister. 
 bhain, younger sister, 
 puttar, son. 
 dhi, daughter, 
 khasm, lara, husband, 
 trimat, Jari, wife, 
 mard, man. 
 trimat, woman, 
 jagat, lauhra, boy. 
 kuri, girl. 
 
 gual, puhal, shepherd, 
 cor, thief, 
 ghor-a, horse, 
 -i, mare, 
 dand, ox. 
 gau, cow. 
 mhai, buffalo, 
 bakra, he-goat. 
 bakri, she-goat. 
 
 blied, sheep, 
 kutt-a, dog. 
 
 -i, bitch, 
 rikkh, bear, 
 sih, leopard, 
 bhagear, wolf, 
 khota, giidba, ass. 
 siir, pig. 
 knkk-ar, cock. 
 
 -ri, hen. 
 bill-a, cat (male). 
 
 -i, „ (female), 
 iit, camel, 
 pakhrii, bird, 
 ill, kite, 
 giddar, jackal, 
 hathi, elephant, 
 hattb, hand, 
 pair, foot, 
 nakk, nose, 
 hakkhi, eye. 
 mfih, mouth. 
 
2H 
 
 Bhateali, 
 
 dand, tooth. 
 
 kann, ear. 
 
 siral, k§s, hair, 
 
 sar, head. 
 
 jibh, tongue. 
 
 pet, dhiddh, stomach. 
 
 pitth, back. 
 
 deh, body. 
 
 pothi, book. 
 
 kalain, pen. 
 
 manja, bed. 
 
 ghar, house. 
 
 darya, river. 
 
 nal, stream. 
 
 dhar, pahar, parbat, hill. 
 
 dhadd, precipitous slope. 
 
 padhra, plain. 
 
 khettar, field. 
 
 roti, bread. 
 
 pani, water. 
 
 kanak, wheat. 
 
 kukkri, maize. 
 
 rukkh, biita, tree. 
 
 girl, village. 
 
 saihr, city. 
 
 ban, jungle. 
 
 macchi, fish. 
 
 batt, way. 
 
 phal, fruit. 
 
 mas, meat. 
 
 diiddh, milk. 
 
 anda, egg. 
 
 gheo, ghi. 
 
 tel, oil. 
 
 chah, buttermilk. 
 
 dihari, day. 
 
 rat, night. 
 
 dihara, sun. 
 
 cann, moon. 
 
 tara, star. 
 
 bat, biar, wind. 
 
 b^rkha, rain, 
 
 dhup, sunshine. 
 
 nheri, storm. 
 
 bhar, load. 
 
 bi, seed. 
 
 loha, iron. 
 
 khara, good. 
 
 buia, bad. 
 
 badda, big. 
 
 lanhka, small. 
 
 susfc, lazy. 
 
 dana, hoshyar, wise. 
 
 nakara, foolish, ugly. 
 
 chora, swift. 
 
 painna, sharp. 
 
 ucca, high. 
 
 chail, beautiful. 
 
 thanda, cold. 
 
 tatta, hot. 
 
 mittha, sweet. 
 
 saf, clean. 
 
 tear, ready. 
 
 ghatt, little. 
 
 mata, much. 
 
 hauna, be, become. 
 
 auna, come. 
 
 jana, go. 
 
 bauhna, sit. 
 
 laina, take. 
 
 dena, give. 
 
 pauna, rirkna, fall. 
 
 utthna, rise. 
 
 khara hauna, stand. 
 
 dikkhna, see, look. 
 
 khana, eat. 
 
 pina, drink. 
 
 galana, say, speak. 
 
 sauna, sleep, lie down. 
 
 karna, karna, do. 
 
 raihna, remain. . 
 
 marna, beat. 
 
 pucheanna, recognise. 
 
 janna, know. 
 
24 
 
 pujna, arrive, 
 nhasna, run. 
 nhasi jaaa, run away, 
 banana, make, 
 rakhna, place, 
 sadna, call, 
 sikkhna, learn, 
 parhna, read, 
 likkhna, write, 
 marna, die. 
 sunna, hear, 
 hatna, turn, 
 hati auna, return. 
 
 Bhateall, 
 
 bagna, flow. 
 
 lapna, fight. 
 
 jittna, win. 
 
 harna, be defeated. 
 
 calijana, go away. 
 
 rahna, sow. 
 
 dand jotne, plough. 
 
 khuaaa, give to eat. 
 
 piai.ia, give to drink. 
 
 sunana, cause to hear. 
 
 cugna, graze. ^ 
 
 cugana, carna, cause to graze 
 
 Numerals. 
 
 Cardinal. 
 
 1— ik. 
 
 37 — satattri. 
 
 2 do. 
 
 39— untali. 
 
 3 — trai. 
 
 40 — call. 
 
 4 — caur. 
 
 47 — satali. 
 
 5 — panj. 
 
 49 — ununja. 
 
 6— chi. 
 
 50 — panj ah. 
 
 7 — satt. 
 
 57 — satunja. 
 
 8— atth. 
 
 59 — unahat. 
 
 9 — nau. 
 
 60— satth. 
 
 10— das. 
 
 67 — satahat. 
 
 11 — nyara. 
 
 69 — unhattav 
 
 12— bara. 
 
 70 — sahattar. 
 
 13 — tehra. 
 
 77 — sathattar 
 
 14 — Cauda. 
 
 79 — unassi. 
 
 15 — pandra. 
 
 80 — ass!. 
 
 16 — sola. 
 
 87 — satassi. 
 
 17 — satara. 
 
 89 — unanue. 
 
 18 — thara. 
 
 90— nabbe. 
 
 19 llTITli. 
 
 97 — satanuS. 
 
 20— bih. 
 
 100 — sau. 
 
 27 — satai. 
 
 200 -d5 sau. 
 
 29 — unattri. 
 
 1,000— hajar. 
 
 30 trihi. 
 
 100,000— lakkh. 
 
25 
 
 BhafeSli. 
 Ordinal. 
 
 Jst, pailila. 
 2nd, diiwwa. 
 3rd, triyya. 
 4tli, cantha. 
 5th, panjuS. 
 Gtli, cliittlia. 
 7th, satuS. 
 10th, dasu§. 
 
 ik beii, once. 
 
 paihli beii, first time. 
 
 duwwi beri, second time. 
 
 addha, |. 
 
 paune do, If. 
 
 saua do, 2j. 
 
 dhai, 2i. 
 
 daidh, 1|. 
 
 sadhe car, 4^. 
 
 ik pa, i. 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 1. Tera nS ke hai ? What is thy name V 
 
 2. Is ghore di kitni umbar hai ? How much is this horse's age V 
 
 3. Itthe kacha (o?- itthii) Kashmir kitne dur hai? From here 
 how far is Kashmir ? 
 
 4. Tuare babbe de ghar kitne jagat ban ? In your father's house 
 how many sons are there ? 
 
 5. Mai ajj bare dura kacha {or dure kicha) haiidi aya. I to-day 
 from very far have walking come. 
 
 6. Mere cace da jagat usdi bhainii kane biaha hai. My uncle's 
 son with his sister is married. 
 
 7. Ghare hacche ghore di kathi hai In the house the white 
 horse's saddle is. 
 
 8. Usdia pitthi par kathi bannhi dea. Upon his back bind 
 the saddle. 
 
 9. MaT usda jagat mata marea. I beat his son much. 
 
 10. Se dhare de reha uppur gaul bakriS cuganda hai (or cugae 
 karda hai). He upon the hill's summit is grazing (or in the habit of 
 grazing) cows and goats. 
 
 11. Se us rukkhe heth ghore uppur baithea hai. He under that 
 tree on a horse is seated. 
 
 12. Udda bhai apnia bhenn (or bhena) kacha badda hai. His 
 brother is bigger than his sister. 
 
 13. Usda mul dhai rupayye hai. Its price is two and a half 
 rupees. 
 
 14. Mera bab (bapti) us halke ghare andar raihnda hai. My 
 father in that little house lives. 
 
 1 5. Uskea eh rupayye dei dea. To him these rupees give. 
 
26 
 
 BhateSli. 
 
 16. Se rupayye us kacha lei lea. These rupees take from him. 
 
 17. Uskea jugti kari maro j5ria kanne banuho. Beat him well 
 and bind Lira with a rope. 
 
 18. Kliuhe kacha pani kaddlio. Draw water from the well. 
 
 19. Mai agge calo. Walk before me. 
 
 20. Kuda puttar tuare piccbe aunda hai ? Whose son is coming 
 behind you ? 
 
 21. Se tuddh kus kacha mulle lea hai? Erom whom liast thou 
 bought that ? 
 
 22. Girae de hatia bale kacha. From the shopkeeper of the 
 village. 
 

 CURAHI. 
 
 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 
 ' 
 
 Masc. 
 
 
 
 Nouns in-a. 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 ghor-a, horse 
 
 -e 
 
 G. 
 
 -e ra or ro 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 D.A. 
 
 -e ni 
 
 )> 
 
 L. 
 
 -e majh 
 
 >» 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -e kana 
 
 » 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 
 »> 
 
 V. 
 
 -ea. 
 Nouns in a Consonant. 
 
 -eo 
 
 N. 
 
 gbar, house 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 ghar-e ra, &c. 
 
 » j» 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 Nouns in-i. 
 
 ?> 5J 
 
 N. 
 
 hath-i, elephant 
 
 -i 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 -i ra, &G. 
 
 -i ra, &c. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -i 
 
 -ie 
 
 V. 
 
 -ia 
 
 -io 
 
 Nouns in w, such as biccu, scorpion, Jiindu, Hindu, are declined like 
 hathl. Bahb, father, is thus declined : — 
 
 N. 
 
 babb 
 
 as Sing. 
 
 G. 
 
 babb -e ra, &c. 
 
 »> 5J 
 
 D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 —a ni, &c. 
 
 » ?> 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 
 ?i >> 
 
 V. 
 
 babb 
 
 babbo 
 
 ', name has G. 
 
 nayye ra. PI. na, nayye. 
 
 Feminine. 
 Nouns in-i. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 kul-i, daughter 
 
 -i 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 -i ra, &c. 
 
 -ia ra, &c. 
 
 A.G. 
 
 -ie 
 
 -ie 
 
 V. 
 
 -ie 
 
 -io 
 
28 
 
 N. 
 G.D.A.L.Ab.Ag.V. 
 
 Gurahl. 
 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 
 bhin, sister 
 bbini, &c. 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. 
 
 Ag. 
 V. 
 
 dheu, daughter, is thus declined. 
 
 dhe-ii 
 
 -iia ro, &c. 
 
 -Tie 
 -lie 
 
 ga, cow. 
 
 N. ga 
 
 G.D.A.L.Ab. ga-i 
 
 Ag. -e 
 
 bhinj 
 
 -ue 
 
 -ua ro, &c. 
 
 -tie 
 
 -uo 
 
 ga-i 
 -ia, &c. 
 -ie 
 
 Note. — The postposition for of, when following a plural noun is 
 sometimes hard, instead of ro, thus gaia ham ghar, the cows' house. For 
 this kara cf. Bhadrawahi gJwre ru of a horse, gliora heru', of horses, 
 Bhalesi glioreu, ghor keu ; Padari gliorar, ghori Tear. This dependence of 
 the form of the genitive not merely on the word following but on the 
 word preceding is a characteristic of Kaslimiri and some neighbouring 
 languages. 
 
 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 
 1st 
 
 2nd 
 
 3rd 
 
 eh, this. 
 
 N. 
 
 au 
 
 tu 
 
 se 
 
 eh 
 
 G. 
 
 minda 
 
 tinda 
 
 usera 
 
 essera 
 
 D.A. 
 
 moni 
 
 tau ni 
 
 us ni 
 
 es (/. esse) ni 
 
 L. 
 
 mo majh 
 
 „ majh 
 
 „ majh 
 
 „ majh 
 
 Ap. 
 
 „ kana 
 
 „ kana 
 
 „ kana 
 
 „ kana 
 
 Ag. 
 
 m! 
 
 t! 
 
 uni 
 
 ini 
 
 N. 
 
 asse 
 
 tue 
 
 se 
 
 eh 
 
 G. 
 
 asra 
 
 tuara 
 
 unhera 
 
 inhera 
 
 D.A. 
 
 assu ni 
 
 tua ni 
 
 unha ni 
 
 inha ni 
 
 L. 
 
 „ majh 
 
 ,, majh 
 
 „ majh 
 
 „ majh 
 
 Ab. 
 
 „ kana 
 
 ,, kana 
 
 „ kana 
 
 „ .kana 
 
 Ag. 
 
 asse 
 
 tue 
 
 unha 
 
 inha 
 
20 
 
 Cttrahi. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. kanii, who ? je, who ka nu jg 
 
 G. kosera jasoia kunhera jinhura 
 
 D.A.L.Ab. &c. kos, &c. jas, &c. kunha, &c. jinha, &c. 
 
 Ag. kuni jini kunlia jinha 
 
 kot, anyone, someone G. kiserd Ag. kcnni 
 
 kitil, what, G. kedrd 
 
 Other pronouns are kicch, anything, something, /e kO, whosoever, 
 je kicch, whatsover. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns, but adjectives 
 qualifying nouns have the following declensions : — All adjectives ending 
 in any letter other tlian-a, are indecl. Those ending in-a have Obi. 
 Sing. Masc.-e, Pl.-e, indecl. Fem.-f indecl. The genitives of nouns and 
 pronouns are adjectives coming under this rule. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of kand, from, than, used with 
 the positive : as, khard, good; es kand khard, better than tliis; sahhnd 
 kand khard, better than all, best. 
 
 Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Tielative. 
 
 itea, like this, utea, like that, kitea like what ? jitea like which, 
 etroyea, so much utrorea, so much ketrofea how much jetrorea as much 
 or many. or many. or many ? or many. 
 
 For numerals see at end of list of words. 
 
 Adverbs. 
 Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. They then agree with the 
 subject of the sentence. 
 
 The following is a list of the most important adverbs other than 
 adjectives. 
 
 Time. 
 
 ebbe, now cauthe, day after that 
 
 tidheo, then bi, yesterday 
 
 kidheo, when ? parhs, parshu, day before 
 jidheo, when. yesterday 
 
 ajj, to-day cauthe, day before that 
 
 dotte, to-morrow kidheo, sometimes, ever 
 
 parshu, day after to-morrow kidheo na, never 
 kidheo kidheo, sometimes 
 
30 
 
 etthi, gfi, here 
 otthi, ten, there 
 koi, kori, where ? 
 jetthi, jeri, where 
 eri te!, np to here 
 erha, from here, 
 ubre, up. 
 
 Curcthi. 
 Place, 
 
 inde, down 
 nir, liidhe, near 
 dur, far 
 aggar, in front 
 picco, behind 
 antar, inside 
 beir, outside 
 
 Others are kelni, why ; es galla kari, for this reason ; jngie kari, 
 well, chili, quickly. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 The commonest prepositions have been given in the declension of 
 nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of others. The same word is frequently 
 both a preposition and an adverb. 
 
 par, beyond 
 war, on this side 
 pran, upon 
 hetth, tale, below 
 majh, manjh, within 
 muh kane, beside me 
 
 mSh sariga, with me 
 nsere tei, for him 
 assii sahi, like us 
 unhere kanare, towards them ' 
 usere ueiidi pendi, round about 
 it* , ■:.) 
 
 
 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 
 
 ;'* 
 
 
 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 I am, <fcc. 
 
 a (/. do.) 
 
 a or ate 
 
 a or ate 
 
 ate 
 
 Past, 
 
 I was 
 
 Sing thea 
 
 /. thie 
 
 PI. thie 
 
 f. thi 
 
 ate ate 
 
 Intransitive Verbs, 
 
 jharnu, fall. 
 
 Fat. jliari -ma (or -la) -la -la -me -le -le 
 
 Iraperat. jhar jhara 
 
 Past. Cond. jhan -ta /. -te PI. -te /. -ti 
 Pres. Ind. jharta aorajharta (f. jhartea, &c.) PI. jhartate or ate 
 jharte. 
 
31 
 
 CiirSlii. 
 
 Impf. Ind. jliart -a thea (/. -e thie) PI. -e tliie /. -i tin 
 
 Past Ind. jliar -ea /. -e PI. -e /. -i. 
 
 Pres. Perf. jharea a, &c. 
 
 Plupf. jliarea tliea, &c. 
 
 Participle jharlo, falling ; j'hari J:ar!, having fallen ; jharorS, in tlie 
 
 state of having fallen, jharnehdla^ faller, about to 
 
 fall. 
 
 Some verbs have slight irregularties. 
 
 bhonii, be, become. 
 
 Put. 
 
 bho-ma -la -la, &e. 
 
 Past Cond. 
 
 bhonta 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 bhoa /. bhoi 
 
 Pai'ticiple. 
 
 hhora, in the state of having become 
 
 
 ainu, come. 
 
 Put. 
 
 aima 
 
 Imper. 
 
 aeh aicha. 
 
 Past Cond. eita 
 
 Past Indie. yah /. yae PI. yae /. yai. 
 
 Participle atchl Icari, having come ; einebala, comer, about to come. 
 
 gahnhti, go. 
 
 Put. gammha or galha (/. -e) gallia f^alha, &c. 
 
 Imperat. gah gaha or gaa 
 
 Past Cond. gStha 
 
 Past Indie. gea /. gei PI. gee /. gel 
 
 Participle gahlhari, having gone; geord, in the state of having gone ; 
 gahnehala, goer, about to go 
 
 raihnhU, remain. 
 
 Fut. remha or relha relha lelha, &c. 
 
 Imperat. rehl rehi 
 
 Past. Cond. rehuta 
 
 Past. Ind. reha 
 
 beshnu, sit. 
 
 Put. beshma 
 
 Past Cond. be.shta 
 Past. Ind. betha 
 
32 
 
 OuraJn. 
 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 
 xnanu, beat, almost exactly like jharnu. 
 
 Fut. malima or mamma or marela marela marela, &c. 
 
 Past Cond. mata (pronounced mat") . 
 
 Past Ind. raara, with agent case of subject, mara, agreeing with 
 
 object. 
 Pres. Perf. mara a, with agent case of subject, mara a agreeing with 
 
 object. 
 Plupf. mara thea, with agent case of subject, mara thea agreeing 
 
 with object. 
 Participle, marora, in the state of having been beaten. 
 
 The following are slightly irregular ; — 
 
 khann, eat, (in agreement with fem. noun khainl). 
 
 Past Cond. khSta /. khaiti 
 
 Past Ind. khau /. khai, PI. khao 
 
 penu, drink 
 Past. Cond. pita 
 Past. Ind. petu. 
 
 denu,|give. 
 
 Put. dema dela, &c. 
 
 Past. Cond. deta 
 Past Ind. ditta 
 
 lainu. 
 
 Fut. lemma lela, &c. 
 
 Past Cond. laita 
 Past. Ind. lea 
 
 Past. Cond. botta 
 Past Ind. bolu 
 
 bolnu, say, speak. 
 kahnu, do. 
 
 Fat. kahma 
 
 Pres. Ind. kahta a 
 
 Pastlud. kea 
 
 Participle keora, in the state of having been done. 
 
 jaEL^u, know. 
 
 Past Ind. janu 
 
 lei einti, bring and lei gahnhti, take away are like alnu and 
 galmlm. 
 
83 
 
 CurShi. 
 
 The change otkhnnii to khnini, and khatd to khaiti gives us examples 
 oF that epenthetical vowel change so common in Kaslimiri. If wo count 
 from the South East, Cai-ahi is the first lani^uage (so far as I know) 
 that has this change. It becomes increasingly common as we go North 
 and West as, for example, in such dialects as Bhadrawahi, Paclari, Jam.mu 
 ( Doda) Siraji,Rambani and Pogull, and finds its fullest development in 
 Kashmiri. 
 
 List op Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs. 
 
 babb, father, 
 ma, mother, 
 bhae, bhaii, brother, 
 daiddi, elder sister 
 
 bhin, younger sister 
 puttar, son. 
 dheu, daughter, 
 munsh, husband, 
 jo, wife, 
 mardii, man. 
 tremat, woman, 
 gabhru, boy. 
 kuli, girl. 
 
 gual, pual, shepherd, 
 ghor-a, horse. 
 
 -i, mare, 
 dant, ox. 
 ga, cow. 
 mliai, buffalo, 
 bakr-a, he-goat. 
 
 -i, she „ 
 bhradd, bheddu, sheep, 
 kutt-a, dog. 
 
 -i, bitch, 
 rikkh, bear, 
 sih, leopard, 
 brahg, mirg, panther, 
 gadha, ass. 
 kukkh-ar, cock. 
 — ri, hen. 
 bera-], cat (male). 
 
 -li, ,, (female). 
 ut, camel. 
 5 
 
 pakhru, bird, 
 ill, kite, 
 siali, fox. 
 hathi, elephant, 
 hatt, hand, . 
 paid, pair, foot, 
 nak, nose, 
 tir, akhri, eye. 
 muh, face.. 
 dant, tooth, 
 kann, ear. 
 shirual, ke.sh, hair, 
 shir, head, 
 jibh, tongue, 
 pait, stomach. . 
 pitth, back, 
 pinda, body, 
 pothi, katab; book, 
 kalm, pen. 
 manja, bed. 
 ghar, house, 
 daryau, river. . 
 gadd, khol, stream, 
 dhar, hill, 
 padhr, plain, 
 patti, field, 
 roti, bread, 
 pani, water, 
 kinak, wheat, 
 kukhri, maize, 
 butt, tree, 
 gira, field, 
 naggar, qity. 
 
 ..:..;) 
 
34 
 
 GurShi. 
 
 ban, jungle, 
 machi, fish, 
 bat, way. 
 phal, fruit, 
 mas, meat, 
 duddh, milk, 
 andherii, egg. 
 gheu, ghi. 
 tel, oil. 
 
 cbab, buttermilk, 
 dib, day. 
 rat, night, 
 dih, surj, sun. 
 shukli, moon, 
 tara, star, 
 byar, wind, 
 jhari, maigh, rain, 
 dhup, sunshine, 
 bharotu, bbara, load, 
 bi, seed, 
 loha, iron 
 khara, good, 
 bura, bad. 
 badda, big. 
 mathra, small, 
 daliddri, lazy, 
 hosear, wise, 
 mara, ignorant, 
 taula, swift, 
 pina, sharp, 
 uthfa, high, 
 cbel, beautiful, 
 aira, ugly, 
 tbanda, cold, 
 tatta, hot. 
 mittha, sweet, 
 ujla, clean, 
 taiar, ready, 
 thora, little, 
 mata, much, 
 bhonii, be, become, 
 ainu, ainii, come. 
 
 gahnbu, go. 
 
 beshnu, sit. 
 
 laina, take. 
 
 dena, give. 
 
 jharnti, fall. 
 
 uthnu, rise. 
 
 kbare uthnu, stand up. 
 
 heina, look, see. 
 
 khan a, eat. 
 
 penu, drink. 
 
 bolna, speak. 
 
 kahnu, ,, 
 
 raihnbu, remain. 
 
 manu, beat, 
 
 paryanna, recognise. 
 
 janna, know. 
 
 pujna, arrive. 
 
 nashna, run. 
 
 nashi gahnbu, run away. 
 
 banana, make. 
 
 I'akhna, place. 
 
 bak pana, call. 
 
 milna, meet. 
 
 shikhrna, leavn. 
 
 parhna, read. 
 
 likhna, write. 
 
 marna, die. 
 
 shunna, hear. 
 
 hathna, tux'n. 
 
 call einti, return. 
 
 bbirna, fight. 
 
 jitna, win. 
 
 barna, be defeated. 
 
 call gahnbu, go away. 
 
 bana, bahna, sow. 
 
 dant jukarne, plough. 
 
 khalaiia, give to eat. 
 
 peoana, give to drink. 
 
 shunana, cause to hear. 
 
 carna, grave. 
 
 carna, cause to graze. 
 
Curahi. 
 
 35 
 
 Numerals. 
 Cardinal, 
 
 1 — ak. 
 
 2— doi. 
 3 — trai. 
 4 — cour. 
 5 — panj. 
 6 — che. 
 7 — satt. 
 8— atth. 
 9 — nao. 
 10— dash. 
 11 — yahra. 
 12 — bahra. 
 J 3 — tehra. 
 14 — coudlia. 
 15 — pandhra. 
 16 — sh5la. 
 17 — satahra. 
 18 — athalirai 
 19— unn!h. 
 20— bih. 
 27 — satiri. 
 29 — unattrl. 
 30— trihi. 
 
 1st, peiWa. 
 2nd, dul. 
 3rd, treS. 
 4th, coiitha. 
 5th, penjui. 
 6th, cheuS, chatha. 
 7th, saitu§. 
 10th, daisua. 
 
 37— 
 
 39- 
 
 40- 
 
 47- 
 
 49- 
 
 50- 
 
 57- 
 
 59- 
 
 60- 
 
 67- 
 
 69- 
 
 70- 
 
 77- 
 
 79- 
 
 80- 
 
 87- 
 
 89- 
 
 90- 
 
 97- 
 
 100 
 
 200 
 
 100,000 
 
 satattri. 
 
 -untali. 
 
 calhi. 
 
 sattali. 
 
 -ununja. 
 
 -panj ah. 
 
 •satunja. 
 
 -unahat 
 
 -shatth. 
 
 -satahat, 
 
 -unhatthar. 
 
 -satthar. 
 
 -sathattbar, 
 
 -unasi. 
 
 -asi. 
 
 -satasi. 
 
 -unainue. 
 
 -nabbe. 
 
 -satainue. 
 
 — sau. 
 
 —doi san. 
 
 — lakkh. 
 
 Ordinal. 
 
 ak beri, once, 
 doi berl, twice, 
 peihli beri, first time, 
 das guna, tenfold, 
 addha, half, 
 paune doe. If. 
 saua doe, 2j. 
 adhae, 2|. 
 deddh, li. 
 sadhe cour, 4|. 
 
 In the word sathaWmr, 77, the first t and h are pronounced sepa- 
 rately. The word is not sa-tliatthar, but sat-hatthar. 
 
3!6. 
 
 Curahi. 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 ,T , , , . . . - . , 
 
 1. Tinda na kitu a ? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Is ghofe ri ketrori urabar a ? How much is the age of this 
 horse ? 
 
 3. EfhS Kashmir ketrore dm- a ? From here hpjv- far is Kash- 
 mir ? p 
 
 4. Tinde bobbere (babbere) ghare ketrore larke.J,nte ? In thy 
 father's house how many boys are there ? 
 
 5. Au aj j diir kina hanthi yah. I to-day from far have walking 
 come. ~ r; 
 
 6. Minde cacera gabhru useri bhini sauga behoraji. My uncle's 
 son is married to his sister. 
 
 7. Ghare hacebe ghore ri kathi a. In the house is the saddle of 
 the white horse. 
 
 8. Useri pittlii pran kathi char. Upon his back put the saddle. 
 
 9. Ml usera puttar mata mara. I beat his son much. 
 
 10. Oh dhara ri coti pran gayya bakri cata a. He on the summit 
 is grazing cows and goats. 
 
 11. Oh us bntta lietth ghore pran bethora a. He under that 
 tree on a horse is seated. 
 
 12. Usera bbae apni bhini kina badda a. His brother is biggei- 
 than his sister. 
 
 13. Usera mul adhae rupayye. Its price is two and half rupees. 
 24. Minda babb us mathre ghara majh basta a. My father lives 
 
 in that small house. 
 
 J 5. Usui oh rupayya dei dea. To him give that rupee. 
 
 \6. Oh rupayya us kina lei lea. That rupee take from him. 
 
 17. Usni jugte kane marikari dora rashi kane bannha. Having 
 beaten him well tie him with ropes. 
 
 18. Khiiha kina paui kaddha. From the well draw water. 
 
 19. Mft agrhi cala. Walk before me. 
 
 20. Kusera gabhru tuarepicche {or picore) einta ? Whose boy is 
 coming behind you ? 
 
 21. Ob tiie kus kina mull lea ? From whom did you buy that ? 
 
 22. Giraiyye re ekki hattiwale kina lea. From a shopkeeper of 
 the village. 
 

 LAHULi. (Lahuli), 
 
 .■ ' 
 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 . .' 
 
 
 rhi, horse. 
 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. 
 
 rhl 
 
 rhan 
 
 G. 
 
 rbanii 
 
 rhane du 
 
 D.A. 
 
 rhapbi 
 
 „ di 
 
 Log. 
 
 rhi andrez 
 
 „ andrez 
 
 Ab. 
 
 rha dots 
 
 ,, dots 
 
 Ag. 
 
 rhats 
 
 rhanez 
 
 V. 
 
 rli3 
 hatbi, elephant. 
 
 rhan ere 
 
 N. 
 
 hath-i 
 
 -i 
 
 G, 
 
 -i 
 
 -i du 
 
 D.A. 
 
 -i vi or bi 
 
 -idi 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -i 
 ba, father. 
 
 -iz 
 
 N. 
 
 ba 
 
 
 G. 
 
 bao 
 
 
 D.A. 
 
 babi 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 bad dots 
 
 
 Ag. 
 
 bae 
 
 
 V. 
 
 ba 
 
 Feminine. 
 milyo, daughter. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 mil-yo 
 
 -yor 
 
 G. 
 
 -yo 
 
 -yo du 
 
 D.A. 
 
 -yo vi or bi 
 
 -yo di 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -yo dots 
 
 -yo du dots 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -yoe 
 
 -yoz 
 
 V. 
 
 -yo 
 
 -yore 
 
38 
 
 Ldhuli. 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D.A. 
 
 Ab. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 V. 
 
 
 1st 
 
 N. 
 
 ge 
 
 G. 
 
 geu 
 
 D. 
 
 ge vi, ge bare 
 
 A. 
 
 ge vi, ge 
 
 Ab. 
 
 geo dots 
 
 Ag. 
 
 gi, ge 
 
 N. 
 
 yer 
 
 G. 
 
 ye du 
 
 D. 
 
 yer vi, ye du 
 
 A. 
 
 yer, yer vi 
 
 Ab. 
 
 ye dots 
 
 Ag. 
 
 yez 
 
 rbii), sister. 
 
 
 rbig 
 
 rbir 
 
 rbig 
 
 rbire du 
 
 rbi vi or bi 
 
 „ di 
 
 rbiu dots 
 
 „ du dots 
 
 rh! 
 
 rbfz 
 
 rbiij 
 
 rhIrS r§ 
 
 Pronodns. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 2nd 
 
 3rd 
 
 ku 
 
 du 
 
 k§ 
 
 do 
 
 kS vi, ka bare 
 
 do hare 
 
 ks vi, kS 
 
 do vi, du 
 
 ki dots 
 
 do dots 
 
 k§ 
 
 d5i 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 ker 
 
 dor 
 
 ke du 
 
 do du 
 
 ker vi, kedu hare 
 
 dor vi, do du hare 
 
 ker, ker vi 
 
 dor, dor vi 
 
 ke dots 
 
 dod dots 
 
 kez 
 
 doz 
 
 geo, keno, eno, appear to be used for my, thy, his, &c., instead of 
 geu, ka, do, v?heu vefeiTing to the subject of the sentence, but 
 this rule does not seem to be observed with absolute strictness 
 
 art who ? G. adu Ag. az. 
 
 Other pronouns ai-e cht, what? cha, something, anything. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns ai-e declined as nouns, but when they 
 qualify nouns they are not declined. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of ve, than, as more, big, rJitrj ve 
 more, bigger than the sister. 
 
 dlma, like this or that, chan, like what ? 
 
 ci/io, so much or many, chirl, bow much ? teml^ how many ? 
 
39 
 
 Lnhuli. 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 Most adjectives may be used as adverbs. The following is a list of 
 the commonest adverbs other than adjectives : — 
 
 Time. Place. 
 
 ente, ente, now 
 
 dora, dhorS, after that, then 
 
 abe, when ? 
 
 abela, when 
 
 to, to-day 
 
 raiida, to-morrow 
 [^ mra, day after to-morrow 
 
 muii'a, day after that 
 
 yere, yesterday 
 p tura, day before yesterday 
 
 der, here 
 
 dur, nuar, there 
 
 nuhe, there, in that place 
 
 already specified 
 aiir, where ? 
 kinu, where 
 dots, from here 
 tori, up 
 
 tsambi, near 
 ohetar, ohetar, far 
 tiiri, in front 
 thalar, behind 
 toijg, tof, inside 
 dathi, dahthiri, outside 
 
 Others are chart, why, do thcile or 'du gappa Ihoji, for the reason 
 that, oe, yes, ma, no, not, darbar, quickly. 
 
 tui tura, day before that 
 
 abela ma, never 
 
 tiii, formerly 
 
 tS, then, after that, therefore 
 
 Prepositons. 
 
 The commonest have been given in the declension of nouns. Sub- 
 joined is a brief list of others. The same word is frequently both a 
 preposition and an adverb. 
 
 nura, on that side giu hare, beside me 
 
 dii^a, on this side gera sade, with me 
 
 andrez, bijha, within dobi, do vi, for him 
 
 tothi, upon giu tui, in front of me 
 
 poea, under - kS thale, behind you 
 
 do thale, for his sake 
 
 Verbs. 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 Pres. I am, &c. 
 
 or 
 
 Past I was, &c. 
 
 shuk 
 
 shun 
 
 shud or shu 
 
 shunni 
 
 .shunni 
 
 .^hur 
 
 todo 
 
 tod on 
 
 tod 
 
 todoni 
 
 todoni 
 
 todor 
 
 toig 
 
 toin 
 
 toi 
 
 toini 
 
 toini 
 
 toir 
 
40 
 
 La hull. 
 
 Intransitive Verbs. 
 
 dapi, fall (from a horse, &c.). 
 
 Fut. dapog dapoii dapdo dapoiii daponi dapor 
 
 Imperat. dapa dapani 
 
 Pres. Tnd. dapa-do or-dog -don -d -doni -doui -dor 
 
 Impf. dapa-deg -den -de -deni -deni -der 
 
 Past, Ind. daje -deg -den -de -deni -deni -der 
 
 Fut. N'eg. ma dag ma dan ma dad ma dani ma dani 
 
 ma daur 
 
 Imperafc. Neg. dau tha dapeni tlio 
 
 Other tenses. For negative pre6x mn. 
 
 bajesi, fall dawn, 
 
 Fut. bajesog, &c., like dapog 
 
 Imperat. bajesa bajesani 
 
 Pres. Ind. bajesa -d5 oi- -dog 
 
 Impf. bajesadeg 
 
 Past bajesdeg 
 
 Fut. Keg. ma bajes -ik -in -id -ini -ini -ur 
 
 Imperat. Neg. bajesu tha bajeseni tho 
 
 For other tenses prefix ma. 
 
 shubi, be, become. 
 Fut. shog 
 
 Pres. Ind. shua -do or -dog 
 
 Impf. shuadeg 
 
 Past Ind. shuteg (like dapadeg) 
 
 or shut -6 -on -o -oni oni -or 
 
 abi, come. 
 
 Fut. ab -og -on -do or -du -oni -oni -or 
 
 Imperat. adeuh adani 
 
 Pres. Ind. abad -6 or -6g 
 
 Impf. abadeg 
 
 Past andeg 
 
 or adig adin adi adini adini adir 
 
 or aiija anjad used only in the 1st and 3rd Sing. 
 
 Fut. Neg. maqg man man mani mani mandur 
 
 Imperat. Neg. thsdeMli tliSdani 
 
 Pres. Ind. Neg. mSbado ^ 
 
41 
 
 L^hrdi. 
 
 Irapf. Neg. mlbadgg 
 
 Past Ind. Neg. from aiideg agg^mu anii^mu annSrau 
 
 aiiniemu anniemu anniemu 
 ibi, go. J<r^ 
 
 Flit. ySg you yfidu yoni yoni yor 
 
 Imperat. 11 H^ni 
 
 Pres. Ind. yuad-o or -og 
 
 Impf. yuadeg 
 
 Past Tud. ideo- 
 
 o 
 
 or 
 
 ido idou ilea nr ilead idoni Idoni Idor 
 Fnt. Neg. melig melin mehl mehni mehni mehlur 
 
 Imperat. Neg. thel thelani 
 Pres. Ind, Neg. mayyuado 
 Impf. Neg. mayyuadeg 
 
 Past Ind. Neg. from ideg iggi^uui inn^mu il^mu 
 
 inni^mu luni^mu iluremu 
 
 braf, sit, live, stay. 
 
 fit. brau bi'auoii braudti brauoni brauoui brauor 
 
 Imper. brau braini 
 
 Pres. Ind. brSd(5 
 
 Impf. brSdeg 
 
 Past Ind. bretho 
 
 Neg. Prefix tha to Imperat. and ma to other parts 
 
 pipi, arrive. 
 
 Put. pipo pipon pipudu pTpoiii plponi pipoi' 
 
 Pres, Ind. pipadd 
 
 pijido 
 Impf. plpadeg 
 
 pi j ideg 
 Past Ind. pig pin pi pini pini pir 
 
 khosi, be obtained, meet. 
 
 Put. khosay -o -on -lidu -oni -oni -or 
 
 Impf. . khositeg 
 
 Past kliosiga kbosina khosiri kliosiiii khosiui klioslra 
 
 krabi, weep. 
 
 Put. krabog krabon kiabudu kraboni kraboni krabor 
 
 Pres. Ind. krabado 
 
 Impf. krabadeg 
 6 
 
42 
 
 
 Lrthuli. 
 
 
 Transitive Verbs, 
 
 
 tezi, beat strike. 
 
 Fat. 
 
 tera -6g -on -do, &o. 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 teu tireni 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 tezad -0 or -og 
 
 or 
 
 tern ad -6 or -6g 
 
 Impf. 
 
 tezadeg 
 
 or 
 
 temadeg 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 t^ijgadeg 
 
 Fut. Neg. 
 
 ma teqg or tezi ma ten ma teu 
 
 
 ma teni ma teni ma teuf 
 
 Other tenses. Piefix tha for Imperat. and ma for the rest. 
 
 ze, eat. / 
 
 Fut. 
 
 zauo 
 
 zau zau 
 
 zauni 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 zauad - 
 
 ■6 or -6g 
 
 
 Impf. 
 
 zauadeg 
 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 zedeg 
 
 
 
 or 
 
 zed a 
 
 zedan zedo 
 randl, give. 
 
 zedani 
 
 Fut. 
 
 ramo 
 
 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 rail 
 
 rani 
 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 randad 
 
 -0 or -og 
 
 
 zani 
 
 zani 
 
 zedani zedor 
 
 Impf. 
 
 ram ado 
 rnndadeg 
 ram ad eg 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 rand eg 
 
 
 
 
 or 
 
 ran da randan 
 
 rando 
 
 randani 
 
 randani r-andor 
 
 or 
 
 reg ren 
 
 re reni 
 
 reni 
 
 ler 
 
 or 
 
 rg ren 
 
 re reni 
 
 reni 
 
 Si 
 
 rer 
 
 
 kuri, say. 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 kg kSn 
 
 kudo 
 
 koni 
 
 koni kor 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 kuado 
 kurado 
 
 
 
 
 Impf. 
 
 kuadeg 
 ktifadeg 
 
 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 knteg 
 
 
 
 
 
 kuta kutan 
 
 kuto 
 
 kutani 
 
 kutani kutor 
 
 
 kuig kuin 
 
 kui 
 
 kuini 
 
 kiiini kiiir , 
 
43 
 
 Lnhuli. 
 Ihai, do. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Ihau 
 
 Ihauaii 
 
 Ihaudo 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 lliao 
 
 Ihani 
 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 lliad5 
 
 
 
 Impf. 
 
 111 ad eg 
 
 
 
 Past 
 
 1 ha teg 
 
 
 
 
 Iheg 
 
 Ihen 
 
 Ihe 
 
 
 Ihega 
 
 Iheiia 
 
 Ihe 
 
 Neg. Imperat. 
 
 thalo 
 
 thalaui 
 
 
 
 
 kei 
 
 ri, leave. 
 
 Fat. 
 
 kio 
 
 kieii 
 
 kiodo 
 
 Iiiipei-. 
 
 keo 
 
 keoani 
 
 
 Pres. lud. 
 
 kerado 
 
 
 
 Impf. 
 
 keradeg 
 
 
 
 llieni 
 
 11 
 
 leiu 
 
 Iher 
 I) 
 
 Past 
 
 kieai 
 
 kieni kier 
 
 keta ketan keto ketani ketaui ketar 
 
 
 
 nezi, know. ^^ 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 neo 
 
 neu ne5 ueui 
 
 neui 
 
 neor 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 iiewado 
 
 
 
 
 Impf. 
 
 newadeg 
 
 
 
 
 Past lad. 
 
 ^_"eg 
 
 nen ne ueni 
 
 neni 
 
 ner 
 
 Fat.-Neg. 
 
 maieqg 
 maieoi 
 
 maieua maia 
 maieni maiora 
 
 tizi, see, look. 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 tamo 
 
 tamon tamdo &c. 
 
 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 tizado 
 
 
 
 
 Impf. 
 
 tazSdeg 
 
 
 
 
 Past 
 
 taqg 
 
 khaadj, see, look. 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 kliamo 
 
 
 
 
 &e. 
 
 &c. 
 
 habi, bring. 
 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 liabo 
 
 habon habdo, &c. 
 
 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 hadeii 
 
 hadani 
 
 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 hands 
 
 
 
 
 or 
 
 habado 
 
 
 
 
 Impf. 
 
 hand eg 
 
 
 
 
 or 
 
 habadeg 
 
 
 
 
 Past 
 
 handa 
 
 liandan hando handani 
 
 handani 
 
 handor 
 
u 
 
 Lnhuli, 
 
 sMzi, take awaj'. 
 
 Fafc. sho slion shudo shoni shoni sliOr 
 
 Imperat. shil shilani 
 
 Pres. Ind. sliido 
 
 Impf. s^ideg 
 
 Past shida -an -o -ani -ani -or 
 
 Fut. 
 Pies. Ind, 
 
 Impf. 
 Past 
 
 Past 
 
 
 tsatsi, send. 
 
 tsap5 
 
 tsapon, &c. 
 
 tsapado 
 
 
 "tsatsado 
 
 
 tsapadeg 
 
 
 tsatsadeg 
 
 
 tsatta 
 
 tsattan tsatto, &c 
 
 
 thazi, hear. 
 
 thateg 
 
 
 tliaig 
 
 thai 11 thai, &c. 
 
 Necessity and Habit. 
 
 In order to express Necessity, the necessity of doing a thing, a 
 construction very similar to that of Panjabi is employed, viz., the Agent 
 case with the Iiifin. Cf Panjabi os ghallna haiveda, he will have to send. 
 
 gl ibl toig, I had to go ; k§ ze tadan, thou hast to eat ; dot randi shu 
 he has to give. 
 
 Thus we have gl ihl tada or io or ta or shuh, I have to go. 
 
 gi ihl toig or tareg, I had to go. 
 
 These auxiliaries are inflected according to the subject, as : — 
 
 tada tadan <ado tadoni tadori tador 
 
 tareg tarea tare tareni tareni tarer 
 
 toig toiii toi toini toiiii toir 
 
 shuk .sliun shu shuni shuni shur 
 
 For shuk, &c., the 3rd Sing, (shii) is also used indecl. This may 
 apply to the others also. 
 
 The negative of ibi tada is mehi tada 
 
 and of a if tada (have to come) mabl tada. 
 
 Habit is expressed by combining Uidi, do, make, with the Infin. 
 
 I 
 
45 
 Ldhuli. 
 
 (slightly modified) of the verb which gives the thought required: 
 thus : — 
 
 tha ddpa l/iao, do not make a habit of falling. 
 
 ge aha Ihado, I am iu the habit of coniiuc'. 
 
 doz leza Ihdder, they were in the habit of beatino-. 
 
 hahsi tha'lawa Ihani, do uot tell lies {Ihai, compounded with itself.) 
 
 Gompound Verbs. 
 
 Compound Veibs are very common. As a rule they add emphasis 
 to the meaning. 
 
 randi, give and Jceri leave, gi rani keta, I gave left, gave altogether 
 kei% leave „ „ „ gl kezh keo, I shall leave-leave, leave 
 
 altogether. 
 tSzt, beat, kerl leave, kg terj ketan, thou beating leftest, thou beatest 
 
 much. 
 Ihal, do and kert, leave, Ihaji hefl^ do leave, do thoroughly, 
 randi, give and Ihai, do, doi rcima Ihdte, he giving made, he gave 
 
 (cf. Fat. ramo). 
 tSzi, beat and Ihai, do, ke tema Ihao, beating make, beat thou, (cf. 
 Fut. tBmog) kg m? tema thalo, do not habitually strike anyone 
 {lit. thou man striking not do.) 
 
 shubl, become, and ibi, go, shtijido, shujideg, shuj'yo, I become, I 
 
 became, I shall become. 
 Thus nenz habi, and nenz shizi, are emphatic forms of hSibi, bring, 
 
 and shiz'i, take away. 
 aza is compounded with ibi, go to express the Hindi calna (cala 
 
 jana). ge azays, I shall go av?ay. 
 haza with dbi, come, expresses ' again ' * back,' come back or return, 
 
 gi rnUdd Tiazd abi tada, I have to return to-morrow. 
 phae randi, divide, phuge keri, spoil, waste, shi^ ibi, become alive. 
 Conditional sentences. — I did not notice any special forms for 
 conditional moods. Ordinary tenses appeared to be made to express 
 the idea of condition, du dbade gi du iemo, if he had come I would 
 have beaten him. (lit. he was coming, I will beat him,) 
 
 Negation is expressed by prefixing tha, to the Imperative, and ma, 
 to other parts of the verb. In a number of verbs this leads to compli- 
 cated changes. Examples are given in the conjugation of the different 
 verbs. 
 
 The agent case of the subject is used with all parts of all transitive 
 verbs. This reminds us of Nepali where the Agent case is employed 
 
46 
 
 Ld,huli. 
 
 with transitive verbs in all tenses except those in which the Auxiliary 
 verb am, was, &c., is used. 
 
 Verbal forms ending in -eg may also be made to end in -eg. 
 
 The Future is used for the Pres. subjunctive as in Kashmiri. 
 
 List of Common Nouns, Adjectives and Verbs. 
 Natural RelationsMps, etc. 
 
 ba, father. 
 
 ceje ba, (small father) uncle, 
 
 younger than father, 
 ya, mother, 
 kag, elder brother 
 
 nua, youugor brother. 
 
 rhi, sister, 
 yo, son. 
 
 Animals. 
 rhs, horse (common gender), 
 tshah, horse (m). 
 nabrhS, mare, 
 bar), ox. 
 venz, calf, 
 rahd, cow. 
 mhei, buffalo, 
 yag, yak. 
 rhiz, goat (male), 
 la, „ (female), 
 kats, sheep (male), 
 ma, „ (female), 
 khui, dog, (common), 
 ba, dog (m.). 
 
 milyo, daughter, 
 ru, father-in-law. 
 gahsezi, husband, 
 mez, wife, 
 galmu, mi, man. 
 mez mi, woman, 
 karu, yo, boy. 
 milyo, girl, 
 cor, thief, 
 puhal, shepherd. 
 
 rikkh, black bear. 
 
 omu, red bear. 
 
 thar, leopai'd. 
 
 sharjkhu, kind of wild cat. 
 
 kar, ass. 
 
 str, pig. 
 
 kiiga, cock, hen. 
 
 bhir, cat. 
 
 tarbhir, cat (male). 
 
 fir, ur, camel. 
 
 pya, bird. 
 
 ill, ill kite. 
 
 gna, jackal. 
 
 hathi, elephant. 
 
 me, bitch. 
 
 gur, hand, 
 kunz, foot, 
 il, nose, 
 til", eye. 
 mob, face. 
 a, mouth, 
 rif, ear. 
 
 Parts of the Body. 
 
 kra, hair. 
 
 punz, head. 
 
 Ihe, tongue. 
 
 khog, khop, stomach. 
 
 thakh, back. 
 
 phug, body. 
 
LShtiU 
 
 47 
 
 pad, book. 
 
 mfishadan, pen. 
 
 manni, bed . 
 
 cumh, house. 
 
 bendi, river. 
 
 gar, stream. 
 
 rai), hill. 
 
 patthar, plain. 
 
 rlii, field. 
 
 ran, bread. 
 
 tl, water. 
 
 chna, wheat. 
 
 kugi, maize. 
 
 buttli, tree. 
 
 palanz, saddle. 
 
 nngav, village, city. 
 
 banh, jnngle. 
 
 matsh, fish. 
 
 amli, way. 
 
 mal, property. 
 
 cij, thing. 
 
 desh, mulkh, country. 
 
 aijga, famine, 
 mansa, intention, 
 habsi, lying. 
 c5ri, theft, 
 kam, work, 
 biah, marriage, 
 mir), name, 
 laha, price, 
 kharc, expense. 
 
 Gommon Objects. 
 
 kliam, clothes, 
 gutbab, ring, 
 paular, shoe, 
 sha, meat, 
 panu, milk, 
 tigli, egg. 
 mar, ghi. 
 tiell, oil. 
 
 bodi, buttermilk, 
 hari, shop, 
 tai), tar)g rupee, 
 nihr, day. 
 niurodb, night, 
 , yegi, sun, sunshine, 
 laza, moon, 
 karh, star, 
 lanh, wind, 
 mug, rain. • 
 kurb, load, 
 be, seed, 
 nilam, iron. 
 
 A bstract Nouns. 
 
 gunah, sin. 
 dab, pity, 
 tehl service, 
 niab, answer, 
 hugam, order, 
 khushi, happiness, 
 cal, sound, 
 barsh, year. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 mtb, good, beautiful, clean, 
 madam, bad, lazy, ignorant, 
 
 more, big. 
 
 ceje, bae, kuajh, little, 
 dralda, sti-aitened. 
 (5nyi, hungry. 
 
 tslioi, fat. 
 jSshi, befitting, 
 shil, wise, 
 rush, swift, 
 tsanji, sharp, 
 raijgi, high, 
 sohi, cold. 
 
48 
 
 LdhtiU. 
 
 tor, hot. 
 gur, sweet, 
 tliofe, little, 
 jama, togetljer, 
 
 shubi, shubi, be, become. 
 
 abi, come. 
 
 ibi, go. 
 
 brai, sit, live. 
 
 sliizl, take, take away. 
 
 habi, bring. 
 
 randi, give. 
 
 dapi, fall (from horse, &c.). 
 
 bajesi, fall down. 
 
 khaya shubi, rise, stand up. 
 
 khandi, tazi, see look. 
 
 ze, eat. 
 
 tumi, drink. 
 
 kuri, say, speak. 
 
 kushi, sleep. 
 
 Ihai, do, make. 
 
 tezi, strike, beat. 
 
 sezi, recognise. 
 
 haje, much, many, 
 yue, bater, all. 
 sSsi, white. 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 -itti, i. 
 
 -shum. 
 
 1- 
 
 2- 
 
 3- _ 
 
 4— pi. 
 
 5 — i)a. 
 
 6— trui. 
 
 7 — nhi. 
 
 8— rhe. 
 
 9— ku. 
 10 — sa. 
 11— seidi. 
 12 — sani. 
 13 — shashura. 
 
 1st, tfimi, 
 2nd, jurnji, 
 
 nezi, know, 
 pipi, arrive. 
 ( dro randi, run. 
 poshibi, run, run away, 
 adkiiri,call (Zif. say 'come ' ?), 
 khosi, be obtained, meet, 
 parephi, read. 
 [/tsezi, wiite. 
 ^ si, die. 
 
 thazi, hear. 
 
 haza abi, return (come again), 
 guah randi, embrace, 
 au randi, kiss. 
 aza ibi, go away. 
 har tsSzi, plough, 
 tsatsi, send. 
 V krabi, weep, 
 keri, leave. 
 
 Numerals. 
 
 Cardinal. 
 
 Ordinal. 
 
 1/14 — sapi. 
 15 — sar). 
 16 — satrHi. 
 17 — sahni. 
 18 — sare. 
 y 19 — soskii. 
 I 20— nizz. 
 I 100— ra. 
 200— nirha. (700?) 
 900— kurha. 
 1,000— sara. 
 100,000— lakh, 
 
 3rd, shummi. 
 4th, pimi. 
 
I 
 
 4e 
 
 LShuli. 
 
 5tb, ijanii. 
 
 6th, truimi. khanni, half. 
 
 7th, nhiml. dhai, 2|. 
 10th, sami. 
 
 Above 20, numbers are estimated by scores up to 100. 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 1. Ke mil) chi shu P Thy name what is ? 
 
 2. Di rhgphi temi shui ? This horse's how much (age) is ? 
 
 3. Dets Kashmir cbirl ohetar tC ? From here Kashmir how far is ? 
 
 4. KS bao dor temi yo tod ? In thy father's house how many 
 sons are there ? 
 
 5. Ge to 5hetare audo. I to-day from far walked. 
 
 6. Geu ceje bao yoe do rhlra sade biah Ihato. My uncle's (young 
 father's) son with his sister made marriage. 
 
 7. Cuqli {or cumh) sSsi rhan (or rhSphi) palanz tod. In the 
 house the white horse's saddle is. 
 
 8. Do thakhari palanz tsbu. On his back the saddle bind. 
 
 9. Gi d3 yo haje teggadeg. I his son much beat. 
 
 10. Ra§ pjtnzari tral ghuan pauhale ruatsade. On the hill's top 
 the shepherd is grazing cows and goats. 
 
 11. Buttho poea du rhan tothi tezi toi. Under the tree he on a 
 horse was seated. 
 
 12. Do nua eno rhig ve more t5. His young brother his own 
 sister than bigger is. 
 
 13. Do laha dhai tar). Its price is two and a half rupees. 
 
 14. Geu ba bae cumhu hvU. My father in a little house lives. 
 
 15. Dobi di tagg rani keo. To him this rupee giving leave. 
 
 16. Du tagg do dots nenz hadet*. That rupee him from take. 
 
 17. Do ke haje teu thazeran tshu. Him thou much beat with 
 ropes bind. 
 
 18. Baini ti hund. From the spring water draw. 
 
 19. Giii tui jo. Me in front of walk. 
 
 20. Kg thale aduh yo abad ? Thee behind whose boy comes ? 
 
 21. Ke du ado dots handan. Thou that whom from tookest. 
 
 22. Gi hari dots handa. I shop from took. 
 
 The Parable op the Prodigal Son. 
 
 Dors doi kute (kui) : i miS jur yo toi ; ceje 
 Then he said : one man-to two sons were young 
 
50 
 
 LahuU. 
 
 y5i bara kui, e ba anyo mal gebi pipa gebi rau ; 
 son father to said, Father what property me-to ari'ive me-to give 
 
 (loi eno mal phae rando. Dots thals thora dine cej§ 
 
 lie own property dividing gave. From- that after few days young. 
 
 yoi yui cij jama Uiate (Hie), ohetar mulkliarl ide. Dore 
 son all things together made, far country-to went. There 
 
 doi madam kam lliato, eno mal phage kefco. Da bela ri 
 he bad work did, own property wasting left. That time at 
 bate kharc shujldg do desha I'i bina arjga shute (shujide or ide) 
 all spent became that country in gi^eat famine became. 
 
 Doi'a du dralda shujide. Dora do deshari i sahukarS 
 Then he straitened became. Then that country of one money lender 
 
 dore ide. Doi eno rhiri sfirar ruatsi tsatte. D5 mansa tSi 
 near went. He own field swine to graze sent. His intention was 
 du shag s^raz zauader eno khog pimadeg. Azla dobi 
 that husk-food swine were-eating own stomach I might fill. But him-to 
 challa ma ramader. DorS dobi hoshari (hosh) ande 
 
 anything not they were giving. Then hira-to sense in (sense) came 
 
 tl kute : Giu ba5 anyo kamlhaza di (dumbizar) 
 
 then he said : My father-of how-many work-doers to (workers) 
 
 Laje rofi tod. Ge der ^ onyi siuado, ge khae atsa ge§ 
 much bread is. I here hungry am dying, I stand arising own 
 
 bao dor yog, woi gi dobi kog : — gi sargo kS 
 
 father near will go, also I him-to will say : — I heaven-of thy 
 ganah Ihega. Ente di joge mad haza kS yo kuri, gebi 
 
 sin did. Now tliis worthy not-am again thy son to-say, me 
 kS (keno) kam Ihazadu sahi Ihao. DorS atsa eno 
 
 thy (own) work doers like make. Then having-risen own 
 
 bao dor ili (ide). Ente du ohetar toi da tSri do bab 
 father near went. Now he far was him having-seen his father-to 
 
 dah adi, doi dro re, doi muthn guah re, masfc au re. 
 pity came, he run made, he neck-to embrace made, much kiss made. 
 
 Yoi dobi kui : — gi sargo ks gun ah Ihega. Ente di jSge 
 He ^ hira-to said : — I heaven-of thy sin made. Now this worthy 
 
 mad, haza kg yo kufi. Do bae nokarari kiii ruthe 
 not-am again thy son to say. His father servants-to said good 
 ru^he kham hunj hadani, kez debi kham rahni, 
 
 good clothes taking-out bring, ye him-to clothes put-on (give?) 
 
 I 
 
51 
 
 Lahuli. 
 
 gui guthab ralini, kSnzavi paular rahni, more r6nz shareni 
 hand-to ring put on feet to shoes put on fat calf kill 
 yez zauani khushi Ihauani, du gappa Ihaji di giu 
 we shall-eat happiness shall-make this matter making this my 
 yo ' side toi eatS haza shii) ili, tiii [hiSshtS §nte khosa 
 
 son dead was now again alive-went, formerly was-lost now has-been 
 
 ilea. Dora doz khushi Ihater. Do more yo rhiri tSi, 
 obtained. Then they happiness made. His big son field-iu was, 
 
 aii ghari cumh kacha pi (adi) gido garpi mi cal 
 
 what time house near arrived (came) singing dancing of also noise 
 
 that§ (thai). DsrS i cagara bi ad kute rhugade : — chi shujad. 
 
 heard. Then one servant to called asked : — what became. 
 
 D5i dobi kiii : — Kl nua anjad, ks bae tshSi 
 
 He him- to said : — Thy younger-brother came, thy father fat 
 
 renz' shaiado, d5 thale dii raji baji khosiri. Du 
 
 calf is killing that for he well was obtained. He 
 
 roshe shiri toijg m§liade. Do ba datlii anji du 
 
 became-sulky in not-went. His father out having-come him 
 
 chSndi. Doi babi uiab lhat§. Dh8 barsh ki 
 
 persuaded. He father-to answer made. So-many years thy 
 
 tehl Ihateg, gi kS hugam thuasi ma, kl abela i la 
 
 service I did, I thy order rejected not, thou ever one goat 
 
 gibi ma randen ( (rSshi ) keno yarada sade khushi gappa 
 me-to not gave thy-own friends with happiness talk 
 
 Ihau: abela ks di kam adi, doi kS mal madam 
 make: when thy this son came he thy property bad 
 
 kammari kharab Ihaji, ke do thali renz shaiaden. 
 
 works in evil having-made thou him for calf killedst. 
 Doi dobi kiii : — e yo kii hamesh giu kacha todon ; gin 
 He him-to said : — O son thou always me near art ; mine 
 tod du ka shu. Khushi Ihai, khushi shubi jftshi 
 
 is that thine is. Happiness to make, happiness to be fitting 
 toi. KS di nua side toi eute haza shiq '' ili, 
 
 was. Thy this young-brother dead was now again alive became, 
 
 tiii hiSshte ente khosa ilea, 
 
 formerly was-lost, now has been obtained. 
 
BHADR/VWAHI, BHALfiSI AND PADARI DIALECTS. 
 
 Introduction. 
 
 These three dialects are spoken in the eastern portion of Janini5 
 proper. Bhadrawah, i\, jngir of Raja Sir Amar Singli, brother of the 
 M;i,haraja of JammS and Kashmir, lies immediately to the north-west 
 of Caraba State and soutli of the Cinab river. By Bradrawahis tliem- 
 selves the district is called Bhadhlfi, with the accent on the second 
 syllable, while Kashmiris call it BodarJcnh. Bhsiles is the name of 
 a valley a few miles to the east of the town of IHiadrawah. Padar, 
 separated from Bhales by a valley only six or seven miles across, lies 
 north of and contiguous to Paggi in Camba State. From Paijgi it is two 
 or three marches down the Cinab to Padar ; Kishtawar is four stasres 
 lower down the river. Another three mnrches will bring us into the 
 heart of the Bhalesi country immediately to the west of which Blia- 
 drawahi is spoken. 
 
 All these dialects enable one to study the process of transition 
 from Panjabi to Kashmiri. Nevertheless, while they exhibit points of 
 connection with Kashmiri, not one of them can be chissed as a dialect 
 of that language. They belong distinctly to tlse Panjabi-Hindi type. 
 They resemble Kashmiri in having, in common with Curahl, the 
 vocalic change known as epenthesis. For examples of this, the notes 
 at the end of the verb in the different dialects should be consulted, 
 as also the note under Curahi, and the Introduction to the Camba 
 Dialects. Padari has epenthesis to a larger extent than any of the rest. 
 They have g for ; in the verb go ; thus Bhadrawahi gahnU, Bhalesi 
 gahnu, Padari ghen ; cf. Kashmiri gatsun. Bhadrawahi zannfi, say, zannu 
 know, Bhalesi dzanu, dzfinnu, remind us of Ksishniiri dopun and 
 zanim. Padari has further resemblances in its half vowels, represented 
 in Roman by the letters being written above the line, as han'^, hin'*, is or 
 are ; the", was {cf. the grammar passim) ; in its introduction of y before e 
 or ^■, as lyekhan, write, Kashmiri lyekhun ; dyen'^, I sha.]\ g\ve, dyitto, 
 gave, Kashmiri dyima, dyut ; in some of its pronouns, as, meeun or men. 
 my ; teeun, ten, tliy ; lievn, our, tohn, jour ; cf. Kashmiri myon, con, son, 
 tuhund ; in its 3rd person neuter pronoun tath, Kasjimiri tath ; and in 
 its word for ' why,' kye-, Kashmiri kyazi. The introduction of y is not 
 always regular. Thus they say both ij and ^JJj, motlier ; pifth and 
 pifitth, back ; ikk and yikk one. 
 
 In the presence of r instead of r in the adverbs of place, one is re- 
 minded of the Sisi dialect which has kare, where ? jare, where. For these 
 
54 
 
 ■wonls we hnve Bluidiawahi kori, zan ; Blialpsi kore, dzefe ; Padnrl kor, 
 zar. Foi- here and there, iiowever, Sssi di'ops tiie r and luis tth, whereas 
 these di:i]e(!ts keep to r. We are sigain reininde'l of Sa-i ia the 
 Bhadrawalii [H'onouns oh, lie, she, it, tliaf, and rh, tliis, which in their 
 Agent Sing, have cerehial n, unl and inl, keeping tlie n through all the 
 Oblique Plural. The Sisi corresponding pronouns do precisely the 
 same, having Agent Sing, un and in and n in the Oblique Plural (Agent 
 
 Plur. wno, ino). 
 
 An interesting feature of these dialects is the frequent preference of 
 dl (or dl) and dhl to hr or hhr, and of tl (or tl) and thl to tr. Thus we 
 have Bhadrawalii dhlihbu, red beat-, dhln, brother-, cUnhg, leopard, for 
 what in other dialects would be hhrahu, bhrd, and barnhg. We notice 
 also dlaoro, in the state of Iniving been married, for bidhd hud. The 
 very name for Blmdrawali, Bhadhld, illustrates this. In Bhalesi we 
 have dhJiblihu, red bear, ding, leopard ; also dhledd, sheep, for bhed. 
 In Padaii there is diaindhe, bind, for bdndho. 
 
 Again we find in Bhadrawalii thli, woman, tlrie, three, thledi, day 
 after to-monow (lit. third day), thlih, thirty, tlehbi, twenty-thi-ee; cf. 
 strl, trai, trljjn din, trih, trei. In Bhalesi we have tledht, for the day 
 after to-moirovv, and in Padari tide for three, and tlean ior i\\e (\.a,j 
 after to-morr()w\ I do not remember having noticed these two features 
 in any other dialect, although the mere intercharge of I and r and of I 
 ftnd r is very common. 
 
 Bhadrawalii makes its Genitive Sing, in ru, Genitive Plural 
 in karu, Dative in jd, Locative in tyiU, Ablative in kara. The 
 Accent Sing. Masc. is in -e and the A<_'ent Plur, both Mmsc. and 
 Fern, in ex. It has I throughout in the suffix for the Futurt-, the 1st 
 Plur. having ml, and bus Feminine forms for the Future, Pres. Cond. 
 and Pies. Iiid. in addition to other parts where we more ofien find 
 Feminine foims. Its Stative Participle ('in the state of) is in -ord. 
 
 Bhalesi very much resembles Bhadrawalii. It has its Genitive 
 Sing, in -eu. Genitive Plui-. in keii,; its Dative Sing, in -e, and Dative 
 Plur, in -mi; its Ablative Sing, in - a and Ablative Plur. in -dn, while 
 its Agent case has almost always -e in both the Sing, and the Plur. 
 The Future has I in the 2nd and 3rd Sing, and 1st and 2nd Plur., 
 the 1st Plur. having ml. Feminine forms are noticeable in the Future 
 and Pres. Ind. The Stative Participle ends in -So, and the Conjunctive 
 Participle {having fallen, etc.) in -oi. 
 
 Padari has -ar for the Genitive Sing, ending and kar for the 
 Genitive Plur., as for the Dative Sing, and apparently no t-uding for 
 the Dative Plur., el for tbe Ablative Sing., and kal for the Ablative Plur. 
 Its Future takes I throughout with nl in the 2nd and 3rd Plur. The 
 
55 
 
 Future has two forms for the Ist Sing, ending respectively in -ui 
 when tlie root of the verb ends in a consonant, itnd in nasiil n when the 
 root ends in a vowel ; see the note at the end of the verba. Feminiue 
 forms are found in the Future and Pres. Coud. or Pres. Jnd. The 
 Stative Participle ends in -or or -awr, and tlie Conjunctive Participle 
 in -* kar. 
 
 The Padari word for devil, harmon, is reraarkaljic. Whether 
 there is any connection with Ahriman., the Zoroastrian spirit of evil is 
 doubtful, but tlie similarity of the two words is striking. 
 
 In connection with the Future in /-, the inti-oduction to the Gamba 
 Dialects should be consulted, pp. ii, iii. 
 

 BHADRAWAHi 
 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 
 Nouns in -5. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 ghor-6, horse 
 
 G. 
 
 -e ru 
 
 D.A. 
 
 -e 36 
 
 L. 
 
 -e mi 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -e kara 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 
 V. 
 
 -a 
 
 Plur. 
 
 -e 
 
 -a karu 
 
 -an jo 
 
 -an mi 
 
 -an kara 
 
 -e5 
 
 -au 
 
 Nouns in a Consonant. 
 
 N. 
 
 ghar, house 
 
 G. 
 
 ghar ru 
 
 D.A.Ab.L. 
 
 ghar-e jo, kara, &e 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 
 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 N. 
 
 hatlii, elephant 
 
 G. 
 
 liaithe ru. 
 
 D.A.Ab.L. 
 
 haithe jo, kara, &c. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 liaithe 
 
 V. 
 
 haitha 
 
 
 Nouns in -u. 
 
 N. hind -ii, Hindu 
 
 G. -e rii 
 
 Ag. -e 
 
 nan, name, is thus declined : — 
 N. uaii 
 
 G. naiie ru 
 
 ghar 
 
 ghar karu 
 ghar-an j5, &c. 
 -e! 
 
 hathi 
 
 hatlii karu 
 hatlii jo, &c. 
 haithe 
 haithau 
 
 -u 
 
 -e karu 
 
 -ei 
 
 naii 
 nau karu 
 
58 
 
 
 Bhadrawahi 
 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 
 Nouns in -i 
 
 N. 
 
 kui, daughter 
 
 G. 
 
 kiii -e ru 
 
 D.A. 
 
 -ejo 
 
 L. 
 
 -e mS 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -e kara 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 V. 
 
 -e 
 
 Nouns in a Consonant. 
 
 N. 
 
 baihn, 
 
 sister 
 
 G. 
 
 baihn 
 
 -e ru 
 
 D.A. 
 
 
 -i jo^ 
 
 L. 
 
 
 -i mS 
 
 Ab. 
 
 
 -i kara 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 -a 
 
 V. 
 
 
 -e 
 
 kui -a 
 
 ,, karu 
 
 „ jo 
 „ mi 
 „ kara 
 
 -ei 
 
 -au 
 
 baihn -i 
 
 -i karu 
 -ijo^ 
 -i mS 
 -i kara 
 -ei 
 -au 
 
 batsM, cow, calf, is thus declined : — 
 
 N. batshi bewtsh -i 
 
 G. bewtsh -e ru -i karu, 
 
 Ag. -a -ei 
 
 o' 
 
 Note. — The postpositions for of, viz., rH, when following a singular 
 noun, and karu, when following a plural, are declined according to the 
 number and gender of the nouns which they precede. 
 
 Thus ru, karu, are followed by sing. masc. 
 rn, karu, ra, kara, „ „ ,, plur. masc. 
 
 ri, keri „ „ „ sing, or plur. fern. 
 
 They are not inflected for the oblique case, thus : — 
 
 knie ru. ghSre rii ghar, the house of the girl's horse, 
 
 kuie rii gliora karu ghar, ,, ,. ,, ,, „ horses. 
 
 kMe ru ghoeMre rn ghar, .. „ ,, „ „ mare, 
 
 kui® ru ghoewri karu gliar, .. .. „ „ ,, mares. 
 
 4 
 
Bhadraivah) . 
 
 59 
 
 1st 
 
 Pronouns. 
 2nd 
 
 Sing. 
 
 8rd 
 
 ih, this 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 
 D.A. 
 L. 
 
 Ab. 
 
 ail 
 
 tu 
 
 oh 
 
 ill 
 
 mero, meru, 
 
 teru 
 
 useru 
 
 iserfl 
 
 ml 
 
 till 
 
 us, us jaS 
 
 is, isli jail 
 
 „ ma 
 
 tui mS 
 
 U8 ma 
 
 is mi 
 
 „ kara 
 
 tS kara 
 
 ^f iCofrHi 
 
 „ karu 
 
 mi 
 
 tai 
 
 uni 
 
 ini 
 
 Plur. 
 
 as 
 
 tus 
 
 iinha, Snha 
 
 inha 
 
 ishii 
 
 tishii 
 
 un karu 
 
 in karu 
 
 asan or 
 
 tusan or 
 
 unan. or 
 
 inan or 
 
 asan jaS 
 
 tnsan jo 
 
 unan jau 
 
 inan jo 
 
 asan ml 
 
 tusan mS 
 
 unan ma 
 
 inan ma 
 
 „ kara 
 
 „ kara 
 
 „ kara 
 
 „ kara 
 
 asei 
 
 tusei 
 
 unei 
 
 inei 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D.A. 
 
 L. 
 
 Ab. 
 Ag. 
 
 There is a»iother form of the 3rd pers. pron., possibly correlative, 
 which is thus declined : — 
 Sing. N. tai, G. tisera, D.A. tus, tash jau, L. tas ma. 
 
 Ab. tas kara, Ag. iaim. 
 Plur. N. tana, G. tan karu, D.A. tanan jau, L. tanan ma, 
 
 Ab. tanan kara, Ag. tanei. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N. kaun, who ? 
 
 G. kisero 
 
 Ag. kaini 
 
 fcof, anyone, someone, 
 
 Flur. 
 
 zai, who, kaun 
 
 ziserii kain karu 
 
 zaini kenei 
 
 G. ketceru Ag. 
 
 zana 
 
 zain karn 
 zeiiei 
 ketce 
 
 kiiu, what ? G. kolhero. 
 
 Other pronouns are kicch, anything, something, sai koi, whosoever, 
 zai kicch, whatsoever. 
 
60 BhadrawUhi. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives employed as nouns are declined as nouns, bub adjectives 
 qualifying nouns liave the following declensions : — All adjectives ending 
 in any letter other than -w, -au, -6 are indeclinable. Those ending 
 in -u, -au, -0, have obi. sing. m. -e. Plui-al -e, indeclinable. Feminine 
 —i indeclinable. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of kara, from, than, used with 
 the Positive: kharau (kharo), good; is kara kharau, better than this ; 
 sehhan kara kharau, better than all, best. 
 
 Demonstrative. Correlative. Interrogative. Relative. 
 
 erhii, like this teihu, like that kerhu, like what ? zerhu, like which 
 aitrn, so much or taitru, so much kaitrii, how much jaitru, as much 
 
 many or many or many ? or many 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. They then agree with 
 the subject of the sentence. The following is a list of the most 
 important adverbs other than adjectives : — 
 
 Time. Place. 
 
 hun§, now. ^ itthi, eri, ira, here. 
 
 tes, then. uri, ura, taj-i, tara, there, 
 
 kes, when ? kori, kora, where ? 
 
 zes, wlien. zaj-i, zara, where, 
 
 kala, to-morrow. iri tai, up to here, 
 
 thledi, day after to-morrow. ittha, from here, 
 
 tsoiithe, day after that. bah, up. 
 
 hij, yesterday. bunh, down, 
 
 prez, day before yesterday. nero, near, 
 
 tsordiharebliiie, day before that, dur, far. 
 
 (lit. four days ago). ^g^h i" front, 
 
 kadi, sometimes, ever, pattri, behind, 
 
 kadi na, never. an tar, inside, 
 
 kadi na kadi, sometimes. behr, outside. 
 
 The adveibs are kujo, why? a, yes; neth, no; Zws^f, quickly ; is 
 galld kere, for this reason ; m sdre, ain sare, thus ; kliare scire, well. 
 
Bhadraiunhi. 61 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 The conimonest prepositions have been given in the declenHion oi' 
 nouns. Subjoined is a brief list of ntliers. The same word is 
 fi^equently both a preposition and an adverb. 
 
 par, beyond. tere lei, about thee. 
 
 war, on this side. ishi salii, like us. 
 
 hetth, below. unan ka, towards them. 
 
 mS, witliin, us pati, aftpr liim or that. 
 
 mi kei or ka, beside me. tisere ware pare, round aI)out it. 
 
 mi sathi, mi sili, with me. tusan barabar, equal to jon. 
 
 tes waste, for him. mere bagair, without me. 
 
 Verbs. 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 Pres. I am, &c. ai as ahe ahm ahth ahn 
 Past I was Sing, thio, /. thi PI. thie /. thi 
 
 Intransitive Verbs. 
 
 bitsharnu, fall. 
 
 Pres. Cond. bitshar-au or -i -as -e -am -ath -an 
 Fern. -1 -i -i -am -ath -an 
 
 Fat. bitshar -alo -alo -alo -male -ale -ale 
 
 Fern. -a^lai, &c. 
 
 Imperat. bitshar bitshara 
 
 Pres. Ind. bitshar -ta -ti -te -tam -tath -tan 
 Peni. -ci -c3 -ce -cam -cath -can 
 
 Impf. Ind. bitshar -to thi5 (fem. -ti thi) PI. -te thie (fcm. -ti 
 
 thi). 
 Past Ind. bifsh -aro /. -eri PI. -are /. -eri 
 
 Plaf. - bitsharo thio, &c: 
 
 Part. hitsharto, falling ; bitsharfd, havinsj fallen ; bitshaforo, 
 
 in the state of having fallen ; bitsharnSbnlo, faller, 
 about to fall. • . 
 
62 Hhadrawahi. 
 
 Some verbs have slight irregularities, 
 bhonu, be, become. 
 
 Pres. Cond. bliau -i -s -e -m -th 
 
 Fut. bho -l6 -lo -lo bhau-mle -le -le 
 
 Past Iiid. bhuo 
 
 Part. bhuoro, in the state of having become. 
 
 -n 
 
 
 e]nu. come. 
 
 Pres. Cond. 
 
 ejji, &c. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 ej -elo -elo -elo -mele -ele -ele 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 ei eja 
 
 Pi'es. Ind. 
 
 etta 
 
 Impf. Ind. 
 
 etto fchio 
 
 Past 
 
 au 
 
 Part. 
 
 etta, having come ; oro, in the state of having come. 
 
 
 gahnn, go. 
 
 Pres. Cond. 
 
 gei gas gahe gabm gatath gan 
 
 Fut. 
 
 gelo gelo galf) gamale gale gale 
 
 Impf, Ind. gahto thio. 
 
 Past jau je 
 
 Part. gehta, having gone ; joro, in the state of baving gone. 
 
 rehnu, remain. 
 
 Pres. Cond. rebi rahs rabe rabra rahth rahn 
 
 Fut. reh -lo -lo -lo rahmle reh -le -le 
 
 Imperat. rab raba 
 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 kutnu, beat. 
 
 Pres. Cond. kut -tau -tas -te -tarn -tath -tan 
 Fem. -ti -ti -ti -tarn -tatb -tan 
 
 Fut. kut -alo -alo -alo -male -ale -ale 
 Fem. -ailai, &c. 
 
 Imperat. kut kutta 
 
 Pres. Ind. kut -ta -ti -te -tarn -tath -tan 
 Fem. -cE -ca -ce -cam -cath -can 
 
 Impf. Ind. kutto thio. PI. kutte thie. Fem. kntti thi 
 
 Past. Ind. kutta or kutto with agent case of subject, kuttii or 
 kutto agreeing with tbe object. 
 
Bhadrawahi. fty 
 
 Pres. Perf. kuttu (&c.) ahe with agent case of subject, kutta 
 
 ahe agreeing with object. 
 Plapf. kuttii thio with agent case of subject, kuttu thio 
 
 agreeing with object. 
 Part. as for bitsharnic, kuttoro, in the state of having been 
 
 beaten. 
 
 The following are slightly irrejj^ular : — 
 
 khanu, eat. 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 khau 
 
 pinu, driuk. 
 
 Past Ind, 
 
 pift 
 
 denti, give. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 delo 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 deS 
 
 zaunu, say. 
 
 Put. 
 
 zolo or zaulau 
 
 Past Ind, 
 
 zaS 
 
 ^airnn, do. 
 
 Fut, 
 
 kerlo 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 1 -Ci 
 
 kiu 
 
 zannu, know. 
 
 Put, 
 
 zanlo 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 zanS 
 
 annti, being. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 ainalo 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 anfi 
 
 
 
 nainu, take away. 
 
 Put. 
 
 nelo 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 nefl 
 
 
 Habit is rendered as follows : — 
 
 au gahta bhauta, I am in the habit of going, 
 tai gdhto bhaute, he is in the habit of going. 
 tai gahti bhauoe, she is in the habit of going. 
 
 Present action is thus expressed : — 
 
 tai gahne laro ai or gahne lagoro ai, he is in the act of going. 
 This, translated into literal Urdu, would be wuh jauB 
 laga hua hai. In this example the words gUhng lard or 
 lagoro are indeclinable for all persons and numbers. 
 
64 
 
 Bhadrawahi. 
 
 The epenthetical vowel change in hath'i, Tiatthe ru ; batshl, 
 bentshe ru ; kaun, kaini (see declension of nouns and pronouns), and in 
 bitsliardld, bitsharnilai ; kutalo, kutailai ; annu, ainalo (see above, verbs) 
 should be noticed. See note at end of verbs in Curahi dialect. 
 
 For the Infinitive of Verbs -u and -u are used interchangeably. 
 Similarly in the last syllable of nouns and adjectives, mi, a, o are freely 
 used for each other. 
 
 In the 17th and I9th sentences below will be noticed interesting 
 forms for the Imperative : — Sing, banhd or hanhda ; plur. banhddth or 
 banhdthet. 
 
 List of Oommon Nouns, 
 
 babo, father, 
 haj, mother, 
 dhla, brother, 
 baihn, baihn, sister, 
 ko, matthu, son. 
 koi, kui, daughter, 
 munash, husband, 
 thli, wife, 
 mafd, man. 
 thli, woman, 
 matthu, boy. 
 koi, kui, girl. 
 g5ran siqgha, cowherd, 
 puhal, shepherd, 
 tsaur, thief, 
 ghor -o, horse. 
 
 -i, mare, 
 dant, ox. 
 batshi, cow. 
 bhai, buffalo, 
 tshero, he-goat, 
 tshailli, she-goat 
 bhaidd, sheep, 
 kut-ar, dog. 
 
 -ri, bitch, 
 itsh, black bear, 
 dhlabbu, red bear, 
 dlilahg, leopard, 
 khauthau, ass. 
 sur, pig. 
 
 Adjectives and Adverbs. 
 
 kuk-kur, cock, 
 -kari, hen. 
 bal-a, cat (male). 
 
 -ai, „ (female), 
 tint, camel. 
 tsafoUi, bird, 
 shen, kite, 
 gidar, fox. 
 hathi, elephant, 
 hatth, hand, 
 pao, foot, 
 nakk, nose, 
 etshi, eye. 
 tuttar, face, 
 ash, mouth, 
 dant, tooth, 
 kann, ear. 
 shiral, hair, 
 dog, head, 
 zibbh, tongue, 
 pait, stomach, 
 pitth, back, 
 jind, body, 
 katab, book, 
 kalam, pen. 
 khat, bed. 
 ghar, house, 
 niru, river, 
 gad, stream, 
 dhar, hill. 
 
 
 I 
 
Hhdtirtiirnhi. 
 
 65 
 
 paddhru, plain. 
 
 tshethl, field. 
 
 rotti, bread. 
 
 pani, water. 
 
 gah^a, wheat. 
 
 kukkri, maize. 
 
 buta, tree. 
 
 djaii, tield. 
 
 .shahr, town. 
 
 ban, jungle. 
 
 masli, fish. 
 
 batt, vvay. 
 
 meuo, fruit. 
 
 mas, meat. 
 
 duddh, milk. 
 
 thul. egg'. 
 
 ghi, ghi. 
 
 tail, oil. 
 
 tshah, buttermilk. 
 
 zhez, day. 
 
 dlaz, night. 
 
 diharo, suu. 
 
 canani, moon. 
 
 taro, star. 
 
 biio, wind. 
 
 deu, rain. 
 
 dhupp, sunshine. 
 
 andliaru, storm. 
 
 bharo, load. 
 
 bidz, seed. 
 
 lahft. iron. 
 
 chail, beautiful, good, clean. 
 
 buro, ugly, bad. 
 
 baddo, big. 
 
 nikro, little. 
 
 shnst, lazy. 
 
 takro, wise. 
 
 jahli, ignorant. 
 
 tikkha, tez, swift. 
 
 tliandii, cold. 
 
 tattu, hot. 
 
 mitthu, sweet. 
 
 fear, ready. 
 
 kani, little. 
 
 maste, much. 
 
 bhOau, be, beoome. 
 
 ejnu, come. 
 
 gahnii, go. 
 
 nainu, take. 
 
 dean, give. 
 
 bitsharnu, fall. 
 
 utliiiu, lise. 
 
 kharo bhonii, stand. 
 
 hairnu, see, look. 
 
 khanii, eat. 
 
 pinu, diink. 
 
 zaunu. say. 
 
 zhiilnn, sleep. 
 
 katrnu, do. 
 
 rehnu, remain. 
 
 kutnu, beat, 
 
 pushaauu, recognise. 
 
 zannii, know. 
 
 puznu, arrive. 
 
 nashnii, run. 
 
 nashi gahnu, run away. 
 
 bananu, make, 
 
 rakkhnii, place. 
 
 kujanu, call. 
 
 malnu, meet. 
 
 shiklinu, learn. 
 
 parhuu, read. 
 
 likkhnu, write. 
 
 shuunu, hear. 
 
 nisna, turn. 
 
 aznu, return. 
 
 tsalnu, flow. 
 
 larnu, fight, 
 
 zitnu, win. 
 
 liarna, be defeated. 
 
 tsalu gahnu, go away. 
 
 baihnu, sow. 
 
 lial lana, plough. 
 
 khuanu. cause to eat. 
 
66 
 
 Bhadrawahi. 
 
 pianii, cause to drink, 
 shuaanii, cause to hear, 
 tsarnii, graze. 
 
 tsaranu, cause to graze, 
 zhulnu, He down. 
 
 
 NCMKRALS. 
 
 
 CunJinul. 
 
 1— ak. 
 
 15 — parne. 
 
 2 — dui. 
 
 16 — shore. 
 
 8— tlai. 
 
 17 — satare. 
 
 4 — tseuur, tsour. 
 
 18 — athare. 
 
 5 — pants. 
 
 19 — uniii. 
 
 t) — -shall. 
 
 ' 20 bih. 
 
 7— satt. 
 
 23— tlebbi. 
 
 8— attb. 
 
 27 — settei. 
 
 9 — nail. 
 
 29 — ^unattei. 
 
 10— dash. 
 
 30-^thlih. 
 
 11 — yahie. 
 
 100 — shauu. 
 
 12— bahre. 
 
 1,000— bazar. 
 
 13— tehre. 
 
 100,000— lakkh. 
 
 14 — tseaude. 
 
 
 
 Ordinal. 
 
 1st, paihlu. 
 
 5th, pantsaix. 
 
 2nd, duiau. 
 
 6th, sheiafi. 
 
 3rd, tleiau. 
 
 7th, satau. 
 
 4th, tseurau. 
 
 10th, dashafi. 
 
 addliu, half. 
 
 sua dui, 2^. 
 
 daddh, 1|. 
 
 dbai, 2i. 
 
 panne dui, If. 
 
 .'sadhe tsour, 4| 
 
 sons 
 
 Sentknces. 
 
 1. Tero nau kun ai ? What is thy name 't 
 
 2. Bs ghofe rl ketli umr ai ? How inucb is this horse's age ? 
 
 3. Ittha Knshmir ketii diir ai P From heie bow far is Kashmir ? 
 
 4. Tisbo baua re ketia mattha an ? How niany are his father's 
 ? 
 
 5. Ail a/, dura haiatta au. To-day I fj'om far w;ilking came. 
 
Bhadrawnhi 67 
 
 6. Mere cac§ ro ko tiseri bshni satl>i dlaoro ai. My uncle's 8on 
 with his sister is married. 
 
 7. Grhare chitte gliore ri kathi ae. In tlie lionsc the white horse's 
 saddle is. 
 
 8. Tisere thlio-^g pnr katlii latli. On liis back bind tlie saddle. 
 
 9. Ml tiseiu matthu inasl kuttu. 1 l)cat his son niiicii. 
 
 10. Tai dhari pur betshi tsiielli tsarte. On that hill lie is crraziii',' 
 cows and sheep. 
 
 11. Tai biite h'y/«th t,rhore pnr bisliMro ai. Under that tree he is 
 sitting^ on a horse. 
 
 12. Tiseru dhla apai behni kara baddo ai. His brother is big^^er 
 thaji his sister. 
 
 13. Tiseru mul dhai rupayye aii. Its price is two and a half rupees. 
 
 14. Mairo babo ns nikre ghare mR bishte. My father in that 
 little house lives. 
 
 15. Tes eh rupayyo de. Give him this rupee. 
 
 16. Tai rupayye tes kararau. These rupees l)iing fioni him. 
 
 17. Tes mast kutti sheli 8? ban lid or bauhda. Having beaten 
 him much bind thou him with a rope. 
 
 18. Khuh5 pani kaddh. From the vpell take out water. 
 
 19. Mf agri tsalath or tsalth§I. Before me walk (you.) 
 
 20. Kisero ko tusan pitora oro ai ? Whose son is coming after 
 
 you ? 
 
 21. Ta? kas kara muUe aao ? From whom hast thou bought it? 
 
 22. piaul re ekki hetribale kara. From a shopkeeper of the 
 
 village. 
 

 BHALRSI (Rhajesi). 
 
 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 
 
 MuiiXuUne. 
 
 
 
 Nouns in -o. 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N.A. 
 
 ^hor -0. horse 
 
 ghore 
 
 G. 
 
 -eu 
 
 ghor keii 
 
 D. 
 
 -§ 
 
 g'hor -an 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -a 
 
 -an 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -e 
 Nouns in a Consonant. 
 
 -e 
 
 N.A. 
 
 ghar, bouse 
 
 tfhar 
 
 G. 
 
 gbar-6n 
 
 cfhat keu 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -a 
 
 gliar -an 
 
 Ag. 
 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 -an 
 
 N.A. 
 
 hatli -i, elephant 
 
 -i 
 
 G. 
 
 -eu 
 
 -i k§u 
 
 Ag. 
 
 -ie 
 
 Feminine. 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 -ie 
 
 N.A. 
 
 kui, girl 
 
 kuia 
 
 G. 
 
 kui -eu 
 
 kiii keu 
 
 D. 
 
 -e 
 
 kui -an 
 
 Ab. 
 
 -a 
 
 -an 
 
 A-. 
 
 -G 
 
 Nouns in a Consonant. 
 
 -e 
 
 N.A. 
 
 bbfiin, sister 
 
 bliain 
 
 G. 
 
 bliaiu -eu 
 
 bhain -i keu 
 
 D. 
 
 -e 
 
 -in 
 
 \h. 
 
 -a 
 
 -ian 
 
 A-. 
 
 -e 
 
 -ie 
 
Bhalesi. 
 
 69 
 
 
 
 
 i^ 
 
 RONOUNS. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Siny. 
 
 
 
 
 1st 
 
 
 2nd 
 
 
 3rd 
 
 f'h, this 
 
 N. 
 
 a€ 
 
 
 tfi 
 
 
 sp. oh 
 
 Pb 
 
 G. 
 
 meu 
 
 
 teu 
 
 
 usen 
 
 iseu 
 
 D.A. 
 
 me! 
 
 
 tni 
 
 
 us 
 
 is 
 
 L. 
 
 ,, ma 
 
 „ mS 
 
 ,, mS 
 
 ,, ma 
 
 Ab. 
 
 111 era 
 
 
 tera 
 
 
 usa 
 
 isa 
 
 Ag. 
 
 mel 
 
 
 tei 
 
 Plv/i: 
 
 uni 
 
 ini 
 
 N. 
 
 as 
 
 
 tus 
 
 
 una 
 
 ina 
 
 G. 
 
 aseru 
 
 
 tuseru 
 
 
 un ken 
 
 in keu 
 
 D.A. 
 
 ahan, 
 
 asan 
 
 tubfin, 
 
 tusan 
 
 nnan 
 
 iiian 
 
 L. 
 
 asau 1 
 
 mfT 
 
 tusaii 
 
 ma 
 
 ., ma 
 
 „ msT 
 
 Ab. 
 
 asan 
 
 
 tusau 
 
 
 unan 
 
 inan 
 
 Ag. 
 
 aban, 
 
 asan 
 
 tuiiau, 
 
 tusan 
 
 unbe 
 
 iiihe 
 
 There is another form of the 3rd Pers. Prou. te, which is thus 
 declined : — 
 
 Sing. N. te. G. taseu. D.A. tas. 
 
 tasa. Ag. tent. 
 
 Plur. N. tenn. G. ten keu. D.A. finan 
 
 ma. Ab. finan. Ag. finhe. 
 
 L. tas ma. Ab. 
 1j. ttnan 
 
 Siny. Plwr. 
 
 N. kanu, who? dze, who kanu dzena 
 
 G. kiseu dziseii kin keu dzin kSu 
 
 D.A.L.Ab. kis, &c. dzis, &c. kin, &c. dzin, <fcc. 
 
 Ag. keni dzeni kunhe dzinhe 
 
 k'n, anyone, someone. G. keu^ii. D. ketce. 
 ki, what F G. kut'Bu. 
 
 Other pronouns are kicch, anything, something ; dzekdt, whosoever ; 
 dzS kicch. wbatsoever. 
 
 The abl. pi. of the personal pronouns reminds us of tbt- Kului 
 dialect, wheie wv Hml asann oi' nasn na. tt^asdn or tussd na, fniha 
 na. inha na. 
 
70 
 
 Bhalesi. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns ai-e declined hs nouns, but adjectives 
 qualifying nouns have the followinsj declension : — All adjectives ending 
 ill any letter othei- tlian a, ii, au, o, are indeclinable. Those endintj 
 in any of these letters change it to -e for Obi. s. m., and N. pi. m., and 
 i for Fem. Sing, or Plur. The genitives of nouns and pronouns come 
 under this rule, as ghorei zin, the horse's saddle. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by the positive of the adjective used with 
 the ablative of the noun or pronoun with which comparison is made as 
 chitta, white (cf. Panjabl, cittn ; Kului shettd, and shitta in Kulu Siraj) 
 Ufi chitta, whiter than this. 
 
 DemonstraUve. (JorreLatwe. Interroyiitive. Relative. 
 
 ehu, like this tehn, like that kehii, like what? dzeha, like 
 
 which 
 ethur, so much tetkur, no muc\\ ta^^w, how much dzethnr, a,H much 
 
 or many 
 
 or many 
 
 or many 
 
 or many 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. They then agree with the 
 subject of the sentence. The following is a list of the most important 
 adverbs other than adjectives. 
 
 (Time.) 
 
 huphe, now. 
 tessa, then, 
 kessa, when ? 
 dzessa, when, 
 adz, to-day. 
 kala, tomorrow. 
 
 tied hi, day after tomorrow, 
 tsouth. day after that, 
 hi, yesterday. 
 par§, day before yesterday, 
 tsoiith, day before that. 
 
 ere, here. 
 
 ore, tere, there. 
 
 kore, wheie ? 
 
 Place.) 
 
 dzere, where, 
 iria, fi'oni here. 
 
BhtilSsi. 71 
 
 Vbrbs. 
 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 Pres. I am, &c. hew hjis ha ham hath ahan 
 
 Past I was Sing. m. thio /. the PI. rn. fliie /'. thi 
 
 Intransitive Verb."!. 
 
 khirkau, fall. 
 
 Pres. Subj. khirk -a -as -6 -am -ath an 
 
 Fut. khirk -an or -en -al or -el -el -kamal -el -an 
 
 Fern. -erm -eul -eu\ -amettl -en\ -Him 
 
 Imperat. khirk khiika 
 
 Pres. Ind. khirk -tau or -tii -tus or tos -tau or tu 
 
 -tarn -tath -t§ 
 
 Pem. -te -te -te -tarn -tath -ti 
 
 Impf. Ind. khirk -tau thio (/'. -te the) PI. -te thie (/". ti thi) 
 
 Past. Ind. khirk -0 -o or -au -6 or -au -au -au -e 
 
 Fern. -6i 
 
 Pres. Perf. khirko heu or ahew, &c. 
 
 Plupf. khirko thio, &c. 
 
 Past khirkoi, having fallen 
 
 Some verbs have slight irregularities. 
 
 bhonu, be, become. 
 
 Pres. Sulij. 
 
 bho -a -s bho 
 
 bho - 
 
 m -til 
 
 — 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 bhdt -Hu or -6 or -n 
 
 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 bhiiO 
 
 ainu, come. 
 
 
 
 
 Pres. Subj. 
 
 eiS eis eie em 
 
 eith 
 
 ein 
 
 
 Put. 
 
 ein eySl eyel eimel 
 
 ejel 
 
 ein 
 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 eul eia 
 
 
 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 ein to, &G. 
 
 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 au5 /'. auoi 
 
 
 
 
 Partic, 
 
 enebalo, comer, about to come. 
 
 
 
 
 gahnu, go. 
 
 
 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 gab —a -as -e 
 
 -am 
 
 -ath 
 
 -an 
 
 Put. 
 
 gab -an -al -al 
 
 -mal 
 
 -al 
 
 -an 
 
 Imperat. 
 
 ga if ah a 
 
 
 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 gabato 
 
 
 
 
 Past Ind. 
 
 geti PI. ge F. Sing. & PI. gei 
 
 
 
72 
 
 BkalSsi. 
 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 
 kutnu, 
 
 beat. 
 
 
 
 
 -as 
 
 -0 
 
 -am 
 
 -arh 
 
 -an 
 
 -tfil 
 
 -tal 
 
 -nial 
 
 -tal 
 
 -tan 
 
 -tus or -tos 
 
 -tath -ti 
 
 Pres. Siibj. kutt -^ 
 
 Put. knt -tail 
 
 Irnperat. kut kutta 
 
 Pres. liid. kut -fau (or -tu or -to) 
 
 -tau or -tu or -to 
 -tarn -tatli -te 
 Fern. -te -te — te -tarn 
 
 Impei-f. Ind. kut -tau thin (f. -te -the) PI. -te thie (/. tl thi ) 
 
 Past Ind. kut -to (/. -te PI. te /. ti) witli agent case of sub- 
 
 ject, kutto agreeing with object. 
 
 Pres. Perf. kntto ha with agent case of subject, kutto ba 
 
 agreeing with object. 
 
 Plupf. kutto thio with agent case of subject, kntto tliio 
 
 agreeing with object. 
 
 Partic. kuttaii, beating ; kutto or kiitfm, beaten. 
 
 Some verbs exhibit minor divergences. 
 
 khano, eat. 
 
 Past. Tnd. khgto. 
 
 Put. khan. 
 
 Past khau. 
 
 Partic, khdu or khrino, eaten. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 Put. 
 
 Past Partic. 
 
 pi to. 
 plan, 
 peou. 
 
 pino, drink. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 Put. 
 
 Past 
 
 dito. 
 
 den. 
 
 dittou. 
 
 deno, give. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 Put. 
 
 Past 
 
 dzota. 
 
 dzon. 
 
 dzoS. 
 
 dzonu. say. 
 
Bhalesj 
 
 78 
 
 
 
 karnu, do. 
 
 Pres, Ind. 
 
 karto. 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 karn. 
 
 
 Past 
 
 keS. 
 
 dzannu, know. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 dzantu. 
 
 
 Put. 
 
 dzanan. 
 
 
 Past 
 
 dzanu. 
 
 anno, bring. 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 an to. 
 
 
 Fut. 
 
 anau. 
 
 
 Past 
 
 ono. 
 
 
 
 neno, take, take a^ 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 Fut. 
 
 neto. 
 nen. 
 
 
 Past 
 
 neo. 
 
 
 Verbs appear to have two past participles, thus from khano, eat, 
 we have khau and hhaud ; from gahnu, go, geu and geuo. Probably the 
 shorter is the ordinary past participle, and the longer the stative parti- 
 ciple, the meaning here being eaten and in the state of having been eaten, 
 gone, and in the state of having gone. 
 
 The Pres. Subj. with a negative is used to express the sense of a 
 negative Pres. Ind., tu kujeroti na khas, why art thou not eating bread ? 
 
 The Past Cond. is rendered by the Pres. Subj. with thio : — tit es 
 hio au kutta thio, if thou hadst come I would have beaten thee. 
 
 In the sentences below a^eii and ahe or ahe will be noticed for 
 hen and ha in the present auxiliary. Probably a may be prefixed all 
 through the tense. . 
 
 Bhalesi does not differ greatly from Bhadrawabi. The following 
 words as compared with tlie corresponding words in the Bhadrawahi 
 list will show the approximation. 
 
 bab, baji, father. 
 
 hai, mother. 
 
 kak, brother. 
 
 bhei, 
 
 binyi, sister. 
 
 bhain, ,, 
 
 bokut, son. 
 
 kur, daughter. 
 
 kui, 
 
 ron, husband. 
 
 meMuash, husband. 
 
 .. i 
 
74 Bhalesi. 
 
 zanan, wife. S^^> cow. 
 
 rautear, man. bhai, buffalo, 
 
 ku^nsh, (nasal «), woman. tsherjo, he-goat, 
 
 ko, boy. tshelle, she-goat, 
 
 kui, girl. dhledd, sheep, 
 
 gor, cowherd. kutar, dog. 
 
 puhal, shepherd. kutre, bitch, 
 
 tsor, thief. eutsh, black bear, 
 
 ghor -o, horse. dhlibbhu, red bear. 
 
 -e, mare. dlag, leopard, 
 
 dant, ox. khotrii, ass. 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 1. Teu uau ke ha ? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Es ghorei kethri umbar ha ? How much is this horse's age ? 
 
 3. Iris Kashmir kethri ha ? From here how much is Kashmir ? 
 
 4. Te habe ghare math kethar ahan ? In thy father's house 
 how many sons are there ? 
 
 5. Aii adz durua hanthi ano ahew. I to-day from far walking 
 have come. 
 
 6. Meii pitlao ko tisei bhain sathea biaho ahe. My uncle's son 
 is married with his sister. 
 
 7. Ghare madz chitte ghorei zin ahe. In the house is the white 
 horse's saddle. 
 
 8. Tisei pitthe putth zin kasha. Upon its back bind the saddle. 
 
 9. Mei tiseii ko mato kutto. I beat his boy much. 
 
 10. Tedhare putth gaua tshelli tsarto ahe. He upon the hill cows 
 and goats grazing is. 
 
 11. Us butte hetthe ghore putth te bishon ahe. Under that tree 
 upon a horse he seated is. 
 
 12. Tiseu bhei apni bhaina baro ahe. His brother is bigger than 
 his sister. 
 
 13. Tiseii mul adhai rupayyo ha. Its price is two and a half 
 rupees. 
 
 14. Men babo us nikru ghare madz bhots. My father lives in 
 that little house. 
 
 15. Us rupayye deth. Give him rupees. 
 
 16. Usa rupayye eni tshadd. From him take (those) I'upees. 
 
 17. Te hacchS kuttath te shell sai bannhath. Beat him well and 
 bind him with ropes. 
 
BJialesi. 75 
 
 18. Khiiha paai keudh. From the well take out water. 
 
 19. Mera agre tsala. Walk in front of me. 
 
 20. Kiseu k5 teia patte einfco. Whose boy comes bcliind thee ? 
 
 21. Te! kisa muUe ano ? From whom hast thou brought it ? 
 
 22. piaua hattibale kanoa a^o. From the village from a shop- 
 keeper (I have) taken it. 
 

 
 PApARt. 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nouns in -d. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 
 
 ghor-a, horse 
 -ar 
 
 
 ghor-e 
 -i kar 
 
 D. 
 
 
 -as 
 
 
 -1 
 
 Ab. 
 
 
 -el 
 
 
 -i kal 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 -e 
 
 
 -i 
 
 
 
 Nouns in a Consonant. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 badhel, ox 
 
 
 badhel 
 
 G. 
 
 
 badhel -ar 
 
 
 badhel kar 
 
 D. 
 
 
 -as 
 
 
 badhel 
 
 Ab. 
 
 
 -el 
 
 
 badhel kal 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 -e 
 
 
 badhele 
 
 bab, father, 
 
 has 
 
 G. babbar ; D. 
 
 babbas 
 
 ; Ab. babbal ; 
 
 Ag. bahbe. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nouns in -?.. 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 haith* 
 
 
 hathi 
 
 G. 
 
 
 haithiar 
 
 
 haithi kar 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 haithi 
 
 Feminine. 
 Nouns in -i. 
 
 
 haithi 
 
 N. 
 
 
 koi 
 
 
 kui 
 
 G. 
 
 
 kuy -ar 
 
 
 kiii kar 
 
 D. 
 
 
 -as 
 
 
 kiii 
 
 Ab. 
 
 
 -al 
 
 
 kiii kal 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 kni 
 
 
 kui 
 
 ghori, mare, has G. ghurer ; D. ghures. 
 
 Nouns in Consonant. 
 bhBn, sister, has G. bhBnar ; PI. bhin ; G. bh'ini kar. 
 
Pd^arl. 
 
 77 
 
 
 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 1st 
 
 
 2nd 
 
 3rd 
 
 N. 
 
 an 
 
 
 tu 
 
 oh 
 
 G. 
 
 meean, 
 
 men 
 
 tee&n, tea 
 
 tasar 
 
 D. 
 
 mettf, mai 
 
 tou 
 
 tas 
 
 Ab. 
 
 mal 
 
 
 tal 
 
 tasal 
 
 Ag. 
 
 malf 
 
 
 ta! 
 
 teini 
 
 eh, this 
 eh 
 a8 al- 
 as 
 asai 
 eini 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 as 
 
 tus 
 
 uhn 
 
 eeohn 
 
 G. 
 
 hiean 
 
 tohn 
 
 tai kaf 
 
 ai kar 
 
 D. 
 
 ase 
 
 tuse 
 
 tainhe 
 
 ainhe 
 
 Ab. 
 
 as kal 
 
 tus kal 
 
 taf kal 
 
 ai kal 
 
 Ag. 
 
 asS 
 
 tuse 
 
 tanhe 
 
 ainhe 
 
 k&nh, who ? has G. kasar ; Ab. kasal ; Ag. kein. 
 kt, what ? has G. kurer. 
 
 Other pronouns are dzB, who ; kick, something, atiy thing ; dze kutiB, 
 whoever ; dzB kich, whatever. 
 
 There is a neuter form of the 3rd personal pronoun, sometimes 
 used in the locative (with postpositions) for inanimate objects; as tath 
 kuthi andar, in that house. It is found also in Kashmiii. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns ; otherwise they do 
 not appear to be declined. See sentences 4, 6, 7, 8, 12 at the end. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by means of the positive of the adjective 
 with the ablative of the noun or pronoun with which comparison is 
 made, as : — cheta, white ; tasal cheta, whiter than that. 
 
 Demonstrative. 
 ewrh, like this 
 
 attar, so much 
 or many 
 
 Correlative. 
 tourh, like that 
 
 tattar, so much 
 or many 
 
 Interrogative. 
 keorh, like what ? 
 
 kattar, how much 
 or many ? 
 
 Relative. 
 
 dzeorh, like 
 
 which 
 dzattar, as 
 
 much or many 
 
78 
 
 Padari. 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. The following is a list of 
 the most important adverbs other than adjectives : — 
 
 {Time.) 
 
 himmi, novp. 
 
 tapal, then. 
 
 kapal, when. ? 
 
 dzapal, when. 
 
 shui, tomorrow. 
 
 tlean, day after tomorrow. 
 
 tsouthi, day after that. 
 
 (Place.) 
 
 ieur, here. 
 
 eeul, „ 
 
 ettb, „ 
 
 tar, t5r, there. 
 
 61, 
 
 otth, „ 
 
 tatth, „ 
 
 tal, ,, 
 
 kor, whei'e ? 
 
 kol, 
 
 kotth, ,, 
 
 hi, yesterday. 
 
 pare, day before yesterday. 
 
 tsouthi, day before that. 
 
 ka*d*, sometimes, ever. 
 
 ka*d' na, never. 
 
 ka*d' ka*d', sometimes. 
 
 dzal, where. 
 
 dzatth, ,, 
 
 ien.r tikar, up to here. 
 
 ifi, from here. 
 
 bih, up. 
 
 naind, down. 
 
 nere, near, 
 
 dur, far. 
 
 agar, in front. 
 
 pa'ittar, behind. 
 
 andar, inside. 
 
 bahr, outside. 
 
 ..;; 
 
 dzar, where. 
 
 Others are kyes, why; S, yes; na,no; cfeer, well ; /in!.5aZ, quickly , 
 is galar ddstt, for this reason. 
 
 Conjunction. 
 
 dzai, if. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 The commonest prepositions have been mentioned in the declension 
 
 of nouns and pronouns. The same word ig frequently both a preposition 
 and an adverb. 
 
 par, beyond. mai peur, near me. 
 
 war, on this side, mai samet, with rae. 
 
 andar, in. tasar dosti, for him. 
 
 pad, beneath. tane pewr, towards them. 
 
 pettr, upon. 
 
P&dari. 79 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 Auxiliary . 
 
 Pres. I am, &c., mas. han<», fem. Iiin*, all through. 
 
 Past I was. Siug. m. the", /. thi, PI. theg, /. thi. 
 
 Intransitive. 
 dzharan, fall. 
 
 Fut. dzhar -al -al -al dzhujul dzhar -nal -nal 
 
 Fem, dzhair -el -el -el dzhur-el d/.hair -neM' -ueM' 
 
 Imper, dzhar 
 Past Cond, or 
 
 Pres. Ind, dzhar -na, PI. dzhairne, 
 
 Fem. dzhairni, all through. 
 
 Impf. Ind. dzharua the«, PI. dzhairne thee 
 
 Fem. dzhairni thi. 
 
 Past Ind. dzliara, PI. dzhaire. 
 
 Fem. dzhairi 
 
 Part. dzharna, falling ; dzhair^-kar. having fallen. 
 
 The following show slight variations : — 
 bhon, be, become. 
 
 Fut'. bhol bhol bhfil bhol bhonal bhonal 
 
 Fem. bhoM bhune*l» 
 
 Past Cond. or 
 
 Pres. Ind. bhouna, /. bhu'nn* 
 Past Ind. bho, PI. bhoe, /. bhui. 
 
 adzan, come. 
 
 Fut. ozul ozul ozul ozul aznal aznal 
 
 Fern. azil eznil 
 
 Imperat. aih adzai 
 
 Pres. Ind. azna. PI. azne, /. aizni 
 
 Past a, /. ae, PI. ae, /. ei. 
 
 ghen, go. 
 
 Put. ghau ghel ghel, &c. 
 
 Imperat. gah ghe 
 
 Pres. Ind. ghena 
 
 Past ga, /. gei, PI. gae, /. g§i. 
 
80 Padari. 
 
 beshan, remain, sit. 
 
 Fut. bishul beshal beshal bishul beshnal beshnal 
 
 Fem. beshel 
 
 Imperat. besh beshai 
 
 Pres. Ind. beshna 
 
 Past betha 
 
 Part. bithor, in the state of having sat. 
 
 Transitive Verbs. 
 kotan. 
 
 Fut. ku^al kotal kotal kutal kotnal kotnal 
 
 Fem. kutal koetel koetel kutal kutneM' kutne*!' 
 
 Imperat. kot kotai 
 
 Pres. Ind. or 
 
 Past Cond. kotna, PI, kotne, fem. koetni 
 
 Imperf. kotn -ath -ath -ath -etb -eth -gth 
 
 Fem. koetneth*, all through. 
 
 Past kotta (PI. kotte, /. koetti), with agent case of 
 
 subject ; kotja agreeing with the object. 
 
 Part. kotna, beating ; kotta, beaten ; kotor, in the state of 
 
 having been beaten, koitikar, having beaten. 
 
 khan, eat. 
 Pres. Tnd. khanna 
 Past kha, /. khaii. 
 
 pin, drink. 
 Pres. Ind. pinS 
 Past pia, /. pi 
 
 Part. pior, in the state of having been drunk. 
 
 din or den, give. 
 Pres. Ind. dyen^ 
 Fut. daii deal, &c. 
 
 Past dyitta 
 
 lei^, take. 
 Pres. Ind. lena 
 Fut. leS leal, &c. 
 
 Past lea 
 
 Part. leaur, in the state of having been taken. 
 
 bola^, speak. 
 Pres. Ind. bonna 
 Part. bolor, in the state of having spoken. 
 
Pndnri, 
 
 81 
 
 karan, do. 
 
 Pres. Ind. karna. 
 
 Fut. korul 
 
 Past kea 
 
 Part. keatir, in the state of liaving been done. 
 
 ghin (ghm) aclzan, bring, and glun ghen, take away, arc conjugated 
 like adzan, come, and ghen, go, lespectively. With tliis ghin, having 
 the sense of take, should be compared Lahnda ghinna, take. 
 
 It will be noticed that two forms of the 1st Sing. Fut. are found, 
 one ending in nasal n, apparently confined to verbs whose roots end in 
 a vowel, as ghaii, from ghen, go; daii, from din or dBn, give; leU, from 
 iBn, tnke ; the other being the ordinary form in -I or -ul, as korul, from 
 karna, do; hlshul, from beshan, sit. 
 
 Epenthetical vowel changes are not uncommon. Thus from hannn, 
 make, we have hanain den or hanainl den (Urdu, hana dSnn); from 
 rakkhan, place, raikh tshar or raikhl tshar (Urdu, rakh char) ; from 
 parhan, resid, parhain de or parhaini de (Urdu., parh de). So khalan, 
 cause to eat, changes to khalain when in agreement with a fern, noun ; 
 dzhSrna, falling, has pi. dzhairne and fem. dzhairn^, and dzhair^ kar 
 having fallen ; fut. dzharnal has fem. dzhairneH^ ; hhonna, being, has fem. 
 bhu^nn^ ; fut. bhonal (I shall be) has f. bhuuFP ; see verbs passim. 
 
 The e in thee and koetnl above and in hine and hane below (sen- 
 tences 4 and 13) should, strictly speaking, be above the line. On 
 account of difficulties of type it is printed on the line. 
 
 Numerals. 
 
 1 — yak. 
 2— dui. 
 3— tlae. 
 4 — tsour, 
 5 — panz. 
 6 — tshai. 
 7 — satt. 
 8 — atth. 
 9 — nau. 
 10— dash. 
 
 J 1— yarah. 
 12 — barah. 
 13 — teirah. 
 14 — caudah. 
 15 — pandrah. 
 IG^shorah. 
 17 — satarah. 
 18 — atharah. 
 19 — 'Unnih. 
 20— bih. 
 
 The first syllable of dui and tlae and shorah is pronounced very 
 long. It is probable that the common people count by scores and do 
 not use separate numbers between 20 and 100 (sum)- '•'''«* following 
 numbers used by some are doubtless due to commujiication with towns. 
 
82 
 
 Pndnr'i, 
 
 27 — sataii. 
 
 67— satath. 
 
 29 — unaitri. 
 
 69 — nnliattar. 
 
 30— trih. 
 
 70— sahattar. 
 
 37 — safcattri. 
 
 77 — .'iathattar (pro- 
 
 39— un tali. 
 
 nounced sat-h attar) 
 
 40— calih. 
 
 79 — unasi. 
 
 47 — satali. 
 
 80— as.si. 
 
 49 — 'ununja. 
 
 87 — -satasi. 
 
 50 — •pjtnjah. 
 
 89 — unanme. 
 
 57 — satunja. 
 
 90— iiabbe. 
 
 59 — vanath. 
 
 97 — .satanme. 
 
 60— .shatth. 
 
 100— sau. 
 
 List op Common Nouns, 
 
 Adjectives and Verbs. 
 
 l)ab, father. 
 
 sur, pig. 
 
 ij, motheir. 
 
 kokkar, cock. 
 
 bliae, brother. 
 
 kokat'r, hen. 
 
 l>hen, sister. 
 
 bala, male cat. 
 
 kua, son. 
 
 balai, female cat. 
 
 koi, daughter. 
 
 fith, camel. 
 
 dhaini, husband. 
 
 pokkhar, bird. 
 
 dzail, wife. 
 
 glez, kite. 
 
 mauhnu, man. 
 
 suga'l', fox. 
 
 kliiho", woman, 
 ghionu, 
 geobliar, boy. 
 koi, girl. 
 
 hathi, elephant, 
 hat, hand, 
 khur, foot, 
 nakk, nose. 
 
 pahal, shepherd, 
 tsor, thief. 
 
 tir, eye. 
 totar, face. 
 
 ghor-a, horse. 
 
 dann, tooth. 
 
 -i, mare. 
 
 kann, ear. 
 
 badhel, ox. 
 
 lotth, hair. 
 
 ga, cow. 
 
 niagir, liead. 
 
 innih, buffalo. 
 
 dzebh, tungue. 
 
 bakr-a, he-go;it. 
 
 pet, stomach. 
 
 -"), she-goat. 
 
 pyitth, back. 
 
 tlaii)ij;i, sheep, 
 kof-ar, dog. 
 
 jan, body, 
 katab, book. 
 
 -er, bitch. 
 
 kalara, pen. 
 
 yatsh, bear. 
 
 manza, bed. 
 
 dlahg, leopard. 
 
 ghar, house. 
 
 gadha, ass. 
 
 gador, liver. 
 
Pndurj. 
 
 83 
 
 paain, stream (water). 
 
 phat, hill, 
 
 itiadaii, plain. 
 
 baig*, field. 
 
 ruait', bread. 
 
 paain, water. 
 
 geoh, wheat. 
 
 kukkur', maize. 
 
 bott, tree. 
 
 thao, village. 
 
 shaihr, town. 
 
 ban, jungle. 
 
 macch', fish. 
 
 bat, way. 
 
 phal, fruit. 
 
 mas, mefit. 
 
 duddli, milk. 
 
 thul, egg. 
 
 ghiii (accent on second 
 
 syllable), ghi. 
 tel, oil. 
 
 tsliali, buttermilk, 
 disu, day. 
 rat, night, 
 dius, sun. 
 tsainne, moon, 
 tara, star, 
 bat, wind, 
 megli, rain, 
 dhupp, sunshine, 
 bhara, load, 
 bedza, seed, 
 loh. iron. 
 
 cber, good, clean, beautiful, 
 bura, bad. 
 bora, big. 
 mathar, small, 
 nimta, lazy, 
 khara, wise, 
 betal, ignorant, 
 ha sal, swift, 
 pain, sharp. 
 
 adham, Iiigh. 
 
 alag, ugly. 
 
 atara (accent on .st^coml 
 
 syllable), ugly, 
 tlianda, cold, 
 latta, hot. 
 mettlia, sweet, 
 tear, ready, 
 kam, less, little, 
 mata, more, much, 
 sobh, all. 
 bh5n, be. 
 adzan, come, 
 ghen, go. 
 
 be.shan, sit, remain, 
 len, take, 
 din, den, give, 
 dzharan, fall, 
 kliarbhon, stand (/tV. become 
 
 standing), 
 heran, see, look, 
 khan, eat. 
 pin, drink, 
 bolan, speak, say. 
 uijhan, sleep, 
 karan, do. 
 kotap, beat, strike, 
 paryanan, recognise, 
 puzhan. arrive, 
 nashan, run. 
 nash ghen, run away, 
 banan, make, 
 rakkhan, place, 
 hak den (din), call, 
 
 {lit. give call. ) 
 mean, meet, be obtained, 
 shitsan, learn, 
 pafhiin, read, 
 lyekhan, write, 
 maran, die. 
 khunan, hear, 
 ghiran, move away. 
 
84; Pddari. 
 
 paiti adzan, come back. dzote den, plough. 
 
 liHiidan, flow. khalan, cause to eat. 
 
 shatsan, fight. pian, cause to drink, 
 
 dzittan, win. khunan, cause to hear, 
 
 haran, be defeated. tsaran, graze, 
 
 handi ghen, go away. tsaran, cause to graze, 
 
 tsharan, sow. uqhan, lie down. 
 
 Sentences. 
 
 1. Tau ni ki han« ? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Eh ghorar kat barli han^ ? How many years has his horse ? 
 
 3. Iri Kashmir kateri diir haim ? From here how far is 
 Kashmir ? 
 
 4. Tieuii babbar kat gobhar hine ? How many sous has your 
 father ? 
 
 5. Adz ail bara diiral aur han*. To-day I from very far have come. 
 
 6. Miean mathar babbar geobhur taser bheni samet beah keo na 
 (or keor han*). My uncle's (small father's) son has married his sister. 
 
 7. Gih cheta ghorar kathi hin*. In the house the white horse's 
 saddle is. 
 
 8. Taser pitth par tshare. Put it on his back. 
 
 9. Mai tasar koa mata kota. I beat his son much. 
 
 10. Se phat pewr gei te heu^kev tsarna. He on the hill is grazing 
 cows and goats. 
 
 11. Se tas botte pad ghore pe?<r bithor han". He under that tree 
 is seated on a horse. 
 
 12. Tasar bhae apan bhenal bora ban*. His brother is bigger 
 than his sister. 
 
 13. Tasar mul tlae rupae bane. Its price is three rupees. 
 
 14. Miean bab tath mathar kuthi andar han«. My father is n 
 that small house, 
 
 15. Tas rupae del tshare. Give him rupees. 
 
 16. Tasal rupayye ial adzai. Froni him bring rupees. 
 
 17. Tas maihn koitikar radzuri ki dlaindhe. Having beaten him 
 well bind him with ropes. 
 
 18. Khuhal paain kaddh. Prom the well draw water. 
 
 19. Mai agar agar hand (handh). Before me walk. 
 
 20. Tieun penittar kasar koa ban® ? Whose boy is behind you ? 
 
 21. Se kasal mulle ana ? Fi'om whom did you buy that ? 
 
 22. Thawar hati ettah ana. From the shopkeeper of the village I 
 brought it. 
 
SANSI GLOSSARIES. 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 In the Panjab census of 1901 no less than 18,180 person were I'e- 
 turned as belonging to the criminal tribe of the Sasis. In describing 
 them perhaps I may be permitted to quote words I have used elsewhere. 
 " The Sisis are a deeply interesting people. Sunk low in the scale of 
 civilisation, addicted by nature and education to criminal habits, cling- 
 ing to traditional beliefs peculiarly their own, living in the midst of, 
 yet holding aloof from, other races, they invite the attention of stu- 
 dents of ethnology and students of comparative religion alike. But 
 their linguistic interest is paramount. Being criminals, they conceal 
 their language with scrupulous atid extraordinary care. The Sisi dia- 
 lect may be subdivided into two, the main dialect and the criminal 
 variation. While the former will certainly repay time spent on it by 
 students of language, the chief interest lies undoubtedly in the latter. 
 Here we have the remarkable phenomenon of a dialect which owes its 
 origin to deliberate fabrication for the purpose of aiding and abetting 
 crime. Sssis themselves are unaware of its source ; yet in the pre- 
 sence of strangers they unconsciously use a dialect which is not a 
 growth but a conscious manufacture. So much has his now become 
 part of themselves that SSsls from all parts of the Panjab will speak 
 the same dialect, and be ignorant of the fact that what they call their 
 language is partially, at least, a conscious imposture, a deliberate fraud, 
 a carefully laid plot to keep in natural darkness deeds which would not 
 bear the light." 
 
 The difference between the criminal variation and ordinary dialect 
 consists mainly in the greater use in the former of strange words and in 
 the systematic disguising of common words. In every-day speech they do 
 not specially disguise their words ; but it must not be forgotten that 
 their dialect is different from Panjabi or Urdu or Hindi. It is not a 
 thieves' argot: it is a distinct dialect. An account of its grammar, which 
 I wrote seven years ago, will be found in the Journal of the Asiatic 
 Society of Bengal, Vol. LXX, Part I, No. 1, 1901, p. Iff. Young children 
 speak the ordinary dialect ; they are not able to make the necessary 
 criminal alterations. In fact I am inclined to think that the crimiual 
 
86 
 
 variety will come to be less and less used as the Sasis habituate them- 
 selves more and more to the practices of respectable society. At present 
 most of them, in the Panjab at any rate, live in Government Reserva- 
 tions under strict discipline. Many, hov?ever, on special license live 
 scattered here and there in various towns and villages. 
 
 There is no doubt that their grammar and vocabulary are affected 
 by surrounding languages. The glossaries here given consist of words 
 used by Sssis who live in the Panjab. They certainly l)ave a Panjabi 
 colouring which would be lacking in the speech of SSsis who had never 
 been out of tlie United Provinces. Yet the great majority of the words 
 must be the same for all. 
 
 For convenience sake I have divided the words into two parts — first, 
 those which appear to me to be natural SssI words, and second, those 
 which appear to have been deliberately altered from Panjabi or Urdu or 
 Hindi words. Opinions may differ as to which are original words and 
 which are disguised, but it is not a matter of great importance. This 
 division, which in any case will be approximately correct, has been made 
 merely for the sake of facility of reference. 
 
 The altered words call for some explanation. Sasis can, when 
 there is need, change the form of any word, and a vocabulary to include 
 all such changed words would be co-extensive with a dictionary of the 
 language of Panjabi villages. In this glossary I have inserted only 
 those not very numerous words whose altered forms have become so 
 stereotyped as to be virtually new words. 
 
 The following are the commonest changes. The Roman numerals 
 refer to the section of the glossaries : — 
 
 g is sometimes inserted when r or r is both followed and preceded 
 by a vowel (h not being considered) : — as, jehrgd, kShrgS, merga, terga, 
 mharga, tuhdrga, nhdrga, from jehfa, kehrd, mera, terd, mhdrd, tuhdrd, 
 sard (all in XVIIV It is inserted also in koggi (XVIII) from kol. 
 
 Words beginning with a frequently change d to ko ; as, kodmi (X). 
 kom (XIII), konnd (XIV), kodhd and koth (XVII), koj (XVII), from 
 ddml, dtd, anna, ddhd, dth, dj. Gf. also khoth (XII ), from hath. 
 
 Words beginning with a often alter it to ku ; as, kiikkhi (XII), 
 kurji (XIV), kugge and kundar (XVIII), from akkhi, arji, ayge, andar. 
 Cf. also km (XIV) from hatti. 
 
 Kahnd and rahiia become kauhgnd and rauhgnd (XVI), hond, dend, 
 lend become hopnd, depnd, lepnd (XVI). 
 
 Words beginning with a vowel or with h followed by a vowel, often 
 
87 
 
 prefix 6 (oi- siihstit-,iite it for h) as, hindU (XK bek, beil (XVTT\ hue, 
 heihi (XVIII), for Hindu, eh, efl, iw, etln. 
 
 Words beginning with p generally change p to n, an nair, nSt 
 {XW),nagg (XIV), narhna and nuchnn (XVI), na7ij, nncc and nanjah 
 (XVII), narso (XVIII), nhitta, ho]u pnir, pet, pagg, parhna, piichnri, 
 panj, pane, panjnh, far so, phiita. 
 
 Words beginning with 6 gjenerally change 6 to c or cfe ; as, chattu 
 (X), chnha (XIV), coll {XY),chatma(XVl),rhaiiht (XVU), chalak,:im\ 
 chahar (XVIII), hom. Bhattii, biiha, boll, hatnnn, bahuf, bhalakbnhnr. 
 
 n is nsed as a disguising letter for various other words, ns, nhik 
 (XVII) from thik, nhanednr (X) from thanedar, uhana (XIV) from 
 thana, vikat (XTV) from tikaf, nombu (XIV) from tombu, nalll (XIV) 
 from lalll, na\l (XVII) from cMl, non (XV) from corf,nhdlle (Xfll) 
 irora chdlle, 7ihtkhnn {XYl) fvoTxi si khnn, nhir (XII) from .s'lV, nhakkn 
 ( XYIl) irom. sakka,nahb (X) irom snhb (^nhib), naihr (XIV) h-omshakr. 
 Different letters are changed to kh. 
 
 khiTchna (XVI) from likhnd : kharji (XV) from marji; khlkn, 
 khns, khis, and kliassl (XVII) from nikn, da^, his, and assl. 
 
 khn is more or less indisciiminately prefixed to words as kluunju 
 (XVII) for rnjl; khadifha for ditha, seen; kliadeparjgra for depnrgrn 
 = deuga, I will give. 
 
 kh is prefixed in khilpar, khupara (XVIII) from npar. 
 dha is similarly employed, as dhagalh, from galli, tliroat. 
 Some words transpose prominent consonants, as comi from mod (X) 
 and chami from machi (X). 
 
 k is changed to r in runj'l and rhat (XIV), from kunjz and khnt. 
 b is employed in bendra (XIV), from jandrn ; ban ( XV), from san ; 
 and baunna (XIV), from sona. 
 
 There are still other changes which hardly admit of classification. 
 Tlius from car, we get caug ; from ca-Qga, rerjgnn ; and fi-om hhtikhn 
 jhukha (all in XIII), from Musalman, Dhumalmdn ; and from sipahl, 
 gupahl (X) ; h'omsanduq,nadhuk,iindiivo\n lathi, barlathi (XIV) ; from 
 nikalnn, khtgalnn ; and from mkhid, rekhwand (XVI); from u-nihrd, 
 chaihr or chaihra (XI) ; from dnhai, duhangi (XVIII). 
 
 Pronunciation calls for a few remarks. In the Panjab Sasi 
 pronounce most words as Panjabis would pronounce them. There are, 
 however, special points to be noticed. They have, in some words, a 
 peculiar fashion of shutting off a long vowel. These words, so far as 
 I have noticed, are monosyllabic. In the glossaries which follow, this 
 
88 
 
 vowel is indicated by the doubling of the consonant which follows ; thus, 
 ndtt, load of grain ; hass, boiled fat ; khupp, salt ; bapp father ; putt, son ; 
 gandd, anus. Verbs which end in ana, have the first a greatly leng- 
 thened in the present participle. Thus mgumata and batata, from gumana 
 and batand, tlie middle vowel is strangely prolonged. A similar remark 
 applies to the first vowel of some past participles. Thus, hua, kiyd, 
 diyd in Urdu, become huwwa, kiyyd, d'lyyd in SSsi, the first vowel being 
 very long. This is t!ie case also with the u of kud, well (see V). 
 
 In the vocabularies interest attaches to the legal words cdrdwd, ad- 
 ^'ocate; cardwt the cardioa's wages ; gaddi, plaintiff or defendant ; hindd, 
 ordeal ; dho, fee of one rupee ; sair, legal statement ; saihl, notice or 
 warning ; rd-; B^ndjat, justice or judgment ; berdsi, injustice. The words 
 relating to stealing or cattle-poisoning are also worthy of notice. They 
 are baut and gazm, thief ; cliaggl, dauti and lakri, poisoned stabbing 
 instruments ; goli, teari and thlmd, poison ; gaund, place in the inside 
 of the throat for concealing coins ; iombu, ' jemmy ' ; kokd, sign ; pirjgl, 
 following up a thief ; bauti and gaiml, theft. 
 
 The glossary of original words contains 300 words including femin- 
 ine forms, or, excluding the latter, 265 words. I cannot hope that 
 I have secured all the special words employed by Panjab Sasis, but I do 
 not think their vocabulary can be much more extensive than is here re- 
 presented. The glossary of disguised words comprises 126 words, exclud- 
 ing feminine forms. These figures do not take account of the Appendix. 
 It is interesting to reflect that the vocabulary of a criminal tribe is, after 
 all, not very large, even in the case of a dialect so well composed 
 and so clearly defined as that of the Sasis. Owing, however, to the 
 system of disguise, it is quite impossible for one not initiated to 
 understand anything at all of a Slsi conversation when the speakers 
 do not desire to be understood. The linguistic interest of the dialect 
 is out of all proportion to the extent of its vocabulary. 
 
 This is not the place for entering upon a discussion of the linguis- 
 tic position of the Sisi dialect. It is sufficient to say that it, like 
 Gujuri, is closely connected with the Rajasthani system of dialects. 
 These in turn have a marked resemblance to the forms of speech found 
 between Camba and Simla. The causes of this connection are still 
 in obscurity, but we may look for a scholarly and valuable pronouncement 
 on the subject from the pen of Dr. Gr. A. Grierson in one of the forth- 
 coming volumes of the Linguistic Survey of India. Dr. Grierson has 
 referred briefly to the matter in the chapter on Languages in the lieport 
 
89 
 
 of the Census of India, 1901. On pp. 70-72, of Part IV of this Volume, 
 I have mentioned some of the points of resemblance between SS.si and 
 other dialects. It seems hardly profitable at present to continue 
 the investigation much further on the same lines, but those desirous 
 of working out further similarities may compare the sketch of Sssi 
 Grammar referred to above with the dialects treated of in Parts I to III 
 here. In the meantime the following comparative table, supplementary 
 to pp. 70-72 of Part IV will be sufficient. Tlie practical identity of 
 the Sisi Future with that found in Mandeali, Suketl atid Bilfispini (see 
 below) is very remarkable. 
 
 1st Per 
 
 •. Pron Nom. 
 
 1st Plur. Gen. 
 
 2nd Plur. Qen. 
 
 Sisi "^ 
 
 hau 
 
 rahara 
 
 tuhara 
 
 Baghati 
 
 ail 
 
 mahra 
 
 tahra 
 
 Kiathali 
 
 1 
 
 mahro 
 
 
 Kot Grurui 
 
 
 mahro 
 
 tharo 
 
 Inner Siraji 
 
 hi 
 
 mharau 
 
 tharau 
 
 Outer Siraji 
 
 hft 
 
 mharo 
 
 tharn 
 
 Mandeali 
 
 had 
 
 mhara 
 
 
 Kaggri 
 
 ha 
 
 mhara 
 
 
 Bhateali 
 
 
 
 tuhara 
 
 Kuliii and Sainji have liaii, Curahi, Bhadrawahi, Bhalesi and 
 Padari ail; Eastern KiSthali ciE; and Kotkhai a. 
 
 The SSsi Agent Sing, ends in -e. In Kaijgri it generally ends in tlie 
 same way. 
 
 The SSsi future ends in ngT^ or rjg : thus we have horjgrd or 
 horjg I shall be, marar/gra, or mararjg, I shall eat. The Future in rjg 
 is reproduced exactly in Mandi and Suket, where we have Mrjg (or hUgha) 
 and maraijg (or mdrgha), that in jjgrd is found in Bilaspiir, the state ad- 
 joining Suket on the south, where we get hdrjgra and mdrarjgro. 
 W. Bilaspur has hurjghra and mararjghrd. Compare with this Kaqgri 
 hurjghd and mdrghd, Bhateali hurjghd and mdhrgha. 
 
 The following is a table of Adverbs of place : — 
 
 
 here 
 
 there 
 
 when ? 
 
 where ? 
 
 Sisi 
 
 etthi 
 
 otthi 
 
 kare 
 
 jare 
 
 Curahi 
 
 etthi 
 
 o^thi 
 
 kore 
 
 jere 
 
 Bhadrawahi 
 
 
 
 korl 
 
 zari 
 
 Bhalesi 
 
 
 
 kore 
 
 dzere 
 
 Padai-i 
 
 
 
 kor 
 
 zar 
 
90 
 
 Pronouns he, she, it or that, and this. 
 Agent Sing. Oblique Plur. 
 
 Sisi un in n retained throughout 
 
 Bhadrawahi uni ini n retained throughout 
 
 The dialects which, like SIsi, make their Pres. Pai't. in -fa are 
 Ciirahi, Bhadrawahi. Bha}esl and Padari. 
 
GLOSSARY OF SANSI WORDS 
 
 Nnte. — References to other Sasi words are to the same section of the Glossary 
 
 unless when otherwise speci6ed. 
 
 I 
 
 I.— People. 
 
 badia, snake-cliarmer, /. badiani. 
 bogra, watchman (caukidar) or 
 police inspector (thanedar). 
 
 bahn, sister, 
 
 baila, Cuhra, /. baili (see cucnci, 
 goUa, nokh). 
 
 bapp, father. 
 
 ba»mi, wife. 
 
 baut, thief (see gaim). 
 
 bhataai, Sssi woman. 
 
 bhattu, SSsi man (in the Cuhra 
 aigot bhatu). [ktniH). 
 
 bitri, khattri, /. bitrani (see 
 
 bogna, faqir. 
 
 bora, boy (see mundd, neokla). 
 
 bori, girl (see mundl^ neokU, nikki). 
 
 chamk, Brahman, /. chamkani. 
 
 carawa, advocate in S3si dispute 
 (see gaddi ; also carawi, dho, sair 
 in V, and saihl in VI). 
 
 cyur, Sikkh, /. cyurani. 
 
 cucna, Ciihra (see baila), f. cucoi. 
 
 dhamnS, husband. 
 
 gaddi, plaintiff or defendant (see 
 ciirdwa) . 
 
 gaim, thief (cf. Qasai word gaimb 
 or gaimbd (see baut). 
 
 gajeta, non-Iowcaste boy. 
 gajeti, non-lowcaste girl, 
 golia, Cuhra, /. gollaa (see baiJd). 
 kajja, J at, /. kajji (English 
 
 codger ? See kheta). 
 kaka, father's younger brother, 
 kaki, wife of preceding. 
 
 kheta, Jat, /. kheti (see kajjd). 
 kinia, khattri (see bitri). f. kiniani. 
 
 kumbhla, potter ( Urdu /c/tm/u//). 
 
 /. kumbhlani. 
 mauti, mother, 
 munchi, wiiter, &c. 
 munda, boy (see horn). 
 mundi, girl (.see bori). 
 naithi, barber (Urdu ndl). 
 neokla, nekla, boy (see born). 
 neokli, nekli, girl (see hori). 
 
 nikki, little girl (see bori; and 
 nthd in VIII). 
 
 n5kh, Ciihra, /. nokhni (see bailn). 
 phupha, father's sister's husband. 
 pUtt, son. 
 
 tli5ka, carpenter (cf. Paiijabi 
 thdknd, to hammer). 
 
 II.— Animals. 
 
 balea, cat (accent on la.st syllable), 
 /. baleai (see gaunn, kuned). 
 
 bhukal, dog, /. bhukli (seekiitn), 
 possibly onomatopoetic. 
 
 chabra, m. goat, /. chahri. 
 
 culkna, m. cock, /. culkni. 
 
 dhebra, m. cat, /. dhebri. 
 
 dofa, m. iyuana, /. doph (Pjiiijabi 
 goh); dofn, hikan, jhandn and 
 sirsd, are names of different 
 kinds of iguana. 
 
 edri, /. sheep. 
 
 gaddar, m. jackal, /. gaddap. 
 
 gauna, m. cat, ass. (See baled,). 
 
 hikan, m. kind of iguana (see dof^)- 
 
92 
 
 Glossary of Sasi Words. 
 
 jaggar, m. feeble, poor animal 
 
 (ciittle) alive or dead, used by 
 
 Culiras of dead cattle, 
 jhabbar m. jackal, 
 jlianda, m, kind of iguana (Panjabi 
 
 jhandaul, see dofa). 
 jhau, TO. bedgeliog, /. jhaihii. 
 kabra, m. goat, /. kabri. 
 kaijgal, m. bull; /. kaijgli {^eelaud). 
 khimat, /. buffalo, 
 kiidra, horse ; /. kudri. 
 kukar, m. cock ; /. kukkri. 
 kuiiei, m. cat (accent on last 
 
 syllable, see baled). 
 
 kiita, dog ; /. kiiti (see hhiikal). 
 
 lalsi, /. cow (see laud). 
 
 laud, lauda, bull ; /. laudi (see 
 kdrjgal, lalsi). 
 
 nokb, m. mongoose, /. nokhni. 
 sirsa, in. kind of iguana, /. sirsi 
 (Panjabi hatjgird, see dofd). 
 
 tandli, m. louse (see tusU). 
 
 thUb, m. camel. 
 
 tiinda, m. pig, 
 
 tusli,/. louse (see td^idli). 
 
 III.— Parts of the Body. 
 
 [In this list h stands for human, a for 
 animal, b for both human and animal, 
 according as the words refer to the parts 
 of the human body or the parts of ani- 
 mals, generally cattle.] 
 
 atts, /. pi. entrails (b). If the 
 entrails are cut up into pieces 
 each piece is called att, f. 
 
 bahapa, foreleg (a), 
 banda, penis (6). 
 bandi, vagina (6). 
 
 bapeandar, /. anus with adjoining 
 
 parts (a). 
 bellar, m. skin (a), 
 bet, m. skin (a). 
 
 caura, m. hind leg (a), used also 
 by Cuhras. 
 
 dhuddi, /. pelvis with flesh 
 attached. 
 
 dokla, m. woman's breast. 
 
 gandd, /. anus. 
 
 gauna, )». hollow place in throat 
 formed by practice where small 
 coins are concealed (word used 
 also by gamblers). 
 
 kagar, /. spine (a). 
 
 gicli, /. knee-joint with flesh at- 
 tached (a; used also by Cuhras). 
 
 kanheri, /. clavicle with flesh 
 attached (a). 
 
 kanna, m. back of neck (a), Ciihra 
 kaund. 
 
 karoH, /. breast (a), 
 khum, m. face (h ; perhaps mukh 
 inverted). 
 
 khura, m. lower half of leg (a), 
 krumbli, /. scapula with flesh 
 attached (a). [Cuhras. 
 
 mohra, »». breastbone (a), used by 
 
 patri,/. lower part of back (a). 
 
 ramba, m. scapula with flesh 
 attached ( a). 
 
 rukra, TO. kidney (6), Cuhra rukrd. 
 
 sammi, /. lower part of back (a) . 
 
 tambla, to. woman's breast. 
 
 tenda, to. coccyx with flesh at- 
 tached (a). 
 
 IV.-Pood. 
 
 bagOUe, m. pi. gram. 
 
 bass, /. boiled fat. 
 
 bera, m. meat. 
 
 cai, m. water. 
 
 cumbli,/. rice (in the husk). 
 
 dhandha, m. carrion. 
 
 dhuUa. m. gur (coarse sugar). 
 
 kanji, /. soup. 
 
 khissii, khisu, /. wheat. 
 
 khupp, TO. salt. 
 
 kunj, /. wheat. 
 
Glossary of Sasi Words. 
 
 93 
 
 kurkni, /. maize {kukhri in various 
 hill dialects. See Simla and 
 Camba dialects ; also dialects in 
 JammS State sucli as Bhadra- 
 wahi). 
 
 raijii,/. unboiled fat (Cuhra minj). 
 
 paijgat, m. ghi (claiified butter). 
 
 raiqk, m. meat. 
 
 tandal, m. rice. 
 
 tandli, /. straw. 
 
 taphle, m. pL, fodder. 
 
 tasli,/- bread. 
 
 timi,/. bread. [see next word). 
 
 tugra, 111. food (Panjabi tnkra 
 
 tiik, m. food. 
 
 tusle, m. fl. barley. 
 
 wassal, m. onion. 
 
 V. — Common Nouns. 
 
 atthar, m. quilt (placed below the 
 sleeper). [dialects. 
 
 ba, /. wind. Of. various hill 
 bai, /. word, matter (Urdu hat), 
 
 abuse (Urdu gall), see gappni. 
 bagela, m. half a pice. [bit. 
 
 bageli, /. eight annas, eight-anna 
 
 balua, m. rupee (see chill, lahha, 
 ruknn ) . 
 
 badewela, m. early morning. 
 
 bena, m. shallow brass vessel ( Pan- 
 jabi channa). 
 
 binda, m. ordeal. Two kinds of 
 ordeal are common. According 
 to one the persons concerned 
 dive into water or hold their 
 heads under water. The one 
 who stays under longer is 
 deemed to have rig:ht on his 
 side. According to the other a 
 pice and a rupee are hidden in 
 different lumps of dough. The 
 truth lies on the side of the one 
 who draws the rupee. 
 
 bindi,/. ear ornament, ear-drop. 
 
 bogmS, /. wealth. 
 
 hurkiia. »i. hiKiqa, as(>d also by 
 Qasais an.l Cuhras, cf. t^arablers, 
 bnrkfl. 'V\\e word is onoraato- 
 poetic (see togna). 
 
 carawi, /. wages given to carawa, 
 q. v. [. 
 
 caughli, /. four annas, four-anna 
 bit. 
 
 chaggi, /. piece of stick about a 
 foot and a half long, with a poi- 
 soned needle at the end, used for 
 poisoning other people's cattle 
 with a view to securing the flesh 
 and skin: (see daUtj, ffoU, lakri, 
 teari, fhlma) a word used by 
 Cuhras. 
 
 chik,/. sneeze (see chikna VII). 
 
 chill, m. rupee (see halun), cf, gam- 
 blers' word chillar, Panjabi chill. 
 
 daut, m, early morning. 
 
 daftti, /. same as chaggi, q.v., ex- 
 cept that the stick is only a 
 couple of inches long. 
 
 dhama, m. village. 
 
 dho, w. rupee paid by each party 
 on beginning a Sssi law case, 
 (see caraivd in I). 
 
 dhormi, /. two annas, two-anna bit. 
 
 dhumk, /. bad smell. 
 
 dokla, m. pice. 
 
 gl, TO. village. (Urdu gSB). 
 
 gappni, /. word, matter (Urdu 
 bat), abuse (Urdii gali), see hai. 
 
 gedi, /. instrument for carding 
 cotton (Panjabi jhamnt). 
 
 goli, /. poison, used chiefly for 
 putting into the food of culti- 
 vators' cattle (used by Cuhras). 
 
 guliiba, m. tobacco. 
 
 jiwi,/. land. 
 
 karjgri, /. movable mud fire-place. 
 
 khahta, m. way. 
 
 khat, /• bed (khaf in Kashmiri, 
 
 Punchi, Kairali, Doda Siraji, 
 
 Bhadiawahi), 
 
94 
 
 Glossary of SUsi Words. 
 
 khaula, m. house. 
 
 khludh, /. quilt used, to cover the 
 sleeper. 
 
 khunta, m. iron and wood instru- 
 ment for digging. 
 
 kohd, m. large silver circle for the 
 neck (see kuhdi). 
 
 koka, m. sign, 
 
 kondh, m. dark half of lunar 
 month, i.e., from about the 22nd 
 of one lunar month to the 7th of 
 the next. 
 
 kothli, /. tobacco pouch. 
 
 kua, well (w pronounced very long, 
 see riia XIV). 
 
 kSdhi, /. earthenware cooking pot 
 (Panjiibi taart or handi). 
 
 kudra, m. earthenware waterpot 
 (Urdu ghard). 
 
 kudri, /. load of sheaves of corn, 
 
 &c. (Panjabi bharl). 
 kuhdi, /. small silver circle for 
 
 neck (see kohd.) 
 labba, m. rupee (see balud). 
 lakri, /. cattle-stabbing instrument. 
 
 same as cluiggl, q.v. 
 
 lalli, /. night, c/. Arabic laila. 
 
 lamkna, m. earring. (Panjabi 
 lamTcna, hang). 
 
 leokri,/. wood (Urdu lakri). 
 nahd, in. village. 
 
 natt, /. load of grain, &c. (Panjabi 
 pand). 
 
 naStha, m. name. 
 
 netri, /. sword. 
 
 pagg, /. turban. 
 
 pauhni, /. shoe (Punchi paw^a). 
 
 phal, m. house-breaking jemmy, 
 
 (see tombu). 
 pirl, m. oil. 
 piijgi, /. fire, 
 ricj-a, m. cloth, 
 rukna, m. rupee (see halud). 
 
 sair, /. legal statement made by 
 plaintiif or defendant previous 
 to the advocate (see caratoa in I). 
 
 sutthan, /. kind of baggy trousers, 
 Panjabi sutthan. 
 
 tear!,/, poison given to cattle (see 
 
 chaggi), a word used also by 
 Cuhras. 
 
 thima, m. poison given to cattle 
 ("see chaggi), used by Culiras. 
 
 tohgna, m. huqqa (see burkna ; 
 tohgna in VII). 
 
 tombu, m. house-breaking jemmy 
 (used also by Cuhjas) ; see phal. 
 
 VI.— Abstract Nouns. 
 
 bauti, /. theft (see baut in I) ; 
 used by Cuhras. 
 
 berasi, /. injustice ( see ras) ; used 
 by Qalandar. [^laggna). 
 
 chok, /. police inquiry (with 
 
 gaimi,/. theft (see gaim in I) ; used 
 
 by Cuhras, cf. Qasai gaimbi, 
 jadda, m. cold, (cf. Outer Siraji 
 
 dzadau, JJrdujard). 
 
 jat,y. justice, judgment (see rds). 
 
 piijgi, /. following up a thief. 
 
 ras, /. justice, judgment (see 
 berdsi, jdt), used by Qalandar. 
 
 sata, /. thirst (accent on second 
 syllable). 
 
 saihl, /. legal warning or notice 
 generally verbal (see carawa 
 in I). 
 
 VII.-Verbs. 
 
 asarna, corae (Urdu ann). 
 
 bagna, flow (Urdu bahnd). 
 
 baisna, sit (Urdu baithnd). 
 
 binkna, run. 
 
 chekna, ostracise, outcaste. 
 
 cekufna, seize. 
 
 chegguna, ask for, demand. 
 
Glossary of SS,si Words 
 
 95 
 
 chikna, sneeze (see chlk. V,). 
 
 cilapna, walk, go. 
 
 culkna, speak. 
 
 chodna, leave (Urdu chornd). 
 
 dauna, enter, place (in latter sense 
 
 equivalent of Urdu dalnn). 
 dimna, eat (see dutnd). 
 
 ditha, past part. seen. (Panjabi 
 ditthd). 
 
 dutna, eat (see dimna). 
 gauhgna, go, pa. p. gauhga, gone, 
 gum kulna, keep quiet (see kulnd, 
 natthi kulna). [lost). 
 
 gumana, conceal (Persian gum, 
 jasarna, go. (Urduy^na). 
 
 khinsna, run away. 
 
 khimna, weep. 
 
 khona, open : Urdii kholnd. 
 
 khusarna, laugh. 
 
 kukna, accuse, inform'about, ' peach.' 
 
 kulna, do (used by Ciihras). 
 
 loaa, beat, kill (cf. Cuhra lothnn, 
 Kashmiri Idyun). 
 
 lugua, die (used by Ciihras). 
 
 natthi kiilna, keep quiet (see kulnd, 
 gum- kulnd). 
 
 naukhna, see, look. 
 
 pagarna, seize. {Urdu pakarnd). 
 
 pinagaa, run away. 
 
 podna, have sexual intercourse 
 
 with (Urdu eodna). 
 pudana, cause to have sexual 
 
 intercourse with. 
 
 retna, cut. 
 
 siyya, was, /. si, pi. siyye, /. siyyg 
 (see thlyyd; cf. Panjabi si). 
 
 tauna, fall, lie ; it also enters into 
 composition with the sense of 
 Panjabi paind. 
 
 thekuna, conceal in ground, bury. 
 
 thiyya, was, /. thi, pi. thiyye, 
 /. thiyyS (see siyyd) . A similar 
 form is found in many hill 
 dialects. 
 
 tohgna, drink (.see iohqnd in V). 
 nthna, rise, get up. (Urdii ntlind). 
 
 VIII.- Adjectives, Pronouns. 
 
 buddlia, old. 
 
 dhor, two. 
 
 ea, this (Urdii yih). 
 
 hau, I (/m«, nn or hv. is found in 
 many hill dialects and also in 
 Rajasthan. See Introduction 
 above). 
 
 ja^a, big. 
 
 kai, something, anything. 
 
 mhara, our. See Introduction. 
 
 nika, small (see nikki in I, which, 
 it is to be noted, is not nikl). 
 
 tam, you (Urdu turn ; for ive ham 
 is used as in Urdu). 
 
 taS, thou. 
 
 ther, three. 
 
 tiarga refers to the thing under 
 discussion, when plainer reference 
 is not desired. It takes the 
 gender and number of the word 
 indicated. It may be translated 
 ' the thing or person we are speak- 
 ing of.' 
 
 tuhara, your. See Introduction. 
 
 IX.— Adverbs, Prepositions, 
 Interjections, 
 
 age, yes. 
 
 bai, hush! 
 
 bhi, again (it is noteworthy that 
 
 this word is found in this sense 
 
 in Inner Siraji). 
 
 bice, in. Found in many dialects. 
 
 dua hoti, expression of greeting 
 and farewell, probably contract- 
 ed from the words for ' there is 
 prayer,' and meaning ' may there 
 be prayer for thee,* ' peace be to 
 thee.' 
 
 etthe, Stthi, here. See Introduc- 
 tion. 
 
96 Glossary of S&s't Words. 
 
 ettho, hence. ma, in. 
 
 ettho tikar, up to here. nU, there. 
 
 ida, thus. otthe,otthi, there. See Introduction. 
 
 iw, iwke, now. ottho, thence. 
 
 jare, where (relative). See Intro- ottho tikar, up to there. 
 
 ducfcion. satlitha, than (used like Urdu se). 
 
 kad, when ? talhg, down, below {talU in Gujur 
 
 kare , where ? and Tinauli). 
 kida, why. 
 
i 
 
 GLOSSARY OF DISGUISED SANSI WORDS 
 
 Note. — In this Glossary P. stands for Panjabl. 
 
 X.-People. 
 
 binds, Hindn. 
 
 bappta, bapp (q.v., I), father. 
 
 biwar, P. jbiur, water-carrier, &c. 
 
 bunyara, P. sunyara, goldsmith 
 
 charai, P. machi, name of a caste 
 whose chief function is water- 
 carrying. 
 
 chattu, bhattu, Sasi (see bhattu 
 in I). 
 
 chatani, female of chattu. 
 comi, moci, shoemaker, 
 dhuraalman, Musalman. 
 gupahi, sipahi. 
 kodmi, iidmi, man. 
 nahb, sahib, European. [or. 
 
 nhanedar, thanedar, police inspect- 
 nhauhra, P. sauhra ; father-in-law, 
 ranjar, P. kanjar, a low Muham- 
 madan caste. 
 
 XI.— Animals. 
 
 bahn, P. sabn, breeding animal 
 
 (horse, donkey, bull), 
 beadha, P. sandha, male buffalo, 
 chaihr or chaihra, P. waihfa, calf. 
 
 1 chukal, bhukal (q.v., II) dog, cf. 
 Gipsy jukel. 
 ratta, P. katta, young baffalo. 
 
 XII.— Parts of the Body. 
 
 kills, P. sis, head (see uhis). 
 khotb, hath, hand. 
 kSkkh, P. akkh, eye. 
 kukkhi, P. akhkhi, eye. 
 
 nair, pair, foot. 
 
 net, pet, stomach. 
 
 nhir, sir, head, 
 
 nhis, P. sis, head (see khis). 
 
 jafidhre, P. jau, barley. 
 
 XIII.-Food. 
 
 kotta, ata, flour, 
 nholle, ch5lle, gram, 
 nuk, tuk (q.v., IV), food. 
 
 XIV. — Common Nouns. 
 
 barlathi, lathi, stick. 
 
 baunna, sona, gold. 
 
 bendia, P. jandra, lock. 
 
 chanda, P. bhanda, household 
 
 vessel, 
 chuha, buha, door, 
 coli, boli, speech, language, 
 konna, P. anna, anna, 
 kundi, P. handi, cooking pot. 
 kurji, 'arzi, complaint in law. 
 kuti, P. hatti, shop, 
 nadhuk, sandiiq, box. 
 nagg, pagg, turban, 
 naihr, shahr, city, 
 naisa, paisa, pice, 
 naki, P. taki, cloth, 
 nalli, lalli, night, 
 narat, P. parat, brass vessel, 
 nhali, P- thali, brass vessel, 
 nhana, thana, police station, 
 nikat, tikat, ticket, 
 nohal, P. boha], heap of grain. 
 
98 
 
 Glossary of Disguised Sdsi Words. 
 
 ii5mbu, tombu, house-breaking in- 
 strument. 
 
 iliat, khat (q.v., V.), bed. 
 , runji, kunji, key. 
 \ rua, kua, well {n pronounced very 
 
 XV.— Abstract Nouns. 
 
 banh, P. sanh, house-breaking. 
 
 kharji, marzi, will, pleasure. 
 , nliitta, P. phitta, abuse. 
 I aiori, cori, theft. 
 
 khajanat, zamanat, surety. 
 
 XVI.— Verbs. ( 
 
 ' chatana, bataua, show, tell. 
 
 colna, bolna, speak. 
 
 depna, dena, give. 
 
 hopna, bona, be, become. 
 
 kauhgna, kahna, say. [out. 
 
 khigalna, nikalna, go out, come 
 
 khikkhna, likhna, write. 
 
 lepna, lena, take. 
 I narhna, parbna, read. 
 
 nhikhaa, sikhna, learn. 
 
 rihodna, chodna (q.v., VII), leave- 
 
 nuchna, puchna, ask, 
 
 raubgna, lahna, remain, 
 
 rekbvvana, rakbna, place, 
 
 XVII.— Adjectives, Pronouns. 
 
 bea, ea (q.v., VIII), this (h is pre- 
 fixed throughout the declension), 
 bek, ek, one. 
 
 boh, P. oh, that (h is prefixed 
 
 throughout the declension), 
 caug, car, four, 
 ceggua, P. caqga, good, etc. 
 chauht, bahut, much, many, 
 jhukha, bhukha, hungry, 
 jihrga, P. jihra, which (relative). 
 
 kharaju, P. >aji, Urdurazi, willing, 
 pleased, in good health. 
 
 khas, das, ten. 
 
 khassi, assi, eighty. 
 
 khaS, nau, nine. 
 
 khawwe, nawwe, ninety. 
 
 kihrga, P. kihra, which ? 
 
 khika, nika (q.v., VIII), small. 
 
 khis, bis, twenty. 
 
 kodha, adha, half. 
 
 koth, ath, eight. 
 
 merga, mera, my, mine. 
 
 mharga, mhara (q.v., VIII), our, 
 ours. 
 
 nacc, pane, five. 
 
 uali, P. call, forty. 
 
 nanj, panj, five. 
 
 nanjah, P. panjah, fifty. 
 
 uhakka, sakka, relative, e.g. sakkn 
 bhauta, full brother. 
 
 nhara or nharga, sara, all. 
 nhatt, P. satt., seven, 
 nhattar, sattar, seventy, 
 nhatth, P. satth, sixty, 
 nhau, .sau, hundred, 
 nhe, P. che, six. 
 nhik, thik, right, correct, 
 terga, tera, thy, thine, 
 tuharga, tuhara, (q.v., VIII), your, 
 yours. 
 
 XVIII.— Adverbs, Prepositions, 
 Interjections. 
 
 betthe, betthi, etthe, etthi (q.v., 
 IX), liere. 
 
 bettho, ettlio (q.v., IX), hence. 
 
 biw, biwke, iw, iwke (q.v., IXj, 
 now. 
 
 botthe, bottlii, 5tthe, otthi, (q.v., 
 iX), there. 
 
 bottho, ottho (q.v., IX), thence. 
 
 chahar, bahar, outside. 
 
 chalak, P. bhalak, to-moi^row. 
 
Glossary of Disguised Suai Words. 99 
 
 duhangi, duhai, lit. appeal, used as koj, aj, to-day. 
 
 au expressio.i of "su.-prise or kugg§, P. agge, in front, befo.e. 
 
 horror. , , j • -j 
 
 , , _ _ , kiindar, andar, inside, 
 
 khupar, upar, above, up. ~ ~ ^ n. . 
 
 ,- . 1 P , narso, parso, day after to- morrow 
 
 kliupa.-a, upar se, from above. or day before yesterday, 
 
 koi^gi, koi, anyone, someone. ^ath, sath, with. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 It seems advisable to include in an appendix some words which I 
 have not been able to verify. The first list is taken from a very inter- 
 esting leport on Vagrant Sisis published in 1896 by Mr. H. L. Williams, 
 0. S. P. From the fact that my Sasi friends do not recognise the words, 
 I conclude tliat they must be words used by the Bhedghut, who are very 
 vicious in their habits and seem to have secret words not known to other 
 Sssis. I give the words exactly as they appear in the report. There 
 are veiy few diacritical marks : — 
 
 bogna, danger, 
 bola, father. 
 
 chaukuni, four-anna bit. 
 chepri, cloth, 
 chhangriya, brass vessel, 
 chhekia, cow. 
 chhipri, pice, 
 chilakni, nose-ring, 
 chiwar, policeman, 
 dhagun, bangle, 
 hat, eight, 
 jhandla, utensil, 
 khapla, salt, 
 khumna, rupee, 
 kukiya, cock, 
 manuka, salt, 
 mat, mother, 
 materi, woman, 
 nakauni, nose-ring, 
 namalta, meat. 
 
 nanj, nine, 
 nilian, gold mohurs. 
 nohal, house-breaking instru- 
 ment, 
 nojna, gold, 
 parausi, master. 
 rabdi, sister, 
 rakhia, sheep, 
 rupya, cloth, 
 sagla, pot. 
 sekhiya, policeman, 
 seth, gram, 
 sipri, rice, 
 takna, workman, 
 tapgi, turban, 
 thangia, brother, 
 thangna, arrest, 
 tonga, rupee. ^ 
 tora, liquor, 
 tshukr, dog. 
 
 The following words, which I cannot recognise, are found in a MS. 
 list compiled in 1905, by Kishan Cand, Sub-Inspector of Police, Sial- 
 kot. 
 
 chipya, sheet, 
 sarat, pillow. 
 
 thengan, bangle, 
 thoya, old. 
 
PANGWALI [Paijgwali.] 
 
 The following notes have been compiled from two manuscripts. 
 I have not had an opportunity of making a firsthand study of 
 Paggwali. 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 Masculine. 
 Nouns in — a. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. '' ghor-a, horse -e 
 
 G. -e -e 
 
 D.A. -e di or je -e di or je 
 
 L. -e bice, Sfc. -e bice ^c. 
 
 Ab. -e kana -e kana 
 
 Ag. -e -e 
 
 Usage appears to vary in the case of raasc. nouns with other 
 endings. They add -e for Gen. and Ag., but generally do not other- 
 wise inflect. There is, however, a locative in -e, thus tes dese, in that 
 country. 
 
 hah, hau, father, has G. habbe, baue, &c. 
 
 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 
 N. 
 
 
 kui, girl 
 
 kui 
 
 G. 
 
 
 kui or kiiia 
 
 ,, or kiiia 
 
 D.A. 
 
 
 kui 
 
 kui 
 
 L. 
 
 
 „ bice 
 
 „ bice 
 
 Ab. 
 
 
 „ kana 
 
 ,, kana 
 
 Ag. 
 
 
 kui 
 
 kui 
 
 Fem. nouns in a 
 
 consonant appear to inflect by adding -I ; thus 
 
 pitth, back ; pitthl pu 
 
 tth, on the back ; hlien 
 
 sister ; hhenl di, to a 
 
 sister. 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 
 Pkonouns. 
 
 
 
 1st 
 
 Sing. 
 2nd 3rd 
 
 eh, this. 
 
 N. 
 
 aG 
 
 tii se, oh 
 
 eh 
 
 G. 
 
 man 
 
 tan tese, use 
 
 i.se 
 
 D.A. 
 
 mo di 
 
 tan di tes di, us 
 
 di is di 
 
102 Pang wait. 
 
 L, mo bice tau bice tes bice, its bice is bice 
 
 Ab. mo kana tau kana tes kana, us kana is kana 
 Ag, me tai, te teni, un! in! 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 as, as 
 
 tus, tub 
 
 oh 
 
 eh 
 
 G. 
 
 hen 
 
 tahn 
 
 unkea 
 
 inkea 
 
 D.A. 
 
 as di 
 
 tus di (?) 
 
 un di 
 
 in di 
 
 L. 
 
 as bice 
 
 tus bice (?) 
 
 un bice 
 
 in bice 
 
 Ab. 
 
 as kana 
 
 tus kana (?) 
 
 un kana 
 
 in kana 
 
 Ag. 
 
 ase, as 
 
 tuse, tiih, tus 
 
 unh 
 
 inh 
 
 ^'or rf?, to, 
 
 Je is also 
 
 used. 
 
 
 
 Ofclier pi 
 
 'onouns are 
 
 kas, who ? 
 
 G. Tease 
 
 Ag. kini 
 
 
 
 je who, 
 
 G. jise 
 
 Ag. jim 
 
 M, what; kicch, sometliing, anything; jehicch, whatever; sahh, 
 all. 
 
 In Par)gwali the lattery tends to become dz and is often so pro- 
 nounced. 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives used as nouns are declined as nouns ; otherwise they 
 are indeclinable except those in -a, which have obi. masc, sing, -e, 
 plur, masc. -e, fem. sing, and plur. -f. 
 
 Demonstrative. Collective. Interrogatwe. Relative. 
 
 ana, like this, tana, like that kana, like what ? jana, like which 
 attru, so much tattru, so much kattru, how much jattru, as much 
 or many or many. or many or many. 
 
 Most adjectives can be used as adverbs. The following is a list of 
 tlie most important adverbs other than adjectives : — 
 
 Time. , 
 
 abe, now pasur, day after to-morrow 
 
 tikhan, then coth, day after that 
 
 kikhan, when ? hi, yesterday 
 
 jikhan, dzikhan, when pare, day before yesterday 
 
 piir, to-morrow coth, day befoi'e that 
 
Panywali. 10;» 
 
 Place. 
 
 iri, here bunh, ure, down 
 
 uri, there nir, near 
 
 kori, where 'f dur, far 
 
 jeri, dzeri, where agar, in front 
 
 iri tikar, up to here pata, behind 
 
 itthi kana, from here aiitar, inside 
 
 baih, up bbarilh, outside 
 
 Others are kis, why ?; hi, yes'; neJn, no; jugti, well ; utaulu (adj.) 
 quickly. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 The commonest prepositions have been indicated in the declou-siun 
 of nouns and pronouns. The same word is frequeutly both a preposition 
 and an adverb. 
 
 par, beyond putth, upon 
 
 war, on this side kem, along with 
 
 par, beneath 
 
 Verbs. 
 Auxiliary. 
 Pres. asa asa asa ase ase ase 
 Fern, asi 
 
 as, indecl. and sd, are also found for asa ; and for the 3rd 
 sing, and plur. we also notice ahi. 
 Past sing. mas. thiya, fern, thi, plur. thiye, thi. 
 
 Intransitive. 
 bish^a, sit, remain. 
 Put. bish-S or -al -al -al -el -el -el 
 
 Imper. bish 
 
 Past Cond. or 
 
 Pres. Ind. bish-ta fern, -tl pi. -te feni. -ti 
 
 Impf. Ind. bishtath fem. bishtith all through 
 
 Past bitth-a fem. -i pi. -e fem. -1 
 
 Part. hishtd, sitting ; bithora, in the condition of being 
 
 seated ; bishnetvala, sitter or about to sit ; bishi 
 kai, having sat. 
 The regular past and stative past (not used) would be bishs, bishdra. 
 
104 Pungwali. 
 
 The following show slight variations :- 
 
 bhuna, become. 
 
 Fut. bhol all through 
 
 Imper. bho 
 Past Cond. or 
 
 Pres. Ind. bhuta 
 
 Part. bhua 
 
 
 
 ina, come. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 yal 
 
 
 Imper. 
 
 ai 
 
 
 Pres, Ind. 
 
 Ita 
 
 
 Part. 
 
 yaikat^ 
 
 having come ; yor or yora, in the condi- 
 
 
 tion of having come. 
 
 
 
 ghena, go. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 ghel 
 
 
 Impel . 
 
 ga^ 
 
 ghe 
 
 Pres. Ind. 
 
 gheta 
 
 
 Past 
 
 ga 
 
 fem. gei 
 
 Part. 
 
 ghal km 
 
 ", having gone ; gayora, in the condition 
 
 
 of having gone. 
 
 
 
 Transitive. 
 
 The regular transitive verb is conjugated like bishna, having, how- 
 ever, a regular past, which agrees with the object as in Urdu. The 
 following show slight differences : — 
 
 mana, beat. 
 
 Fut. maral pi. marel 
 
 Pres. Ind, mata 
 
 Past mara. 
 
 Part. manewdlci, beater, about to beat ; tnarora, in the 
 
 condition of having been beaten. 
 
 khana, eat. 
 Past khau 
 
 pina, drink. 
 Past piii 
 
Pangwidi. 105 
 
 
 
 
 dena, give. 
 
 Fat. 
 
 
 dia 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Ind. 
 
 deta 
 
 
 Past 
 
 
 ditta 
 
 nenu, take. 
 
 Put. 
 
 
 nel 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Ind. 
 
 net:! 
 
 
 Past 
 
 
 niS 
 
 kanu, do. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Ind. 
 
 kata 
 
 
 Past 
 
 
 kijt 
 
 bujna, know 
 
 Past 
 
 y; 
 
 buddhu 
 
 9 
 
 ghini ghena, take away, is like ghena. 
 
 One of the MSS. has a Fiit. in -la, thus ghe-ld, f. ~ll, plur. -le, and 
 has an interesting form in -n for the 2nd plur. fut., thus mdran, you 
 will beat, reminding us of the -n which appears in the 2nd, 3rd plur. 
 fut. in Padari. 
 
 The omission of the r from some of the tenses of the verbs for beat 
 and say, manaand kana, is noteworthy. Compare also henu, see ; hand, 
 be defeated ; panhd (?) read, which in other dialects would be herna 
 hdrna, parhna. The same feature is found in Curahi mdnu, beat 
 kdhnu, do (p. 32). 
 
 The infinitive ends in -a or -u or -u. 
 
 
 Numerals. 
 
 1 yak. 
 
 11 — yahra. 
 
 2— dni. 
 
 12 — balira. 
 
 3— tlai. 
 
 13— tehra. 
 
 4 — caur. 
 
 14 — -caudha 
 
 5 — pan] . 
 
 15 — -pandra. 
 
 6— che. 
 
 16 — shodha 
 
 7— satt. 
 
 17 — satara. 
 
 8— atth. 
 
 18 — athara. 
 
 9 — naS. 
 
 19 — unnih. 
 
 10— dash. 
 
 20— bih. 
 
 The people probably count by scores and do not use the separate 
 numbers between 20 and 100 (sau). With shodha, sixteen, compare 
 Padari shordih. 
 
106 
 
 F any wall. 
 
 Common Nouns, Verbs and Adjectives. 
 
 bab, bau, father. 
 
 ijji, mother. 
 
 bhau, brother (older than 
 
 speaker.) 
 bhai, brother (younger than 
 
 speaker. ) 
 deddi, sister (older than 
 
 speaker.) 
 bhain, sister (younger than 
 
 speaker.) 
 koa, son. 
 
 kui, kuri, daughter, 
 ghareth, husband, 
 jolli, dzolli, wife, 
 mahnu, mard, man. 
 jelhanu, woman, 
 koa, boy. 
 kui, girl, 
 gual, cowherd, 
 puhal, shepherd. 
 
 ghora, horse, 
 ghori, mare. 
 
 lind, ox. 
 ga, cow. 
 bhai, buffalo, 
 bakru, he-goat, 
 bakri, she-goat, 
 bhed, sheep, 
 k attar, dog. 
 kuttri, bitch, 
 rikkh, black bear, 
 bhrabbu, red bear, 
 kukkar, cock, 
 kukkri, hen. 
 balar, cat (male), 
 balari, „ (female), 
 pakhrii, bird, 
 ill, kite, 
 sagal, fox. 
 hathi, elephant. 
 
 hatth, hand. 
 
 khur, foot 
 
 nakh, nose. 
 
 tir, eye. 
 
 .shund, far. 
 
 asi, mouth. 
 
 dand, tooth. 
 
 kann, ear. 
 
 kes, hair. 
 
 kupal, head. 
 
 magar, head. 
 
 jibh, tongue. 
 
 peth. stomach 
 
 dheddh, „ 
 
 pitth, back 
 
 sarir, body, 
 
 pothi, book. 
 
 katab, ,, 
 
 kalam, pea. 
 
 manja, bed. 
 
 gih, house. 
 
 darya, river. 
 
 gaddri, stream, 
 joth, dzoth, hill, 
 shappar, „ 
 
 paddhar, plain, 
 bag, field, 
 roti, bread, 
 pani, water. 
 giSh, wheat, 
 kukkri, maize, 
 but, till, 
 gira, village, 
 saihr, city, 
 ban, forest, 
 macchi, fish, 
 batt, way. 
 phal, fruit, 
 mas, meat, 
 duddh, milk. 
 
PangwaU. 
 
 107 
 
 andheru, e^^. 
 
 ghiu (accent on first), tjhi. 
 
 tel, oil. 
 
 cha, buttermilk. 
 
 din, day. 
 
 rat, night. 
 
 des, sun. 
 
 surj, „ 
 
 josan, raoon. 
 
 purneo, „ 
 
 tara, star. 
 
 bat, bat, wind. 
 
 megh, i^ain. 
 
 barkhea, ,, 
 
 dhupp, sunshine. 
 
 near, storm. 
 
 bharotu, load. 
 
 bhara, „ 
 
 baiju, seed. 
 
 luha, iron. 
 
 khara, good, beautiful, clean. 
 
 bura, bad. 
 
 badda, big. 
 
 mathra, small. 
 
 dhilla, lazy. 
 
 takra, wise. 
 
 giciggar, ignorant. 
 
 utaula, swift. 
 
 painna, sharp. 
 
 ucca, high. 
 
 alagga, ugly. 
 
 thanda, cold. 
 
 garm, hot. 
 
 raittha, sweet. 
 
 tear, ready. 
 
 thora, little. 
 
 mata, much. 
 
 bhuna, be, become, 
 ina, come, 
 ghena, go. 
 
 bishuna, sit, remain, 
 neua, take, 
 kharabhuna, stand, 
 henu, see. 
 khana, eat. 
 pina, drink, 
 bolna, speak, say. 
 sona, sleep, 
 kana, do. 
 mana, beat, 
 paryanna, recognise, 
 bujna, know, 
 pujna, arrive, 
 nashna, run. 
 nashi ghgna, run away, 
 banana, make, 
 sikkhna, learn, 
 panha (?) read, 
 likkhna, write, 
 marnu, die. 
 sunnu, hear, 
 phirna, turn, 
 pheri ina, return, 
 jhagarna, quarrel, 
 jitnu, win. 
 hana, defeated, 
 baiju phataa, sow. 
 haljocna, plough, 
 khalana, cause to eat. 
 piwana, cause to driuk. 
 shunana, cause to bear, 
 carna, graze, 
 carana, cause to graze. 
 
 1. Tan nau ki ahi (asa) ? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Is ghore katri umar ahi ? How much is this horse's age ? 
 
 .3. Iriya (itthan) Kashmir katru dur ahi (asa, ^c.)? From here 
 how far is Kashmir ? 
 
108 Pangwali. 
 
 4. Talm babbe (bawe) gih katre koi ahi ? In your fathei^'s 
 bouse bow many sons are ? 
 
 5. Au ajj bara duva hantba. 1 to-day from very far walked. 
 
 6. Man kakke (or jetbe baue) koa use bbeni dzoi dzsdzi kiyori 
 abi. My uncle's son bas married his daugbter. 
 
 7. Gib (ghiye )baccbe gbore katbi abi (asi). In tbe house is the 
 white horse's saddle ? 
 
 8. Use pitthi puttb katbi la. Put tbe saddle on its back. 
 
 9. MaT use koa mate kutta. I beat his boy much. 
 
 10. Oh jot puttb gai bakri carata lagora abi. He on the hill is 
 grazing cows and goats. 
 
 11. Oh bute par ghore puttb bithora abi. He under the bill on 
 a horse is seated. 
 
 12. Use bhai apan bbeni kana bara asa (ahi). His brother is 
 bigger than his sister. 
 
 13. Ise mull dhai rupayya asa (ahi). Tbe price of this is two 
 and a half rupees. 
 
 14. Man bab us mathre gib bishta abi. My father lives in that 
 small bouse. 
 
 15. Usdi eh rupayya d§. Grive him this rupee. 
 
 16. Oh rupayye us kana ne. Take those rupees from him. 
 
 17. Usdi jugti mari kai rajuri lai bannh. Having beaten him 
 well tie him with ropes. 
 
 18. Khiii kana pani kadh. Dr-aw water from the well ? 
 
 19. Man agar agar hanth. Walk before me. 
 
 20. Kase koa tan pate ita ? Whose boy comes behind thee ? 
 
 21. Oh kas kana mulle gbina? From whom did you buy that ? 
 
 22. GrrSe hatwani kana. From the shopkeeper of the village. 
 
Studies in 
 
 Northern Himalayan Dialects. 
 
 BY 
 
 Rev. T. GRAHAME BAILEY, B.D., M.A. 
 Wazirabad, Panjab. 
 
 CALCUTTA : 
 
 BAPTIST MISSION PRESS, 
 
 1903. 
 
 1-f 
 
PREFATORY NOTE. 
 
 These Notes constitute an attempt to throw some li<'ht on the 
 Northern Himalayan dialects, their connection with each other and 
 their relation to other languages. They are framed throughout on the 
 same model, a fact which will show more readily the agreement and 
 difference of the dialects concerned. First comes Gujuri, and following 
 it are eight dialects which are arranged roughly speaking in the order 
 of their resemblance to Panjabi and unlikeness to Kashmiri. Conse- 
 quently we begin with Pahari dialects from Hazara and the Murreo 
 Hills and end with Kishtawari which is very like Kashmiri. It need 
 hardly be pointed out that in calling them ' dialects ' I do not at all 
 intend to prejudice the claim of some of them to be called 'languages.' 
 Some of them are so widely different from the nearest recognised 
 language as to be quite unintelligible to speakers of it. The following 
 table gives the number of persons who in the Census of 1901 returned 
 themselves as speaking the different dialects. Unfortunately most of 
 the inhabitants of Punch returned themselves as speaking Panjabi, and 
 Punch! is not represented. Similarly Dhundi or Kairali is not specifi- 
 cally mentioned and only two speakers of Tinauli are returned. In 
 reality Punch! is spoken by probably scores of thousands of persons and 
 the other two dialects by considerable numbers. The number returned 
 for Rarabani is obviously below the mai-k. 
 
 Gujuri, Panjab and N.W.P. Province 7G,168 JammS and Kashmir 
 126,849. 
 
 Siraji 14,743; Kishtawari 12,078; Poguli 6,.351 ; Padarl 4,540; 
 Rambani 359. 
 
 As regards the system of Romanising hardly anything need bo said. 
 The system is that of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. It should be noted 
 that the sound of ch in child is represented by ' c' The aspirated ' c ' 
 being ' ch.' ' eu ' is pronounced as in French, and 6 and ii as in German. 
 In sh and zh, the s and z are sounded sepai^ately from the h, whereas in 
 sh and zh they are sounded as in ' shout ' and the * z ' in azure or the 
 French 'j.' The spelling is phonetic as far as possible; the Hindi 9 
 and special Arabic letters such as t and s and others are unnecessary 
 and are not used. Half vowels are represented by vowels written above 
 the line. The fondness of Kashmiri and languages connected with it for 
 ftpenthesis makes the Romanising of vowels very difficult ; in both this 
 1 
 
case and in that of half vowels, I. have endeavoured to reduce rather 
 than to increase the peculiar signs, and to Romanise in such a way as 
 will most readily represent the sounds. 
 
 The dialects or languages under review are fair samples of the 
 speech of the Himalayas from Western Hazara to the East of JammS 
 State. 
 
 Students of Naipali (the chief language of Nepal) will be interested 
 to note a number of points of resemblance between it and Rambani, 
 Poguli, Kishtawari and even Siraji. That there should be some connec- 
 tion between it and languages of the Panjabi type is perhaps less 
 remarkable. 
 
 I am deeply indebted to Mr. H. A. Rose, I.C.S., Superintendent of 
 Census Operations, Pan jab, for the great interest he has taken in these 
 ' Studies ' and for his kindness in having them printed. 
 
 T. Grahame Bailey. 
 Waznahad, 
 Dec. 6th, 1902. 
 
 I 
 
QUJUEi. 
 
 Gujuri presents an interesting liiigaistic phenomenon. It is very 
 closely allied to the Mewari dialect of Rajasthani spoken in MSwar in 
 Rajputana. I found Gujurs in Hazara and Gujurs in the wilds of central 
 Kashmir speaking the same dialect, and yet Gujurs living in the plains 
 of the Panjab, as for example in Gujrat district and GujrSwala 
 disti-ict (to both of which they have given the name), speak Panjabl. 
 By Panjabis the word ' Gujur ' is pronounced ' Gujar.' 
 
 Gujuri as spoken by Gujurs in the Murree hills and the Galis 
 near them. 
 
 Masc. Sing, 
 bapp, father 
 
 ko, (f. ki, pi. ka, k?) 
 
 na 
 
 m§ or bice, in ; tarS up to, 
 
 te 
 
 Noun. 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D.A. 
 
 Loc. 
 
 Abl. 
 
 Ag. 
 
 PI. 
 bapp 
 
 bappS ko, (fee. 
 &c. 
 
 ne 
 
 Nouns in 
 
 N. 
 
 Obl. 
 
 N. 
 
 Obl. 
 
 -o, i Sing, 
 
 ghor-o, horse 
 
 -a „ 
 
 adml, man 
 » i» 
 
 >» 
 
 Plur. 
 
 -a 
 
 -S 
 
 admi 
 
 admiS. 
 
 Like bapp are ajjar, flock ; par, stone. 
 
 Like ghord are dhdko, hill, tayOf father's elder brother, patriyo 
 father's younger brother, phupplio, father's sister's husband, mamo, 
 mother's brother, masTo, mother's sister's husband. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 Sing. PI. 
 
 N. bakri, goat bakr! 
 
 Obl. „ „ -iS. 
 
 Note that clhl, daughter has dhle in the Nom. PI. otherwise fems. 
 in -i are declined like bakri, e.g., gaftt, stone, bauhti, hride. 
 In a consonant. 
 
 Sing. PI. 
 
 N. trimt, woman trimt -e 
 Obl. 
 
 j» 
 
 n 
 
 -S. 
 
So also behn, sister and others ending in a consonant, e.g., mhais, 
 buffalo, bJied, sheep, haccur, mule ; ga, cow keeps ga in the plur. 
 
 The postposition -ko, takes -ka in the oblique sing, but in certain 
 prepositional expressions has -ke, e.g., ke nal, witli ; ke %vaste, forsake of, 
 ke uppicr, above : -o indicates motion from, dilro, from far. 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 
 
 1st Pers. 
 
 2nd 
 
 3rd 
 
 yo — this 
 
 N. 
 
 ha 
 
 t5 
 
 6, oh (f. wJi) 
 
 yo, (f. ya) 
 
 G. 
 
 mero 
 
 tero 
 
 usko 
 
 isko 
 
 D.A. 
 
 mana 
 
 tana 
 
 usna 
 
 isna 
 
 Ag. 
 
 m§ 
 
 te 
 
 usne 
 
 isne 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 
 
 ham 
 
 tarn 
 
 we 
 
 ye 
 
 
 mharo 
 
 tharo 
 
 unko 
 
 inko 
 
 
 hamna 
 
 tamna 
 
 unbS na 
 
 inha na 
 
 
 hamne 
 
 tamne 
 
 unhe 
 
 inhe 
 
 kd)b, who? obi. kis; jo, who, obi. jis ; kot, anyone, obi. kise ; kehro, 
 which ?, jehro, which, declined regularly. 
 
 kitno, how much or many ? it7io, so much or many, jitno, how 
 much or many, regular. 
 Adjectives. 
 
 Adjectives in o, carjgd, good, mando, bad are declined like ghoro, 
 their feminine caugt, mandi, like hakri, e.g., eklo, alone, khalo, standing, 
 lammo, long, capro, broad, sajro, fresh. 
 
 Adjectives ending in a consonant are not declined, eg,, hakh, 
 separate, najor, ill. 
 Comparison. No special forms for compar. and superl. car/go, good ; 
 
 comp. better than this, is te caDg5; superl. best, = better than all 
 
 sdre ta cango. The comp. is sometimes rendered with vmc, mice 
 
 caugo — very good, i.e., more good. 
 Ntcmerals. Counting by scores is usual, /re hi, sixty ; panja uppur 
 
 tre bi, 65, panjci ghat tre bt, 65. 
 Verb. 
 Auxiliary. 
 
 Pres. I am, &c. h3 or hou; ai or hai ; ai (hai) ; ha ; 6 (ho) ; ai (hai) or h§, 
 Past. I was. tho (f. thi) thS tho tha (f. thi) tlia tha. 
 
 Conjugation of marno, beat. 
 Aorist. I may beat, I am beating, &c. mar -ft -e -e -S -6 e 
 Fut. I shall beat. mar-figo -ego -ego -aga -oga -ega 
 
 Imperat. beat. mar maro 
 
 Cond. I should beat. mar-t6(f. ti) -to -to -ta, (f. t!) -ta -ta 
 
Pres. I am beating. mar-Q liofl or lie ; -e hoe ; ~e hoc ; -S lioS ; -o hob ; 
 
 -§ hoe; 
 Impt. I was „ „ tlio ( f . thi ) ; -e th5 ; -e tho ; -is tha (f . th!) ; -6 
 
 tha ; -e tha ; 
 Past. I beat, &c., agentive form of pronoun with marc hoS, which 
 
 agrees with the object, fom. mnri ai, pi. m. marcii hue., f. mnri he. 
 Participles, pres. marto, past mare, having beaten = widr/ce. 
 Passive, pa. p. mare (which is unchanged throughout) with various tenses 
 
 of jauno, go, e.g., mare jaUgo, I shall be beaten, mare gea, wo, 
 
 &c., were beaten. 
 Jduno. go. 
 
 Aorist. jaS, &c., fut. jaSgo, imp. ja. 
 Past. ge-o -o -o -a -a -a 
 
 Parts, jato, geo, jake. 
 
 With the exception of the tenses from the pa. p. the tenses are 
 formed like mdrnd. In intransitive verbs the 1st s. past, adds ^ to tho 
 pa. p. ; geo from geo, fureo from (ureo, walk, hdreo from hdreo, be tired. 
 
 In Gujuri the aorist is frequently used f(ir the Pres. 
 
 The following common verbs have irregular pa. pp. lend, take, llyo, 
 karno, do, kio, deno, give ditto, auno, come dyo, hdno become hud or ho. 
 
 The Prodigal Son. 
 Ekun admi ka do put tha, te nikka ne apna bapp na keho. 
 One man of two sons were and little by own father to was-said 
 
 ai bajl tera mal ko mero hisso oh mana de te usne apno 
 O father thy property of my part that to me give and by-him own 
 
 mal unha bice band ditto, te thorn diharS picchc nikka 
 property them in dividing was-given, and few days after little 
 
 put ne sab kattho kar ditto, te dur milkh bice cale geo 
 son by all together making was given and far countiy in going went 
 
 te us ja usne apno mal lucpun^ mS kharab kar 
 
 and that place by him own property licentiousness in bad making 
 
 chureo; jia bele saro kharc kar chureo us milkh bice 
 was-lef t ; what time all spent making was-left that country in 
 
 dahdo kaht pai geo, te oh taijg hon laggo, te us 
 severe famine falling went and he straitened to be began and that 
 
 milkh ka kise rihonhala kol rahgeo usne apni zamiu 
 
 country of some dweller near remaining went by-him own land 
 
 zanaur carun de calayo, jehri shilr! zanaur khaS tha, oh 
 animals to feed giving was sent what husks animals eating were he 
 
cahe tho ki inliS nal ha apno, dhiddh bharft, te koi 
 wishing was that these with I own stomach may fill and anyone 
 
 usna nih dee tho, jis bele hosh bice ayo apna dil na 
 to him not giving was, what time sense in came own heart to 
 
 kihon laggo mera bapp ka kitna mazur hg jehra 
 
 to say began my father of how many labourers are who 
 
 rajke roti khae, te hS peo is ja bhukkhS marS hi. 
 
 being satisfied bread eat and I fallen this place hungry dying am. 
 
 H3 uthke apna bapp k5le calSgo te usna kah^o 
 
 I having arisen own father near will go and to him will say 
 
 Baji me ghuuah kio, Khuda ko te tero, tero put keh5n 
 Father by-me sin was done God of and thine, thy son to say 
 
 jogo n!h reho, mana apn§ mazurS jeha bana, te cale5 
 worthy not I-remained, me own labourers like make and he went 
 
 te apna bapp kol ayo, iccur oh dur tho uska bapp ne 
 and his father near came, that-time he far was his father by 
 
 usna hereo, te usna rehm ayo, te daurke galh nal 
 to him was seen and to him pity came and running neck with attaching 
 
 la liyo, te piyar ditto. Put ne bapp na keho Baji 
 
 was taken and love was given. Son by father to was said Father 
 
 ml ghunah kio Khuda ko te tero, tero put kShoii jogo 
 by me sin was done God of and thine, thy son to say worthy 
 
 nih rSlio. Bapp ne nokar§ na keho belo caqgS te 
 
 not I remained. Father by servants to was said quickly good from 
 
 caijgo kapro le ao te uska galh luao 
 
 good garment taking come and his neck (on) cause-to-be-attached 
 
 te uski aijgli nal aqguthi luao te uska pair nal 
 
 and his finger with ring cause-to-be-attached and his foot with 
 
 chittur luao te paleo ho bacchS leake 
 
 shoes cause-to-be-attached and kept calf having brought 
 
 koho te khS te khushi kar§ ki mer5 yo put mar 
 
 kill and we may eat and happiness make, for my this son dead 
 
 geo tho hun ji geo, gum geo tho hun tha geo, te 
 
 gone was now living went, lost gone was now being-found went and 
 
 we khushi karun lagga. Usko baro put zimi bice tho, 
 
 they happiness to make began. His big son land in was 
 
jis bele ghar ke nere ayo baja ko t6 naccan ko waz 
 
 what time bouse of nearness came instrument of and dancing of voice 
 
 sunSo, fir ekun nokar na bulake pucchSo ye ke 
 
 was heard, then one servant having called was asked these wlmt 
 
 gal hog, te usne usna kgho tero bhai aggd, te tera 
 matters are and by him to him was said thy brother came and thy 
 
 bapp ne baccho paleo ho koh chureo ki usna carjgo bhald 
 father by calf kept killing was-left for to-him well sound 
 
 tha geo te oh khafe huo te andar ii!h jae tho, te 
 
 being-found went and he angry became and in not going was, and 
 usko bapp hire geS te uska bara tarla kia. Usne 
 
 his father out went and his great entreaties were-made, by him 
 apna bapp na zawab de chureo itna samS mS teri 
 own father to answer giving was-left, so much time by me thy 
 
 khizamt ki te kade teri gal nih raori, te t§ kade 
 
 service was-done and ever thy word not turned- was and by thee ever 
 mana bakro nih ditto yft apnS dostS yarS nal 
 
 to me goat not was given that own friends companions with 
 khushi karS, jis bele tero yo put ayo jisne tero saro 
 
 happiness may-make what time thy this son came by-whom thy all 
 
 mal kanjri§ bice udayo te iske waste paleo ho baccho 
 
 property harlots in was-caused-to-fly by-thee his sake kept calf 
 
 koh ditto. Te usne usna keho Puta to hamesh mere 
 
 killing was-given, and by him to him was said son thou always me 
 
 nal rahe, jitno mero mal hai tero hai. Khushi honi 
 
 with I'emainest, how much my property is thine is. Happiness to be 
 
 te khush bono caijgi gal thi. Tero yo bhai mar geo tho, bun 
 and happy to be good matter was. Thy this brother dead gone was, now 
 
 ji geo, gum geo tho hun tha geo 
 living went, lost gone was now being-found-went. 
 
 Story I. 
 
 HS ajjur ke nil tho nikra buta ke uppnr carheo khalo tho, bakro 
 I flock near was little tree on climbed standing was, goat 
 
 daijkeo hS daurke lattho, ricch tanS ban lef caleo 
 
 cried-out, I having run descended, bear down jangal taking gone 
 
 tho. Hft pauceS kandh bice gatti mari, usne na chureo, 
 had, I arrived back in stone was struck, by him not was left, 
 
8 
 
 bhi duji gattij mari gata bice, fix* chorke 
 
 again second stone was-struck neck in, then Laving left 
 
 nasgeo jit satte5 bakro ns ja bS jake 
 
 running wont, wbei'e was-tbrown goat that place I having-gone 
 
 kbalo buo te mere dar daurke bhi ricch a geo. 
 
 standing became and my direction having-run again bear came. 
 
 Me nikri jehi kuhari mari uske, patto nib laggo 
 
 Bj-me small like axe was-struck to him, information not attached 
 
 je kubafi uske laggi hai ya nih laggi. Fir bakio 
 that axe to him attached is or not attached. Then goat 
 
 cake nasgeS fir koheo usna. Koh reho 
 
 having-lifted running 1 went then killed it. Killing remained I 
 
 te bhi ageo mere dar. Mero dujo sanji pauc 
 
 and again came my direction. My second companion arriving 
 
 ayo, fir hamne doS ue gatti mari te oh nasgeo 
 came then by us two by stone was struck and he running- went. 
 
 Stoey II. 
 
 HS nikro tho sih hilgeo bakri khaun na. Satt bakri 
 
 I small was, leopard being-used went goat eat to. Seven goats 
 
 usne kha churi. ekun ziinidar ki luha ki bani hui khurakki 
 by him eating left-were. One farmer of iron of made trap 
 
 ihi. Wa mangke ani slh ka pakrun ke waste, 
 
 was. That having asked was brought leopard of seizing for sake. 
 
 Wa rah ml chal ditti, iqa bakro bannh ditto. 
 
 That way in placing was given on this side goat tying was-given. 
 
 Sih ayo. Jagg uski bice phas gei, laggo daijkuu. 
 
 Leopard came leg his in entangled went, began to-cry-out. 
 
 Ose bele ham rat gea gira na. Keho sih 
 
 That very time we by night went village to was said leopard 
 
 pakre geo ai. Ghana jaua aya. Ekun lambardar ne banduk 
 catching gone has. Many men came. One lambardar by gun 
 
 marl, sih mar geo. Do adai man ko tho bharo. Atth 
 was-fired, leopard dying went. Two 2| raaunds of was heavy. Eight 
 
 jana cake legeatha. Kbalrl ekun jagirdar ne ca lei, 
 
 men lifting took away. Skin one landowner by lifting was-taken 
 
 te ham na tri rupayya bakshish ditti. 
 and us to 30 rupees reward was given. 
 
Gujuri. 
 
 1. ek, one. 
 
 36. 
 
 bacco (lohro boy, bStkl, girl), 
 
 2. do, two. 
 
 
 child. 
 
 3. tie, tliree. 
 
 37. 
 
 put, son. 
 
 4. car, four. 
 
 38. 
 
 dbi, daughter. 
 
 5. panj, five. 
 
 39. 
 
 ghulam, slave. 
 
 6. che, six. 
 
 40. 
 
 zimidar, cultivator. 
 
 7. satt, seven. 
 
 41. 
 
 ajri, shepherd 
 
 8. attb, eiglit. 
 
 42. 
 
 Rabb, Khuda, Allah, God. 
 
 9. no, nine. 
 
 43. 
 
 Shatan, Azazil, Devil. 
 
 10. das, ten. 
 
 44. 
 
 d!h, sun. 
 
 11. bi, twenty. 
 
 45. 
 
 cann, moon. 
 
 12. dastecali, fifty. 
 
 46. 
 
 taro, star. 
 
 13. panj bi, sau, Imndred. 
 
 47. 
 
 agg, fire. 
 
 14. batth, hand. 
 
 48. 
 
 pani, water. 
 
 15. pair, foot. 
 
 49. 
 
 ghar, house. 
 
 16. nakk, nose. 
 
 50. 
 
 ghoro, horse. 
 
 17. akkh, eye. 
 
 51. 
 
 ga, cow. 
 
 18. moh, mouth. 
 
 52. 
 
 kutto, dog. 
 
 19. dand, tooth. 
 
 53. 
 
 bills, cat. 
 
 20. kann, ear. 
 
 54. 
 
 kukkur, cock. 
 
 21. bal, hair. 
 
 55. 
 
 badk, duck. 
 
 22. sir, head. 
 
 56. 
 
 kboto, ass. 
 
 23. jibh, tongue. 
 
 57. 
 
 nth, camel. 
 
 24. dbiddh, belly. 
 
 58. 
 
 pakhnQ, pakheru, bird. 
 
 25. lakk (lower back), mar, kund 
 
 59. 
 
 jano, go. 
 
 (upper back). 
 
 60. 
 
 kbano, eat. 
 
 26. luho, iron. 
 
 61. 
 
 baisno, sit. 
 
 27. sono, gold. 
 
 62. 
 
 auno, come. 
 
 28. ruppo, candi, silver. 
 
 63. 
 
 raarnS, beat. 
 
 29. bapp, father. 
 
 64. 
 
 khalnS, stand. 
 
 30. ni§, mother. 
 
 65. 
 
 marno, die. 
 
 31. bhai, brother. 
 
 66. 
 
 deuno, give. 
 
 32. behn, sister. 
 
 67. 
 
 nasno, run. 
 
 33. jano, man. 
 
 68. 
 
 ufr§, up. 
 
 34. trirat, woman. 
 
 69. 
 
 nerai, ko], near. 
 
 35. trimt, wife. 
 2 
 
 70. 
 
 tal5, tana, down. 
 
10 
 
 71. dur, far. 
 
 72. agge, before. 
 
 73. pieche, behind. 
 
 74. kon, who. 
 
 75. ke, what. 
 
 76. kiS, why. 
 
 77. ate, te, and. 
 
 78. but. 
 
 79. je, if. 
 
 80. ahS, yes. 
 
 81. uib, no. 
 
 82. hae hae, alas. 
 
 83. ghor -6, a horse. 
 
 84. -i, a mare. 
 
 85. -a, horses. 
 
 86. ghor -1, mares. 
 
 87. dand, a bnll. 
 
 88. ga, a cow. 
 
 89. dand, bulls. 
 
 90. gS, cows. 
 
 91. kutt -o, a dog. 
 
 92. 
 
 -i, a bitch. 
 
 93. 
 
 -a, dogs. 
 
 94. 
 
 -1, bitches. 
 
 95. 
 
 bakr -6, a he goat. 
 
 96. 
 
 -i, a female goat 
 
 97. 
 
 -a, goats. 
 
 98. 
 
 liar -n, a male deer. 
 
 99. 
 
 -ni, a female deer 
 
 100. 
 
 -n, deer. 
 
J, tero uE ke ai ? what is your name ? 
 
 2. is ghora ki kital ummui* ai ? how old is this horse ? 
 
 3. is ja te Kashmir tarS kitao dCir ai ? Iiow far is it from here to Kash- 
 
 mir ? 
 
 4. iera bapp ka ghav kitna put he, how many sons ax-e there in your 
 
 father's house ? 
 
 5. aj hS baro duro tureS, I have walked a long way to-day. 
 
 6. mera patriya ko put uski belin cal biayo huo hai, the son of my uncle 
 
 is mariied to his sister. 
 
 7. citta ghora ki kathi ghar ml (bice) hai, in the house is the saddle 
 
 of the white horse. 
 
 8. uski kand pui' kathi ghallo, put the saddle upon his back. 
 
 9. me uska put na barS korrS nal mare hoe, I have beaten his son with 
 
 many stripes. 
 
 10. oh dhaka ki coti uppur g5 bakri care, he is grazing cattle on the top 
 
 of the hill. 
 
 11. 5h ghora uppur rukkh heth baitho hoe, he is sitting on a horse under 
 
 that tree. 
 
 12. usko bliai uski behn to baro ai, his brother is taller than his sister. 
 
 J 3, isko mul adhal rupayya hai, the price of that is two rupees and a 
 half. 
 
 14. m5ro bapp U3 nikra ghar bice rahe, my father lives in that small 
 
 house. 
 
 15. yo rupayyo usna de choro, give this rupee to him. 
 
 16. ye rupaya us kolo ca len, take those rupees from him. 
 
 17. usna muc maro te seliS nal bannho, beat him well and bind him with 
 
 ropes. 
 J8. is khal bicco pani kaddho, draw water from the well. 
 
 19. raer§ agge cal, walk before me. 
 
 20. tere picche kisko lohro ae, whose boy comes behind you ? 
 
 21. yo te kiste mol ko liyo hai, from whom did you buy that ? 
 
 22. girl ka kise dukauhala kojo, from a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
TINAULI. 
 
 TinauH is spoken in Tinaul in western Hazara, and resembles very 
 closely the Dhundi or Kairali dialect which follows, see p. 15. 
 
 Nouns. Tlur. 
 
 N. addh-a, father addh-e 
 
 G. -e da -eS da, &c. 
 
 D. -e ko „ &c. 
 
 Ab. -e tin, kolo, „ 
 
 So dhaka, hill. 
 
 Nouns ending in a consonant have the nom. pi. and s. the same. 
 Kag, crow, pi. kdg, Obi. plur. koyU. 
 
 Dhl, daughter has Obi. sing, dhiu, and plur. N. and Obi. dhid,. 
 The declension of nouns thus does not differ much from that of 
 Panjabi nouns. Other nouns are jar, kite, gual, cow-house, char 
 jungle. 
 
 Pronouns. Sing. Plur. 
 
 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 
 
 N. me tii oh as? tusi oh 
 
 G. mahra tohr§, usda asda tusda nnhS da 
 
 kon, who ? ke, what ? Mch, something. 
 
 Adjectives in -a are declined like addha, (fem.-i)? so carjgd, good ; 
 mandn, bad. Those in a consonant, nujor unwell, hal, well, are not 
 declined. 
 
 Comparison. There is no form for compar. and superl. Com- 
 parison is thus expressed, carjgd, good, muc carjgd, very good or better, 
 or — ))a?S cangd, better than — , sdreU ndio carjgay better than all, best. 
 
 Verbs. Auxiliary. Pres. I am, &c. S ai ai a 6 ai 
 
 Past. I was, &c. as§ asai asa aseS aseo asa 
 
 The regular verb is almost exactly like the Dhundi and Kairali 
 verb (q.v.) which is given in its own place. The leading parts are as 
 follows. 
 mama, beat, pr. p. mama, pa. p. mared, having beating marke. 
 
 Aor. mdr%, fut. mdrsa, impert. mar, condit. mdmd, pres. Ind. 
 mdrnd ob, Impf . mdrnd ds%., past, mdred, with agentive form of pronouns, 
 pres. perf. mdred ai, plupf. mdred dsd. For details see Dhundi or 
 Kairali verb. 
 
 Similarly hand become pr. p. hondd, &c. 
 
 I 
 
Tinauli (Hazara district). 
 
 1. hikk, one. 
 
 2. do, two. 
 
 3. trai, three. 
 
 36. nanda (m. hoy), kufhi 
 
 (f. girl), child. 
 
 37. zah, son. 
 
 4. car, four. 
 
 5. pauj, five. 
 
 6. che, six. 
 
 38. dhl or kaki, daughter, 
 
 39. sir, slave. 
 
 40. dogi, cultivator. 
 
 7. satt, seven. ■% 
 
 8. atth, eight. 
 
 9. nS, nine. 
 10. dah, ten. 
 
 41. ajri, shepherd. 
 
 42. Kabb, Kliuda, Allah, God. 
 
 43. shatan, Azazil, Devil. 
 
 44. dih, sun. 
 
 11. bih, twenty. 
 
 12. dah tecahli, fifty. 
 
 13. so, hundred. 
 
 45. cann, moon. 
 
 46. tara, star. 
 
 47. agg, fire. 
 
 14. hatth, hand. 
 
 15. pair, foot. 
 
 16. nakk, nose. 
 
 17. akkh, eye. 
 
 18. mah, mouth. 
 
 48. pan! water. 
 
 49. ghar, house. 
 
 50. ghora, horse. 
 
 51. ga, cow. 
 
 52. kutta, dog. 
 
 19. dand, tooth. 
 
 53. billa, cat. 
 
 20. kann, ear. 
 
 54. kukkur, cock. 
 
 21. bal, hair. 
 
 55. badak, duck. 
 
 22. sir, head. 
 
 56. khota, ass. 
 
 23. jlbh, tongue. 
 
 57. uth, camel. 
 
 24. dhiddh, belly. 58. ciri, bird. 
 
 25. lakk (lower back), kandh 59. julna, gachna, go. 
 
 (upper back). 60. khana, eat. 
 
 26. loha, iron. 61. baithna, sit. 
 
 27. sona, gold.^ 
 
 28. ruppa, candi, silver. 
 
 29. addha, father. 
 
 62. aina, come. 
 
 63. marna, beat. 
 
 64. khaliia, stand. 
 
 30. arami, mother. 
 
 65. marna, die. 
 
 31. lala, brother. 
 
 66. dena, give. 
 
 32. bebe, sister. 
 
 67. nasna, run. 
 
 33. jana, man. 
 
 68. ut, up. 
 
 34. bebe, woman. 
 
 35. wauh^i, wife. 
 
 69. nere, near. 
 
 70. tall, down. 
 
14 
 
 71. dur, far. 77. te, and. 
 
 72. agga, before. 78. te/but. 
 
 73. piccha, betiad. 79. if. 
 
 74. kon, who. 80. ha, eye. 
 
 75. ke, what. 81. nih,iio. 
 
 76. ki, why. 82. oho, tauba, alas. 
 
DHT&NDl and KARIALl. 
 
 It will be noticed that Dhundi or Kairali greatly resembles Lahnda, 
 the language of Western Panjab. It is not necessary to dwell on gram- 
 matical rules common to both. How closely the dialects of the phiiiulH 
 and Kaifals I'esemble each other will be realised from the specimens 
 which follow ; the Prodigal Son is in the Kairal dialect and the succeeding 
 story in that of the Dhunds. 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D.A. 
 
 Loc. 
 
 Abl. 
 
 Agent 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Pe, father 
 
 Pill na, ni, ne, ni§ 
 
 „ ki 
 
 „ bice, tokn! (in, up to) 
 
 „ thi, &c. 
 Piu 
 
 Plur. 
 Pevre 
 pevres nfi &c. 
 
 Nouns in -a-i 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. ghor-a, horse 
 
 -e 
 
 Obi. -e 
 
 -eS 
 
 N. admi, man, 
 
 admi 
 
 Obi. admi-a 
 
 admi-a 
 
 Plur. 
 nauk-ar 
 -ar3 
 
 Nouns ending in a consonant. 
 
 Sing. 
 N. nauk-ar 
 
 Obi. -are 
 
 Like Ghord: viundhd, shoulder, dhakd, mountain, 
 Like nmikar ; azur, reward, &c. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 Sing. 
 N. bakri goat 
 Obi. bakri „ " 
 
 so baWn side of body (over ribs) but dh/, daughter has Obi. sing. 
 
 dhh'i. ga, cow, plur. gd^, 
 
 N. bhen, bhain, sister, bhaina 
 
 Obi. bhainii ^ 
 
 Plur. 
 bakri-S 
 
16 
 
 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 
 
 1st. Peis. S. 
 
 
 2nd pers. 
 
 
 3rd pers. 
 
 N. m§ 
 
 
 tft 
 
 
 oh 
 
 G. mliara 
 
 
 tuhara 
 
 
 osna, usna, 
 
 D.A. migi 
 
 
 tuki 
 
 
 oski, uski, 
 
 Agent me 
 
 
 ta 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 5s, us, usne, 
 
 N. as 
 
 
 tus 
 
 
 oh 
 
 Q. sahra 
 
 
 suahra 
 
 
 onhS na, unhS na 
 
 D.A. ass Id 
 
 
 tusS ki 
 
 
 oiiha ki 
 
 Ag. asE 
 
 
 tusS 
 
 
 oiihS 
 
 eh, this Obl. 
 
 
 is- 
 
 pi. 
 
 eh, 01)1. inha 
 
 Ktin, who ? 
 
 
 Obl. kus 
 
 
 
 jo, who 
 
 
 5. jis 
 
 
 
 Kehra, which ? 
 
 
 „ kehre 
 
 
 
 jehra, which, 
 
 
 „ jehre 
 
 
 
 hot, any one 
 
 
 „ htise 
 
 
 
 Kitna, how much or 
 
 many 
 
 ? itna so much or 
 
 many jitna how much 
 
 or many regular. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Adjectives chiefly like 
 
 nouns of the same 
 
 foi^m. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 Car)ga, good. 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Masc. Fern, 
 
 
 
 
 Masc. Fem. 
 
 N. car)g-a -i 
 
 
 
 
 -e -iS 
 
 Obl. -e -1 
 
 
 
 
 -eS -ia 
 
 So maiidd, bad ; ncca high, nigra little ; adjectives ending in a conso- 
 nant are not declined, bal, well liealthy. 
 
 Comparison ; no forms for compar. and superl. carjga, good, better 
 than this, isth% carigd, or hatih carjga, he%t = better than all Sared 
 thi canga. 
 
 Motion from is frequently expressed by adding — 0, as gharo, from 
 the house, dhahe ne sireo, from the top of the hill. 
 
 Adverls resemble Panjabi, baila, quickly, deU to-morrow, gatr^, day 
 after to-morrow or day before yesterday. 
 
 Verb. 
 Auxiliary. I am, &c. 
 Pres. 
 a or e3 § a (f. i) S or eS, o, eo e 
 Past. I was, &c. 
 asea asai asa (f. asi) asel, aseo ase (f. asia) 
 
17 
 
 Negative, 
 
 Pres. I am not, &c. 
 nt ne na (f. uel) iig neo iie (f n6il) 
 
 Past, I was not, <fec. 
 
 na-sel -sa! -sa -sSl -seo -se 
 
 There is another tense meaning to be in a place, <o exist, used abso- 
 lutely, not as an auxiliary, chiefly in the 3rd person. 
 
 thea thai thea (fem. thei) theS theo tliae (fem. theiS) 
 
 e.g. masit the'i ? Is there a mosque ? Thcj, there is. 
 
 Conjugation of mama, beat. 
 
 Aorist. I may beat, &c. mar ~E -e -e -5 -o -an 
 
 Fut. I shall beat mar -sa -sal -si -sa -sau -sun 
 
 Imperat. mar maro 
 
 Cond. I should beat mar -na (f. i) -na -na -ne (f. niS) -ne -ne 
 
 Pres. I am beating mama eE, &c., with auxil. 
 
 Impt. 1 was beating mama aseS, &c. 
 
 Past. I beat. Agentive form of pronoun with marea agreeing with object. 
 
 Pres. perf. marea a, pluperf. marea asa, &c. 
 
 Having beaten marite or mari 
 
 Passive formed by using gachna {go) 
 e.g. I am being beaten marea gachna ea, he was bea(en marea gd 
 for the forms with pres. part, a passive pres. part, in -i- may bo used 
 in the 3rd pers. thus marina a or marine e, is or are being beaten or in 
 the habit of being beaten. 
 Gachna go is conjugated for the most part regularly. 
 
 Pres. part, gachna, past p. gd. (f. get, pi. gae, ge'id,) hence. 
 
 Plup. gd aseU, &c. but future gaisd, or gesU, &c. 
 
 Slight irregularities are found in some verbs, but the tenses are 
 usually formed regularly from the root, pres. pa., pa. p. as above. 
 
 Achnd, come, pr. p. achnd, pa. p. dyd ; hond, become, hdnd, hied (f. 
 hot; hoe, hoia) dend, dittd ; harnd do, karnd, kitd ; ghinnd, take, 
 ghinnd, ghindd; paind, fall, &c. paind, pea, {L pei, -p\, pae, pe/d). 
 
 Habitual Action. I am in the habit of beating me mdrnd hond ea 
 {hond, become) continuous action. He used to continue to eject, oh 
 kaddhnd rahnd sd (rahua remain). 
 
 The Prodigal Son. 
 
 Hiks admia ne do puttar ase, nikke apne piu ki akhea 
 One man of two sons were by-little own father to was-said 
 3 
 
18 
 
 aji tere male biccO jo hissa acche i oh hissa migi 
 Father thy property from in what part may-come that part to-me 
 
 cal de. Os apna mal unhs wicc bandi ditta. 
 lifting give, By-him own property them in dividing given-was 
 
 ThoreS diharea picche nikke puttre apna mal batla kita 
 
 few days after by-little son own property together made-was 
 
 te dur milkh bice turi ga, te us jae bice apna mal 
 
 and far country in going went and that place in own property 
 
 khud lucpune nal lutai ditta, jis wele 
 
 very licentiousness with causing-to-be-robbed given was, what time 
 
 me oh sara kharc kari reha us milkh bice dahda 
 
 in he all spending making remained that country in severe 
 
 kal paiigea te oh tar)g hone lagga, te oh hiks 6s 
 
 famine falling went and lie straitened to-be began and he one that 
 
 jae ne admia kol rahi pea os apni jimi bice zanaur 
 place of man near remaining fell, by liim own land in animals 
 
 carae ne waste ghallea, jo phaliS zanaur khane ase oh 
 feeding of sake of sent was, what busks animals eating were he 
 
 cabna asa ki me inhS nal apna dhiddh bhaiS, te 
 wishing was that I these with own stomach may-fill and 
 
 koi uski nasa dena. Jis wela oh apne hoshe bice 
 anyone to him not-was giving. What time he own sense in 
 
 aya, 6s akhea mhare piu ne kitne mazur thae 
 
 carae by-him said-was my father of how-many labourers are 
 
 ki rajite rutti togra khane te me bhukkha marna e§ me 
 that satisfied bread piece they-eat and I hungry dying am I 
 
 utliite ges5, te uski akhsS, ai apnea aji me 
 
 having-arisen will-go and to-him will-say, my father by-me 
 
 Khuda na te tuhara ghunah kita, ni§ hun tuhara puttur akhiie 
 God of and thy sin was done, I now thy son to-say 
 
 j6ga HE, migi apne kise mazur jeha an. Bas 
 
 worthy not-am, me thy some labourer like binng ; well 
 
 uthite apne piu ne pas turi pea, asa wi dur te uski 
 having-arisen own father of near going fell, he-was even far and him 
 
 dikkhi uski tars achiga, te daurite us 
 
 having-seen to-him pity coming-went and having-run by-him 
 
10 
 
 gachi apne galli nal lai ghiuda, te uski piyar 
 
 having-gone own neck with attaching takcn-was, and to liim love 
 
 ditfca. Puttre uski akhea ai aji ra§ Khuda na tg 
 given-was. By son to-hira was said, father by-me God of and 
 
 tuhara ghanaii kita, rae hun tuhara puttur akhne joga 
 thy sill was-done, I now thy son to-say worthy 
 
 ni. Piu apnea naukari ki akhea, caijge th! caijga 
 
 uot-am. By-father own servants to was-said good from good 
 
 kapra kaddhite uski luana te aijgli nal 
 
 garment having-taken-out to him cause-to-attach and finger with 
 
 chap, te pairs nal jutti luao, te pale hoe bacche ki 
 
 ring and feet with shoe cause-to-attach, and kept calf 
 
 anite halal karo tl as khai khush hoS, 
 
 having-brought lawful make that we having-eatcn happy may-be, 
 
 mhara eh puttur mari ga asa, phir jina hoiga 
 
 my this son dead gone was, again living becoming went 
 
 gawi ga asa, hun labhi reha. Bas oh khushi bice 
 
 lost gone was, now being-found remained. Well, they happiuess in 
 
 ae. Usna bara puttur apni bari bice asa, jis wela oh apne 
 came. His big son own field in was, what time ho own 
 
 ghare ne kol paucea os gane bajane na nacne na awaz 
 house of near arrived by-him singing playing of dancing of voice 
 
 sunSa, te hiks naukare ki bulal pucchn lagga. Yo ke 
 was-heard and one servant having-ealled to-ask began. This what 
 
 hoi i*eha ? Os uski akhea bhra ai ga 
 
 becoming remained. By him to him was said brother coming went 
 
 te tuhare piu ue pa]ea hwa baccha halal karaya, 
 
 and thy father by kept calf lawful was-caused-to-be-madc 
 
 is waste uski caijga bhala labhi ga. Oh khafe 
 
 this cause to him well sound being-found went. He angry 
 
 hwa te uski andar gachna na sa lor, usna pe 
 
 became and to him in of going not-was need, his father 
 
 gachi bahar uski manan lagga, os apne piu ki 
 having-gone out him to persuade began by him own father to 
 
 jawab ditta. Dikh me kitne wars tuhari khizmat 
 
 answer was-given. See, by me how-many years thy service 
 
20 
 
 kiti te kad© tuhara akha 
 
 was-done and ever thy saying 
 
 tti kade hik bakri na bacca 
 
 by thee ever one goat of little one 
 
 dostS nal khushi kara jis 
 
 friends with happiness may-make, what time thy this son 
 
 aya jis tubara sara mal kanjril nal udari chorea- 
 was left 
 
 na morea 
 
 migi 
 
 not turned-was, 
 
 to me 
 
 na ditta me 
 
 apnef 
 
 not was given I 
 
 my 
 
 wela tuhara eh 
 
 puttur 
 
 came by- whom thy all property harlots with wasted 
 usne waste palea hwa baccha halal karaya 
 
 usne 
 
 him of sake 
 
 akhea he 
 was said, 
 
 kept 
 
 puttur 
 son 
 
 mhari, 
 mine, 
 
 jehn ciz 
 what thing 
 
 te khush bona cagga 
 
 and happy to be good 
 
 asa phir jina 
 
 was again living 
 
 labhi reha. 
 
 being-found remained. 
 
 calf lawful was-caused-to-be-made. By him 
 
 tS khud mhare 
 
 thou thyself my 
 
 oh khud tuhari apni ; khushi honi 
 
 that itself thy own ; happiness to be 
 
 pas i ai, te 
 
 near indeed art and 
 
 asa, tuhara eh 
 was, thy this 
 
 hoiga, 
 becoming-went, 
 
 bhra 
 brother 
 
 glwi ga 
 
 lost gone 
 
 man ga 
 
 dead gone 
 
 asa, hull 
 
 was, now 
 
 uppuru 
 about 
 
 ghol lagga 
 fiffhtins: 
 
 Story. 
 
 Jalala te Bahadare lambardara na bari 
 Jalal and Bahadar lambardar of land 
 
 rahna sa; Jalal takra jana sa te Bahadare ki gali 
 continuing was, ,, strong man was and Bahadar to abuse 
 
 shall kaddhna rahna sa. Bahadai'e ne puttur us zimi 
 
 ejecting remaining was. B. of sons that land 
 
 bice gashne se, Jalal unhS ki marna kutna rahna sa. 
 in going were, Jalal them to beating striking remaining was. 
 
 Hikk dihara doe bhra us bari bice ghah kappan ga§ 
 
 One day the-two brothers that land in grass to-cut gone 
 
 se, ns Jalala para nakke uppura gal ditti 
 
 were, by that Jalal across hill-side from above abuse given was 
 
 unh§ ki ; gal del unhS wakkh \\ivi aya. J eh re 
 
 them to ; abuse having given them towards walking came. What 
 
 wele unha kol aya banere uppure pase unhi uski 
 
 time them near came below from above side by them to him 
 
21 
 
 gatta 
 stone 
 
 marea, 
 was-struck, 
 
 patka 
 cloth 
 
 te 
 and 
 
 kancale gatta lagga to dliaii pea, 
 
 above ear stone struck and he falling fell, 
 unbS patka galhe bice bai ghinda to galfa 
 
 by them cloth throat in twisting was-taken and squeezed 
 ditta ne te 5h raari ga, te dhtuitG dhaks 
 
 given was by- them and he dying went and having dragged bill 
 
 nalii kassi bice bun khari satt6a ne. 
 
 from near precipice in below taking wfis-throwu by-tliem. 
 
 Due dihare lorne waste bhra usna turi ga, 
 
 Second day looking for-sake-of brother his walking went, 
 
 lablii rihai-s. Unha ki satt satt baras kaid hoi goi 
 
 found him. Them to seven (each) years imprisonment becoming went. 
 
 28. ruppa, candi, silver. 
 
 1. hekk, one. 
 
 2. do, two. 
 
 3. trai, three. 
 
 4. car, four. 
 
 5. panj, five. 
 
 6. che, six. 
 
 7. satt, seven. 
 
 8. atth, eight. 
 
 9. nau, nine. 
 
 10. das, ten. 
 
 11. bi, twenty. 
 
 12. panj a, fifty. 
 
 13. sau, hundred. 
 
 14. hatth, hand 
 
 15. pair, foot. 
 
 16. nakk, nose. 
 
 17. akkh, eye. 
 
 18. mSb, mouth. 
 
 19. dand, tooth. 
 
 20. kann, ear. 
 
 21. bal, hair. 
 
 22. sir, head. 
 
 23. jiw, tongue. 
 
 24. dhiddh, pet, belly. 
 
 25. lakk (lower back), 
 (upper back), 
 
 26. loha, iron. 
 
 27. s8na, gold. 
 
 kandh 
 
 29. pe, father. 
 
 30. be we, mae, ma, mother. 
 
 31. bhra, brother. 
 
 32. bhen, sister. 
 
 33. adrai, jana, man. 
 
 34. kurhi, woman. 
 
 35. janani, rann, wife. 
 
 36. jatuk, child. 
 
 37. puttur, son. 
 
 38. dhi, daughter. 
 
 39. ^ulam, slave. 
 
 40. zamindar, cultivator. 
 
 41. pahla, shephered. 
 
 42. Khuda, Rabb, Allah, God. 
 
 43. Shaitan, Devil. 
 
 44. deh, sun. 
 
 45. cann, moon. 
 
 46. tara, star. 
 
 47. agg, fire. 
 
 48. pani, water, 
 
 49. ghar, house. 
 
 50. ghora, horse, 
 
 51. gg, cow. 
 
 52. kutta, dog. 
 
 53. bilal, cat. 
 
 54. kukkur, cock. 
 
 55. badki, duck. 
 
22 
 
 56. khota, ass. 
 
 79. 
 
 je, if. 
 
 57. 3th, camel. 
 
 80. 
 
 hU, yes. 
 
 58. pakbnS, paklierd, bird. 
 
 81. 
 
 na, nehl, no. 
 
 59. gaehna, go. 
 
 82. 
 
 hae, hae, alas. 
 
 60. khana, eat. 
 
 83. 
 
 ghor-a, a horse. 
 
 61. bahna, sit. 
 
 84. 
 
 „ -i, a mare. 
 
 62. acbna, come. 
 
 85. 
 
 „ -e, horses. 
 
 63. marna, beat. 
 
 86. 
 
 „ -iS, mares. 
 
 64. kbalna, stand. 
 
 87. 
 
 dand, a bull. 
 
 65. marna, die. 
 
 88. 
 
 ga, a cow. 
 
 66. dena, give. 
 
 89. 
 
 dand, bulls. 
 
 67. nasna, run, 
 
 90. 
 
 gS, cows. 
 
 68. te, up. 
 
 91. 
 
 kutt, -a a dog. 
 
 69. nere, kol, near. 
 
 92. 
 
 ,, -i, a bitch. 
 
 70. bne, down. 
 
 93. 
 
 „ -e, dogs. 
 
 71. dur, far. 
 
 94. 
 
 ,, -iS, bitches. 
 
 72. agg§, before. 
 
 95. 
 
 bakr -a, a he goat. 
 
 73. picche, behind. 
 
 96. 
 
 ,, -i, a female goat 
 
 74. kihra, kun, who. 
 
 97. 
 
 „ -e, goats. 
 
 75. ke, what. 
 
 98. 
 
 har -n, a male deer. 
 
 76. kla, why. 
 
 99. 
 
 „ -ni, a female deer 
 
 77. te, and. 
 
 100. 
 
 „ -n, deer. 
 
 78. par, but. 
 
 
 
1. tuhara ni kai a ? what :s your name ? 
 
 2. is g]»ore ni kai amr i ? how old is this horse ? 
 
 3. itth5 (or is jaeo) Kashmir tokni kitna dur a ? how far it is from 
 
 here to Kashmir ? 
 
 4. tuhare piu ne gliar kitne puttur e, how many sons are there in your 
 
 father's house ? 
 
 5. me ajj bare duro tur6a e5, I have walked a long way to-day. 
 
 6. mhare eace ua puttur usni bhainu nal biaya hwa, the son of my 
 
 uncle is married to his sister. 
 
 7. ghar bice citte ghore ni kathi thei, in the house is the saddle of 
 
 the white horse. 
 
 8. usni kandhi pur kathi dhar, put the saddle upon his back. 
 
 9. me usne puttre ki bare koiremare, I have beaten his son with many 
 
 stripes. 
 
 10. dhake ne sire pur 5h ga bakriS carana a, he is grazing cattle on the 
 
 top of the hill. 
 
 11. oh ghore ne uppur bute ne heth baitha hwa, he is sitting on a horse 
 
 under that tree. 
 
 12. usna bhra usni bhainu nalo bara a, his brother is taller than his 
 
 sister. 
 
 13. usna mul dhai ruppayye, the price of that is two rupees and a half. 
 
 14. mhara pe us nigre ghare bice rehna a, my father lives in that small 
 
 house. 
 
 15. eh rupayya uski cai de, give this rupee to him. 
 
 16. oh rupayye usthi cai ghinn, take those rupees from him. 
 
 17. uski bauh marau te bannhaus rassil na], beat him well and bind 
 
 him with ropes. 
 
 18. is khuhe bicco pani kaddhS, draw water from the well. 
 
 19. mhare agge Jul, walk before me. 
 
 20. kusnaj atuk tuhare picche achna a, whose boy comes behind you ? 
 
 21. eh kus kolo muUe na ghinda ase, from whom did you buy that ? 
 
 22. girS ne kuse hattiwale kolo, from a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
PUNCHI, 
 
 The Punch dialect is connected with Lahnda, though in some 
 points it follows Panjabl. It reminds us also in some words of 
 Kashmiri. The words for the different points of the compass indicate 
 this compositeness. KuUib, north, dakhun, south, carhna, east, lehnd 
 west. The words hmd, winter, alS, call (noun), khat, bed, recal 
 Kashmiri. Bared is summer. The criminal tribe of the SSsis use 
 khat for bed and pauni for shoe. In the Punch dialect they are khat 
 and paunl. The inflection in -I of nouns in the plural is also found 
 in SSsi. 
 
 It will be noticed how rare the cerebral n is in Punchi as compared 
 with neighbouring dialects. This may be due to the indirect influence 
 of Kashmiri. Similarly the cerebi-al I is uncommon. 
 
 Nouns. Masc. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 horse 
 
 na, ni, ne, niS 
 
 nS 
 
 ice (in) 
 
 thi, ti, 
 
 ne ■ ■ - 
 
 Nouns in -a 
 N. ghor-a 
 
 -e 
 -e 
 -e 
 -e 
 
 -e 
 
 G. 
 
 D.A. 
 Loc. 
 Abl. 
 Agent. 
 
 So grim = bread, food 
 In consonant 
 nauk-ar, 
 Obi. . -ara 
 Ag. -are 
 
 Plur. 
 
 -e 
 
 -el Ma, &c. 
 
 u 
 
 „ &0. 
 
 Sing, 
 servant 
 
 Plur. 
 
 nauk-ar 
 -e 
 -e 
 
 So also sann evening, phadar, morning, akkhnr, walnut. 
 
 Feo, father has piu in the Obi., the plur. is the same as the Sing. 
 
 Adtnl, man, Obi. Sing. admt-(i, plur. mas. ddm'i, Obi. ddmie. So nathi, 
 
 guest. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 • Fern. 1^. raun-di, head, 
 
 Obi. -dia 
 
 dhi, daughter. Obi. s. dhuc 
 
 hhain, sister. Obi hhainu 
 
 -0 indicates motion from, diirb from far, gharoj from the house. 
 
 PI. 
 -dig 
 -dis 
 Plur. N. and Obi. dhlA 
 
Pronouns. 
 
 25 
 
 1st, 2nd 3rd yo, this. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N. me tft oh yQ 
 
 G, mhara tuhara usua isna 
 
 D.A. ni5 tn usiift isnft 
 
 Agent. me tft uni ini 
 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 
 N. 
 
 as 
 
 tus 
 
 oh 
 
 eh 
 
 G. 
 
 sahra 
 
 suahra 
 
 unhe na 
 
 inhe na 
 
 D.A. 
 
 ase lift 
 
 tuse nS 
 
 „ n![ 
 
 „ nfl 
 
 Ag. 
 
 ase 
 
 tuse 
 
 unhe 
 
 inhe 
 
 Kun, who? Obi. fews (ktisna, &c., but fcwsa /coZS ' from whom.') 
 jo, who Obi. jis 
 Kot, anyone, „ kuse. 
 
 Kitna ? jitva, and i7na=how ?, how, and so much or many, are 
 regular. 
 
 Kehra, which ?, jehra, which, regular. 
 
 Adjectives. In -a, e.g., monda, ill. Masc. like ghOfa, fem. like 
 mundt. Adjectives in: a consonant are not declined. 
 
 Comparison. No special forms for compar. and superl. cayjga, 
 good, comp. istl car/ga, i.e., better than this. Superl, sdred, tl caijglt, 
 better than all. 
 
 Adverbs formed as in Panjabi; often adjs. are used as advs., eg,, 
 chart eh gal only this matter. 
 
 8tiah, to-morrow, dje still, yet, jougte, quickly. 
 Verb. 
 
 The auxiliary has a bewildering number of forms ; thes, &c., means 
 nl to exist, to be, and is therefore not an auxiliary. 
 ' 1st S. 2nd S. 3rd S. 1st PI. 
 
 Pres. I am, &c. thes thi thea (f. thi) 
 - . es i a 
 
 I na es na i na (f. ni) 
 
 [ da es d! da (f. di) 
 
 2nd PI. 3rd PI. 
 
 tliea thea thae (f. tliiS) 
 
 % a e 
 
 neS (neaii)nea ne 
 de 
 
 de§ and dea for 1 and 2 pi. I have not verified, hence they are omit- 
 ted in the paradigm. 
 
 Past, 1 was, &c. ases asi asa (f. asi) asea (aseavi) asea ase 
 na ases ne sea (seau) ne sea ue se 
 
 ses si sa (f. si) seS (seau) sea se 
 
 4 
 
26 
 
 Conjugation, Mama, beat. 
 
 Pres. I am beating marna es f a marne % nea e 
 
 Impf. I was beating „ ases or ses ; s!, &c., sa, &c., seau sea se 
 Fut. I shall beat marsa marnau raarsi marneaii marlea marie 
 Imperat. mar mara 
 
 Past, I beat, oec, agentive form of pronouns with marea, which agrees 
 
 with the object 
 Pres. Perf. The same form with marea a (pi. mare e) 
 Plupf. „ „ marea sa (pi. mare se) 
 
 Participles, Pres. mania, Past, marea ; having beaten, mari, marlte 
 Passive, Pres. I am being beaten, me marno nai es, tS marno na i, Oh 
 
 marno na 
 
 Plur. as „ neS, tus „ nea, oli 
 
 marno ne 
 Other tenses are similarly formed. 
 
 Gaclma, go. 
 Pres. Pa. gena Pa. ga. Tenses with Pres. Pa. are formed as in mama 
 Past, I went ga ases ga asi gu asa ge seS ge sea ge se 
 Fut. gesa, &c. 
 
 The following verbs shew slight irregularities : 
 
 achna, come pr. p. ena, pa. p. dyd ; dena, give, pr. p. dhia, pa. p. dlna ; 
 hinnd, take, pa. p. hinda, Icarna, do, Mta; hdna, become, pa. p. Jmd (f. hoi). 
 
 Causative verbs are formed as in Panjabi, e.g., iromjulnd, go, walk, 
 jolnd, cause to walk, send, cf. Panj. ttirnd, tornd with the same meaning. 
 
 The Prodigal Son. 
 
 Htks admia ne do puttur this, nikke puttre ne piu nu 
 
 One man of two sons were-to-him, little son by father to 
 
 akhea, abba male na jehra hissa me ena me de, 
 was-said. Father property of what part to me comes to me give, 
 
 usne unhe bicca mal . bandi hinda, thoreS dihareS wicc 
 by him them in property dividing was-taken, few days in 
 
 puttre sara mal kattha kita, te diir kusa milkha ice 
 by-son all property together was-made, and far some country in 
 
 ga uthi te us jae lucpuna ne mal sara 
 
 went having-arisen and that place licentiousness with property all 
 
 barwad kari chores, jis wela sara kharc kari 
 
 ruined making was-left-by-him what time, all spending made 
 
27 
 
 chorea us mulkha ice bara kal paii gea, bauh taijf; 
 
 was left that country in great famine falling went, very straitened 
 
 hwa us jae kuse giraewale kcil gacchi relia uni usnS 
 
 became that place (in) some villager near going stayed by him to-him 
 
 apni bari sur careajolea. Jehrig plialiS sur khane 6§ 5h 
 
 own field (in) pigs to-feed was sent. What husks pigs eating were ho 
 
 akhna sa inhe ne me apna pet bharS, te dsnS k5i 
 saying was them with I own stomach may fill and to him anyone 
 
 na sa dina, jis wela hosa ice aya uni dila ice akh^a 
 not was giving, what time sense in came by him heart in was said 
 
 mhare piii kol kitre mazur rajjite khadewale, mS itthe 
 
 my father near how many labourers satisfied eaters (arc) I here 
 
 bhukkha mama es, ml uthi piii kol gesS te Osnfi 
 
 hungry dying am, I having-arisen father near will-go and to him 
 
 gacchi akhsS ai abba me Kbuda na te tuhara gunah 
 
 having-gone will say father by-me God of and thy sin 
 
 kita te tuhara puttur akbne joga nais reha, Me apne 
 
 was-doneand thy son to say worthy not-am-I remained, me own 
 
 mazura jeha bana, fer uthi piii apne kol ga oh aje 
 
 labourer like make, then having-arisen father own near went, he still 
 
 duro achna te piu ne usnS herea te usnS tars aya 
 from-far coming and father by him-to was-sccn and to-him pity came 
 
 te dauri usnS gala lai hindes, to 
 
 and having-run him-to neck (to) attaching was-taken-by-him and 
 
 usnS cam dinaes, piu naukare akhea cagge 
 
 to him kiss was-given-by-him, by father servants to was-said good 
 
 kapre khad hine accha te joijgte luai 
 
 clothes taking-out taking come and quickly causing-to-be-attachcd 
 
 chora, tg arjgli te chap te pair! jora lai 
 
 leave and finger on ring and feet-to pair (of shoes) attaching 
 
 choras te palea waihra ani halal kara, as 
 
 leave to him and kept calf having-brought lawful make, we 
 
 khiii khusi karg, mhara yo puttur marl ga asa, 
 
 having-eaten happiness may-make, my this son dead gone was, 
 
 dui war jina hoi ga, kute hoi ga sa 
 
 second time alive becoming went, somewhere becoming gone was, 
 
28 
 
 phiri labbhea, te oh khasi karn lagge. Usna bara puttur 
 again was-found, and they happiness to make began. His big son 
 
 jimi wicc sa, jis wele apne ghara k5l aya os gane bajane te 
 land in was what time own house near came by-him singing, playing and 
 
 naccan na awaz bujjliea, te naukara saddi, puccliea 
 
 dancing of voice was recognised and servant having-called was asked 
 
 yo kai da. Uni akhea tuhara bhra achiga tuhare piu 
 this what is. By-him was-said thy brother came by-tby father 
 
 palea na baihra halal karaya is galla ki usn^ 
 
 kept calf lawful was-caused to-be-made this matter-for that him 
 
 cagga bhala labbhea ; oh khafe hwa andar nehl gehnau usne 
 well sound was-found, he angry became in not going by his 
 
 peo bahar gacchi mitauna es, uni apne piu 
 
 father out having gone was-persnaded-by-him, by-him own father (to) 
 
 akhea, dikkh ml kitne baras tuhari tahl klti te 
 
 was-said, see by-me how-many years thy service was-done .and 
 
 kade tuhan aklikhi ml nehl mori, tS kade me bakrea 
 
 ever thy saying by-me not was-turned, by thee ever to me goat 
 
 na bakrota nae ditta ml apneaii dostc khawS, te jis 
 
 of kid not was-given I own friends (with) may-eat and what 
 
 wele yo puttur tuhara aya jis tuhara sara mal kanjrie 
 
 time this son thy came by- whom thy all property harlots 
 
 ice barwad kita, tS palea na baihra halal 
 
 in spoiling was-made, by-thee kept calf lawful 
 
 karaya uni akhea puttura tS hamesh me kol 
 
 was-caused-to-be-made, by him was-said, son thou always me near 
 
 dl, jehra kujjh mhara thea yo tuhapa, te khusi karni 
 art what something mine exists that thine and happiness to make 
 
 te khush bona cauhni si, yo tuhara bhra marl ga asa, 
 and happy to be desirable was this thy brother dead gone was, 
 
 dui war jina hoiga, kute hoiga sa phiri 
 
 second time alive becoming-went, somewhere becoming gone was again 
 
 labbhea. 
 
 was found. 
 
 Story. . 
 
 Sahre milkha ice apraji si, te malia koi na sa, te hiks 
 
 Our country in self-rule was and property-tax any not was and one 
 
29 
 
 raja carhea larai laggi, jim!dar6 Idko u]% muncjiS kappan 
 king came up, war was-attacbcd farmer people of heads to cut 
 
 ho'iU, jo sipahi mundi kappi hinno usnS panj rupayyo raja 
 became, what soldier head catting may-take to him five rupees king 
 
 bakhsis de te mundi ap hinne, jad bauh kappan ]ir.i$ 
 reward may-give and head himself may-take, when many cutting l)e(;anio 
 
 car rupayye dine lagga, fer trai, fer dA, hikk rupayyfi, to 
 four rupees to give began then three, then two, one rupee and 
 
 chekur atth ane, jad atth ane fi ^^S"^ puttur 
 
 finally eight annas, when eight annas each was-attachcd the son 
 
 mukaries, - ki mulkh ujarea, rcha kf)i nn, is 
 
 refused-to-him that country wasted is, remained any-one nc t, this 
 
 mulkha bice bassi kun, te trig sakhse niS khallS nikhtiS, 
 country in will-live who ? and three men of skins were skinned 
 
 t6 bhuhekanne bharia te bheji dinia raje kol, te puttie 
 and straw with were-fiUed and sending were given king near and by son 
 
 akhea inhe loke nS. marie nau, iuhe mulkha ice basau, te 
 
 was-said these people to kill not them country in cause-to-dwcll and 
 
 malia hinnau, malia mukarrar kita ga. 
 property-tax take, property-tax appointing was-made. 
 
Funchi. 
 
 1, hekk, one. 
 
 36. jaijgut, boy, kuvi, girl. 
 
 2. do, two. 
 
 37. puttur, son. 
 
 3. trai, three. 
 
 38. dhi, daughter. 
 
 4. car, four. 
 
 39. ghulam, slave. 
 
 5. panj, five. 
 
 40. jimidar, cultivator. 
 
 6. che, six. 
 
 41. gual, shepherd. 
 
 7. satt, seven. 
 
 42. Rabb, &c., God. 
 
 8. atth, eight. 
 
 43. Shaitaun, Devil. 
 
 9. nau, nine. 
 
 44, dift, sun. 
 
 JO. das, ten 
 
 45. cann, moon. 
 
 11. will, twenty. 
 
 46. tara, star. 
 
 12. das te do wihS, fifty. 
 
 47. agg, fire. 
 
 J3. panjwihl, hundred. 
 
 48. pauni, water. 
 
 14. hatth, hand. 
 
 49. ghar, kotha, house. 
 
 15. pair, foot. 
 
 50. ghora, horse. 
 
 16. nakh, nose. 
 
 51. gaiv, cow. 
 
 J 7. akkh, eye. 
 
 52. kutta, dog. 
 
 18. mSh, mouth. 
 
 53. billa, cat. 
 
 19. dand, tooth. 
 
 54. kukkur, cock. 
 
 20. konn, ear. 
 
 55. badk, duck. 
 
 21. bal, hair. 
 
 56. khota, ass. j 
 
 22. sir, head. 
 
 57. uth, camel. 
 
 23. jib, tongue. 
 
 58. pakhru, bird. 
 
 24. pet, belly. 
 
 59. gacchna, go. 
 
 25. lakk, lower back, kond, upper 
 
 60. khana, eat. 
 
 back. 
 
 61. behna, sit. 
 
 26. I5ha, iron. 
 
 62. acchna, come. 
 
 27. saunau, gold. 
 
 63. mama, beat. 
 
 28. candi, silver. 
 
 64. udna, stand. | 
 
 29. peo, abba, father. 
 
 65. marna, die. 
 
 30. ma, mother. 
 
 66. dena, give. 
 
 31. bhra, brother. 
 
 67. nasna, daurna, run. 
 
 32. bhen, sister. 
 
 68. toe, up. 
 
 .33. mard, man. 
 
 69. kol, nere, near. 
 
 34. kuri, woman. 
 
 70. bne pun, down. 
 
 35. janauni, wife. 
 
 71. dur, far. 
 
31 
 
 72. aggS, before. 
 
 73. picehS, behind. 
 
 74. kun, who. 
 
 75. kai, what. 
 
 76. kiS, why. 
 
 77. te, and. 
 
 78. but. 
 
 79. if. 
 
 80. auhaS, yes. 
 
 81. nShf, no. 
 
 82. hae hae, alas, 
 ghor -a, a horse. 
 
 -i, a mare, 
 -e, horses. 
 
 83. 
 84. 
 
 85. 
 86. 
 
 87. dand, a bull. 
 
 88. gaiv, a cow. 
 
 89. dand, bulls. 
 
 90. gavS, cows. 
 
 91. kutt -a, a dog. 
 
 92. -1, n bitch. 
 
 93. -e, dogs. 
 
 94. -iS, bitches. 
 
 95. bakr -a, a he goat. 
 
 96. -i, a female goat. 
 
 97. -e, goats. 
 
 98. bar -n, a male deer. 
 
 99. -ni, a female dcei-, 
 100. -n, deer. 
 
 -Vc 
 
 mares. 
 
1. tuhara kai nau da ? what is your name ? 
 
 2. is ghore di kitri umr di ? how old is this horse ? 
 
 3. is jal hoi Kashmir kitne kot di ? how far is it from here to Ka-sh- 
 
 mir ? ; . 
 
 4. tuhare pea de ghar kitre puttur hain? how many sons are th^re 
 
 in your fathei''s house ? 
 
 5. ajj dur julda es, I have walked a long way to-day. 
 
 6. mhare eace na puttur isni bheu biai nis, the son of my uncle i^ 
 
 married to his sister. 
 
 7. citte ghore ni kathi ghara ice, in the house is the saddle of the 
 
 white horse. 
 
 8. ghore ar kathi ba, put the saddle upon his back. 
 
 9. m§ usne puttre nS phats ne mitea, I have beaten his son with many 
 
 stripes. 
 
 10. oh uppure nakke uppur mala carna a, he is grazing cattle on the top 
 
 of the hill. 
 
 11. bute heth ghore ar carhea na, he is sitting on a horse under that 
 
 tree. 
 
 12. usna bhra usni bhainu thi bara, his brother is taller than his sister. 
 
 13. isna mul dhai rupayye, the price of that is two rupees and a half. 
 
 14. mhara peo us nikke ghara ice rehna, my father lives in that small 
 
 house. 
 
 15. yo rupayya usnft de (pi. dea), give this rupee to him. 
 
 16. us kol§ e rupayye bin, take those rupees from him. 
 
 17. usnS bauh mari te rassiS ne bauuhls, beat him well and bind him 
 
 with ropes. 
 
 18. khuhe icca pauni khaddh, draw water from the well. 
 
 19. me agge Jul, walk before me. 
 
 20. kusna jaggut tu picche picche julna a ? whose boy comes behind 
 
 you? 
 
 21. kusa kolS mulli hinda ? from whom did you buy that ? 
 
 22. giraii ne kuse hattiwale kolft hinda, from a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
PADARi. 
 
 Padari is an extremely intei^esting dialect, spoken in Padar, five or 
 six marches east of Kishtawar, on the banks of the Cinab. In some strik- 
 ing particulars it resembles Paqgwall, which is spoken in Paggi, in the 
 north of Caraba State. In the list which follows words wliich have a 
 marked resemblance to corresponding Paqgwali words are asterisked. 
 The number of such words might o£ course have been indefinitely 
 extended, but those noted are chiefly (though not wholly) those which 
 resemble words used in Paggl, while at the same time differing from the 
 words of other neighbouring dialects. 
 
 Plur. 
 bab 
 
 bab-au kar 
 -au 
 -au kol 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 N. 
 
 bab, 
 
 
 father 
 
 G. 
 
 bab- 
 
 -ar 
 
 
 D. 
 
 
 -as 
 
 
 Ab. 
 
 
 -al 
 
 
 So also mohan, man, hadhel, ox. 
 
 Nouns in -a take -e in the N. pi. ghora horse, ghoru ; halray goat, 
 bakre ; kUtar, dog, fem. hufor, bitch, kUtar dogs. 
 
 Fern. Nouns. 
 
 Ku-i, girl, daughter, Sing, -yar -yas -yal 
 
 Plur. kii^, ku-yau kar -yau -yau kol. 
 gd, cow, has N. pi. goi. 
 
 Pronouns. Sing. Plur. 
 
 1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 
 
 N. au tu se as tus tahn« 
 
 G. mion^ tion* tasar hin tun egknr 
 
 Kdhtiy who ?, kz, what ? 
 Adjectives, khara, good, has khari, in the fsm., but I did not notice 
 any inflection for number or case. 
 
 Comparison, no special forms, khara, good, —tsar khara, better 
 than — , Sahni kol khara, better than all, best. 
 
 Verps. Auxiliary Pres. I am, &c., hau^ han^ han^- hiu^ hin^ hin^ 
 
 (f . hini) 
 Past, I was the*, all through f. thi». 
 
 5 
 
* 
 
 Padari, 
 
 1. yikk, one. 
 
 2. * doi, two. 
 
 3. * tlae, three. 
 
 4. tsor, four. 
 
 5. panz, five. 
 
 6. tsbeh, six. 
 
 7. satt, seven. 
 
 8. attl), eight. 
 
 9. nau, nine. 
 
 10. * dash, ten. 
 
 11. bih, twenty. 
 
 12. panjah, fifty. 
 
 13. sau, hundred. 
 
 14. hat, hand. 
 
 15. khur, foot. 
 
 16. nakk, nose. 
 
 17. * tir, eye. 
 
 18. totar, mouth. 
 
 19. dand, tooth. 
 
 20. kann, ear. 
 
 21. rot, hair. 
 
 22. * magir, head. 
 
 23. zibh, tongue. 
 
 24. pet, belly. 
 
 25. pyitth, back. 
 
 26. loh, iron. 
 
 27. sonna, gold. 
 
 28. candi, silver. 
 
 29. bab, father. 
 
 30. yi], mother. 
 
 31. bhai, brother. 
 
 32. bhen, sister. 
 
 33. mohan, man. 
 
 34. ghion, woman. 
 
 35. * zoHS wife. 
 86. * kua, child 
 
 37. * kua, son. 
 
 38. * kui, daughter. 
 
 39. kam**', slave. 
 
 40. jim^dar, cultivafor. 
 
 41. gual, shepherd. 
 
 42. Naran, Grod. 
 
 43. Harman, Devil. 
 
 44. dius, sun. 
 
 45. tsaner, moon. 
 
 46. tar^', star. 
 
 47. ag, fire. 
 
 48. paainyi, watei*. 
 
 49. * gib, house. 
 
 50. gh6r», horse. 
 
 51. ga, cow. 
 
 52. * kutar, dog. 
 
 53. bilai, cat. 
 
 54. kukar, cock. 
 
 55. ar, duck. 
 
 56. ass. 
 
 57. camel. 
 
 58. pokhur, bird. 
 
 59. gan*, go. 
 
 60. khan^, eat. 
 
 61. bishn^, sit. 
 
 62. an^, come. 
 
 63. kutn*, beat. 
 
 64. * khar bhon*, stand. 
 
 65. marn^, die. 
 
 66. diun*, give. 
 
 67. daur diun*, run. 
 
 68. bahyur^', up. 
 
 69. neri, near. 
 
 70. wondi, down. 
 
 71. dur, far. 
 
 72. * agar, before. 
 
35 
 
 73. poWtr, behind. 
 
 74. kahn, who. 
 
 75. ki, what. 
 
 76. * kyas, why. 
 
 77. te, and. 
 
 78. te, but. 
 
 79. agar, if. 
 
 80. 3, yes. 
 
 81. nehf, no. 
 
 82. hai hai, alas. 
 
 83. gho -r*, a horse. 
 
 84. -ri, a mare. 
 
 85. -re, horses. 
 
 86. -ri, mares. 
 
 87. badhel, a bull. 
 
 88. ga, a cow. 
 
 89. badhel, bulls. 
 
 90. goi, cows. 
 
 91. kutar, a dog. 
 
 92. kut6r, a bitch. 
 
 93. kutar, dogs. 
 
 94. kutor, bitches. 
 
 95. bak -ra, a he goat. 
 
 96. -ari, a female goat. 
 
 97. -re, goats. 
 
 98. a male, deer. 
 
 99. a female deer. 
 JOG. deer. 
 
SIRAJI. 
 
 Siraji is spoken in the country north of the Cinab between Ramban 
 and Bhart on the way to Kishtawar. Its headquarters may be said to 
 be the large village of Doda, three marches S.W. of Kishtawar. Its 
 features are what its position would lead us to suspect. On the North 
 it gives way to Kashmiri, on the West to Rambani, on the N.E. to 
 Kishtawari, and on the S. and S.W. to Bhadarwahi and the Camba 
 dialects. Its general framework is like the Panjabi group of languages, 
 which, especially the Camba section, it resembles, but it has many points 
 of agreement with Kashmiri. In its fondness for a masc. s. in -o and 
 pi. in -a, a likeness to Gujuri will be traced. 
 
 Nouns. Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. bab, father bab 
 
 G. babba no (f. ni pi. m. na p. f. ni) babbS, &c. 
 D, bab bo ,, 
 
 Log. „ mS „ 
 
 Ab. „ atha (hatha) „ 
 
 Ag. babbe „ 
 
 Far commoner than the gen. in -no is that in -to. 
 
 Plur. 
 ghar, house ghar 
 
 G. ghai'-6 to gharS, &c. 
 
 D. -o „ 
 
 L. -6 m^ „ 
 
 Ab. -o atha „ 
 
 Ag. -e „ 
 
 so are declined nearly all masc. nouns ending in a consonant, 
 
 Mahno is thus declined : 
 Mahno man Plur. mahna 
 
 Abl. mahnwe mahni 
 
 Shund, dog (with an accented -a) has the same in the plural. 
 Ghar -6 horse obi. -e plur -a obi. -S. 
 
 Feminine Nouns. PI. 
 
 baig-i land, field -ia 
 
 Ab. -ia 
 
N. 
 
 au 
 
 G. 
 
 mina 
 
 D. 
 
 mi 
 
 Ag. 
 
 ml 
 
 N. 
 
 ah . 
 
 G. 
 
 ahmo 
 
 Ag. 
 
 ase 
 
 2nd 
 
 
 Srd 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 
 tu 
 
 
 su 
 
 tino 
 
 
 teto 
 
 ti 
 
 
 te 
 
 t! 
 
 Plur. 
 
 teQi 
 
 tub 
 
 
 tine 
 
 tuhmo 
 
 
 tina t(5 
 
 tuse 
 
 
 tene 
 
 37 
 
 Dhj, daughter, however, takes dh/e in N, pi., so fjliOri, maic, lias 
 ghorie. Shunei, bitcb, has shunelCt. 
 
 Ending in a Consonant. 
 
 Zauan woman Ob. zanani PI. zanan? 
 So helin or baihn, sister. 
 
 Goru, cow, has gorfc in the plur. 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 id 2nd Srd yd, this 
 
 yeto 
 
 ye 
 
 yeni 
 
 yo 
 
 yina to 
 ySne 
 
 Zo who (rel.) Ag. zeni pi. zina 
 Kam who ? G. ktih to 
 Kg any one Ob. ketsl 
 
 Adjectives' are usually declined like nouns of the same form, but those 
 
 ending iu a consonant are not declined. Thus judnmatO, good, 
 
 atsa^g.matd, bad, mino, my, chitto, white, are declined like ghoro, and 
 
 their feminines judnmatl, &c., like ghdyl. 
 
 Comparison. There is no form for comp. and superl, The ideas 
 are expressed as follows : iilcro, high, — athd nkro, higher than, — sabban 
 athd ukrd, higher than all, i.e., highest. 
 Adverbs, hi, yesterday, az, to-day, kale, to-morrow, zham (zh not 
 
 zh ) to-morrow early 
 
 itthe, here titthe, there. 
 
 zabla, when, tyehla, then, kara, when ? hum, now. 
 
 liiska, quickly. 
 
 Verbs. 
 Au.viliary. 
 
 Pres. I am, &c. chi (s) chi (s) chu (f. chi) cha (s) chath cha 
 Past. I was but-e (s) -e (s) -6(f.-i) -a (s) -ath -a 
 
 In some places chis, chas, bates, butas are used instead of chi, &c. 
 
38 
 
 Conjugation of marnO, beat. 
 
 Aoi". or Cond. mar-S (or -ami) -es -i -as (or amata) -ath -euth. 
 
 Fut. -alo -elo -elo -amala -athala -entliala 
 
 Imperat. mar mara. 
 
 Pres. mar or mara witli chi clii chu cha chath cha 
 
 Impf. marS te mar-a te -a to -ata -atath -ata (or mdrd, 
 
 instead of mara throughout), this te, to, &c., is the second 
 
 syllable of hute, above. 
 Cond. Past. Aor. with, hute, au marami hute, I would have beaten. 
 Past. I beat. Agentive form of pronoun with maru {maruo). 
 Participles. Pres. marU, having beaten, marlta. 
 Passive, mdA with the various tenses of gisno, go : thus, au mari galo, I 
 
 shall be beaten, su or oh mart go ro, he had been beaten. 
 
 Gisno, go. 
 
 Future galo gelo geilo gamala gathala gainthala 
 
 Pres. gS chi, &g. Impf. gl te, &c. 
 
 Past. ges ges go ga gath ga 
 
 Plupf. go-ie -re -ro -ra -rath -ra 
 
 Jaino, (jeno) come, 
 
 Fut. jalo jelo jelo jamaia jethala jinthala 
 
 Pres. js chi, &c. Impf. jS te, &c. 
 Past. awe awe ao (awo) awa awath awa 
 Plupf. u -re -re -ro -ra -rath -ra. 
 
 Bhona, become, pr. p. bhoS, pa. p. bh'oita. 
 Past bhue, like bute. 
 
 Deno, give, pr. p. d§, pa. p. ditto. 
 
 In the following specimens the pronominal suffixes will be noticed 
 chiefly as expressing the agent, e.g., keriienl, uzarileni, zabueni, Idioeni, 
 shunuem, shadueni, for he did, wasted, sent, attached, heard, called. 
 dittldnl occurs agreeing with a fern, obj., something fem. was given by 
 him. keoryem, I did. keiiriem, I did (with fem. object), dittuit, thou 
 gavest. In hhejuseni two suffixes are found -s- being for the object, and 
 n for the agent; he sent him, usne {-eni) usTco (s) hhBjd, Thu and su will 
 be found as direct and indirect obj., sing. 
 
 The Prodigal Son. 
 
 Eki mahnue ta dui puttur buta nikka mattha ne babbe zabue 
 One man of two sons were, little boy by father to was said 
 
 Babbe tine mala to hisso zo ml jS chu su mi de, 
 Father thy pix>perty of part which to me coming is that to me give, 
 
 I 
 
39 
 
 apno mal teni banti ditto, thorgdiiigne mS nikke puttrP 
 
 own property bj-liim dividing was giveu, few days of in by-little son 
 
 sab jame kerl 16 dur mulkho safar keiu^ni 
 
 all together making was-taken far country to journey was-made-by-him, 
 titthe teni mal apno uzari leni, zabia mal 
 
 then by-him property own wasting was-taken-by-liim when property 
 
 apno uzari leni te mulkho m§ kal bare pai! 
 
 own wasting was-taken-by-him that country in famine great falling 
 
 go te sii baro taijg bhol go, te mulkho te ekki 
 
 went and he very straitened becoming went that country of one 
 
 rahnebale laba ges teni apnia baigia m§ sur tsarne 
 
 dweller near went-to-him by-him own field in swine to graze 
 
 bhejuseni, zina phalia sar kha ta sii mane 
 
 was-sent-to-him-by-him, what husks swine eating Avere, he heart 
 
 mK karS to au apn5 pet bhari te ke dS to 
 
 in making was I own stomach may fill, to-him any one giving was 
 
 na. Zabla hosho mS ao tyebla zabueni mene babba te 
 
 not. When sense in came then was-said-by-him my father of 
 
 mazur kita rajji roti khS chi, au itthe buccha 
 
 labourers how many being satisfied bread eating are, I here hungry 
 
 marS chi, aii apne babbo kanS uthita cale galo, zabalo he 
 
 dying am I own father near having-ai'isen going will go will say 
 
 Babba Khudayo to te tino gunah keoryem, ya gall caijgj 
 
 Father God of and thy sin done-was-by-me this matter good 
 
 nehf lok zabenth tino puttur chu, apno mazfir mi banawa, 
 not people may-say thy son is, own labourer me make 
 
 sii apne babbo kane uthita ao su dur but5 su babbe 
 
 he own father near having-arisen came he far was hira by-father 
 
 heruo, te te rehm ao phiri daurita go te gale 
 
 was seen and to him pity came again running went and neck 
 
 sathi laweni te shundia dittiani, puttre te 
 
 with-was-attached-by-him and kisses wex^e-given-by-him, by-son to-him 
 
 zabue he Babba Khudayo to te tino gunah keoi-yem 
 
 was-said Father God of and thy sin was-done-by-me 
 
 ya gall caijgi nehl lok zabenth tino puttur chu, Babbe 
 this matter good not people may-say thy son is By Father 
 
40 
 
 naukarS lie zabuo sabbane atlia tall a cagga lush a aro, te 
 servants to was said all than clothes good quickly bring him 
 
 pur lawa, te hattho chap lawa thu, perS ne joro lawa thu> 
 on attach and hand-on ring attach to-hira, feet with pair attach to him 
 
 paluro batsuro arita phatta thu ah khamu te khushi 
 
 kept calf having brought kill it we may-eat and happiness 
 
 karamu, yo meno puttur mari go ro, te huni uthiio razi 
 may make this my son dead gone was and now arose well 
 
 bholta, ghadza go ro huni meli go, tine khushi karne 
 having-become, lost gone was now found went, they happiness to make 
 
 lagua teto baddo puttur baigia m% buto, zabla ghare iiere awo tjebla 
 began his big son field in was when house near came then 
 
 baje to te natsne to bar shunueni, ekki apno 
 
 instrument of and dancing of noise was-heavd-by-him one own 
 
 mahno shadueni su putsueni yo kut chu, teni 
 
 man was-called-by-him him was-asked-by-him this what is, by him 
 
 zabue tin5 brha ao tine babbe batsure palure 
 
 was-said thy brother came by-thy father calf kept 
 
 halal keraweni ya galla caijga 
 
 lawful was-caused-to-be-made-by-him this matter-for well 
 
 ladueni, su roshe bhue antar na gahne cace, babb 
 
 he-was-found-by-him he in-a-huff became in not to go wished father 
 
 teto beihr go su patiane lague, teni apne babbo 
 
 his out went him to persuade began by-him own father-to 
 
 jiwab ditto mi kite barie teni khidmat keuriem 
 
 answer was-given by-me how-many years thy service was-done-by-me 
 
 tino akho kade na mi morii kade bakre to bacco me 
 
 thy saying ever not by-me was- turned, ever goat of little-one me 
 
 kan na dittuifc au apne dOstS ne sathi khushi 
 
 for not was-given-by-thee I own friends of with happiness 
 
 keramutu, zabla tino puttur vir5 zeiii tino mal kanjrie 
 
 may make, when thy son came by-whom thy property harlots 
 
 ni liath-a udzarueni te tete khatir paluro batsuro 
 
 with wasted-was-by-him, and his sake kept calf 
 
 phatt bau teni te zabue puttra tu sada me sathi 
 
 killed was, by him to him was-said Son thou always me with 
 
41 
 
 chi zo k! mino chu so tino cbu, pnr khushi kSrnl 
 
 art what anything mine is that thino is but happiness to make 
 khush bhono carjgl gal buti, tino yO brha marl go 
 happy to-become good matter was thy this brother dead gone 
 
 r5 te huni uthilo razi bho!ta, ghadza go lo hiinl 
 
 was and now arose well having-become lost gone was now 
 
 m§li g5. 
 
 being- found went. 
 
 Extracts, 
 
 Rati icch p5uo kukkria khiani phiri bacUlo nuksan 
 
 At night bear fell hens to eat then great harm 
 
 kerueni padro mS, lo bhm te otrei phiri tet§ 
 
 was-done-by-him level in, light became and early again his 
 
 magar bhiia dash raahna, khurie cale ga su, dur ga 
 after became ten men track going went to-him, far went 
 
 BU te zaro mS suttoro buto, titthe khane khan pouo, titlhe 
 to-him and den in asleep was there food to eat fell there 
 
 phiri bunduki dittia su, na lagia phiri nashi 
 
 again guns were given to-him, not were-attached, then runiiing 
 
 go tila hatha ghare cale awa, doke di loke 
 
 went, then from house to coming came, second day by people 
 
 mara. Paru ti gal chi. 
 
 was killed. Last-year of matter is. 
 
 TahsUdare ti citthi j^ chi. Mazur dere hapat 
 
 Tahsildar of letter coming is. Labourers dwelling about 
 
 ami, bakro, khat, bhanda, kukkur arna, dero 
 
 to bring, goat, beds, vessels, cocks, to bring, dwelling 
 
 laijgheita ghare jeno, itthe m§ kih kasfir bhei 
 
 having-passed-on house-to to-come, there in any fault niay-liecome 
 
 ta zerimano deno chip. Au hazir bhue. 
 then fine to-give is. I present became. 
 
 MaT to ghiwano dm cilki, waddie bi nikkie duddli 
 Buffalo of tax two ten-annas big also little milk 
 
 cumnewali bi yo ahi pur zulm chu. Shdu bheda bnkri .shO 
 drinker also, this us ou violence is. 100 sheep goats six 
 6 
 
1 
 
 42 
 
 Ittbe mS beuro 
 Here in kid 
 
 which 
 
 rupayya tsSur ana gahcarai. 
 rupees four annas grass-feeding. 
 
 ik sala map buta, az ghini len lagua, 
 
 one-year-old free were to-day taking to take they-have-begun 
 
 az g5ru gana cha, ghar ze banawa cha, ilia to 
 to-day cows counting are, house if making are it of 
 
 ghins chan, diara to hukm na chu katne to, zo bori 
 taking are, deodar of order not is cutting of, what other 
 
 chia badne na da cha. 
 is to-cut not giving are. 
 
 {Note. — The dero referred to above is the annual procession from 
 JammS to Sri Nagar and back of the Inner Palace or Maharaja's Ladies 
 and their escort). 
 
 buto 
 was 
 
 te 
 and 
 
 mul 
 price 
 
 lakri 
 wood 
 
 .) i 
 
 f ■, ^ 
 
Siraji. 
 
 1. ikk, one. 
 
 2. dui, two. 
 
 3. trei, three. 
 
 4. tsour, four. 
 
 5. panta, five. 
 
 6. shah, six. 
 
 7. satt, seven. 
 
 8. atth, eight. 
 
 9. nau, nine. 
 
 10. das, ten. 
 
 11. bih, twenty. 
 
 12. panza, fifty. 
 
 13. shou, hundred. 
 
 14. hattb, hand. 
 
 15. khur, foot, 
 
 16. nakk, nose. 
 
 17. acchi, eye. 
 
 18. muh, mouth. 
 
 19. dant, tooth. 
 
 20. kann, ear. 
 
 21. ke, hair. 
 
 22. rut, head. 
 
 23. jib, tongue. 
 
 24. idd, belly. 
 
 25. pitth, back. 
 
 26. loha, iron. 
 
 27. sonna, gold. 
 
 28. candi, ruppa, silver. 
 
 29. bab, father. 
 
 30. i, mother. 
 
 31. brha, brother. 
 
 32. bahin, sister. 
 
 33. mahnu, man. 
 
 34. zanan, woman. 
 
 35. zanan, wife. 
 
 36. mattho, child. 
 
 37. mattho, son 
 
 38. dhi, daughter. 
 
 39. kamo, slave. 
 
 40. jlmldar, cultivator, 
 
 41. gual, shepherd. 
 
 42. Panniesar, God. 
 
 43. Shatan, Devil. 
 
 44. dis, sun. 
 
 45. cann, moon. 
 
 46. tara, star. 
 
 47. agg, fire. 
 
 48. pani, water. 
 
 49. ghar, house. 
 
 50. ghor5, horse. 
 
 51. goia, cow. 
 
 52. shuna, dog. 
 63. bildf, cat. 
 
 54. kukkur, cock. 
 
 55. batki, duck. 
 
 56. khar, ass. 
 
 57. lit, camel. 
 
 58. poto, bird. 
 
 59. gisno, go. 
 
 60. khano, eat. 
 
 61. mishno, sit. 
 
 62. jaino, come. 
 
 63. marno, beat. 
 
 64. kharono, stand. 
 
 65. marno, die. 
 
 66. deno, give. 
 
 67. daurno, run. 
 
 68. kharo, up. 
 
 69. nero, near. 
 
 70. uro, down. 
 
 71. dur, far. 
 
 72. agar, before. 
 
44 
 
 73. pat, behind. 
 
 74. kani, who. 
 
 75. ki, what. 
 
 76. ki, why, 
 
 77. t6, and. 
 
 78. but. 
 
 79. ze, if. 
 
 80. a, yes. 
 
 81. neh!, no. 
 
 82. liai, alas. 
 
 83. ghor -o, a horse. 
 
 84. -i, a mare. 
 
 85. -a, horses. 
 
 86. -ie, mares. 
 
 87. dant, a bulls. 
 
 88. goru, a cow. 
 
 89. dant, bull. 
 
 90. gorii, cows. 
 
 91. shun -a, a dog. 
 
 92. -ei, a bitch. 
 
 93. -a, dogs. 
 
 94. -eia, bitches. 
 
 95. chero, a he goat. 
 
 96. bakrl, a female goat. 
 
 97. chera, goats. 
 
 98. harn -o, a male deer. 
 
 99. -i, a female deer 
 100. -a, deer. 
 
1. tino nam kut chu F what is your name ? 
 
 2. ye ghore tlii ummar kittS cLi ? how old is this hoise Y 
 
 3. 611ah atha Kashmira tS kitto dur chu ? how far is it from hero to 
 
 Kashmir ? 
 
 4. tine babbo te gharo ma puttur kita cha ? how many sons arc tlicro 
 
 in your father's house ? 
 6. ajj ail bara dur awe, I have walked a long way to-day. 
 
 6. mene tsatse to puttur teti behni sathi biao ro chu, the son of my 
 
 uncle is married to his sister. 
 
 7. gharo m^ chitte ghore tl kathi chi, in the house is the saddle of the 
 
 white horse. 
 
 8. kathi pitthi pur kasi laththo, put the saddle upon his back. 
 
 9. tete puttre me mate korre raarii a, I have beaten his son witli many 
 
 stripes. 
 
 10. paharo te shire goru bakria tsarS chu, he is grazing cattle on the top 
 
 of the hill. 
 
 11. ghore b§i butto tal bishru chu, he is sitting on a horso under that 
 
 tree, 
 
 12. teto brha behni atha baddo chu, his brother is taller than his sister. 
 
 13. yet5 mul dhai rupayyo chu, the price of that is two rupees aud a 
 
 half. 
 
 14. men5 babb ye nikkS gharo rahS chu, my father lives iu that small 
 
 house. 
 
 15. yo rupayya te de le, give this rupee to him. 
 
 16. yo rupayya tin. ghini je, take those rupees from him. 
 
 17. mast maro thu te radzu sathi bandhi thu, beat him well aud bind 
 
 him with ropes. 
 
 18. khuho mS pani ghini je, draw water from the well. 
 
 19. me ari ari cal, walk before me. 
 
 20. kahto mattho ti pata jS chu ? whose boy comes behind you ? 
 
 21. yo kah atha mul awath, from whom did you buy that.^ 
 
 22. gramo ketsia hatiabalia atha, from a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
RAMBANI. 
 
 Rambcani is, like Poguli whicli it closely resembles, conuected with 
 Kashmiri ; it is however farther away from Kashmiri than Poguli is. 
 This is evident from its vocabulary, also from various points in its gram- 
 mar, such as the formation of the Passive voice by means of the verb go 
 instead of the verb come, and the greater use of compound verbs ; it is 
 still more noticeable when we consider the pronunciation. Rarabaui has 
 very largely a Panjabi pronunciation, Pogali is pronounced like Kash- 
 ja'nl — thus for example ghor'^ would be differently pronounced in the 
 two. 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. babb, father babb 
 
 G. babb-a suij (f. sani, pi. sana, sanyi) babb-an sun, &c. 
 
 D. -a -an 
 
 Ab. -a tha -an thi 
 
 mahn-o, man, obi. s. -a u. pi. -a obi. pi. -an 
 So also ghof^, horse, lOk or lok"', boy 
 
 Shnna, dog and tsirru, goat do not change for the nom. pi. 
 
 Fern. Nouns. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. kurhi, daughter kurh-ia 
 
 G. kur-hi san (sani, sana, sanyi) -ian, &c. 
 
 D.A. -hi -ian 
 
 So ghori, mare 
 
 Zanand, woman takes zandni in the plur. 
 Shnnei, bitch does not change for the nom. pi. 
 hahin, sister has obi. hahina. 
 
 The short vowels at the end of words are very indistinctly pro- 
 nounced, and as Rambani is never written it is often extremely hard 
 to tell which short vowel is being used, or whether what seems like a 
 short vowel is really one, or is merely the necessary emission of breath 
 after a consonant. 
 
Pronouns. 
 
 Siug. 
 
 
 1st 
 
 2nd 
 
 3rd Isfc 
 
 N", au 
 
 tu 
 
 su N. as 
 
 G. min^ 
 
 tinfi 
 
 tes-au (f. cT) 
 
 D. mi 
 
 ti' 
 
 tes Gr. as- 
 
 Ag. mi 
 
 ti 
 
 tin Ag. 
 
 47 
 
 Plur. 
 
 2nd 3rd 
 
 tus tin 
 
 G-. as-au (f. ei) tus-au (f. l-I) tin-au (f.-oT) 
 asa! tusn! tinfii 
 
 tesaii makes tesive in the oblique and others in -aii are similarly 
 inflected. 
 
 kito, how much or many ? fem. kiti, plur. hita. 
 kam, who ? Gr. kasau. y?7 = this. 
 
 Adjectives are declined chiefly like nouns, thus carjgo, good, is like 
 
 mahno, and its fem. caijgi is like kurht. 
 
 Comparison is expressed by the positive form with //la, — tliU, caugo, 
 = better than — , sahban tha cai]go, better than all, i.e., best. 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 Auxiliary Pres. I am &c. chus chus chu chasam chath chi 
 Past at-us -us -u -asam -ath -a 
 
 Marmi, beat pr. p. mar or mar§, pa. p. martumut 
 
 Aor. or Fut. mar-5 -as -i -am -ath -ti 
 Pres. mar or mara with auxil. pres. chus, &c. 
 
 Impf. ,, ,, ,, „ „ past atus, &c. 
 
 Past Agentive form of pronouns with martu 
 Pres. Perf. ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, martumut chu. 
 
 Plupf. ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, martumut atu. 
 
 Passive, mart, with various parts of gntshnu, go. Thus au mnrl 
 gatsh chus, I am being beaten, au mart gatsha or gei'is, I shall be or was 
 beaten. 
 
 Gatshyiu go, pr. p. gatsh or gatshS, pa. p. gomut 
 
 Aor. or Fut. Pres. Impf. regular like mdrnu 
 
 Past, geus geus geu geasam geuth gea 
 
 Pres. Perf. and Plupf. gomut with pres. auxil. chus, &c , and past 
 aux. dtas, &c., I'espectively. 
 
 enil, come, pr. p. e, rahnu, remain, pr. p. rah. 
 
 Rambanl has compound verbs after the Panjabi and not the 
 Kashmiri model, e.g., ghinl lainu, take outright, Urdu iB lend. 
 
Hambani. 
 
 1. ik, one. 
 
 2. dill, two. 
 
 3. cei, three. 
 
 4. tsaur, four. 
 
 5. pants, five. 
 
 6. sh6, six. 
 
 7. satt, seven. 
 
 8. atb, eight. 
 
 9. nau, nine. 
 
 10. das, ten. 
 
 11. bib, twenty. 
 
 12. panzah, fifty. 
 
 13. sbau, hundred. 
 
 14. hatth, liand. 
 
 15. khur, foot. 
 
 16. nakk, nose. 
 
 17. ncch, eye. 
 
 18. mu!, mouth. 
 
 19. dant, tootli. 
 
 20. kann, ear. 
 
 21. kesh, hair. 
 
 22. rut, bead, 
 
 23. zibb, tongue. 
 
 24. pet, belly. 
 
 25. pittb, back, 
 
 26. loha, iron, 
 
 27. sonii, gold. 
 
 28. candi, silver. 
 
 29. babb, father. 
 
 30. amraa, mother. 
 
 31. brha, brother. 
 
 32. bahin, sister. 
 
 33. mahn, man. 
 
 34. zanan*, woman. 
 
 35. zanan^, wife. 
 
 36. lok, child. 
 
 37. lok, son, 
 
 38. kurhi, daughter. 
 
 39. kam^, slave. 
 
 40. zamindar, cultivator, 
 
 41. gual, shephei-d. 
 
 42. Panmesar, God. 
 
 43. Shatan, Devil. 
 
 44. diis, sun. 
 
 45. tsanni, moon. 
 
 46. tar^, star. 
 
 47. agg, fire. 
 
 48. pani, water. 
 
 49. ghar, house. 
 
 50. ghor", horse. 
 
 51. gan, cow. 
 C2. shun a, dog. 
 
 53. hilar, cat. 
 
 54. kukkur, cock. 
 
 55. batki, duck. 
 
 56. khot^, ass. 
 
 57. St, camel. 
 
 58. pakhrii, biixl. 
 
 59. gatshnu, go, 
 
 60. khanu, eat. 
 
 61. bimnu, sit. 
 
 62. enu, come. 
 
 63. marnu, beat. 
 
 64. kharonu, stand. 
 
 65. marnu, die. 
 
 66. denu, give, 
 
 67. daurnu, run, 
 
 68. ubhu, up. 
 
 69. nere, near, 
 
 70. kbalo, down. 
 
 71. dur, far. 
 
 72. agar, before. 
 
49 
 
 73. pat, behind. 
 
 74. kam, wlio. 
 
 75. kut, what. 
 
 76. ki, kizug, wliy. 
 
 77. te, and. 
 
 78. par, but. 
 
 79. zekar, if. 
 
 80. a, yes. 
 
 81. na, no. 
 
 82. bai he, alas. 
 
 83. gho -r^, a horse. 
 
 84. -ri, a mare. 
 
 85. -ri1, hoi'ses. 
 
 86. -ria, mares. 
 
 87. dant, a bull. 
 
 88. gau, a cow. 
 
 89. dant, bulls. 
 
 90. gawa, cows. 
 
 91. ^lun -a, dog. 
 
 92. -ei, a bitch. 
 
 93. -n, dogs. 
 
 94. -ei, biU'hes. 
 
 95. tsirru, a he-goat. 
 
 96. tseli, a female goat. 
 
 97. tsiiTxi, goats. 
 
 98. bar -n, a male deor. 
 
 99. -ni, a female deer 
 100. -n, deer. 
 
1. tino nam kut chu ? what is your name ? 
 
 2. es gbore sani kit? umr chi ? how old is this horse ? 
 
 3. itt ata Kashmira t5. kito diir chu, how far is it from here to Kasli- 
 
 mir ? , 
 
 4. tini bappu sani gi kita loka che ? how many sons are there in your 
 
 father's house ? 
 
 5. au az dur hanthi kari call gyus, I have walked a long way to-day. 
 
 6. mini pitrie sana lokii teshwe bahini sathi biahtumut chu, the son of 
 
 my uncle is married to his sister. 
 
 7. gi m§ chitte ghore sani kathi chi, in the house is the saddle of the 
 
 white horse. 
 
 8. kathi teseT pithi bhei lathas, put the saddle upon his back. 
 
 9. mi teswe loke mata korra ditmat ches, I have beaten his son with 
 
 many stripes. 
 
 10. yii pahar sani shiri bhei bakriS gawa sunal chu, he is grazing cattle 
 
 on the top of the hill. 
 
 11. yu ghora bhei buta khal bimi chu, he is sitting on a horse under 
 
 that tree. 
 
 12. tesau brha tgshwe bahina th§ badu chu, his brother is taller than his 
 
 sister. 
 
 13. tesau mul dhai rupae chu, the price of that is two rupees and a half. 
 1-i. mino babb is matthe gi rah chu, my father lives in that small house. 
 
 15. tes yu rupayya denu, give this rupee to him. 
 
 16. tin rupae tes thS ghinni laina, take those rupees from him. 
 
 17. tes juan marnias gazari sathi ganthi, beat him well and bind him 
 
 with ropes. 
 
 18. talao mS tha pani kari, draw water from the well. 
 
 19. mi agar cal, walk before me. 
 
 20. kasau loka ti pat pata e chu ? whose boy comes behind you ? 
 
 21. yu kas ths muli an chut ? from whom did you buy that ? 
 
 22. garaa sani ketsi hatiabala tha, from a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
POGULi. 
 
 The Poguli language is spoken over a small tract of country to the 
 east of Ramsuh which is 18 miles south of the Banihal Pas.s. It is 
 therefore spoken in Jammft State. It resembles Kashmiri, though it is 
 quite unintelligible to speakers of that language. Most Pogul people know 
 some Kashmiri. Nearly all the peculiarities of Kashmiri are found in 
 a modified form in Poguli, which being a border language contains also 
 a number of points in common with dialects which look to Panjabi as 
 their fountain head. Poguli differs very slightly from the dialect of 
 Peristan. Pogul and Peristan are two streams flowing into the Bishlar, 
 which in turn joins the Cinab. The tract of country across the Bishlar 
 from Pogul and Peristan is called Sar ; its inhabitants arc said to speak 
 the same language. 
 
 Nouns. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. maul Mal-a 
 
 G. mala sun (f. sin, pi. saua, f. sanya) -an sun, &c, 
 
 D. malis -an 
 
 Log. „ manz, &c., &c. -an, &c. 
 
 Ab. ,, laba - ,, 
 
 Ag. mali - ,, 
 
 So loh or luh, a boy, loka sun, lokis, loki, &c. 
 mohan, man, mahna sun, mahnis, &c. 
 
 There seems to be considerable indifference about the inflection -is, 
 and one hears -as and -us, but whereas -as and -is seem rare for inanimate 
 objects, so one seems very rarely to hear -us with nouns denoting sentient 
 beings. It will be noticed that the genitive postposition docs not, as in 
 Kashmiri change, according to what word it follows, into hun or uw or 2iH. 
 The oblique of smi is sani or sanni. 
 
 Fern. Nouns. ' 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 N. kuhri, daughter Kuhr-a 
 G. kuhra, sun, &c. -an sun, &c. 
 
 D. kuhra -an 
 
 Ab. „ laba -an &c. 
 
 Ag. klihra ~an 
 
52 
 
 There are as in Kashmiri, though to a much less extent, internal 
 vowel changes along with inflection. These changes make it difficult to 
 give one word as a type of many others. There are peculiar consonantal 
 changes also. The following are examples in addition to the words 
 viaul and molian, above. 
 
 M 
 
 Sing. 
 
 F. 
 
 
 gh6r«, 
 
 horse 
 
 ghori 
 
 ^ 
 
 hunn». 
 
 dog 
 
 huinni 
 
 h 
 
 juan-mut, good 
 
 -mit 
 
 
 Pronouns, 
 
 
 
 
 
 1st 
 
 2nd 
 Sing. 
 
 3rd 
 
 N. 
 
 au 
 
 tu 
 
 su 
 
 G. 
 
 miun 
 
 tiun 
 
 tes-au, t 
 
 D. 
 
 mi 
 
 ti 
 
 tes, tyes 
 
 Ag. 
 
 )> 
 
 )> 
 
 tin 
 
 
 as 
 
 tus 
 
 tiau 
 
 
 asaa 
 
 tusau 
 
 tiauan 
 
 
 asan 
 
 tusan 
 
 tiauan 
 
 
 asei 
 
 tusei 
 
 tiafiei 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 gh6r«' 
 
 ghueur* 
 
 hunna 
 
 hunya 
 
 -mata -maca 
 
 ye> 
 
 this 
 
 ye 
 
 yes 
 
 yin 
 
 yaii 
 
 yauan 
 
 yauan 
 
 yaiiei 
 
 tyes-au, asau, tusau, yesau are thus inflected 
 
 tySs-au f.s. -ei ra. pi. -au -f. pi. -ye 
 
 Abl. s.m. -we s.f. -ye and so on 
 mlim, tiun Obi. Una, Ag. tini 
 Gr, kas-au D. kas. 
 Gr. yes-ati Agent yin 
 pi. kyita 
 
 Owing to vocalic and consonantal changes it is 
 difficult to give rules for the declensions of adjectives. Many are 
 indeclinable. Those in -imit, are declined like juanmut, given above 
 among the nouns. The s. of -is is usually omitted with adjectives, thus 
 panani gharus, to his house, not pananis gharus. Otherwise adjs. are 
 generally speaking itiflected like nouns (except of course indecl. adjs.) 
 
 Comparison. There is no form for comp. or superl. The positive 
 form is used with, kJlota, than, as tesei hina khota bo>\ bigger than his 
 sister ; for the superl. sarni khota, than all, is used, sarni khota bor, 
 bigger than all, biggest. 
 
 Adverbs. Kur, tyiir, yur, whither ? thither, hither. 
 kor, ter or teti, iti, where ? there, here. 
 fehlai, then, yeblai, now, yabla, when 
 
 kam, who ? 
 yu, who 
 kyet, how many 
 
 Adjectives. 
 
53 
 
 acca, day before yesterday, Is, yesterday, az to-day, rate, to-monow, 
 cindus {cde, three, and das, day), day after to-morrow, tswdhiii, (|uickly. 
 Verbs. 
 
 Auxiliary. 
 Pres. I am, &c. chus chus chu chisam clietli chi 
 Past. I was ah -tus -tus -tii -sam -tath -ta (also auhtus, &c.) 
 Pharnu, strike, beat. 
 
 Aor. or Fut. I may or shall beat phar- a -us pliairi pliar -am -uth -uu 
 Pres. I am beating. Pr. p. pliarti (iudeel.) with pros, auxiliary chus, &c. 
 Impf. I was ,, ,, „ ,, „ ,, past. ,, abtas, &c. 
 
 Past. I beat, &c., Agentive form of pronouns with phartu 
 
 Pres. Perf. I have beaten „ „ ,, ,, phartumut chu 
 
 Plupf. I had ,, „ „ ,, ,, ,, ahtu 
 
 Conditional. phat-iha -os -ihi -aham -ahoth -ahun 
 
 Imper. phar phari. 
 
 Participles pr. p. pharti, pa. p. phartumut, having beaten, pliairkari 
 
 The Passive is formed by using the particle pharani with the various 
 tenses of ylun come, thus aw os phm'ani, I was beaten, yaua pharani, I 
 shall be beaten. 
 
 Gatshiu, go. 
 Aor. Fut. gatsha gatshus getshi gatsh-am -uth -un 
 Past. gos gos go geosam geoath geo 
 
 Pres. gatsh or gatshti chus, SfC. 
 Part. Pr. p. gatshti pa. p. gyemut. 
 
 Pres. Perf. Plupf. gyemut chus, ahtue, &c. 
 Yiun, come, pa. p. amut. 
 
 Aor. Fut. Yaua yowus yeau yauam youth youn 
 Past. as as ao aosam auath aua 
 
 Dhin, give, pr. p. deti pa. p. dyutumut 
 Aor. Fut. deaua deowus deu deauam deouth deoun 
 Past. dyut, used like phaitu 
 
 Asuu, become, pr. p. as, asti, having become aiskeii. 
 Aor. Fut. asa asus ais asam asuth asun 
 Bylninn, sit Past bimtiis, like ahtiis. seated = bimi 
 
 Aor. Fut. ,, bim -a -us -i -am -uth -un 
 
 Rahnu, remain, Aor. Fut. raha rahus rili rah - am -uth -uu. 
 Past. rahn -us -us rohn rahn -sam -ath -a 
 
 Bi7iu, fear Aor. Fut. biwa or biuwa, &c., frightened «= bii 
 Past. binus like ralinus. 
 
 Piun, diiuk, Aor. Fat. peoa peons piwi p§6 -am -ath -un 
 Past, pint, used like phartu, with fern. obj. pit. 
 
54 
 
 Karnu, do, past, ko (with fern. obj. ke) pa. p. kyemiit. 
 
 zapnu, say, past, jo 
 
 dhaiinu, walk, &c., past, dhautus 
 
 klialnu eat, past, khao (with fem. obj. kliae) 
 
 Causative verbs are formed by adding -al to the root of the verb, e.gf., 
 
 khalnu, eat, khdlahm, cause to eat, feed. 
 
 Pronominal suffixes are used somewhat as in Kashmiri. When -n 
 is used as an agent to express by him, a vowel change occurs, e.g. : jo 
 was said, joas was said to him, but jiln was said by him, similarly ko 
 was done, kiln was done by him, dyutiin was given by him, prustiln was 
 asked by him. Note q}so pashtnmi, was seen by-me, Jilmnai, was said 
 to me («i) by him (n). 
 
 To be able is expressed by Jiagnu used with the root of a verb, e.g., 
 cue haga gatsh, I am or shall be able to go. 
 
 The Prodigal Son. 
 
 Yakis mahnas dih loka ahta lokhcye panani malis jo, 
 
 One man to two sons were by-little own father- to was said, 
 
 Baba tina mains yo mi hissa yeau, su mi deli, 
 
 Father thy property of what to me part comes that to me give, 
 
 tin dyut tiauan manza panun mal, bainti, mauei dusei 
 
 by him was given them among own property dividing, five days 
 
 pata lokhcye loki saurui ko jama te diir niulkus 
 
 after by-little son all was-made together and far country 
 
 manz kaujuin safar, te ter allakmat kar sut 
 
 in was-made-by-him journey and there bad work with 
 
 kiin panun mal phana, yebla kiin 
 
 was-made-by-him own property destruction, when was-made-by-him 
 
 saurui mal kharc ada pe tyes mulkus manz sakjit kal 
 
 all property spending then fell that country in severe famine 
 
 te su samuztu lacar, terki mulkus rahnawalis laba go, 
 and he became helpless, there-of country-of dweller near went 
 
 tin pyentu panani kheti manz sor gas khalalne kica, te yaii 
 by-him was-sent own field in swine grass feeding for and what 
 
 hima s5r khalti ahta su zapti ahtii ai^ khala idd 
 
 husks swine eating were he saying Avas I may-eat stomach 
 
55 
 
 bhava, te klls ahtns na deti, yabla linsli gs 
 
 may-fill and anyone was-to-hini not giving, when sense canie-to-him 
 
 tyabla jiin mlna malis kyeta moznr cliyi, pfira p(Hh 
 
 then was-said-by-him my father's how many labourers are, ful-ly 
 
 idd chyi bharti, te &u chus phaka phatti, au khafta malis 
 stomach are filling and I am hunger of dying, I will stand father 
 
 laba gatsha te tyes avi zapa Hatse Baba, mi ko tiun 
 
 near will go and to him I will say father, by me was-done thy 
 
 te Khuda sun guna, au chusna laik tiun lok zaptiam ml 
 and God of sin I am not -worthy thy son saying-to-mo mo 
 
 t! kara mazur sho, tin pata kharuthi te ao malis laba, 
 also make laboiirer like, that after he stood and came father near 
 
 su ahtu tirhui te mali baltiin te tyes ao tars te 
 he was far and by father was-seen and to him came pity and 
 
 tygs nalmut kusne te mith ditsen. Loki 
 
 to him embrace was-made and kiss was-given-by-him. By-son 
 
 wontus Hatse Baba mi ko tiuu te Khuda sun 
 
 was-said-to-him O father by-me was-done thy and God of 
 
 guna, ail chusna laik tiun lok zaptiam. Mali pananan 
 
 sin I am not worthy thy son saying to me. By father own 
 
 naukaran jiin sarni khota dadd juan tswohai auri 
 
 servants-to was-said-by-him all then garment good quickly bring 
 
 te tyes laug tyeswe ahtus manz laugthas wail, khoran manz 
 and him-to attach his hand in attach-to-liim ring feet in 
 
 jot te yiith wots anthan te karthas halhal, as khalam khushi 
 pair and fat calf bring-it and make-it lawful, we may eat happiness 
 
 karam, miun lok phatmut auhtu go zinda rautumut auhtu 
 may-make, ray son dead was went alive lost .was 
 
 yablai miltu, te tiauei khu.shi karui ke. tyesau 
 
 now was-found and by-them happiness to make was-raade. His 
 
 ziith lok waigi manz auhtii yabla su panani gharus wot tin 
 big son field in was when he own house arrived by-him 
 
 dholau sun nasni sun awaz huntiin te prustiiu 
 
 drum of dancing of voice was heard-by-him and was-asked-by-him 
 
 yu kut go tin joas tiun barun amut elm te 
 
 this what went by-him was-said-to-him thy lu'other come is and 
 
56 
 
 tini mali yiith wots hallml kiifi, tyes kici tjSs 
 
 by-tby father fat calf lawful was-made-by-him tbat-for to-liim 
 
 miltu juana paitb, su go mast kabli au geo gatshaliana, te 
 was-found well like bo went very angry I bouse-to will-go not and 
 
 tyesau maul gotbo nyistu te manaltiin so, 
 
 his father out went-out and was-persuaded-by-liim to-bim 
 
 tin panani malis dyutiiu jawab, kyet knal 
 
 by-him own father to was-given-by-bim answer how much time 
 
 kbySzmat tin ke mi, te zat tin kath balti na 
 
 service thy was-done by-me and ever thy word was-turned not 
 
 mi, te ti zot dyit na mi tselya path au kara 
 
 by-me and by-tbee ever was-given not to me goat kid I may-make 
 
 kbusbi panana dostan sit, yabla tiun lok ao yin 
 
 happiness own friends with Avhen thy son came by- whom 
 
 ko tiun mal kanjriin s!t kharab, ti kyemut cliu 
 
 was-made thy property harlots with evil by-thee made is 
 
 tyeswe kicya mot wots halh'al, tin joas mina loka tu 
 
 him for fat calf lawful, by-him wae-said-to-liim my son thou 
 
 chus hamesha mi sit te sarui ciz yu cliii miun su chu tiun 
 art always me with and all thing which is mine that is thine. 
 
 Khushi karnu juan ciz go, tiun barun phatmut auhtii, gf5 
 Happiness to make good thing went thy brother dead was wont 
 
 zinda, rautumut auhtu yablai miltu. 
 alive lost was now was-found. 
 
 Extracts. 
 
 Ail as waiga manz ter pashtumi shaput, ada dhora ginn 
 I was field in there was-seen-by-me bear, then stone taking 
 
 pesis rara au gos bii aii as gioh nisb. Sahbas sit 
 I-fell-to-it rushing, I went afraid, I came house near. Sahib with 
 
 ahta trill mahna, tini anta sbal pants tin pata go 
 
 were 30 men by him were-killed jackals five that after went 
 
 hakka, hakka pentUn tsailih mahna Sahab rohn 
 
 jungle-beat, were-sent-by-him forty men Sahib stayed 
 
 janglas lutus pat ter shaput antiin abt te 
 
 jungle-of head on there bears were-killed-by-him 8, and 
 
57 
 
 khalo phirtu. Lassa jamadav caprais peutu nu Ss dih dus 
 
 down he turned. By Lass^ „ caprasi was sent I came two days 
 
 watus ter dant lehti abtus au ter jiimnai Sahab 
 
 arrived there, oxen grazing was I, there was-said-to-me-by-him Sahib 
 
 ao panin boH^ zop din dusan rahnus Siihabus sft Sahab 
 came, own language speak, two days I stayed Snhib with Sahib 
 
 tsat walti auhtu, sui go dahan gazan duggu hit bakkhi, rohan 
 swimming was he went ten yards deep head towards stayed 
 
 pahrus tE, tamasha laig baini mahna pantsa. Tin pata, 
 one-watch up-to, fun began to see men 50. That after 
 
 jiin panin bo^U zop khalnu khain na, 
 
 was-said-by-him own language speak food was-eaten-by-him not. 
 
 taklif mast laiga. Wat wata tap ahtu sakht, 
 
 trouble great was-attached. On-the-way sunshine was severe, 
 
 tapus ahtu bimi gatsTiti ahtu, zapti ahtu halla bo^U 
 sunshine in he-was seated, going was saying was' bravo language 
 
 zop. Mast tap ahtu te Sahbi gonthtu dastar 
 
 speak. Great sunshine was and by Sahib was-knotted turban 
 
 pananyi toipa pSt. Sahab a-htii rat ratti 
 
 own hat on. Sahib was at night seizing (i.e., keeping me) 
 
 din pahran boH^ sani kyici. 
 
 two Avatches (i.e., 6 hrs.) language for. 
 
 
 8 
 
P6guli. 
 
 1. yakb, one. 
 
 37. luk, son, ^ 
 
 2. dih, two. 
 
 38. kurhi, daughter. 
 
 3. cae, three. 
 
 39. gulam, slave. 
 
 4. tsaur, four. 
 
 40. zamindar, cultivator. 
 
 5. pSts, five. 
 
 41. gual, shepherd. « 
 
 6, she, six. 
 
 42. Khuda, God. 
 
 7. satt, seven. 
 
 43. Sheitan, Devil. 
 
 8. aht, eight. 
 
 44. dus, sun. 
 
 9. nau, nine. 
 
 45. zosun, moon. 
 
 10, dah, ten. 
 
 46. targan, star. 
 
 11. wlh, twenty. 
 
 47. tsori, nar, fire. 
 
 12. pantsa, fifty. 
 
 48. pai, water. 
 
 13. hat, hundred. 
 
 49. ghar, house. 
 
 14. aht, band. 
 
 50. ghur^, horse. 
 
 15. khur, foot. 
 
 51. gaS, cow. [ 
 
 16. naht, nose. 
 
 52. hunn*, dog. 
 
 17. accb, eye. 
 
 53. biar, cat. 
 
 18. mui, mouth. 
 
 54. kukkur, cock. 
 
 19. dant, tooth. 
 
 55. batki, duck. 
 
 20. kann, ear. 
 
 66. khar, ass. 
 
 21. mast, wal, hair. 
 
 57. fit, camel. 
 
 22. lot, head. 
 
 58. jonawar, bird. 
 
 23. ziu, tongue. 
 
 59. gatshnu, go. 
 
 24. idd, belly. 
 
 60. khalnu, eat. 
 
 25. carb, back. 
 
 61. byimnu, sit. 
 
 26. shahtar, iron. 
 
 62. yeun, come. 
 
 27. sonn, gold. 
 
 63. pharnu, beat. 
 
 28. rupp, silver. 
 
 64. kharkhur, rahnu, stand. 
 
 29. maul, baub, father. 
 
 65. pbatnu, die. 
 
 30. yei, mother. 
 
 66. deun, give. 
 
 31. barun, baui, brother. 
 
 67. dhaHtulnu, run. 
 
 32. bean, sister. 
 
 68. ubha, up. 
 
 33. mohan, man. 
 
 69. neri, near. 
 
 34. kurmahn, woman. 
 
 70. khala, down. 
 
 35. kolai, wife. 
 
 71. dur, far. 
 
 36. luk, child. 
 
 
69 
 
 72. agge, before. 
 
 73. pat, behind. 
 
 74. kam, wbo. 
 
 75. kut, what. 
 
 76. guzzi, why. 
 
 77. te, and. 
 
 78. par, but. 
 
 79. if. 
 
 80. aX, yes. 
 
 81. na, no. 
 
 82. hai, alas. 
 
 83. gho -r*, a horse. 
 
 84. -ri, a mare. 
 
 85. -r*, horses. 
 
 86. ghueur*, mares. 
 
 87. daut, a bull. 
 
 88. gau, a cow. 
 
 89. dant, bulls. 
 
 90. goitri, cows. 
 
 91. hunn*, a dog. 
 
 92. hu^nS a bitch. 
 
 93. hunn*, dogs. 
 
 94. hunya, bitches. 
 
 95. katlu, a he«goat. 
 
 96. tsel, a female goat. 
 
 97. katla, goats. 
 
 98. har -n, a male deer. 
 
 99. -n*, a female deer. 
 100. -u, deer. 
 
^ -I 
 
 .3 r. 
 
 1. tiun nam kut chu i^ what is'ydurnarae ? 
 
 2. yes glioris ummur kyit thi ? how old is this horse ? 
 
 3. ita pata Kashii- t§ kituk chu dur ? how far is it from here to Kash- 
 
 mir ? 
 
 4. tini mala sani g\ manz keta loka che ? how many sons are there in 
 
 your father's house ? 
 6. ail az dur tl dhautus, I have walked a long way to-day. 
 
 6. mini pecow sani loki chu tyesye bina sit byah kjemut, the son of 
 
 my uncle is married to his sister. 
 
 7. chitti ghora sun zia chu gi manz, in the house is the saddle of the 
 
 white horse. 
 
 8. tyesye cari pSt zin li, put the saddle upon his back. 
 
 9. mi tyeswe lokyas shahtei k5rrei sit phartumut chu, I have beaten 
 
 his son with many stripes. 
 
 10. bala sanni lutus p5t su chu gallas gas khalal, he is grazing cattle on 
 
 the top of the hill. 
 
 11. su chu ghofis pSfc kolis khal bima, he is sitting on a horse under that 
 
 tree. 
 
 12. tesau barun tesei bina khota bor chu, his brother is taller than his 
 
 sister. 
 
 13. ittek kimat thi dai rupae, the price of that is two rupees and a half. 
 
 14. miun maul chu tes lokhcyis garus manz rahti, my father lives in 
 
 that small house. 
 
 15. ye rupai tyes dyen, give this rupee to him. 
 
 16. yail rupia gyun tyes, take those rupees from him. 
 
 17. ty6s mast phari te razan sit gathin, beat him well and bind him with 
 
 ropes. 
 
 18. khuhus manz pa! kari, draw water from the well. 
 
 19. mi aiggi dhaui, walk before me. 
 
 20. kasau lok chu ti pata pata dhaiiti ? whose boy comes behind you ? 
 
 21. ti kas laba tjes mol gintu ? from whom did you buy that ? 
 
 22. gama sanni dukandaras laba, from a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
KISHTAWARI. 
 
 Kshtawari is spoken in and near the village of Kishtawar, an im- 
 portant place with 2,500 inhabitants, not far from the S.E. border of 
 Kashmir. It is a dialect of Kashmiri, which it very much resembles. 
 In Kishtawar Kashmiri is perfectly well understood. 
 
 Nouns Masc. 
 
 Sing. Plur. 
 N. mhal -u, father mhal -i 
 
 G. -i sun -ien hun*^ 
 
 D. -is -ien 
 
 Log. -is manz - ,, mauz 
 
 Ab. -is hata - „ hata 
 
 Ag. -in -iau 
 
 ghtir*, horse, obh ghtir-i, -is &c., PI. ghur^, obi. ghufien &c.. 
 
 so also sktir^^ boy (Ag shtirien) 
 
 Then is also a declension ending in -a -as &c., for the oblique cases. 
 ghar house, ghar -a sun, -as, -an, Plur. ghar, ghar -an -au. 
 
 So also dand, back, 
 
 tsliyor^ he-goat, pi. tsher'^ 
 
 Fern. Noun Sing. 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. kori -i daughter 
 
 
 kor -i 
 
 G. kor -i hun^ 
 
 
 -ien &c. 
 
 D. -i 
 
 
 n 
 
 Loc. -i manz 
 
 
 i> 
 
 Ab. -i hata 
 
 
 )) 
 
 Ag. -i 
 
 
 -iau 
 
 hhain sister, obliq. hhenyi. 
 
 
 
 gau cow, pi. gae. 
 
 
 
 Pronoun. 
 
 
 
 Sing. : 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1st 2nd 3rd 
 
 1st 
 
 2nd 3rd 
 
 N. boh tu su 
 
 as 
 
 tus tim 
 
 G, miaun: tsaun tyisun 
 
 as -un 
 
 tus -un tim -an huu 
 
 D. me tse tyis (neut. tath) 
 
 -i 
 
 -i -an „ 
 
 Ag. me tse tin f ;_^ 
 
 ♦1 . 
 
 • i...r}. ~^^ 
 
62 
 
 yi, this or rel. who, declined like su, yisun &c., plur. yim &c. 
 
 ko who G. kasim, D. &c., kas; fcS anyone, obi. kBisi 
 
 kyut^ how much f. kitsa, pi. kitya how many. 
 
 miaun, tsauiiy tyisun, asun, tusun, and hun (of timan hun) are declined like 
 
 adjectives. j|| 
 
 Adjectives are declined very much like nouns. Many however are 
 indeclinable. 
 
 Comparison. * Than ' is expressed by nishi, and the positive form is 
 used with nishi, zabar good, — nishi zabar, better than, sdriwi nishi 
 zahar, better than all, best. 
 
 Verbs. 
 
 Auxiliary Pres. I am &c., thus thukh thu thi theaua thi 
 
 Past 1 was &c., asus asukh asu aisi aseaua asai (or ausus &c. ) 
 tsotun, beat Pr. Pa. tsotan pa. p. tsotmut, having beating, tsoti, or tso^it 
 Aor. or Fut. tsot -a -akh -i -an -iu -au 
 Imper. tsot tso^iu 
 
 Pres. Ind. tsotan (pres. p.) with Pres. Auxil. boh thus tsotan &c. 
 Impf. „ „ Past. ,, boh asus „ &c. 
 
 Conditional tsotah -a -akh -i -au -iu -an. 
 
 Past me tsotum, tse tsotuth, tin tsot, asi tsot, tusi tsoteau, timau 
 tsotukh. 
 
 Pres. Perf. me thum tsotmut &c. 
 Plupf. me asum ,, &c. 
 
 Passive, tsota with the various parts of gatshuu^, go, boh thus tsota 
 gatshan, I am being beaten. 
 
 Gatshun^, go pr. p. gatshan, pa. p. gomut. 
 
 Aor. or Fut., Imper., Pres. Ind., Impf., Cond. all regular like tsotun 
 
 Past gos gokh gou ge geau ge 
 
 Pres. Perf. boh thus gomut &c. 
 
 Plupf. boh asus gomut &c. 
 
 marun die, past mud -us -ukh mudu &c. pa. p. mudmut. 
 
 rihun remain, past rath -us -ukh -u &c. 
 
 heun take, past hyut, is used as in Kashmiri for * begin ' (with the infin.) 
 
 yiu7i^ come, past as, akh, a5 &c., pres. p. yuan. 
 
 kheun^ Aor. or Fut. khyema &c., as in Kashmiri. 
 
 Pronominal suffixes are very common, e.g. 
 
 Dative, dyim, give me, dyitis give him, asias were to him, zabas will 
 say to him, even indirect connection as shur^ tyesun marigos, his son died 
 to him, 
 
 Ace. hanayim make me, tsoiis beat him. 
 
6S 
 
 Agent. pJmum, I turned, hanm I did (.agr. w. masc. obj.) karyini 
 I did (fern, obj.) dyituth, thou gavest, tsottm he struck, tsof^ati you 
 struck, hetsakh, they took (fein. obj.) 
 
 Double suffixes. Zahunas he said to him, usno -(n-) uako-(8-) kaha, 
 ditinus, he gave to him. There is no suffix for the 1st plur. 
 
 Compound verbs are found on the Pahari and not Kashmiri model, — 
 u^ai dyuttin, he wasting gave, he wasted, marigau, he dyiug went, ho 
 died. 
 
 The Prodigal Son. 
 
 Aikis mahnis zhe .shuri asias lokrin shufien pananis 
 
 One man-to two sons were-to-him little son-by own 
 
 mhalis zabun panani daulata manza miaun his.si 
 
 father-to was-said-by-him own wealth from-in my part 
 
 dyim te tin timan panan^ dolat bantl 
 
 give-to-me and by-him them-to own wealth dividing 
 
 ditsin, thukrien dosan naanz lokrin shurien sanVi jama 
 
 given-was-by-him few days in little son-by all together 
 
 kari dui* dishas safar korun t& tete 
 
 having-made far country-to journey was-made-by-him and there 
 
 mar5 karan pata mal ujarun, yei ghari sorui 
 
 evil work after property was-wasted-by-him what honr all 
 
 barbad karun tath dishas manz baddii kal peon su 
 
 wasting was-made-by-him that country in great famine fell he 
 
 lacar gau, tath jae hinis aikis shakhsas labi rathu tini 
 
 helpless went that place of one man near remained, by-hira 
 
 pananyis zaminas manz sur tsunawani sozun, yima 
 
 own land in swine to-cause-to-feed was-sent-by-him what 
 
 shima siir khewan aisi su zaban logu yiman sSti panun yad 
 husks swine eating were he to say began these with own stomach 
 
 bhara tg tis kS diwan asu na. Yei ghari su hSshas 
 
 I may fill and to him any one giving was not. What hour he sense 
 
 manz ao tin pananis dilas sSti zabun miaui mhali 
 
 in came by-him own heart with was-said-by-him my father 
 
 sinyi kitya mazur thi yad bhari khgwan boh y6ti 
 
 of how-many labourers are stomach having filled eating I here of 
 bhuci maran lagus, boh wathi pananis mhalis nisha gatsha 
 hunger to die began, I having risen own father near will go 
 
64 
 
 te zabas ai mball me Sahiba sun te tsaun gunah 
 
 and will-say. to-him O father by-me God of and thy sin 
 
 karum ath laik ratbus na tsaun sbur^ zaba, 
 
 was-done that worthy remained I not thy son I may-say 
 
 me pananien mazuran hish banayim, wathi pananis mbalis 
 me own labourers like make-me, having-risen own father 
 
 labi ao, su hazza dur asu, mbalin lawun tis • tars 
 
 near came be yet far was by-father was perceived to him pity 
 
 awus dorita nalamati ratun te hun^i 
 
 came-to-him, baving-run in-embrace was-seized-by-him and kiss 
 
 ditinus. Tin zabunas ai mhali 
 
 was-given-by-him-to-him. By-him was-said-by-him-to-him father 
 
 mg Sahiba sun te tsaun gunah karum, ath laik ratbus 
 by me God of and thy sin was-done that worthy remained 
 
 na tsaun gbuj^ zaba, mbalin pananien naukaran 
 
 I not thy son I may say, by-father own servants-to 
 
 zabun sariwi nishi juan poshak kadi 
 
 was-said-by-hira all than good raiment having-taken-out 
 
 aniii tg yis lagius isin^ hathas aqkhuc lagius, 
 
 bring and to-him attach-to-bim this-of hand-to ring attach-to-him 
 
 khoran padiSru te rachmutu watswa yor aniu te halal karius 
 feefc-to sboe and kept calf here bring and lawful make-it 
 
 as khyemau khushi karau, miaun yi shur^ mudmut asu zinda 
 we may eat happiness may make my this son dead was alive 
 
 r go ramut ausu te mynl. Khushi ; karan^ hgtsakh, 
 
 went lost was and was-found. Happiness to-make was-begun-by-them. 
 
 Tyisun badd'^ shui* wajjan manz ausu, yei ghari gharas nior ao 
 His big son field in was what hour house near came 
 
 dbol wayun te natsunuk waz lawun aikis 
 
 drum beating and dancing of voice was-perceived-by-him, one 
 
 naukaras sad dyit guarun yi kya samuz tin 
 
 servant-to call having-given was-asked-by-him this what became by-bim 
 
 tyis zabun tsaun bboi aui tsani mbalin 
 
 •to-him was-said-by-him thy brother 6ame-to-thee thy father- by 
 
 ■ tisine khatira rachmutu watsu marun aiji khatara tin 
 
 his sake kept calf was-killed-by-him this sake by-him 
 
65 
 
 su juan lawun, su krudhi samuz, andar gatsliun 
 
 to-him well was-perceived-by-liim he angry became in to go 
 
 lagu na, tisun mlial^ kanara nyit b5zawun lagus 
 
 began not his father out having-goue to-persuade began-to-him 
 
 tin pananyis mlialis jawab dyutun, wucch kityan 
 
 by-him own father-to answer was-given-by-hini see how many 
 
 warhien tsan khezmat karyim tsaun* zab* zafc 
 
 years thy service was-done-by-me thy saying ever 
 
 phirum na me zat put dyituth na boh 
 
 was-turned-by-me not to-me ever kid was-given-by-thco not I 
 
 pananien yaran sSt khushi karaha yei ghari tsaun yi 
 
 own friends witli happiness might-make, wliat hour thy thi8 
 shur'5 ao yin tsaun mal kanjran sSt udai 
 
 son came by-whom thy property harlots with causing-to-fly 
 
 dyutun isini khatir rachmut^^ wats^ marawuth 
 
 was-given-by-him this-of sake kept calf was-causcd-to-be- 
 
 mhalin tis zabuu Ai shuria tu hamesha 
 
 killed-by-thee, by father to-him was-said son thou always 
 
 m5 sSt thukh ikentsa miaun thu tsaun thu, khushi karaii te 
 me with art whatever mine is thine is happiness to make and 
 
 khush samuzun gatshihi, tsaun yi bho! mudmut asii zinda go, 
 happy to-became was-proper thy this brother dead was alive went 
 
 ramut ausu te myul. 
 lost was and was-gained. 
 
 o"- 
 
 Stort. 
 
 Yeti aseau Nawab Sahibau Labbhu Raui TahsllJar rachmutu 
 Here was „ sahib-by „ „ „ placed, 
 
 pifcsan warhan, ponna tyespan lukau zamlndarau kliualikh 
 
 five years, then him on by-people farmers raised 
 
 basal at ponna sapuz maukuf, yath kilas manz kaid 
 complaint, then he became put away, this fort in imprisoned 
 
 samuz ponna gyas tari manz khabar shur^^ tyesau 
 
 became then came-to-him telegram in news son his 
 
 mari gos, mhast ryuwan zaci tsacien, darh* 
 
 dying went-to-him, much wept clothes were-torn-by-him beard 
 9 
 
66 
 
 panani pucien pahra dyutos sathi, shalir 
 
 own was-pulled-out-by-him, guard was-given-to-him along with, city-to 
 
 sozukh, ponn» Natbu Mai Sahibas sStbi mbast minnat 
 
 was-sent-by-thera, then „ „ Sahib with much entreaty 
 
 zari karin, panun pan mokalawun Nbori yor yinac 
 
 weeping was-done-by-him own body to-free Again here coming-of 
 
 marzl karan thu, asi nianaus na, asi Nawab Sababas labi 
 
 desire doing is, wo will-agree-to-hira not, we ,, Sahib near 
 
 faryad gatsbau. Su tbu baddu zulmmiaru, taii pata 
 
 complaint will-go. He was great oppression-maker tbat-very for 
 
 yath raulku sun su thu mehrana sarazumu^, tin karun 
 
 this country of he was acquainted become by-hira was-made-by-bim 
 
 yath mulkas pananyi marzi sathi zaminas kach. 
 
 this country-to own desire with land-to measurement. 
 
 Lacaran mahanyieu badawun, badien mahnien zamin ziyada asiai, 
 Helpless men- to to increase, big raen-to land more was, 
 
 thukfi banayin. Ai katha pana luk sari tyispan 
 
 little was-made-by-him. This matter upon ppople all bira upon 
 
 krudhi samazei, su hakim asi gatshi na 
 angry became, that ruler to-us desirable-is-not 
 
 (The meaning of the last sentence but one is that this official made 
 out poor people's land to be more than it really was, and so took higher 
 taxes from them ; similarly he understated the amount of rich people's 
 land). 
 
Kishtawari. 
 
 1. akh, one. 
 
 2. zhe, two. 
 
 3. tre, three. 
 
 4. tsor, four. 
 
 5. pants, five. 
 
 6. .she, six. "' 
 
 7. satt, seven. 
 
 8. eth, eight. 
 
 9. nau, nine. 
 
 10. dah, ten, 
 
 11. wuh, twenty. 
 
 12. pantsa, fifty. 
 
 13. hat, hundred. 
 
 14. hattho, hand. 
 
 15. khor, foot. 
 
 16. nasth, nose. 
 
 17. acchi, eye. 
 
 18. shund, mouth. 
 
 19. dand, tooth. 
 
 20. kann, ear. 
 
 21. wal, hair. 
 
 22. lot, head. 
 
 23. zeou, tongue. 
 
 24. yad, belly. 
 
 25. dandu, back. 
 
 26. shethar, iron. 
 
 27. sonn, gold. 
 
 28. rop, silver. 
 
 29. mhalu, father. 
 
 30. mhaili, mother, 
 
 31. bhaui, brother. 
 
 32. bhain, sister. 
 
 33. mahnu, man. 
 
 34. zanan, woman. 
 
 35. kolai, wife. 
 
 36. shuF^j child. 
 
 37. shurii, sun. 
 
 38. kori, daughter. 
 
 39. ghulam, slave. 
 
 40. zamindar, cultivator. 
 
 41. poha], shepherd. 
 
 42. Sahib, God. 
 
 43. Shetan, Devil. 
 
 44. suraj, sun. 
 
 45. zosun, moon. 
 
 46. tar", star. 
 
 47. nar, fire. 
 
 48. pan, water. 
 
 49. gharo, house. 
 
 50. ghurfi, horse. 
 
 51. gau, cow. 
 
 52. hon*, dog. 
 
 53. braur^, cat. 
 
 54. kokkar, cock. 
 
 55. batak, duck. 
 
 56. khar, ass. 
 
 57. Stii, camel. 
 
 58. janwar, bird. 
 
 59. gatshua", go. 
 
 60. kheunS, eat. 
 
 61. bihun", sit. 
 
 62. yiun^, come. 
 
 63. tsotun'^, beat. 
 
 64. khari khari riun'^, stand. 
 
 65. marun^, die. 
 
 66. dyun'i, give. 
 
 67. dorun'^, run. 
 
 68. hosh, up. 
 
 69. ni6r«, near. 
 
 70. bon, down. 
 
 71. dur, far. 
 
 72. bon^h, before. 
 
68 
 
 73. 
 
 pata, behind. 
 
 74. 
 
 ko, who. 
 
 75, 
 
 kya, what. 
 
 76. 
 
 kyazi, why. 
 
 77. 
 
 te, and. 
 
 78. 
 
 par, but. 
 
 79. 
 
 hai, if. 
 
 80. 
 
 g, yes. 
 
 81. 
 
 noi, no. 
 
 82. 
 
 hai hai, alas. 
 
 83. 
 
 ghu -r^, a horse 
 
 84. 
 
 -rl, a mare. 
 
 85. 
 
 -rl, horses. 
 
 26. 
 
 -re, mares. 
 
 87. dand, a bull. 
 
 88. gau, a cow. 
 
 89. dand, bulls. 
 
 90. gae, cows. 
 
 91. hon'^, a dog. 
 
 92. h6ny% a bitch. 
 
 93. honi, dogs. 
 
 94. hony^, bitches. 
 
 95. tshyoji^, a he-goat. 
 
 96. tshel^, a female goat. 
 
 97. tsheri, goats. 
 
 98. har -n, a male deer. 
 
 99. -ni, a female deer. 
 100. -n, deer. 
 
1. tsaun nam kya tLiii, wliat is your nnmc ? 
 
 2. is ghnri si ummar kitsa the? how old is this horse ? 
 
 3. yeti hata Kashiri lai kyuta thu ? how far is it from here to Kash- 
 
 mir ? 
 4- tsan^ mhal^ sin gharas manz kitya shuri thi, how many sons arc 
 there in your father's house ? 
 
 5. boh hanthus az mhast diir, I have walked a long way to-day. 
 
 6. miau^ peti^ sinyi shurien karun tesinyi bhenyi sati biah, the son of 
 
 ray uncle is married to his sister. 
 
 7. gharas manz thu safed ghuri sun zin, in the house is tlic saddle of 
 
 the white horse. 
 
 8. tesinyis dandas thoyiu zin, put the saddle upon his back. 
 
 9. me tsotum tyisun shur mhast, I have beaten his son with many 
 
 stripes. 
 
 10. su thu dhari hinis mokhas pan mal tsunawan, he is grazing cattle on 
 
 the top of the hill. 
 
 11. su thu kulyis tal ghuris pan bei, he is sitting on a horse under tliat 
 
 tree. 
 
 12. tyisun bh5i thu tyesinyi bhenyi hata badd^, his brother is taller than 
 
 his sister. 
 
 13. tathun mol thu dhai ropie, the price of that is two rupees and a 
 
 half. 
 
 14. Miaun mhal thu tath Ibkuri gharas manz rihwan, my father lives in 
 
 that small house. 
 
 15. yi ropai dyitis, give this rupee to him. 
 
 16. tyis hetsa tima ropie, take those rupees from him, 
 
 17. tyis ts5tis jan paithyi te razan sat gandis, beat him well and bind 
 
 him with ropes. 
 
 18. khuha manza khual paii, draw water from the well. 
 
 19. me bonth hanth, walk before me. 
 
 20. kasun shur'i thu tse pata yiian ? whose boy comes behind you ? 
 
 21. tse kas hata su mol hyututh ? from whom did you buy that ? 
 
 22. gamakis kasi wanawalis hata, from a shopkeeper of the village. 
 
The Sasi Dialect — its connection with other dialects. 
 
 In the following lines I have noted the chief points of resemblance 
 between S§si and other dialects in the North of India, and done so in 
 the hope tliat the facts brought together may be of some assistance to 
 Philologists in deciding the origin of the Sisi dialect . This in turn may 
 throw light on the origin of the SSsi people. This list of resemblances 
 is necessarily incomplete (I have not been able to get access to the rele- 
 vant specimens collected by the Linguistic Survey of India) but it 
 seemed better to note such points as occurred to me than to wait in- 
 definitely for further knowledge. 
 
 The Sssi dialect here referred to is that spoken by Slsis in the 
 North of the Panjab. The following abbreviations are employed in 
 naming dialects : — 
 
 Band (Bandeli) ; Bar (Barmauri) ; Bha (Bhathiali) ; Br (Braj) ; 
 Cam (Cambiali) ; Cur (Curahi) ; Dh (Dhundi or Kairali) ; Ga 
 (Gadi) ; Gujar (Gujar) ; Gjt (Gujrati) ; Jai (Jaipur!) ; Kag (Kaqgri) ; 
 Kash (Kashmiri); Kul (Kului^; Mai (Malwi) ; Mar (Marwan) ; Me 
 (Mewati) ; Nai (Naipali) ; Pad (Padari) ; Pag (Paijgwali) ; Panj 
 (Panjab!) ; Po (Poguli) ; Pu (Punch!) ; Ram (Rambani) ; Sir (Siraji) ; 
 Tim (Tinauli). - - 
 
 These dialects are distributed as follows : Jammu State Pad', Po, P u. 
 Ram, Sir ; Camba State Bar, Bha, Cam, Cur, Pai) ; Rajasthan Jai, Mai, 
 Mar, Me ; United Provinces Br, Band ; Knrjgra Ga, Kaij, Kul ; Murree Hills 
 Dh ; Naipdl Nai; GuJrRt Gjt; Kashmir State Kash; Scattered Gnja,!'. 
 There are also Panj in the Panjab and Tinauli in N.-W.F. Province. 
 
 The Criminal Argots referred to are the Cuhra, Qasai and Gam- 
 blers' Argots. 
 
 Sasi. 
 Nouns Masc. in consonant, I, u, 
 have Oblique Sing, in -H 
 Obi. Plur. Masc. & Fem. -I 
 Fern. Sing. Obi. in -a 
 Abl. case tho 
 Loc. bice 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 1st S. Nom. hau 
 
 Pu 
 Ga 
 Pu 
 
 Sir 
 
 } 
 
 Compare, 
 obi. in ~a 
 
 obi. pi. ~e 
 fems. in -I for obi. 
 
 add -a 
 
 Panj, &c., thd, Br ts, Me tat, Gjt thi 
 Dh, Pu, Gujar bice, Panj wicc 
 
 Br and Cam haU ; Gujar, Mai, Mar 
 hii ; Gjt hu, Po, Ram, Sir Pad, 
 Pai), Bar, Ga au 
 
71 
 
 Isfc Plur. Gen. mhard, 
 
 2nd Sing. 
 2nd pi. 
 
 tau 
 tarn 
 Gen. tuhara 
 
 Sasl, 
 2nd plur. oblique tarn 
 Demonstrative Pron. 
 (nora.) ed, this 
 
 Agent in. 
 
 remote oh, Agent nn 
 
 Sinj 
 
 Demonstrative Plur. 
 Near 
 
 Oblique in 
 
 Agent ind 
 Remote Obi. un 
 Ag. nno 
 
 Verb. 
 
 Kul Kar) iuhdrS; Gnjar, ISfew, Jfar, 
 mhdro ; while for the Gen. 8ing. I'u 
 and Dh have vihdrn, Tin vmhra ; Miil, 
 Jai, Mar, Gujar ynhaio 
 
 Kul thau, 
 
 Gujar, Mew tarn, Gjt tamB 
 
 Cnv J iihdm; Gujar, Mow thiird ; Mar 
 ^ASro; Kul Ihaindm; while for Gen. Sing. 
 Pu and Dh have tuhdrd, Jiu tchrd, Mai, 
 Jai, Mar ^/mro. 
 
 Gjt tarn, 
 
 Braj 2/«?i, Panj Gjt o, for fem. Jai, Mar. 
 G ujar have yd 
 
 Pag in 
 
 Pu, Cam, Bar, Cui*, Bha, Kar) iju Ga inni ; 
 for oblique Br has iid and Bund in 
 
 Pai) un, Pu, Cam, Ga, Bar, Cur, Blia, Kai) 
 tml Nai una le or fina /e ; for obliciuo 
 Br has uni, and Band «n 
 
 The cerebral n of the Sasi in and un is found 
 in the oblique sing, of Mai, itu, Mai- in 
 and tnf for the near demonstrative, and 
 nni (Mai) un or tint (Mar) for tlio re- 
 mote, also in Sir. Agent yeni, and tnn 
 for the near and remote dem. 
 
 Mar Mai ina, Pag ini 
 
 Mar, Mai una, Par) uni 
 
 There ai'e similar resemblances in the n la- 
 tive and interrogative pronouns. 
 
 Auxiliary Pres. I am, resembles very much Urdu, Hindi, and Panjabi 
 Sing. Plur. 
 
 Past. Thiyyd, Thiyye 
 
 Cam. thiyd, thiye ; Par), Cur, fhyd, thje : 
 Pad the'^, thi^ ; Nai 3rd s. thiyo, 3rd pi. 
 thiye ; Ga, Bar pi. thit. 
 
72 
 
 Future horjgra, he will be 
 Pres. Past ends in ~ta 
 
 In compound verbs where 
 in Urdu the root of one is 
 joined to the second Sssi 
 adds ~l to the root. 
 
 Adverb, 
 elhl, here, ethd, from here, 
 othi, there 
 
 Tcare, where ?, jar^, where 
 hhi, then, after that 
 iw, now 
 
 Vocabiilary. 
 
 lohna, beat, kill 
 lugna, die 
 tliaifQlcna. sit 
 kulna, do 
 
 bel hulna, keep quiet 
 hnrlma, huqqa 
 
 pauniy 
 
 shoe 
 
 hhat, bed 
 
 kajjd, farmer, &c 
 
 toina, fine, fat 
 
 Kay ho^gha. 
 
 Hill dialects having ta or to as the ending 
 
 are Par) and Cur ta, Gujar — to. 
 Practically all hill dialects from Hazara 
 
 to Kaqgra add the -I but Gujar does not 
 
 Bar ithl, ithd 
 
 Kaij othu, Bar telhi, 
 
 for the r cf. Pai) iriya, from here. 
 
 Gujar, Dh hlil 
 
 Kul, ih. 
 
 Kash, ISyun, Cuhra, lothna 
 
 Cuhra, lugna 
 
 Qasai, thairjg rahna, keep quiet. 
 
 Cuhra, kulna 
 
 Cuhra, hel kul. 
 
 Gamblers, Cuhra, hurknd 
 
 Pu fauni, 
 
 Kash, Pu, Dh, Sir, khat 
 
 Cuhra, kajja, English, ccdger, 
 
 C libra, toma 
 
 In the above notes it has not been thought necessary to mention 
 the numerous inflections and verbal or pronominal forms in which Sasi 
 resembles Urdu or Hindi, and in the case of Panjabi of the many points 
 of likeness only one or two have been adduced. In the case of these 
 three languages it would have taken up too much space to mention every 
 point of resemblance. My object was rather to refer to languages which 
 are spoken over small areas and are for this reason less well known, and 
 in particular to draw attention to the hill dialects, with a number of 
 which Sasi has many points in common. 
 
The Notes on the Kdngri and G:1di dialects were, in the first inatAnoo, 
 compiled by the late Mr. Edward O'Brien. He, however, did not live to pre- 
 pare his notes finally for the press, and when a proof copy was printed from 
 his manuscript it was deemed advisable to have it revised. I have accordinffly 
 gone through all the notes and vocabulary, revising them and making uumeroui 
 additions. Some words I was not able to trace. To such words an astoriak 
 has been prefixed. They are chiefly names of plants or of fish and are found 
 almost exclusively in the vocabulary. In some cases words somewliat similar 
 in form and meaning came under my observation and are inserted in square 
 brackets after the asterisked words. It has been thought better to adhere to 
 Mr. O'Brien's system of transliteration. 
 
 The KdngrI dialect is spoken with some variations over a largo portion of 
 Kdngr^ District. The form of it given in these Notes is aspecially that of 
 the eastern portion of Kdngrd proper. Further east we find Mandedli in 
 Man4i State, and still further east Kului in Kulu. To the north aroBhaVeAli 
 and Chamed,li, both in Ohamba State. For a treatment of these reference 
 should be made to the Appendix to the Gazetteers of Mandi and Chamba. 
 Kdngri is a dialect of Panj^bi. It has many points of resemblance to Maiide^li 
 and still more closely resembles Bhateali and Chamedli. For the linguistio 
 bearing of forms like minjo vich, tijjo vich, in me, in thee, see the note on 
 p. 286 of the Punjab Census Report for 1901. 
 
 Gd-di 18 the language of the Qaddis who inhabit a district, called after 
 them Gadheran, lying in the north-east portion of K^ngrsi proper and the 
 south-east portion of Chamba State. The Chamba District of Bharmaur ia 
 Part of Gadheran, and Bharmauria speak the Gadi dialect. The dialect is 
 purely Pahari; it is allied, very naturally, to neighbouring dialo^'t'' smh as 
 Chamed^i and Bhatedli in Chamba State and Kdngri in Kaner^- Ita 
 grammatical forms will well repay study; the verbs as exemplified, for 
 example in gdhnd, go, are peculiarly interesting. Thus, forms hke gachhd, 
 go, ichhun, I may come, remind us of the gachhnd, achhnd of the Pnnchhi 
 dialect of Laihnda spoken in Punchh State, and of the dialect spoken in 
 the Murree Galis. The plural of nouns is, except for the vocative ca-e, the 
 game as the singular, a phenomenon common in dialects of the Simla States 
 and of Kulu. Among the songs which follow the Kdngr^ Notes there are 
 included a number of G^di songs. They will be found special iy indi.-«ted. 
 The tendency of Gaddis to say kh for s is very noteworthy. In the present 
 ■tate of their dialect sis quits common, due no doubt to the pp.x.mity of 
 -pronouncing peoples. The fondness of Gdddis for ^7. is the more remark- 
 able that nearly all hiUmen find it difficult to sayhh and can lay only kh. 
 
 2m December 1904. } T. GRAH AME BAl LEY. 
 
Notes ON THE DiALEOT OF THE Kakcra Valley, .;v the late EDWARD 
 UJ3RILN, EsQUiEE, c.s, Dei'utv (Jommi>^;ioner of K'^^•,;KA 
 Kevised with Additional Notes j5y the Revd. T. GRAHAME 
 BAILEY, B.D., M.E.A.s., AVazikadad. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 The doclension of Kaagri nouns is effecUa (excopt for tlio Aj/ont 
 case) as in Hindostani, by the addition of Postpositions to what may bo 
 called the Formative case of the noun. Thus Nomhiatlre Shu,nlnr Jiora. 
 horse; Formahvs Singular ghore ; Genetive Sini/xdar ghoro da, i"tc. " 
 
 The following is a scheme of the formative and nominative ca3os io 
 the various declensions : — 
 
 < 
 
 Nom. Sing. 
 
 Form. Slug, 
 
 Nom. I'l. 
 
 Form. PI. 
 
 1. — Masc. in d 
 
 Gliora. 
 
 Ghorc. 
 
 Ghore. 
 
 Ghorciiii. 
 
 11.— All other Mascs. \ 
 
 Ghar. 
 Bichlui. 
 
 Gbar(^ 
 Hi. h hue. 
 
 Ciliai'. 
 Bichcliii. 
 
 Ciliiinii'i. 
 liiclicliuan. 
 
 III. — Vem. in i ... 
 
 Bitti. 
 
 BiftlH. 
 
 BiHiiu'i. 
 
 Bittiuu. 
 
 Some Ferns, in con- 
 
 
 
 
 
 sonant ... 
 
 Junas. 
 
 Juiuisa. 
 
 Junasai'i. 
 
 Juniisan. 
 
 IV. — Fem. in consonant... 
 
 Baihn. 
 
 B;iihni. 
 
 Bailiiiin. 
 
 Baihniii. 
 
 The genitive, as in Hiudostani, agrees in gender and number witli tho 
 object of the genitive, e.gr., babbe di bitti, the father's daughter, kuda 
 jatak, whose son ? 
 
 The following paradigm gives the four declensions in full :— 
 
 
 Masc. in a. 
 
 Other masc. nouns. 
 
 SlNQDLAR — 
 
 Horse. 
 
 Bouse. 
 
 Scorpion. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Ghora. 
 
 Ghar. 
 
 Bichchii (or 
 bichcbu). 
 
 Form 
 
 Ghore. 
 
 Gharc. 
 
 Bichchiie. 
 
 Gen 
 
 Ghore dti. 
 
 Ghare da. 
 
 liichchiic da. 
 
 Dat 
 
 Ace. 
 
 { Ghore jo. 
 
 Gharo jo. 
 
 Bichchuo jo. 
 
 Agent 
 
 Ghore n. 
 
 Gharcn. 
 
 Bichcbu en. 
 
 Loc. 
 
 Ghorc bicli. 
 
 Gliarc bich. 
 
 Bichidme bich. 
 
 Abl 
 
 Ghore tc. 
 
 Ghare te. 
 
 Jjichcbiie te. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Ghorea. 
 
 Gharii. 
 
 Bichchua. 
 
 Plural— • 
 
 
 
 
 Nom 
 
 Ghore. 
 
 Ghar*. 
 
 ]>ichc]ui. 
 
 Form. ... 
 
 Ghorean. 
 
 (iharan. 
 
 Bichchii iin. 
 
 Gen 
 
 Ghoredn da. 
 
 Gharan dvi. 
 
 Bif bchuan da. 
 
 Dat 
 
 Ace 
 
 Agent 
 
 Loc. 
 
 1- Ghorean jo. 
 
 Ghorean. 
 Ghoredn bich. 
 
 Gbanin jo. 
 
 Gharan. 
 Gharan bich. 
 
 Bichchuan jo. 
 
 Bicbchuan. 
 Bichchuan bich. 
 
 Abi 
 
 Voc 
 
 Ghoredn te. 
 Ghoreo. 
 
 Gharan te. 
 Gharo. 
 
 Bichchudu te. 
 Bichchuo. 
 

 Fern, in i. 
 
 Fem. in consonant. 
 
 Singular— 
 
 Daughter. 
 
 Woman. 
 
 Sister. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 Bitti. 
 
 Junds. 
 
 Baihn. 
 
 Form. ... 
 
 Bitti^. 
 
 Junasa. 
 
 Baihni. 
 
 Gen 
 
 Bitti^ da. 
 
 Junfisd dd. 
 
 Baihni dd. 
 
 Dat 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ? Bittia jo. 
 
 Junasd 30. 
 
 Baihni jo. 
 
 Agent ... 
 
 Bittien. 
 
 Junasen. 
 
 Baihniii. 
 
 Log. 
 
 Bittia bich. 
 
 Jundsd bich. 
 
 Baihni bich. 
 
 Abl 
 
 Bittia te. 
 
 Jundtd fee. 
 
 Baihni te. 
 
 Voc 
 
 Bittie. 
 
 Jundse. 
 
 Baihni. 
 
 Plcfal— 
 
 
 
 
 Nom 
 
 Bittid-n. 
 
 Junasdn. 
 
 Baihnin. 
 
 Form 
 
 Bittian. 
 
 Jundsdn. 
 
 Baihnin. 
 
 Gen 
 
 Bittidn dd. 
 
 Jundsdn da. 
 
 Baihnin da. 
 
 Dat 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ] Bittidn jo. 
 
 Junasan jo. 
 
 Baihnin jo. 
 
 Agent 
 
 Bittidn. 
 
 Jundsan. 
 
 Baihnin. 
 
 Loo. 
 
 Bittian bicb. 
 
 Jundsdn bich. 
 
 Baihnin bich. 
 
 Abl 
 
 Bittian te. 
 
 Jundsdn te. 
 
 Baihnin te. 
 
 Voc 
 
 Bittio. 
 
 Jundso. 
 
 Baihnin. 
 
 Ndh, name (masc.) has Form, nanen, Gen. naneh dd,, &c. 
 Plur. Nom. Ndn, Form, nanan, Geo. nanah, dd, &c,, so also giran, 
 village, Gen. girdeii dd (or giraneii dd). 
 
 Gd, cow, has Form, gai, Gen. gdi da, &c., Agent gdiu. 
 Plur. Nom. gain. Form, gain, Gen. gain da, Agent gdih. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nominative Main or huu, " 1." 
 
 Accusative *) ar- • « 1 >; 
 
 Dative M-i"yo, me, to me." 
 
 Main, •* by me." 
 
 Minj'o te, "from me." 
 r Merd, 'i 
 
 < Mere, W' my, mine." 
 iMeri, ) 
 
 (Minjo hich, "in me." 
 Minjo iippar, "on me." 
 
 The second Personal Prouuuu is declined as follows : — 
 Singular. Plural 
 
 Nominative T'wjV, "thou." 
 
 AccuTativG } ^*»' " ^^^^' *« *^^^ 
 Agent Taw, "by thee." 
 
 Ablative Tijjo te, " from thee." 
 
 Agent 
 Ablative 
 
 Genitive 
 liocative 
 
 we. 
 
 Plural. 
 Nominative \ a ' • « 
 Agent ^ ]^ssan, 
 
 Accusative ^ a " • a *. » 
 Dative J ^^^'^'^ ^ ^' ^^' ^° ^^' 
 
 Ablative Assdn te, " from us." 
 
 e *Mhdra S 
 Genitive < Mhdre >" our, ours." 
 
 iMhdri ) 
 
 T ,• i' Assdn bich, " ia US." 
 
 Locative ^ a " u n 
 
 ( Assan uppar, " on us. 
 
 :j 
 
 Genitive 
 Locatire 
 
 CTera^ 
 \ Ten [." 
 
 iTere) 
 
 of thee, thine. 
 Tijjo hich, " in thee." 
 
 }} 
 
 Nominative Tussdn, " you." 
 
 Dative 
 
 Accusative ) you." 
 
 Tussdih jo, "you to 
 
 Agent 
 Ablative 
 
 i) 
 
 Tussdn, "by you. 
 Tussdib te, " from you." 
 t Tumhdrd ") ^ r 
 Genitive •< Tumhdri > „^„J°- 
 
 iTumUre^ ) Z^^^^' 
 Locative Tussdn hich, " in you. 
 
 )} 
 
 lii« B ike tbe Mavnari ioims of HiiiOi, rfMdncdrl,, Mhdre, "cui-; cuiE.'' 
 
The Proximate Demonstrative Trononn is declined a^ follows :^ 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nominative Eh, " these, they.' 
 Accusative I /n/i„Vt jo, "these, to 
 
 Dative 
 
 Agent 
 
 Ablative 
 
 Genitive 
 
 Locative 
 
 these 
 InhdU, " by these." 
 Inhdil tc, " from those. 
 In/oiil da, " of these." 
 Inhdn Inch, " in these. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 M ■ ,- i Eh, "this, he." 
 Nominative | ^^'^ , ^^.^^ 
 
 Accusative 1 r • U4.u- i. ^i.- ,. 
 Dative j-^«JO,-this, toth.s." 
 
 Agent Innih, " by this." 
 
 Ablative Is te, "from this." 
 
 Genitive Jv dd, etc., " of this." 
 
 Locative Is bich^ " in this." 
 
 Example. 
 Eh sack galdndeje dsd jie nardsa mnvp. 
 
 They say this true, that the hopeful lives, the hopclesi dies.— 
 Kdngrd Proverb. 
 
 The Interrogative Pronoun Kyd " what ? " is declined as follows :- 
 
 Plural. 
 Nominative ... iTz/d, "what "r " . 
 
 "■ \Kojo, "fur what "r" 
 
 It 
 
 Dative 
 Accusative 
 Ablative 
 Locative 
 
 I 
 
 ... Kais te, " from what !" " 
 ... Kais bich, "iu what ?" 
 
 Example. 
 Rati de handhm da kyd phal paed. 
 Janghd?i da nur guded Ram. 
 Of wandering on foot at night what fruit did you get ? 
 
 You spoiled the splendour (literally, light) of your legs Oh 
 Ram I— Marriage Song, ' ' 
 
 The Interrogative Pronoun Kun " who ? " is thus declined :— 
 
 Singular 
 Nominative Kun, " who ? " 
 Dative f Kus jo, " whom," " to 
 
 Accusative \ whom ? " 
 Ablative Kus te, " from whom ? " 
 
 ^ Kus dd \ 
 
 Genitive \ Kus di > '^ of whom ? " 
 
 Agent 
 
 (. Ku^ de \ 
 
 Kinnin, " by whom ? " 
 
 9>' 
 
 Plural. 
 Nominative Kun, " who ? " 
 Dative )Kinhdi\ jo, "whom," 
 Accusative) "to whom?" 
 Ablative Kinhdh te, " from 
 whom?" 
 C Kinhdn dd ") ,, , „ 
 Genitive \Kinhdhdi )- *^ 
 
 iKinhdnde) '^^»°»^ 
 Agent Kinhdn, " by whom ? " 
 
 Terd mungid dupattd kinni?i rangi dittd. 
 
 By whom was your green dupatta dyed ? — Phdri chharjhdt 
 {Kdngra.) 
 
 Rbmote Demonstbativb Pronoun Oh "that," " she," "he," " it." 
 
 Plural. 
 Oh, "they." 
 
 Unhiin jo, " them, to them." 
 
 Singular. 
 Nominative Oh, " he " 
 
 Dative "lf7«/o,"him,tohim." 
 
 Accusative ) "^ 
 
 Agent Unmii, '* by him." 
 
 CUs dd -) 
 Genitive \ Vs di J- "of him." 
 
 {Usde J 
 
 Unhdn, "by them" 
 C Unhdn dd ") 
 I Unhdn di [."of them." 
 (. Unhun de J 
 
Correlative Pronoun Snih. 
 
 Nominative 
 Dative 
 Accusative 
 Agent 
 
 Genitive 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Saih, "that, the same," 
 
 X Ti 
 
 Ttwrm. 
 Tis da. 
 
 { 
 
 Tis di. 
 Tis de. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Saih. 
 
 Tinhdn jo. 
 
 Tinliau. 
 Tinhdn da. 
 Tinhdn di. 
 Tinhdn de. 
 
 Relative Pronodn Jo. 
 
 i Plural. 
 
 Jo, "who, which." 
 
 Jinhdn and jinhuu jo, 
 
 Jiuhnn, "by whom," 
 Jinhdn da, "of whom." 
 Jinhdn te, "from whom." 
 
 Singular. 
 Nominative Jo, "who, which." 
 Dative \ Jis jo, " to wliom, to 
 
 xA.ccnsatlvo J which." 
 Agent ...Jinnin, " by whom." 
 
 (reuitivo ...J is da, "of wliom." 
 Ablative ...Jis te, " from whom." 
 
 Other pronouns are — 
 
 Kni, someone, anyone. 
 Kichchhj something-, anything. 
 Je hoi, whosoever. 
 Je Tiichchh, whatsoever. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 • 
 
 Saih airnid mdil da bard Iddjd hai. 
 
 He is a great darling of his niollier. 
 
 Tis dijtinds bar! lardhi hni. 
 
 His wife is very qnarrelsome. 
 
 Main hahil hhi bit la. Tinnit'i (Ihawwe ware, hichh 'ntfar hhi tinnin 
 
 oiahiil hittd. 
 I engaged a vidcil. He consnmed (my) money, (but) he did not 
 
 even make any answer. 
 Jinhdn musaddid?i dd hat, tinhdn hhare 2)er\\ pal. 
 Those who have the assistance of the officials, have their grain 
 
 receptacles {pern pal) full. 
 Jinhdn jo, Rdjed, tn-d trdn. 
 Those to whom, Oh Raja, is ycur help. 
 
 Tinhdn de ghar na l;idri na manjjen' hdn. ^ 
 
 To their houses is neither food nor strings for their beds. 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Adjectives used like nou la are declined like nouns. Adjectives quali- 
 fying nouns are not inflected unless the Nominative Singular Masculine 
 end in a. When the Nominntive Singular Masculine ends in a, the adjec- 
 tive is declined like nouns ii; d, the feminine being like nouns in i. This 
 is contrary to the rule in Ur. d, but in accordance with the rule in certain 
 Hrms of Panjiibi. 
 
 Khard ddmi, goon nan, Agent Khareh ddmien. 
 
 Gen. Plur. Kharedh ddrnidn dd. 
 
 Khari junds, good woman, Gen. Sing. Khar id j una sd da. 
 
 Ag. Khariei'i jiimUei'i. 
 
 Bittid didi'i ghorid'b dd, of the daughter's horses. 
 
 Comparison is made by means of the postposition te, as Jchard^ 
 good, is te hhard, better than this, sahhhnih te Txhard, better than all, 
 best. 
 
5 
 
 PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES OF QUANTITY. 
 Itnd, so much or many (Demonstrative). 
 Titva, so much or many (Correlative). 
 Jitnd, as much or many (Relative). 
 Kilnd, how much or many ? (Interrogative). 
 
 PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES OF KIND. 
 
 Idehd, " such/' '' like this " Hindi Aisd. 
 T*c?e/ia, "such'' "like that/' „ Waim. 
 Jidehd, "like which," " as" ,, Jaiftd. 
 Kidehd, " like what," " how," „ Kaisd. 
 
 Examples. 
 IdeJid guar Icoi mere dilckhne hich nifih ded. 
 
 No fool like this came within my experience (within my seeing).* 
 8aih sdhah hidelid hai. 
 What is that sahib like ? 
 Jidehd agla thd tidelid hi hai. 
 As the former was like that exactly is he. 
 
 Pronominal Adverbs of direction like idhar, " hitlipr," ndhar, 
 thhher," jidhar, "whither," fidhnr, "thitlier," hdhar, "whither/' seem 
 to be wantino- in Jandari.t 
 
 PRONOMINAL ADVERB OF MANNKR. 
 
 Proximate Demonstrative. Relative, 
 
 luhdi'i or ilnhat'i, "thus" J/n/idu, " as." 
 
 Correlative. Interrogative. 
 
 Tinhdn, " so " Kinh dh, ' ' ho w ?" 
 
 ADVERBS OF TIME. 
 
 Agdhdn, "before " (Hindi age), also agm. 
 
 Aj, "to day," as in PanjAbi. 
 
 Kal, " to-morrow, yesterday/' 
 
 Parson, "the day before yesterday, or the day after to-morrow." 
 
 Chauth, " the fourth day past or future, conntinor to-day as the 
 
 first day, to-morrow or yesterdny as the second, &c." 
 Panjaulh, "the fifth day." 
 Chhiauth, " the sixth day." 
 Pachdchdn, " after, afterwards," 
 Phiri, "again/' 
 
 Bhidgd, " in the morning." Sanjjhd, " in the evening." 
 Bdramhdr, "repeatedly." 
 Kadi, " sometimes, ever." 
 Kadi na, "never." 
 
 Kadi haddin, or Jcadi na kadi, " sometimes, rarely." 
 Nit, "continually, always. 
 
 )} 
 
 • Thii would be in Gadi : — fnha guar mere heme ma na a. 
 Such a fool came not within my seeing. 
 (Observe — " herna," to see, 
 
 '' ma " for manj, in, 
 
 " a." 3rd singular past tense of ind "' to come "=dyd.) 
 
 t J4ndar or Jhandar is tha term used by the Gaddfs for the country not included in 
 their country, Gadheran. [It literally means 'cotton-clothed,' i.e., the people not dreBied in 
 TfOoUsn garments like the Uaddis.] 
 
Pdpi lah PaMfir patthar Jinhdn de chit. ^ 
 
 Ana maldivd hadl kaddi>\ nain maldwd nit. 
 
 The mountain people are wretchet', whose hearts are stone. 
 
 They join bodies rarely, they are always joining eyes.-->So«^. 
 
 Eun, " now." 
 
 ADVERBS OF PLACE. 
 
 Neren, " near." 
 
 JDilr, "far." 
 
 Far J " over, across." 
 
 [Tar, " this side," udr-pdr, " on both sides. ^^ ^ 
 
 Wdl, " to, towards." Tahsilddrs ivdl jd ; {jdh in gmgiilar, ja m 
 
 plural,) " go to the Tahaild^r." 
 Pardhdn, " on that side." (Hindi— yare). 
 Urdhdn, " on this side." (Hindi— we). 
 Ithu tden, 1 ,, ^^ ^j^.g „ 
 Idhi taen, J 
 Uppar, " up." 
 
 Bu7ih, heth, "down." . tt- .• 
 
 Aiidar, '' witbin," and hdhar, " without," are as m Hindi. 
 Agdhdn, "before," or aggen. 
 Pachdhdn, *' beliiod," or pichchhen. 
 Taithe, Tahthi, " there "- {Gddi).^ 
 Tai'thi, Gaddi seite galld hatd hari. 
 
 There with a Gaddi I talked. -D/iamtoZa. , , „ o 
 
 Handrd, in Gaddi and Narti in Kangri, ''elsewhere. So 
 
 apni zamin chhadi handrd na gdhande, " they abandoning their 
 
 land do not go ehewheve."—\,Gddi). 
 
 PRONOMINAL ADVERBS OF TIME. 
 
 Proximate Demonstrative Remote Demonstrative. Relative. 
 Han, hun, ihhen, " now," Then. JdUu, " when." 
 
 Correlative. Interrogative. 
 
 Tdhlu, " then." -K^a/i^y^, when? 
 
 I ■ r 
 
 PRONOMINAL ADVERBS OF PLACE. 
 Proximate Demonstrative. Remote Demonstrative. Relative. 
 Itthu, " here." Otthu, " there." Jitthu, " where.' 
 
 Itthe.--{Kutlehr). 
 Correlative. 
 Titthu, " there." 
 Taithe, " there."— ((rftcZ*) 
 
 Interrogative. 
 Kuthu, " where?" 
 
 OTHER ADVERBS. 
 
 Kainh, hajo, " why." 
 
 Iddheii taiieii, " for this reason. 
 
 Edn, " yes." 
 
 ;) 
 
 Nehiri, ninh, no. 
 
 8atdhi, " quickly." 
 
 Achchi tard, hhard hari, " well." 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 The commonest have been given under the declension of nouns. Sub- 
 joined is a brief list of others. The same word i<^ often both a preposition and 
 an adverb. For convenience sake most, of the constructions are given :— 
 
 Eeih, " under." 
 
 Mmjo hdl or hald, " beside me." 
 
 Minjo hane or main hane, " with me." 
 
 W 
 
Tisdeh tden, " for him.'' 
 Teren tiien, " about tliee." 
 Assdh Sethi, " like us," 
 
 Tinhdjl bahkhi, tinhdfo hdl or bald, linhail den vusen, all mean 
 
 towards them. 
 Tiste parant, " after it." 
 Tisden, chatihm pdsedu, "round about it." 
 Tussufb hardhar, " equal to you." 
 Minjo te parant, maiiiiMrant, minjo hind, " apart from mo." 
 
 THE NUjMERALS 
 
 1, Ik. 
 
 2, Do. 
 o, Trai, 
 4, Char. 
 b, Panj. 
 
 6, Chkiyyd. 
 
 7, Salt. 
 
 8, Atth. 
 
 9, Nau. 
 
 10, Das. 
 
 11, Gidrd. 
 
 12, Bd.rd. 
 
 13, Tehrd. 
 
 14, Chaudd. 
 
 15, Pandrd. 
 
 16, Sold. 
 
 17, Satdrd. 
 
 18, Thdrd 
 
 19, Unnin 
 
 20, Bih. 
 
 21, Ikkl. 
 
 22, Bdi. 
 
 23, Trei. 
 
 24, Chaubhi. 
 
 25, PanjL 
 
 26, Ghhahhi. 
 
 27, Satdi. 
 
 28, T/ic?./. 
 
 29, [7Ma«;. 
 
 30, Tihovtrih. 
 
 31, Katti or 
 
 katri. 
 
 32, £afr/. 
 
 33, Teir;. 
 
 34, Ghautri, 
 
 35, Panjatri. 
 
 36, Chhiatri. 
 
 37, 8atattri. 
 
 38, Aihattri. 
 
 39, t^wiwii. 
 
 40, C^d/i' 
 47, Sattdtl. 
 
 49, Undnjd. 
 
 50, Panj ah. 
 57, Saiunjd, 
 
 59, Undht. 
 
 60, (Saf/^i*. 
 67, Satdht. 
 
 6!., 
 
 Unhallar. 
 
 70, 
 
 Sah altar. 
 
 77, 
 
 Sathattar. 
 
 79. 
 
 Undai. 
 
 80, 
 
 Asst. 
 
 87, 
 
 Sntdsi. 
 
 89, 
 
 Undniicji. 
 
 90, 
 
 Nabbeu. 
 
 97, 
 
 Satdnueh, 
 
 99, 
 
 Narinuet'b, 
 
 100, 
 
 San. 
 
 200, 
 
 Do San. 
 
 1,000, 
 
 Hajdr. 
 
 ,00,000, 
 
 Ldkh. 
 
 ORDINALS. 
 
 Isf, Paihld, 
 2nd, Duwiud. 
 3rd, Triyyd. 
 4th, Chauthd. 
 
 bth, Panji'cdn, 
 
 6th, Chitthd, 
 
 7th, Satudii. 
 
 lOt/i, Dasiian. 
 
 50, Panjdhudh. 
 
 For the thirties the forms with and without r are both used, thus, 
 satattri or satatti, thirty-seveu. 
 
 It should be noticed that t and h in sathattar are pronounced separately. 
 The word is not sa-thattar but sat-hattar. 
 
 Other numerical forms are subjomfld :-- 
 
 Ik bdri, once. 
 
 Do bdri, twice. 
 
 Paihli bdri, first time. 
 
 Trai gici}d, three-fold. 
 
 Das gund, ten-fold. 
 
 Addhd, half. 
 
 Paune do. If. " 
 
 Sawd do, 2J. 
 
 X>hdb, 2^. 
 
 piddh, 1^. 
 
 8a4he clidr, 4^. 
 
 Ik^do |, 
 
CONJUNCTIONS. 
 
 The chief conjunctioDS are— 
 
 Te, and. 
 Apan, but. 
 Je, if. 
 Bhdet'i, althougli. 
 
 THE VERB. 
 
 Auxiliary Verb. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Singula^-. 
 Main hai. 
 Tun hai. 
 Saih hai. 
 
 Plural. 
 Assan han. 
 Tussan han. 
 Saih han. 
 
 Past. 
 
 Plural. 
 Assan the. 
 Tussiin the. 
 Saih the. 
 
 Singular. 
 Main th^ (Fern. thi). 
 Tun th^ (Fem. thi). 
 Saih tha (Fern. thi). 
 
 The past thd, " was," is like Hindi. 
 
 Aj mere hoti hamahn pichhe hi rahi gae han. 
 
 To-dav mv . <^°° . ^ . servant 9 have remained behind. (Kcingrd). 
 
 •^ "^ kitchen 
 
 Tussan aj hai hid parhde han ? 
 What are you I'eading- nowadays ? 
 Eh Rajput halhe han. 
 These are low Rdjputs. — {Kdnyra). 
 
 Pauna, full. 
 Tenses derived from the Boot. 
 
 Present Conditional. 
 I may fall. 
 
 I. 
 
 Singular. 
 Pauan. 
 Pane. 
 Pane. 
 
 Plural. 
 Pauie. 
 
 Paua or pauhn. 
 Pauhn. 
 
 Future. 
 I shall fall. 
 
 Plural. 
 Paunghe. 
 Paungho. 
 Paunghe. 
 
 Singular. 
 Paunghd, Fem. paunghi. 
 Paunghe. 
 Paunghi. i 
 
 Imperative. . 
 
 Fall. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Pan. I Paua. 
 
 II.— Tenses derived from the Present Participle. 
 
 Indefinite or Past Conditional, 
 I fall or should fall. 
 
 Singular, 
 Paund^. 
 Paund^, 
 Paundd, 
 
 Plural. 
 Paunde. 
 Paunde. 
 Paundti, 
 
Singular. 
 Paund^ hai. 
 Paundd, hai. 
 Paund^ hai. 
 
 Singular. 
 Paund^ th^. 
 Paundii tbd. 
 Paundd thd. 
 
 Present Indicative. 
 I am falling. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 1 was falling. 
 
 Plural. 
 P;iundc ban. 
 Paundo hun. 
 Paunde ban. 
 
 Plural. 
 Paunde the. 
 Paunde the. 
 Paunde the. 
 
 III. — Tenses formed from Past Participle. 
 
 Past Indicative. 
 I fell. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Fed, Fem. pal 
 
 
 
 
 Paie, Fem. paiidn. 
 
 Ped. 
 
 
 
 
 Paie. 
 
 Ped. 
 
 
 
 
 Paie. 
 
 
 
 Present Perfect. 
 
 
 
 
 I have fallen. 
 
 
 Sit-gular. 
 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Ped hai, Fem, pai 
 
 hai. 
 
 
 Paie hau. 
 
 Pea hai. 
 
 
 
 
 Paie lian. 
 
 Ped, hai. 
 
 
 
 
 Paie lian. 
 
 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 
 
 Phiral, 
 
 VeA thd. 
 
 
 
 
 Paie the. 
 
 Ped tha. 
 
 
 
 
 Paie the. 
 
 Ped th^. 
 
 
 
 
 Paie the. 
 
 
 Infinitive or Verbal Noun. 
 
 Paund, falling. 
 
 
 Pan 
 
 Participle. 
 
 ne dd, of falling. 
 
 Present 
 
 
 ... Paundd, falling. 
 
 Past ... 
 
 
 ... Ped, fallen. 
 
 Coniuuctive ... 
 
 
 ... Pai kari, having fallen. 
 
 Adverbial 
 
 
 ... Paundeii hi, while falling. 
 
 Agent 
 
 
 ... Paune 
 
 Mid, fallen, about to fall. 
 
 Dative 
 
 
 
 . Pehd, 
 
 in the state of having falloD. 
 
 It will be sufiBcient if the main parts of other verbs are indicated. 
 
 HoNA, be, become. 
 
 Present Conditional ... ... Hodn. 
 
 Future ... ... ... Hiinghd. 
 
 Imperative ... ... ... Ho. 
 
 Indefinite or Past Conditional Hundd. 
 
 Past Indicative 
 Present Perfect 
 Pluperfect 
 Participles ... 
 
 Hoed. 
 
 Hoed hai. 
 
 Hoed tha 
 
 Hundd, being. 
 
 Hoea, been. 
 
 Hoikarl, having been, 
 
 Hunden hi, while being. 
 
 Hone bdld, ono who ia aboat to be. 
 
AUNA, go. 
 
 Present Conditional ., , ... Auan {3rd Plur. auhn). 
 
 Future ... ... ... AungM. 
 
 Imperative ... ... ... A. 
 
 Indefinite, Past Conditional Aunda. 
 
 Past Indicative ... ... Ayd, Fem. di, Plur. Se, Fem. ^fdn. 
 
 Participle ... ..- ... AxheA, in the state of having come. 
 
 The others regular. 
 
 Jana go. 
 Present Conditional ... ... Jd^ii (2nd Plur. jdd, 3rd Plur. j^hn) 
 
 Jdnghd. 
 
 Future 
 
 Imperative ... ... ... Jah 
 
 Indefinite, Past Conditional Jd,ndd 
 
 jdS.. 
 
 Past Indicative 
 Participles 
 
 Raihna, 
 Present Conditional ... 
 
 Gec4. 
 
 Gehd, in the state of having g^ne. 
 
 remain. 
 
 Rehd,n, 
 Raihe, 
 Raihe, 
 Rainhghd, 
 , Raih 
 
 Rahie. 
 
 Rehd, or raihn. 
 
 Raihn, 
 
 Future ... ... 
 
 Imperative ... 
 
 Indefinite, Past Conditional Raihnd^ 
 
 Past Indicative „. 
 
 Participle 
 
 roll a. 
 
 Rehd. 
 
 Rehd, in the state of having re- 
 mained. The e in tliis word is 
 very long drawn out ; distingnish- 
 ing it from the rchd in the Present 
 Conditional, the Imperative and 
 the Past Indicative. 
 
 Baihna or Baithna, sit. 
 
 Present Conditional ... Behdn, baith^n. 
 Future ... ... Baihhghd, baithghd. 
 
 Imperative ... ... Baih baitb. 
 
 Indefinite, Past Con- Baihndd,, baithda. 
 
 ditional. 
 Past Indicative ... Behd, baithe^ 
 
 Transitive Yebbs. 
 
 MXrna, beat. 
 
 Present Conditional... Md,rdn, 
 
 Miire, 
 Mdre, 
 
 Future ... ... Ma-glid. 
 
 Imperative ... ... Miir md-rd. 
 
 Indefinite, Past Condi- Mardd. 
 tional. 
 
 M^rle. 
 
 Md,rd or m^rn. 
 
 M^rn. 
 
 Past Indicative 
 
 Present Perfect 
 
 ... Main md,redi. 
 
 Tain md,red. 
 
 Tinni mdred,. 
 ... Main mdrea hai. 
 
 Tain mdrea hai. 
 
 Tinni m^re^ hai. 
 
 As^h md,red,. 
 Tusdn m^re^. 
 Tinhdh mdre^. 
 Asdn m^red hai. 
 Tusdn mdred, hai. 
 Tinh^h mdred> hai 
 
Pluperfect Main mdre^ tM. 
 
 Tain radreii tlid. 
 Tiunni mdrcd tha. 
 
 Asdh mi'irt'.l tliA. 
 Tnsdn mdri':! thd. 
 Tinhiih mJlrehii thd. 
 
 The rules for the agreement of w&rei,, rnAve^ hai, radrCii tliil, with tho 
 object of the sentence are like those in Urdu or Paujdbi. 
 
 Participle Mdrehd, in tho state of having boon beaten. 
 
 Passive, 
 The passive is formed by means of the verb jayja, go, used Tvith the 
 past participle, thus, 
 
 Main mdred jdhghd, I shall be beaten. 
 Saih mdri gei, she was beaten. 
 In the passive it generally has the sense of he killed. 
 
 Khana, eat. 
 
 Indefinite, Past Conditional Kb'indd. 
 
 Past Indicative Khddbd. 
 
 Pi^iA, drink. 
 
 Indefinite, Past Conditional Pindd. 
 
 Past Indicative Vit6j. 
 
 Dena, give. 
 
 Indefinite, Past Conditional ^i^^'\ , 
 
 Future Dmgghd. 
 
 Past Indicative ^^'''"^• 
 
 Lai?ja, take. 
 
 Indefinite, Past Conditional i''''''^^'V.< 
 
 Future Lamgghd. 
 
 Past Indicative ^^'^• 
 
 Galena, say, speak. 
 
 Indefinite, Past Conditional Galdndd. 
 
 Past Indicative - ... txalaiya. 
 
 Kabna, do. 
 
 Indefinite, Past Conditional ... ... Kar^d. 
 
 Past Indicative ^^ "'" 
 
 jA^f^JA, know. 
 
 Indefinite, Past Conditional ^- 
 
 Past Ind.cat.ve ^ ... •- . ,^^ y,^, ^nnd avdjduu, 
 
 Lai aund, bring, lai jana, take ^'^^^ f/ "^^Vifo^^s ._ 
 
 be is in the habit of grazing (transitive). 
 
 Mam pauna lagghed, I am m the act of falling. 
 
 Sentences. 
 1 Terimif^hydhair What is thy nan« ? , ,, • ,,o„o r 
 
 2: t ghore Jkyi u.a, hai ? What . .he age o! th.s horse 
 
12 
 
 . 3. ItthuteKas].,nirJcitnidurhai? From here how far is Kashmir 
 many sonfre tlferef ' '''• ' ^"^'^^' '^" " '^ ^^^ ^^^'^^'^ (^--) how 
 came.^' ^""^^ ""^^ ^^'' ^"'' '' ^^*^^^^' ^^^- ^ ^^^^^ f^om very far walking 
 
 uoele^Lo^;^arJS?^Iht':.^t!^ '''''' '^^ ^--^^^^^^- My 
 Lorse^LaddlT ''"^'^^' '^'" ^*' ^"•'^^' ^"^■- ^^ ^^^ house is the white 
 
 8. T^•.^.'c? ^imi>ar MiU pdi dea. On his back pat the saddle 
 
 9. J^jatn hsde puttre jo bare horre mare. I beat bis sou many stripes 
 
 goats on tfrt^^th't^lf-^'^^^^^'^^^' ^^'^^^^^^^ ^- Hegra^e^ 
 tree is'seafef on t hl'sf ''•' ^'"'^ '^^^ '^^''^'^^^ ^-'- ^e under that 
 than Ms Illit '""'^ "'• " '"^■^^^' ^^ '"^^^ ^-^■- His brother is bigger 
 and-ltlf^pfei'' '"''^ ""' ^''*' '"^^^^^ ^-- '^^^^ P-ce of that is two- 
 
 lives it thftlalTtlsC^''^ ^'^ "'^ ^^^^^^'-^ -'^-^^ ^- My father 
 
 15. Tisjoe\rnpayyedeidea. G.ve him these rupees. 
 
 16. Ba^},^ rupayye tiste lei led. Take those rupees from him 
 
 n.uchLhTm^;irt:p:r''"'""''''^^ '^^^^- Having beaten him 
 18. KMi^u^e te pdni haddhhd. Drawn water from the well 
 ly. Matte (or minjo te) agge chald. Walk before me 
 
 habif of c!:^J^:^;:^^^''' -- ^-^^ ^- ^ whose son is in the 
 
 21. 8c,U^U.ssdnhuste.^ullenled? From whom did you buy that '^ 
 
 22. (^.ra.. de tkU hai^dnie te. From a shopkeeper of the village.' 
 
 SONGS. 
 
 MARftJAGE SONQ. 
 
 -fi^a/ ^e ha^dhne jo chhaddi deh, Kdhnd. 
 
 Hun hoe. gharhdri, Rdm 
 
 Aggen tu thd, Kdhnd, hdlu gudtu, 
 
 Mim hoed gharhdri, Bdrri. 
 
 Give up wandering at night. Oh Kahna ! 
 
 ^ow you have become a married man, Oh E^m ' 
 
 ^W ;7u'L:"h' ^'^ ^"^^"^ • ^ Pl-^^h-an and a cowherd • 
 Mnli ^" T"" ^^^"""'^ ^ married man, Oh Rdm ' 
 Madiria del sang chhaddi de tu Kdhnd, ' 
 
 Hun hoea gharhdri, Rdm. 
 
 Now'vou hav^f" '^' ''"^'^."^ ^•^i^^ ^°^--' Kahna. 
 it^ai/ir IS a Gujar and Maihri a Gujar-woman. 
 
13 
 
 Khatris^?nfaoTa-'' """"^ "' weddings cf B™hmanB, U.jput, and 
 
 ^5s<i7i bachhdi kdfi hdmalri, 
 Kurmeh bachhdi sutranji ji; 
 
 Tussdii at baho angane. 
 We have spread black blankets, 
 The opposite party in marriage (Kuram) have spread carpets - 
 
 Come you and sit down in the courtyard. ' 
 
 [^o«e.-In marriage parties the bride's family are " kuram " to the 
 bridegroom's party and the bridegroom's pany are " kuram " to tho 
 bride's. There is no English word which ex))rcs3e3 the relationship.] 
 
 Ki tussdfi mangde tulcrd muchrd, 
 
 Ki tussdn adri de bhukkhe the. 
 
 Assdn mangde kurameu dla ddrid^ 
 
 Lei chubdren baithe the. 
 
 Question.— Do you want a morsel or a piece of bread 
 
 or are you hungry for the whole ? 
 Answer.— yVe want the wife of the Kuram, 
 
 They took her and were sitting in the upper atorer. 
 
 Geneeosity. {Gddi). 
 
 Kldli Sdli sahke bhdi, 
 
 Thikrid ri dhdl bandi; 
 
 Chalande giddar tire Ide 
 
 Sdli balandd hhujji khdni; 
 
 Mali balandd kdni lisai hai ; 
 
 Kdnijo pujdrf,i. 
 
 Mali and Sali were two own brothers, 
 
 They made a shield of bits of earthenware. 
 
 They shot a running jackal with an arrow. 
 
 Sail says " Let's eat it fried ; " 
 
 M^li saya " The one-eyed woman is ill ; " 
 
 " Let's take it to the one-eyed woman." 
 
 Song on Rd,ja Sansdr Chand, Katoch Kajput of Kangra, marrying a 
 pretty Gaddi woman whom he saw herding her cows— 
 
 (Dharmsd,la) — l^ 
 
 Gaddi chare bakrinti, 
 
 Gaddatj, chare gain, 
 
 Ghard bhajie saprid, 
 
 Binnd khdu gain, 
 
 Eer jawdn ruid, 
 
 Rdje Gaddan behi. 
 
 The Gaddi was grazing his goats ; 
 
 The Gaddi woman was grazing her cows ; 
 
 Her ghara was broken on the rocks, 
 
 The cow's ate the pad (worn between the head and the jar on it). 
 
 Seeing her young face, 
 
 The K^ja married the Gaddan. 
 
Jandhae Song. 
 
 1 . Be. — Pusd, p usst, 
 Kajo russi, 
 Lahuld ged mandnd ; 
 Chal pussi bhat khana. 
 
 Darling, darling, 
 Why art thou sulking. 
 A boy (son) has goue to pacify thee 
 Come, darling, eat thy rice. 
 She. — Jane jura na, 
 MaiA nahin aund. 
 
 2. Puni nahin mukdi ; 
 
 Tandnahifi trutdi ; 
 Sas nahin dkhdi 
 Je pdn ie je jdnd. 
 
 The ball of wool never comes to an end. 
 The thread never breaks; 
 My mothor-in-law never saya 
 " Go for water." 
 
 Sahnu Mali's Song. 
 Gaddi Song — 
 
 (1 
 (2 
 (3 
 
 (4 
 
 (5 
 
 (6 
 
 (7 
 
 (8 
 
 (9 
 
 (10 
 
 (H 
 
 (12 
 
 (13 
 
 (14 
 
 (15 
 
 (16 
 
 (17 
 
 (1 
 
 (2 
 (3 
 (4 
 (5 
 (6 
 (7 
 (8 
 
 (9 
 (10 
 
 (11 
 (12 
 
 (13 
 
 Suhi, suhi pagri nd ldi}i, 
 Mdlid Sdhmui ho ! 
 Mdnhuh halale jp lildri, 
 Bhatii rijhinjan mangdni, 
 Mdlid Sdhnud bo I 
 Pitthi teri Jcaterd khalru t 
 
 • • • • 
 
 Ldled Tundeid ho ! 
 
 Pete kaserd halaru ? 
 
 ISdlid Tundeid ho ! 
 
 Pete mdli-rd halaru. 
 
 Sdlid Tundeid bo f 
 
 Ktigti-rd thekd na laindy 
 
 Mdlid 8ahij,ad bo ! 
 
 Kdfd, kdtd dagld na Land, 
 
 Mdlid Sdhy,itd ho I 
 
 Mdnhuh, halaleje hd thekeddr, 
 
 Mdlid Sdhnud bo ! 
 
 A red, red pagri do not put on. 
 
 Oh Mali S4hna*! 
 
 People will say you are a dyer; 
 
 Bring rice of Bhati, 
 
 Oh M^H Sd.hnu ! 
 
 Of what is the skin on your back (full) ? 
 
 Oh Laid, Tundei ! 
 
 In your womb whose child is there ? 
 
 Oh SiUi Tundei ! 
 
 In your womb is Mali^s child. 
 
 Oh Sail Tundei. 
 
 Do not take the contract of Kugti, 
 
 Oh Mdli Sahnu ! 
 
(14). A blacky black coat do Dot put on. 
 
 (15). Ob Mali S^hnu ! 
 (16). People will say you are a contractor. 
 (17). Oh Mdli S^hnu. 
 
 Notes.— {2), "Mdli Sdhuu," (7), *' LdU Tnndcf," " Riili Tnndei/ 
 Mdli, L^la and Sdli are the naiDes of the porBona. 
 S^hnu and Tundei are the names of their castes. 
 (3), " Balale " is the 3rd person plural, future tense, from 
 balnd "to say." 
 
 The wooiNa of Sawbiiwa. {Gddi), 
 
 1. Samhhud merd miihriyd dd ndt ! 
 
 2. Samhhud dherd (^) hoi^ lai, ^) 
 Z. Dherd hoi lai ho meri jdn ! 
 
 4. t^amhhud dherd hoi lai. ^ 
 
 5. Kaiiakd ri roti, ghiu,^ ddi, 
 
 6. Samhhud khdi karijd,^ 
 
 7. Khdi karijd ho meri jdn ! 
 8*. Dohar dindi (*) hachhdi. 
 
 9. Samhhud €oi kari 0) jd, 
 10. 8oi karijd meri jdn ! 
 l\. Samhhud soi kari jd. 
 
 12. Kdidjmd (6), dord [^)hachha (!) choia (»), 
 
 13 Ammd meri ! Samhhud dyd bo. 
 
 1. Oh Sambhu, my first darcer ! (*.e., leader in a Gaddi dance.) 
 
 2. Ob Sambhii ! be slow {i.e., stay here). 
 
 3. Bh slow, my life ! 
 
 4. Oh Sambhu ! bo slow. 
 .^S Bread of wheat, ghi and ddt, ,, ,, , . * „ >'\ 
 
 6. 5h Sambhu ! eat before yon go : (literally "having eaten go. ) 
 
 7. Eat before you go, my bfe ! 
 I: L,r s:Sf sLeVSe ,o„ go : (Ute.allj " having slept go.") 
 
 10. Sleep before you go, my bfe ! 
 
 11 Ob Sambhu ! sleep before yon go. 
 
 12 (With) a black like girdle (and) a white frock. 
 
 be " 1,0 karke," " kW karke "nni" so k.U ^^ 
 (.) . <. Dher« " ,s the Hm . a.d Pan ,A. HI ,,, A _^ 8 ^^ ^^, 
 wheuce comes " dhira] slowness, 
 
 ,, ^crkV.>t"i;^:t'th:i':rof"ka,ak"is a„a.a 
 
 ^'- to oTi ending in a consonant to p^epavc tl.em for 
 
 (,) ^rS'''rthrt-rnt participle feo.in,no fo-n 
 
 „ ".S"'"'; Sr-'^ronominal adiectivo of similarity an^ 
 
 ■ ^.?S?ttt"cSt;'bLT:'oo, which thoGaaa. winds 
 
 ' ' ^^\:^ as°l?^a:rh-™t:a-:rirdt th. 
 
C). Hachhd means " white." 
 
 (8). " Chold" is the capacious woollen frock worn by Gaddi 
 men and women. It is secured round the waist by the 
 *' dord, ." The " chold " comes half down the thigh on 
 men and to the ankles on women. The *' (lord " round 
 the waist makes a large body in the " chold, " above the 
 waist. THe body is called the " khokh/' and forms a 
 receptacle for very miscellaneous articles, such as a num- 
 ber of newly born lambs, biead, or wool for spinning. 
 
 The Gaddi girl's choice op a husband. 
 
 1. Td hudhru jo nd deni c'idchua, deni, chdchud. 
 
 2. Sajre chiinde ratid hlioll ho. 
 
 3. Td chdharajo tui de^i, chdchud, dafii, chdchud, 
 
 4. Hd.k ydnde n(hi gahnde ho. 
 
 5. Td dtir-defii jo nn derii, chdchud, deni, chdchud, 
 
 6. Goru chug'mde jo deni ho. 
 
 7. Td ro^i jo nd deni, chdchud, dpi),i, chdchud, 
 
 8. Sajre rhunde rand hhuchgdhli ho, 
 
 9. Bhaird char an de jo deni, chdchud, deni, chdchud, 
 
 10. Khokha hhart dtld mds ho. 
 
 11. Bhaird de puhdla jo deni, chdchud, deiii, chdchud, 
 
 12. Pifthijo deld chofu ho. 
 
 1. To an old man do not give me, father, do not give me, father. 
 
 2. I shall be a widow while my hair is (still) freshly done. 
 
 3. To a servant do not give me, father, do not give me, father. 
 
 4. A call comes — He gets up and goes (and leaves me). 
 
 5. To one who lives far away do not give me father, do not give 
 
 me, father. 
 
 6. To one who grazes a herd of cattle give me. 
 
 7. To a sick man do not give me, father, do not give me, father, 
 
 8. I shall become a widow while my hair is (still) freshly done. 
 
 9. To a herder of sheep give me, father, give me, father. 
 
 10. He will give me his pocket full of meat. 
 
 11. To a tender of sheep jjive me, father, give me, father. 
 
 12. He will give me a frock for my back. 
 
 Notes. — In translating this song all Uia "Jd,s" and all the "hos" 
 should be omitted. They are without meaning. 
 
 " Jo " in the first, third, fifth, sixth, seventh, ninth, eleventh and 
 twelfth lines is the sign of the dative case. 
 
 "Chach" in Gdddi and " chdchu " in the valleys of K4ngra is a 
 jommon word for " father." 
 
 The meaning of the second and eighth lines is — " If you marry me to 
 in old or a sick man I shall be a widow before my hair, which was done 
 "or my wedding, is ruffled," i. e., I shall be a widow before my wedding 
 Iress is worn out. 
 
 " Bholi " in the second line is the feminine third person singular 
 uture, from " bhond. " " to be." 
 
 " Gorii " in the sixth line means a herd of horned cattle. 
 
 " Khokha " in the tenth line is the body of a Gaddi's frock which is 
 nade into a pocket by the frock being tightly bound at the waist with a 
 vooUen rope called " dord," which passes several times round the waist. 
 [!he " khokha " is used. to carry miscellaneous articles. The wearer's dinner 
 aay be seen in iter even half a dozen new-born lambs or kids 
 
" G^hli " in the eighth line is the feminine third person Bini'ular 
 future, from " gc4hnd" " to go," " to become." 
 
 "De]4"inthe twelfth line is third person singular future, from 
 " den^ " " to give." 
 
 The Song of Raja Gopi Chand. {Gddi). 
 
 1. Chanan chauki ho riipi jhdriydn Rdjd Oopi Chand naMe, 
 
 2. Td ammar bhold bo aghnd. chdndi bargd, thandi blind kalautl de, 
 
 3. Td chhajje bo bai(hi mdtd Nain Bantl nain liharl, hhari roe. 
 
 4. Td fhiri uparhiin here Rajd Gopi Chaud, Td mdtd Nain Danti roe, 
 
 6. Td kuni ditti, mdtd, tijo gdCi ? Kuni balle mande hoi. 
 
 0. Td nahin ho ditti, betd, vnnjo gdfi, nd balle mande hoi. 
 
 7. Td kxttii ho heru, mdtd, mandi hdkhri ? Tiseri hdkhrikadhdti, 
 
 8. Td na ho herd minjo, beta, mandi hdkhri, nd koi gdlidii do. 
 
 9. Td jaisi kdydn, hetd, teri, taut bdwal it-re ri. 
 
 10. Td jal hal mdti ho gei hid bhasamdn ri (fheri. 
 
 11. Tdsikh den, mdtd, meri pdie umar kdydn. 
 
 12. Td jog dhidyd Rdje Bharthari, paiumar kdydn. 
 
 13. Td jog ho dhidnd, mdtd, mun, meri pdni wnar kdydy\. 
 
 14. Id jog dhidyd Rdje Gopi Chande pdi umar kdydn. 
 
 1. On a seat of sandMl-wooJ, with silver ewers, Rdja Gopi Chand 
 
 was bathing. 
 
 2. " The heaven is clear like silver whence do the cold drape come ?" 
 
 3. Sitting in the balcony his mother, Nain Banti, was weeping 
 
 bitterly. 
 
 4. Then again Raja Gopi Chand looked up. His mother Naiii 
 
 Banti was wee})ing. 
 
 5. He. — " Who gave, motlier, to you abuse ? Who spoke evil 
 
 words " ? 
 
 6. She. — '' Neitlier was given, son, to me abuse : nor were spoken 
 
 evil words." 
 
 7. He. — " Then who looked (at you), mother, with evil eyes ? His 
 
 eyes I will tear out." 
 
 8. 8he. — "No one looked at me, son, with evil eyes, nor gave me 
 
 abuse. 
 
 9. (I was thinking that) a^ your body is, so was your father's. 
 
 10. He was burned and became clay. He became a heap of ashes." 
 
 11. He. — " Then g:ive me advice, mother, make my body immortal." 
 
 12. She. — ■" H^ja Bharthari became an ascetic. Ha made his body 
 
 immortal." 
 
 13. He. — I would become an ascetic, mother. I would make m/ 
 
 body immortal. 
 
 14. So R^ja Gopi Chand became an ascetic. He made his body 
 
 immorfal. 
 
 A Song. 
 
 1. Nihtd di tdn Jatfi Luhdnu jo chhali, chhaU puchhdi. 
 
 2. Tali duhld tiin kit gvne hoid ho. 
 
 (A Jatti of the plains chaffing, chaffing, asked Lubdnii). 
 Qhe. — For what reason have you become loan ? 
 
 3. Td ek tdn ho tuttu, ho gorie, Jamrm'idn dd hdld ho. 
 
 4. Tdn duje ho tan tutti halri prit hi. 
 
 5"e —First, oh fa'irone, the Jammu revenue ia deficient [i.e., I 
 
 cannot pay the revenue). 
 Secondly, the love of a girl is broken off {i.e., I have been jilted). 
 
5. Tdn dheddu hdlii denni hdn Ltihdnudn, 
 
 6. Bhari denni hdn JammuaJi de hdfe ho. 
 
 7. Tali nawiu naivi'o Idnni hdn prit ho. 
 
 She. — I will give you tny ear-rings and nose-ring, O Lubd,nn. 
 I will pay the Jamrau ravenue. 
 Then I give you nev/, new love. 
 
 8. Td ijahile ho idn hdfe bo Luhdnudn dheddu hdh'i denni hdn. 
 
 9. DiLJe hdle matthe di janjiri ho. 
 
 She. — Then at the first instalment, LuMnu, I will give mj ear- 
 rings and nose-ring. 
 And at the second instalment the forehead chain. 
 
 10. Td ammd hdjhim raihnni hd?l, Luhdnudh. 
 
 11. Bdpu hdjhuii raihnni hdn, 
 
 12. Tuddh bdjhun dhiin ho madhuni ho. 
 
 She. — Then I will remain without mother, Lubd-nu 
 and I will remain without father. 
 Without thee I am silent (i.e., sad). 
 (This song is incomplete). 
 
 * A SoNa.* {Gddi). 
 
 Uchi, uchi mdrhid merd sri thdkar sondd ; 
 
 Rddhd bdu jhuldndi hd. 
 Krishna. — Td tu kajo rutthi rufihi meri Rukmani Rddh j 
 
 Tuddh hin nindar na aundi hd. 
 Rddhd. — Td daranidn mochru, jifhanidn mochru', 
 
 Mu gori mochru nahih hd. 
 Krishna. — Td tu mat ruthin, ruthin meri RuJcmani Rddhd ; 
 
 Rddhd jo mochru lei dennd hdn. 
 
 On a high, high eminence my Lord God is sleeping ; 
 
 lld,dhd, is fanning a breeze. 
 Krish'-aa. — Why are you pouting, pouting, my Rukmani Rd'^hd. ? 
 
 Without you sleep does not come. 
 Rddhd. — My younger sisiers-in-law (have) shoes, my elder sisters -in- 
 laAV (have) shoes ; 
 
 I fair-complexioned (have) no shoes, 
 
 (To me fair is no slioe, literally) . 
 Krishna. — Do not pout, pout, my Rukmani Rddhd ! 
 
 To Rddhd I will give shoes. 
 
 A Ditty. 
 
 Khasam mare ... ... ... If a husband die. 
 
 Dal hal hare ... ... .. One may wander to and fro (ia 
 
 search of another). 
 
 Ydr mnre ... ... ... If a lover die. 
 
 Kihhdh jind ... ... _ ... How can one live ? 
 
 KhiJid httte ... ... ... "If a blanket ia torn, 
 
 Talli pdie ... ... o.. l^nt on a patch. 
 
 Amhar futte ... ... ... If heaven splits. 
 
 Kinhdn sind ... ... ,.. How can one sew it ? 
 
 * This Song is incomplete. 
 
Notes on the Gadi Dialect op the Kangra Gaddis by the late 
 EDWARD O'BRIEN, Es^uike, c.s., Di:puty Commissioneu op 
 Kangra. Revised with Additional Notes dy the Rfv T 
 GRAHAME bailey, B.D., M.R.A.8., Wazieabad. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 _ The declension of G^di nouns is effected {except for tlio a^ent case), 
 as m Hmdo.tdni by the addition of Postpositions to what may bo called 
 the - Formnt.ve case of the noun. Thus Nominative Sinrjular khanddi 
 (a flock), l^ormative Singular khande ; Genitive Singular khando rA, &c. 
 
 The following is a scheme of the formative cases in the various 
 declensions, showing also the nominatives plural : — 
 
 I. — Mase. in a 
 II.— „ in u 
 
 III. — ,, in a eonsonatit 
 
 IV.— Fern, in a 
 
 V. — „ in i 
 
 VI.— „ in o 
 
 Nom. Sing. 
 
 Khanda 
 Gobhru 
 Ghar 
 Biar 
 
 Khakho 
 
 Format. Sing. 
 
 Khande 
 Gobl.rn 
 Ghari. 
 Biari 
 
 Khakho 
 
 Nom. 
 
 PI. 
 
 • 
 
 Format. PI. 
 
 Khande 
 
 
 Khande, 
 
 Gobhrii 
 
 
 Gobhru. 
 
 Ghar 
 
 
 Ghara. 
 
 Bi4r 
 
 
 Biari. 
 
 Ijji 
 
 
 Ijjf. 
 
 Khakhoi 
 
 
 Khakhoa.' " 
 
 The following gives the postpositions which form the various caaoa 
 with their Hindostd^ni equivalents: — 
 
 
 Hindostani. 
 
 Gadf. 
 
 Agent 
 
 
 
 ne 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 No postposition. U."'ii!ii 
 
 iv t 
 
 he 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fornintive by itself is nso'l. 
 
 
 Oenitive 
 
 
 •>• ... 
 
 k'l (adjoctire aErreoiog 
 
 Willi 
 
 r.a (udjcch'ro agreeing 
 
 wi 
 
 th 
 
 
 
 
 the 
 
 substiintive). 
 
 
 the substaniivo). 
 
 
 
 Bat. and Ace, 
 
 
 ... 
 
 ko 
 
 •*■ ••• .«• 
 
 ... 
 
 30, bo, or go. 
 
 
 
 Locative 
 
 
 •«• «•• 
 
 men 
 
 • • • ... ... 
 
 ... 
 
 • 
 
 manj or man. 
 
 
 
 Ablative 
 
 
 * t» «•• 
 
 se 
 
 • *• •*• ... 
 
 ... 
 
 thaun. 
 
 
 
 The genitive is as in Hindostflni an adjective agreeing in gender 
 and number with the subject or object of the genitive, e. g. khande 
 x^ bbedd, a sheep of a flock ; khande ri malikui, the proprietress of a 
 flock. 
 
The other postpositions are, as in Hindostd,ni, indeclinable. 
 The following paradigm gives the six declensions in full : — 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •r— s 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 , 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 ' 5 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 *— » 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CtS 
 
 ^.-« 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ea 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 »<8 
 
 d 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 J5 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 •f— a 
 
 S 
 
 . 
 
 K 
 
 • 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 •1—1 
 
 (D 
 
 
 
 
 ■cS 
 
 
 . 
 
 »a 
 
 •£9 
 
 Q 
 
 g 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 ft. 
 
 "o 
 
 -^1 
 ^1 
 
 -^1 
 
 SI 
 
 
 -^1 
 
 
 •^1 
 
 ^1 
 
 SI 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 ^1 
 
 :gi 
 
 -CI 
 
 •^ 1 
 
 :^i 
 
 5i 
 
 '^1 
 ^1 
 
 
 a 
 
 CB 
 
 C 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 
 cS 
 
 C!i 
 
 a 
 
 >i 
 
 a 
 
 d 
 
 eS 
 
 ce 
 
 
 
 -^1 
 
 t=^l 
 
 ■°\ 
 
 -«l 
 
 -^1 
 
 
 -^1 
 
 J= 1 
 
 -cl 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 -C 1 
 
 ^1 
 
 -qi 
 
 -^1 
 
 
 '^ 
 
 Ml 
 
 Mi 
 
 Mi 
 
 Ml 
 
 Ml 
 
 
 Ml . 
 
 Ml 
 
 Ml 
 
 mI 
 
 Ml 
 
 Ml 
 
 mI 
 
 Ml 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 -Ml 
 
 Ml 
 
 •a 
 
 4) 
 O 
 -Si 
 
 -^1 
 
 Ml 
 
 O 
 ci 
 
 
 a 
 
 V55 
 
 a a 
 
 a 
 
 e: 
 
 a 
 
 • a 
 
 ^c3 
 
 O 
 
 s 
 
 ;4 
 
 • a 
 
 a 
 
 MS 
 
 a 
 a 
 
 
 1— I ■^ 1— 1 "-I ►-( l-H 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 £8 4J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a • a 
 
 OS »«3 
 
 a ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ti 
 
 
 ti 
 
 • a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a a 
 
 t a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \^ 
 
 
 ■,/ 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a CO 
 
 •TS 
 
 * 
 
 "c* 
 
 t-i 
 
 d 
 •f— » 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 c3 
 
 
 ^fH 
 
 v> 
 
 id3 
 
 d 
 
 •i—s 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ti 
 
 
 
 
 
 53 
 
 X! 
 
 b 
 
 !~ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 -c« 
 
 ■« 
 
 »o3 
 
 ^0j 
 
 -OS 
 
 
 «rfl 
 
 
 vo3 
 
 
 V5j 
 
 •e 
 
 ^^a 
 
 ^CS 
 
 vc3 'C^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 • ^ 
 
 m 
 
 
 CQ 
 
 PQ 
 
 M 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 pa 
 
 <J 
 
 W 
 
 iS 
 
 
 W 
 
 p S 
 
 C8 4:} 
 
 . a 
 
 cS a 
 
 ^ o 
 
 «e3 
 
 a 
 
 c3 
 
 1^ 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 cS 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 -M 
 
 !- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -Q 
 
 
 
 EQ 
 
 < 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 • 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ce 
 
 
 >.1S! 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 a 
 
 • a 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 OS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^08 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -a 
 
 c3 
 
 
 
 •<S 
 
 
 
 
 '1— a 
 
 
 
 
 
 -t^ 
 
 h 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 , 
 
 »e 
 
 »03 
 
 »0J 
 
 <D 
 
 
 VOJ 
 
 
 »<fl 
 
 -a 
 
 . 
 
 >rt 
 
 Vfl 
 
 ^H 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ;-« 
 
 ;-i 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 h 
 
 $4 
 
 J. 
 
 ^ 
 
 c4 
 
 c 
 
 c2 
 
 Oj 
 
 cS 
 
 
 ni 
 
 
 o3 
 
 bo 
 
 C8 
 
 
 
 rrl 
 
 ,a 
 
 -s 
 
 -a 
 
 ^ 
 
 ,a 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ,^ 
 
 ,a 
 
 rS 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 <J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 • a 
 
 • a 
 
 a 
 
 -a 
 
 V* 
 
 a 
 
 « 
 
 MS 
 
 MS 
 
 ^ 
 
 h 
 
 s^ 
 
 a 
 
 c3 
 
 cS 
 
 ^ 
 
 .a 
 
 -a 
 
 C5 
 
 
 
 
 
 -a 
 
 a 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 Oi 
 
 d 
 
 « 
 
 g 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 ?i> 
 
 a 
 
 • a 
 
 -a 
 
 o 
 O 
 
 .0 
 
 o 
 
 ^!S 
 
 -a 
 
 O 
 
 ciJ 
 
 •2. 6 
 
 (H !-l 
 
 -a ^ 
 
 o o 
 
 a CD 
 
 -a 
 
 o 
 CD 
 
 • a 
 
 a 
 
 Oj 
 
 -a 
 
 »s 
 
 -o 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 a 
 
 »<s 
 
 .a 
 .a 
 o 
 
 a a 
 
 v3 
 
 o 
 CD 
 
 rO 
 O 
 CI 
 
 »c« 
 
 
 
 Si 
 
 *»-n 
 
 «3 
 
 ^a 
 
 U 
 
 ;h 
 
 -a 
 
 .a 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 CD 
 
 (D 
 
 »a 
 
 -a 
 ,0 
 o 
 CD 
 
 ra 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 • a 
 
 a 
 
 (S 
 
 VS 
 
 O 
 
 CD 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 60 
 
 U 
 
 O 
 
 vo3 
 
 i 
 
 -a 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 ■ a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s:« 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 93 
 
 
 
 Nca 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 <T5 
 
 
 u 
 
 •I— » 
 
 
 
 
 -43 
 
 TS 
 
 » 
 
 (D 
 
 <o 
 
 a> 
 
 (D 
 
 
 <c 
 
 a 
 
 ti 
 
 T3 
 
 n3 
 
 na 
 
 'O 
 
 
 Tj 
 
 a 
 
 s 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 
 a 
 
 ^ 
 
 B 
 
 c3 
 
 e3 
 
 (S 
 
 a 
 
 
 cS 
 
 -M 
 
 -c 
 
 jq 
 
 ,a 
 
 -a 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 -a 
 
 
 N 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 
 M 
 
 <q 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 • a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rt 
 
 >;« 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 , 
 
 
 a 
 
 Ft 
 
 
 
 ^0S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 »4 
 
 •r-5 
 
 
 
 ^-v-^y 
 
 a> 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 ® 
 
 
 IS 
 
 -a 
 
 '« 
 
 TS 
 
 TS 
 
 'XS 
 
 
 TS 
 
 a 
 
 s 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 
 C 
 
 cS 
 
 « 
 
 <s 
 
 a 
 
 oj 
 
 
 e3 
 
 ^ 
 
 rs; 
 
 -a 
 
 -a 
 
 ja 
 
 
 ja 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 
 M 
 
 • a 
 
 a 
 
 -g .2 
 
 -« -a 
 
 <D 5 
 
 f^ 2 
 
 « 'S 
 
 -a 
 
 M <3 
 
 "A 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 a 
 
 Si 
 
 o 
 
 
 . s 
 
 
 
 ■2 I 
 
 O 03 • 
 
 a 
 
 S-l 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 <» 
 9 
 
 
 5> 
 
 rO 
 
Exceptions — The Locative. 
 
 3rd declension ; locative formed by adding e to nominative :— 
 She. Main ho ghare sas kalihdri ho. 
 He. Td teri ho ta sassd jo, gorie, charkhd le deld ho. 
 
 Baithi ho tan Jcatan Jcatde ho. 
 She. To me at home there is a cross mother-in-law. [^vhcel 
 
 He. Then to your mother-in-law, Fair one ! I will gire a spinning 
 Let her sit and mind her spinning. 
 
 Examples : — 
 
 1st declension : — Masc. in a. 
 
 Norn. Sing. Mere bh^i male ak khandd h^. 
 
 My brother has a flock. 
 Gen. Sing. Ih bheddu mere burhe-re khando-rjl lic'i. 
 
 This sheep belonns to {lit. is of) my father's flock. 
 
 Ih khande-ri mdlikni kasri hd. 
 
 The owner of the flock is ill. 
 Dat. Ace. Sing. Ann khande jo ak kuttar palnu huii. 
 
 I bring up a dog to guard {lit. for) the flock. 
 Agent Sing. Aufi khande lurhai ditta thu. 
 
 I was thrown down by a flock. 
 Loc. Sing. Gaddf khande manj kharurd rahnda thu. 
 
 The shepherd was standing in his flock. 
 Ahl. Sing. &o khande thaunghara jo a h^. 
 
 He has come from the flook to his house. 
 Vac. Sing. Ai khande mat nakhi gachchh ! 
 
 Oh flock, don't run away ! 
 Nam. PI, Mere bhdi male khande hin. 
 
 My brother has flocks. 
 Gen. PI. Ih bheddu mere burhe-re khande-re hin. 
 
 These sheep belong to {lit. are of) my father's flock. 
 
 lau khande-ri mdlikni kasri ha. 
 
 The owner of the flocks is ill. 
 T)at. Ace. PI. Ann khande jo ak kuttar pdlnu hun. 
 
 I bring up a dog to guard {lit. for) the flocks. 
 Agent PI. Aun khande lurhai ditta thu. 
 
 I was thrown down by the flocks. 
 Loc. PI. Gaddi khande manj kharurd, rahndd, thu. 
 
 The shepherd was standing in his flocks. 
 Ahl. PI. So khande thaun ghara jo ^ ha. 
 
 He has come from the flocks to his house. 
 Vvc.Pl. Ai khandio mat nakhi gachchhd ! 
 
 Oh flocks, don't run away ! 
 
 Exception :^"Fem, in a. 
 
 Aun bujhnun barkhd, na bhone ri. 
 I think there will be no rain. 
 
 2nd declension : — Masc. in «« 
 Norn. Sing. Ak gobhrd madarse jo gdhndd hi. 
 
 A young man goes to school. 
 Gen. Sing. Ise gobhru rd burh^ gyani hJi. 
 
 The young man's father is wise. 
 * Ise gobhru-ri kalam kharl ha. 
 
 The young man's pen is good. 
 Balu ra laskandd suni. 
 The gold of the nose-ring sparklij." Song. 
 
Dat Ace. Sing. Gurue ak kitdb gobhru jo ditti. 
 
 The teacher has given a book to a young man. 
 Agent Sing. Tini g bhrne minjo kliabar (n'tii. 
 
 The news was given me by tliat young man. 
 Loc. Sing. Grobh^u (manj or ra^n) barf mUI li^. 
 
 There is macli wisdom in the ytjung man. 
 AhJ. Sing. Mein tia gobhrn thaun khari gal khuni. J 
 
 I have heard good words from that young man. 
 Voc. Sing. Ai gobhrud r^zi hairi. 
 
 Oh yvung man art thou happy. 
 Rati ba rdti ind jana chhadi din6,, chhorua. 
 Picha thaun lurhli ohori, jinde Khojud,. 
 " Grive up coming and going every night, Oh boy !" 
 "From behind a great rock will fall (ou you) dear Khojda V* 
 
 Song of Khoji'i. 
 
 Lurhli " will roll down " is third singular feminine future from 
 Lurhnd, " to roll down " 
 
 Nom. PI. Grobhrii madarse jo gahnde bin. 
 
 Young men go to school. 
 Gen. PL Tid,n ():obhru r^ burh^ gj^^i hd. 
 
 The voung men's father is wise. 
 
 TiS-ri gobhru ri kalama khari hin. 
 
 The young men's pens are good. 
 Dat. Ace. PI. Gurue kit^^a gobhru jo ditti. 
 
 The teacher has given books to the young men. 
 Agent Pi. Tiyyen gobhrue munjo khabar ditti. 
 
 The news was given mp by young men. 
 Loc. PI. Gobbiu manj (or md^n) bari akl hd. 
 
 These is much wisdom in young tnen. 
 Ahl. PI. Main tidn gobhrii thaun khari oal khuni. 
 
 I have heard good words from, those young men. 
 Voc. PL Ai gobhruo rd-zi bho^ ! 
 
 Oh young men be happy ! 
 Dative. Ta jang^hlu jo d^^li suthanu, dhola apne jo. 
 
 * Then for his thighs 1 will give trousers to my lover.' 
 
 Song of a ivoman equipping her lover 
 for crossing a mountain fass. 
 
 Bhera re puhdlnu jo deni, chachua, deni chachda. 
 Pitthi jo dela cholu ho. 
 
 "To a herder of sheep give me, Father ! give me, Father f 
 For my back he will give a coat. 
 
 Song of a woman on the choice of a 
 husband, 
 
 " Deli " is the third person singular feminine and " dela " is the third 
 person singular masculine of the future tense from dend, "to give.^' Deli 
 I will give.' Dela He will give. 
 
 Zrd declension •.'-'Masc. in a consonant. 
 
 Kuse tarike tusila wich hdjar hhond (Nagrota) ? 
 On what date am I to be present in the tahsil ? 
 
 Nom, Sing, Merd, ghar taun thaun chour kuroh hi. 
 My house is four miles from here. 
 
Gen. 8ing. Ghard rd m^lik Kulu jo chale^o hd. 
 
 The owner of the "house has yone to Kullu. 
 Ghara ri mdlikni jo ak charklui do. 
 Give the mistress of the house a spinning wheel. 
 Dat. Ace, Sing. Ih bat ghara jo gahiide hil. 
 
 This road loads to a house. 
 Loc. PL Jiyan ghare gha pouru bhond^ h^ tiytin manj bari. 
 
 tauli ag lagandi ha. 
 Fire is easily caught by houses which aro roofed with 
 grass. 
 Loc. Sing. Ghar^ manj (or man) chul ate ghard ate lotc ate thdli hin. 
 
 In a house are a fire-place and water-jars * and 
 brass vessels and dishes. 
 All. Sing, Mere ghard thaun Shahpur ak pard hd. 
 
 It is one stage from my house to Shahpur. 
 Voc. Sing. Ai ghard, mat dh^en ! 
 
 " Oh house do not fall " ! j 
 
 Aith declension : — Fern, in a consonant. 
 
 Nam. Sing. Bi^r jhulu karinde ha. j 
 
 The wind is blowing. ' 
 
 Gen. Sing. Bidri-rd, jor bara ha. 
 
 The power of wind is great. 
 
 Bid,ri-ri chher kannd jo taune karo dindi hd. 
 
 The noise of the wind is deafening. 
 Dat. Ace. Sing. Bid,ri jo rukhe de ! 
 
 Shut out the wind ! {lit. tn the wind). 
 Agent Sing. Bid.ri sab khail bhani ditte hiu. 
 
 The slates are broken by the wind. 
 Loc. Sing. Bidrimanj (or man) matgachen na takasri bhuch g.^hlu, 
 
 Do not go into the wind or else you wUl get ill. 
 Ahl. Sing, Bid,ri thaun pichtde bho. 
 
 Get away from the wind. 
 Voc. Sing. Ai biari meri kanakiijo khanlb mat kar ! 
 
 Oh wind do not spoil my wheat I 
 
 Fasla rd beld aich rehu ha. 
 
 The time of the harvest having come has continued. 
 
 bth declension : — Fern, in i. 
 
 Nam. Sing. Ijji apne nikke jo pyar karendi h&. 
 
 A mother loves her child. 
 Gen. Sing. Puttar ijji-la bhaira charandd hd. 
 
 The son is feeding his mother's sheep. 
 
 So apni ijji-ri kitab parhende hd. 
 
 She is reading her mother's book. 
 Dat. Ace. Sing. Burhe useri ijji jo ghundii ^ni ditta h^i. 
 
 The old man sjave a veil to his mother. 
 Agent Sing. Ih pattu useri ijji banau hd. 
 
 This woollen stuff has been woven by his mother. 
 Loc. Sing. Ijji manj (or mdh) diih mate hA. 
 
 There is much love in a mother. 
 Ahl. Sing. Main apni ijji thaun rupeyya leu hd. 
 
 I got money from my mother. 
 Voc. Sing. Ai ijji or Ai ijjle riso kar ! 
 
 Oh mother ! cook food ! 
 Norn. PI, Ijji apne nikke jo piydr karii karundi hin. 
 
 Mothers love their children. 
 
Gen. PI. Puttar ijji-re bher^ charu karande hin. 
 
 The sons are feeding their mother's sheep. 
 
 So apni ijji-ri kit^ba parhendi hd,. 
 
 She is reading her mother's books. 
 Dat. Ace. PI. Burhe ud,nri ijji jo ghundu ^ni ditta ha. 
 
 The old n^en gave veils to their mothers. 
 Agent. PI. lb pattu danri ijjie banad bd. 
 
 This woollen stuff has been woven by their mothers, 
 Loc. PI. liji niatij (or m&h) d4h mute hd. 
 
 There is much love in mothers. 
 Abl. PI. Mein udnri topi uahri ijji thaun dndi. 
 
 I have brought their hats from their mothers. 
 Voc. PL Ai ijjio riso kurfi ! 
 
 Oh mothers cook food ! 
 
 6th declension : — Fern, in o. 
 
 Nam. Sing. Khakho apni nukhd jo sind, sardndi h&. 
 
 A mother-in-law is teaching her daughfcer-in-law how 
 to sew. 
 Gen. Sing.Masc. Khakho-i^ ghar dur hd. 
 
 The mother-in-law's house is far away. 
 Useri Khfikho-ri gd nakhi gei hd. 
 Her mother-in-law's cow has run away. 
 Dat Ace. Sing. Mere bhdi khakho jo ak bhair bakshfsh ditti h&. 
 
 My bi other has given a sheep to his mother-in-law. 
 Agent Sing. Ih dhan useri khakhoe baddhe bin. 
 
 This rice has been cut by his mother-in-law. 
 
 Useii khakho manj (or mdn) bard dharm hd. 
 
 There is much good in her mother-in-law. 
 
 Meri baihn apni khakho thauh apne mdo bdbd-re ghare 
 
 gich pujji hd. 
 My sister has come from her toother-in-law into her 
 
 parent's house again. 
 Ai khakho apne jawdi site pydre site balu kar ! 
 Oh motlier-iu-law speak gently to your son-in-law. 
 Khitkhoa a| ni nukha jo Bind sdrdndi hin. 
 The mothers-in-law are teaching their daughters-in- 
 law how to sew. 
 Gen. PL Cdnii khakhod-re ghar dur liin. 
 
 The houses of their mothers-in-law are far away. 
 Udiiri khakhod-ri gdi nakhi gei bin. 
 The cows of their mothers-in-law have run away. 
 Dat. Ace. PL Mere bhdi udnri khakhod jo dui' bhaird bakshish ditti 
 
 hin. 
 My brothers have given two sheep to their mothers- 
 in-law. 
 Agent PI, Ih dhan uanri khakhod baddhe hin. 
 
 This rice has been cut by their mothers-in-law. 
 Loc. PL tJanri khakhod manj (or mdh) bara dharm ha. 
 
 There is much good in their mothers-in-law. 
 AbL PL Meri baihni apni khakhoa thaun apne mdo baba-re 
 
 ghare gich pujji hin. 
 My sisters have com§ from their mothers-in-law into 
 their parent's house again. 
 Voc. PL Ai khakhod, apni jawai site pydre site baM kard. 
 
 Oh mothers-in-law speak gently to your sons-in-law. 
 
 Loc. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 AhL 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Norn 
 
 .PL 
 
CakJ 
 
 Agent Sing, Mori khakhoe ih kam karu h^. 
 
 By ray mother-in-law this deed was done. 
 Nom. PL Meii khakhod jrhara goi. 
 
 My mothers-in-law went home. 
 Agent PI. Meri khakhoe raeri janani hi^Ari difcti hd 
 
 My motrher-in-law has ruined uiy wife. 
 
 POST POSITIONS. 
 
 The following require the nouns which they govern to have the gonitivo 
 with re : — 
 
 I 
 
 before. 
 
 in. 
 
 above. 
 
 outiiide. 
 
 in place of. 
 Tdin, tden, for, on account of, 
 Parant after. 
 
 Andar, 
 Up par, 
 Bd,har, 
 Bdte, 
 
 Tale, below. 
 
 Sdmhne, in front of. 
 Paihle, before, in tijne. 
 
 *Marure, through, or in conso- 
 
 qnence of. 
 *Mola, conformable to. 
 
 The following do not require re, but require the noun thoy govern to 
 
 he in the formative caae : — 
 
 Bin, 
 Manj 
 
 Mdn 
 Pdr 
 
 Seite, 
 
 1 
 
 without. 
 
 in or among. 
 
 Pichhorn or behind, 
 pichhiiro 
 
 Sahi, like, of appearance. 
 
 Bimh, below, 
 
 beyond, Malle towards, with, near 
 
 with. (Urdu pus). 
 
 Majat or mdrfat (by help of ) is feminine as Ih kam teri majat bhu.-i 
 
 Examples. 
 Tudh bin nindar na indi ha. 
 Without you sleep comes not. 
 
 Hatti knjo & thu ? Lund tamdku re fdeii d tliil. Dharmftdln Gadi. 
 
 For what had you come to the sliop ? Yor salt and tobacco I had 
 
 come. 
 Meih heru tidn re bdl bachche m;ille koi .'ir^khi parekhi nahin gillindo. 
 I saw to his children no neigiibours go. 
 Heru is singular past tense of hernfi, to see; malle, to, towards^ 
 
 Urdu pds. 
 Gahnde present tense of gahnd, to go. 
 Aun Muhane malle thu tinjii roti khane jo na balii. 
 I was with Mohan. He did not invite me to cat food ; literally, 
 
 did not ssy to eat bread. 
 Balu 3rd singular past tense from balnd to saj', to .^peak^ e. g., Urdu 
 
 bolna. 
 
 FIRST PERSONAL TRONOUN. 
 
 Singular. Plurnl. 
 
 Nom. - Ann, mun, anun. A-^so, assun. 
 
 Gen. Menl rn.la. 
 
 Dat. Munjo, mao-o, 
 
 munhun, mun. 
 
 Ace. Munjo, muiihun, laun. 
 
 Agent. Mein. Asse. 
 
 Ahl. Mun fchaun. Assu thann. 
 
 Loc. Mun manj. Assu mauj. 
 
 Form, Meiii,. vmh, ma, Asse, 
 
 > Assu jo. 
 
Examples — 
 Kom. Aun na pntande apne jo. 
 
 I do not pull out my own. Song. 
 
 Mun joid re raste Ku^rkhi 30 galin^. [Gadheran). 
 
 I am going to Kuarsi by way of tlie passes. 
 
 Dat. Muiijo sarm indi. 
 
 To me sl:arne comes. I am ashamed. 
 
 Dirdnidn balu, jitlmnian bdlu, 
 
 Mun gori billd naliin Ld "(or mdgo halu na ha in another 
 
 version). > 
 
 My younger sisters-in-law (have) nose-riugs, my elder sisters- 
 
 in-]aw°(liave) nose-rings. To me (though 1 am fair) is no 
 
 nose-ring. bong. 
 
 Ma go cbour khau bhaird bin. 
 With me are 400 sheep. 
 Md go Dianhu blieji de. 
 Send men to me. 
 
 Munhun or mun dote khorairi jo p;abnA hd. 
 To-morrow to me is to go (I have to go) to my father-in-law's 
 
 house, 
 Munhun kbakho malle gdhna. 
 1 must go to my mother-in-law. 
 
 * There 15 in Kdngri a dative moge, to me, as in — 
 
 Moge tis-rd patta nebin. I have no news of him {Dharmsdla.) 
 
 Agent. Mt-in kh-unu hd so Ldhor go tbu. 
 
 I have beard he had gone to Lahore. {Song.) 
 
 " Khund " is the past participle of khnnnd " to hear '' ; " hd " is the 
 bird person singular present tense of the auxiliary verb. " So " is the 
 bird personal pronoun. " Go" is the past participle of " gahna " " to go.'" 
 i( rpj^^ }> -g ^YiQ third person singular past tense of the auxiliary verb. 
 
 Nom. plural. Asse chour bhdi hun. 
 We are four brothers. 
 
 Examples of the plural of the first personal pronoun are rarely beard 
 in the cnnntry talk unless it is necessary to lay stress on tlie number. 
 lu conversation the singular seems generally to do duty for the plural. 
 
 THE SECOND PERSONAL PI'.ONOUN. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Tii. 
 
 Tusse, tussdn. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Tera, teri, tere. 
 
 Tundd, tundi^ tuude. 
 
 Vat. 
 Ace. 
 
 Tujjo, tdgo. 
 Tujjo, todh. 
 
 [Tassujo. 
 
 Agent. 
 
 Tain. 
 
 Tusse. 
 
 Lcc. 
 
 Tuddh manje. 
 
 Tussu manje. 
 
 All 
 
 Tuddh thaun. 
 
 Tussu thaun. 
 
 Form. 
 
 Tuddh, td. 
 
 Tusso. 
 
Examples-'-' 
 Teri bhed ra ndn kae lic4 ? Chitari. g^^^^. ^z- j-;^^ • . • 
 
 Qn. What is the name of your sliccp ? Ans. "Spot" "'^"* 
 
 Chhorud, tujjo laran rikhni klulli, jlude Kliojii. ' jjm^ 
 
 Boy ! a she bear with cubs (hirau) will oat yea, dear Khoiu ' 
 Lok ta bhramande inuu tuddh karni initri. Ditto 
 
 People then suspect me and you of making love. 
 Tain sadid. Td ai, jindo Khojiii * Ditto 
 
 You called me. Then I camo, dear Khoju ! 
 I'd, go keti thdhar goru bin ? 
 
 With thee how many head of cattle arc there ? i. e. IIow man? 
 
 head of cattle hasfc thou. 
 Tuddh bin nindar na aundi hd. So}ia 
 
 Without you sleep does not come. 
 Tu3su thaun mein kd<2;haz mangii tbu. 
 From you I had asked for paper. 
 Tuddh seite mein balu thu. 
 To thee I had said. 
 Dote aun ta go na ild. 
 To-morrow I to you will not come. 
 
 THE PRONOUN OF THE THHID PERSON. 
 Singular. Plural 
 
 Nam. Uh; so. So. 
 
 Gen. Userd, useri, usere. U'dnrd, udnri, udnro. 
 
 Ace. j^'J°- ^^"J*^- 
 
 Agent. Uni. U'ijen. 
 
 Ljc. Us mauj. U'dfi manj. 
 
 Abl. Us thaun. U'dn thaun. 
 
 Form, Us. UViii. 
 
 Uh is indefinite; any " be." 
 
 So is definite^ some " he " who is known to the speakefj " Tits " and 
 " tis " are also used for the formative of uh and so. 
 
 THE NEAR DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN. 
 
 Flural. 
 Ih. 
 lah-ra, iah-ri, iau-ro. 
 
 Ida jo. I 
 
 lyypn. 
 Idh manj. 
 Idn thaun. 
 Idn. 
 
 ATIYE PRONOUN. 
 
 Pluraf. 
 
 So. 
 
 Tiaii-ra, tidn-ri, tidn-re. 
 
 Tidn-jo. 
 
 Tiyycn. 
 Tidn manj. 
 Tiaii thaun. 
 Tidh. 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 lb. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Ise-rd, ise-rij ise-re. 
 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 } ^s jo. 
 
 Agent. 
 
 Inni. 
 
 Loc. 
 
 Is m.ai)j. 
 
 AhL 
 
 Is thaun. 
 
 Form. 
 
 Is. 
 
 
 THE REMOTE DEMONS^ 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nom, 
 
 So. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Tisd-rd, tisc-ri, tied-re. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ] Tis jo. 
 
 Agent. 
 
 Tinni. 
 
 Loe. 
 
 Tis manj. 
 
 Abl 
 
 Tis thaun. 
 
 Form., 
 
 Tis, tisd. 
 
Examples-" 
 
 Jaseri khairi, tiseri nidhi. 
 Jinni bari tinni bid,bi. 
 
 Che spring crop belongs to that man to whom the autumn crop belongs, 
 rbat man marries (tbe girl) who betrothed her, 
 
 ' Khairi^Ms the autumn or Kharif harvest. ^' Ni^hi " is the spring or 
 Eiabi crop. 
 
 Formative Singular. 
 
 Terd, man tessd, seite kajo lagur^ h& ? 
 "Why is your heart attracted to that (girl) ? 
 
 Agent Singular. 
 
 Tinni m6n seite jord japati kari. 
 He did violence with me. {Kdngra), 
 
 Formative Plural. 
 
 Tu kajo kodd, jo pfahnd^ hain. 
 
 Meid, ndtd; goti^ chhure bin. Ti4n seite milrid gd,hnda hun. 
 Qn, Why are you goings to the fair ? 
 
 Alls. My betrothed and her relations have come. I am going to meet 
 them, 
 
 THE RELATIVE PRONOUN. 
 
 Singular. Plural, 
 
 Je and jo. Je and jo. 
 
 Jase-ra, jase-ri, jase-re. Jiah-ra, jidn-ri, jidfi-re. 
 
 ? Jas-jo. Jid-h-jo. 
 
 Jinni. Jiyyefi. 
 
 Jas-manj. ■ Jitin manj. 
 
 Jas-thaun» 
 Jas. 
 
 Noon. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Ate. 
 
 Agent. 
 
 Loc. 
 
 All. 
 
 Form. 
 
 Jian thaun. 
 Jidn, 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Oen. 
 
 Pat. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Agent 
 
 pGC. 
 
 Ail 
 Form. 
 
 Example of the Singular Agent Case, 
 
 Jiuui bari tinni bid^hi. 
 
 He by whom she was betrothed, married her. 
 
 THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN. 
 
 Singula,r,. 
 
 Kun? 
 
 Kase-rd, kase-ri, kase-re ? 
 
 \ Kas-jo ? 
 
 Kui.ii ? 
 Kas uianj. 
 Kas thaun ? 
 Kas ? 
 
 Proverb. 
 
 Pl'jiral. 
 
 Kun ? 
 
 Kian-ni,, kidn-ri, kian-re ? 
 
 Kidn-jo ? 
 
 Kiyyen ? 
 Kian rnanj ? 
 
 Kidii thaun. 
 
 Kiah. 
 
 . Eicamples — Singular Agent. 
 
 Tii kahi hi ditti, mat a, tujjo galiaii ? Kufii balle maode bol ? 
 "Who gave, mother, to you abub'e ? Who spoke evil words? 
 
 Song of Raj 'J. Gopi Ghand, 
 
 Ta kuni bo heru, msita, mandi hiikkhi ? Usdi hakkhi dindd, kadhai. 
 Who looked; mother (at you) with evil eyes ? His eyes I will tear out. 
 
 Song c/ Bdja, Gopi Chand, 
 
29 
 
 The Neuter Interrogative Pronoun '' kid," what ? 13 declined m 
 •follows : — 
 
 Nom. Kid ? 
 
 (tcw. Kate-rd, kate-rf, kate-re ? 
 
 Ace. i ^^-1° • 
 
 Examples — 
 
 Eh katorl chhiri hd. 
 
 " Of what wood is this ?" 
 
 So kaio go thu. 
 
 " Why did ho go V' 
 
 THE INDEFINITE PRONOUN. 
 
 Singular. 
 Worn. Koi. 
 
 6^en. Kaski-rd, kuski-ri, kaski-re. 
 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 5 
 
 ' Kaski jo. 
 
 Agent. Kuni. 
 
 Loc. Ka«kl man], 
 
 Ahl, Kaski thaun. 
 
 No Plural. 
 
 Examples — 
 
 Gen. Eh bhair, kaski n bhoii. 
 
 This sheep probably belongs to some one. 
 Agent, Eh kam kuni karu bhola. 
 
 This deed will have been done (*. e., probably has been 
 done) by some one. 
 
 THE EEFLEXIVE PRONOUN APPE, APU' "SELF." 
 
 The single form apu does duty for both Singular and Plural. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Appe, apu. 
 
 
 Qen. 
 
 Apnd, apni, 
 
 apne. 
 
 Bat. 
 Ace. 
 
 "lApu 
 
 jo- 
 
 
 Agent. 
 
 Apu. 
 
 
 
 Loc. 
 
 Apu 
 
 man j. 
 
 
 AbL 
 
 Apu 
 
 thdun. 
 
 
 Exam'ples'^ 
 Nom. Ann appe go. "I myself went." 
 
 Agent. Unni apu karu* " He himself did ife.'* 
 
 Loc, Gaddi apu manj ghulande hin. 
 
 " Tho Gaddia are fighting among themeelves." 
 

 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 Adverb' 
 
 of 
 Number. 
 
 -fe a 
 
 ^ o 
 
 • 
 
 
 CD m © 
 
 o e-t 2 
 
 Adverb 
 
 of 
 Manner. 
 
 - a 
 
 • 
 
 ^ - a 
 
 Kih^n. 
 " In what 
 manner." 
 
 1 
 
 Jihan 
 
 "In this 
 
 manner." 
 
 Adverb 
 
 of 
 
 Direction. 
 
 if ""- 
 
 • 
 
 g - s 
 
 •X 
 
 • 
 
 ^3 53 •'-1 
 
 • 
 
 • 2 
 
 Adverb 
 
 of 
 
 Place. 
 
 • 
 
 • 
 • 
 
 '^. © 
 
 © -S3 
 
 . © 
 
 So 
 
 ©■;f ! 
 
 Adverb 
 
 of 
 Time. 
 
 • 
 
 CD ^ 
 
 N0 
 
 ■ 
 • 
 
 • 
 
 
 rfl c^ 2 a 
 
 Jane and 
 
 jekhane. 
 
 "When." 
 
 . 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 ■s 
 
 -^ 
 
 J ^• 
 
 Adjective 
 
 of 
 
 Kind. 
 
 CO -N 
 
 V- O -^ 
 
 ^'^ -^ 1; 
 
 . c8 
 fcj O •'^ 
 
 ^" ^ ?- g *_• 
 MO 15:: 1 
 
 Jinha. 
 " Of whid 
 kind" "As 
 
 Adjective 
 
 of 
 Numbers. 
 
 9S 
 
 •12 >^ 
 
 -1= :j 
 
 ^ a 
 
 © £ o 
 
 '^ o >> 
 
 ©MO 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 — 1~ 
 
 "^ 
 
 _ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 Adjective 
 
 of 
 Quantity. 
 
 
 .rS^ 
 
 v:a . '^ 
 
 • 
 43 
 
 • 
 
 
 v3 a 
 
 P) r— 1 g 
 
 
 * ^< 
 
 
 * :: 
 
 N» 
 
 
 Vi 
 
 
 I 
 
 f5T 
 
 r 
 
 
 a-.B ^=8 J 
 
 •4- 
 
 ^ 
 
 " »- 
 
 V* 
 
 ^ H 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
From where = kataon. 
 
 Tethi is more remote than uthi. 
 Examples — 
 
 Td, ^o keti thd,har pahru liin ? 
 
 With thee how many head of sheep and goats are there ? 
 
 Inha gowar mere heme mdn na a. 
 
 " Such a fool never came into my siglit." 
 
 Muhan kathi hil ? Moge tis ra patH^nchin. 
 
 Where is Mohan ? To rae of him there i» no trace. 
 
 T;r. . , 1 ,^ ,■,■,,,■,, (Dhar madia), 
 
 Kia bnai yara kahra chalu hain ? 
 
 What, brother and friend, whither art thoii going ? 
 
 Tuiidh kanhe ind? Whon are you to eotne ? 
 
 Aun kiinhe ichhui'i ? When may I come ? 
 
 ADVJCRBS OF TIME. 
 To-day: Aj. 
 
 To-morrow : Dote. 
 Day after to-uiorrow : Farohe. 
 Day after ihat : Nacharohi. 
 Always: Sadd. 
 
 Mxamples — 
 
 Aun dote ila^ 1 will come to-morrow. 
 
 Parohe chala gdhld. The day after t'l. morrow I will go. 
 
 Mun dote khaurairi mallo gdlina ha. To-morrow I have to ^o my 
 father-iu'law's. 
 
 Hi mun, Monl re ghar guchhurit thu. Yesterday I went to th& 
 Louse of Mor. 
 
 Dharvisdla GdcZL 
 ADVERBS OF MANNER. 
 
 Littlfl by little : Dhakh dhakh. 
 Quickly : Taula taula (or taule taule). 
 Taula taula ^ah. Gro quickly^ quickly. 
 Slowly : Miittha mattha. 
 Mattha mattha ild. I will come slowly. 
 
 Dharmsdla Gadi. 
 
 Ye.sterday : lU, kal. 
 Day before Festorc^av : Paraj^ 
 Day before that: No.kharaj. 
 Pliire. 
 
 Agiim 
 
 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 
 
 Oue. 
 
 Ak. 
 
 Sixteen. 
 
 Khold 
 
 Fifty-niue. 
 
 Undht. 
 
 Two. 
 
 Diii. 
 
 Seventeen. 
 
 Satdrd. 
 
 Sixty. 
 
 Sattli. 
 
 Three. 
 
 Ttdf. 
 
 Eighteen. 
 
 Athdrd. 
 
 Sixty-seven. 
 
 Sataht. 
 
 Four. 
 
 Cbour. 
 
 Nineteen. 
 
 Unni. 
 
 Sixty-nine. 
 
 Unh attar 
 
 Five. 
 
 Panj. 
 
 Twenty. 
 
 Bihi. 
 
 Seventy. 
 
 Sahuttar. 
 
 Six. 
 
 Chhia. 
 
 Twenty-seven 
 
 . Satdi. 
 
 Seventy-seven 
 
 Sathattar 
 
 Seven. 
 
 Satt. 
 
 Twenty-nine. 
 
 Unatti. 
 
 Seventy-nine. 
 
 Unau. 
 
 Eight. 
 
 Atth. 
 
 Thirty. 
 
 Trihi. 
 
 Eighty. 
 
 Assi. 
 
 Nine. 
 
 Nau, 
 
 Thirty-seven. 
 
 Satattvi. 
 
 Eighty-seven. 
 
 Satdsi. 
 
 Ten. 
 
 Dakh. 
 
 Thirty-nine. 
 
 Untdli. 
 
 Eighty-nine. 
 
 Undnuen. 
 
 Eleven. 
 
 Yara. 
 
 Forty. 
 
 Chdli.' 
 
 Ninety. 
 
 Nabbei'i. 
 
 Twelve. 
 
 Bard. 
 
 Forty-seven. 
 
 Sattali. 
 
 Ninety-seven. 
 
 Satatiueu. 
 
 Thirteen. 
 
 Tehrd. 
 
 Forty-nine. 
 
 Unun]'d. 
 
 Ninety-nino. 
 
 Nariniiou. 
 
 Fourteen. 
 
 Chauddd. 
 
 Fifty. 
 
 Panjdb. 
 
 Hundred. 
 
 Khau. 
 
 Fifteen. 
 
 Pandrd. 
 
 Fifty-seven. 
 
 Satunjd. 
 
 
 
 Ordinary Gaddis do not count beyond twenty. The more iutelligenfc 
 of them borrow higher numbers from their Kdngrd neighbours. 
 
 It should be noted that the t and h in sathattar aiG pronounced fiepa« 
 rately. The word is not sa'thattar^ but mt-haiUr, 
 
One hundred : khau. Mago chour khau bhaira bin. 
 
 To me,, with, me (mere p^s) are four hundred sheep. Bhair one sheep 
 
 Bhaird, plural. 
 
 ■ ADJECTIVES OF PLACE. 
 
 Agi^n : the nest before, as agi^n mahina, next month. 
 Naragidn : the next before but one;^ as naragian mahina, one month, 
 ifter next. 
 
 Chhur4 : much. 
 
 Dharmsdla Gddi. 
 
 tude kindre bht chhura hd. On our side too was much (snow). 
 
 Dhai'msdla Gddi. 
 Right : Daihn^. Left : bd,dn. 
 
 THE VERB. 
 The Auxiliary Verb is thus conjugated : — 
 
 Peesbnt Tense. 
 Aun hun. "I am." 
 
 Tu bain. ''Thou art." 
 
 So ha, " He is." 
 
 Apse hun. * "We are."' 
 
 Tusse hin. " You are." 
 
 So bin. "Theyarr." 
 
 Examples. Aun Gaddi hun. " 1 am a Gfiddi." 
 
 Bat bin bara ha. "The wind too is ftrong." 
 
 Asse chour bhai hun. " Wo are four brothers," 
 
 Mere chach iji bhi hin. "There are also ray father 
 
 and mother." 
 ["a tu kajo ruthi ruthi, meri Radha ? Kae de karan rnthi ha. 
 ■ Why art then annoyed, my Rd,dha ? For what cause art thuu annoyed?'* 
 .u kahra chalura haiu. " Whither art thou going ? " 
 
 Sovg of Thakar, 
 Past Tense. 
 
 Masculine. Aun thd. Feminine thi. " I was." 
 
 Tu thu. „ thi. " Thou wert." 
 
 So thu. ,^ thi. " He was." 
 
 Asso thie. „ thi. " We were." 
 
 Tusse thie. „ thi. " You were." 
 
 Sothie. „ thi. "They were. 
 
 'J 
 
 ■ Exawjples. Kahr^ thu, ^ " Where wert thou." 
 
 Mo Rali re koda jo gahnd thu. 
 
 "I wras to go to the fair of Ralla," — literally "To me 
 to the fair of Halla to go was." 
 iTerti jo kajo go thu. Why did you go to Nerti ? 
 
 lun apne nate sdke ri samhala jo go thu. 
 ■ I had gone for news of my relations." 
 Kasaure ri huU hajri khundar hd. 
 
 Kasaura's daughter is very handsome. — (Gddi of Dharmsdla) ^ 
 Es thauii paihle jo sahib thu so khard thu. 
 The sdihib who was before him, he was good (Gadi). 
 
 BhOxVA. " To BECOME, TO BE.'* 
 
 Infinitive. Bhona, To be, to become* 
 
 Root Bho, or Bhuchh. 
 
 Present Participle. Bhond4. 
 
 Past Participle, Bhii^-i or Bhuchhura, 
 
Singular. 
 
 I.-^Tens98 formed from the Root. 
 
 AORIST. 
 
 I may be or become. 
 
 Pkiral. 
 
 Aun bhuclihun. 
 Tu bliueh. 
 So bhua. 
 
 Singular 
 
 Aun bliuclihunla or bhola. 
 
 bboH. 
 Tu bholl 
 So bhola. 
 
 Example. 
 
 Asse bhuchlnm. 
 Tusse bhun. 
 So bhun. 
 
 Fdture. * 
 
 I will be or become. 
 
 riural. 
 
 Asse bhuchhunle or bhole. Fam 
 bholi. 
 Tupae bhole. 
 So bhole. 
 
 Jotd ri bat karari bholi. 
 The way of the passes will be difficult. 
 Imperative. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Tu bho. 
 
 Plwi-nl. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Aun blionda or bhnni5n. 
 Tu bhonda or Wiunen. 
 So bhondd.. 
 
 Tusse bhoa. 
 
 II. — Tenses formed from the Present Participle. 
 
 Indefinite. 
 
 I am or become. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Aun bhondd hun or bbunun. 
 Tu bhonda hain or bbunen hain. 
 So bhonda ba. 
 
 Asse bhonde or bhuuun. 
 Tusse bhonde or bhunun. 
 So bhonde. 
 
 Present. 
 
 T am or become, &c. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse bhonde hun or bhuudn. 
 Tusse bhonde hiii. 
 So bhonde hin. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Ann bhonda thu. 
 Tu bhonda thu. 
 So bhonda thu. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 r was becoming. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse bhonde thie. 
 Tusse bhonde thie. 
 So bhonde tlii'e. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Aun bbud or bhuchhura, 
 Tu bhua or bhuchhurd. 
 So bhua or bhuchhura. 
 
 III. — Tenses formed from the Past Participle, 
 
 Past. 
 I became, &c. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse bhue or bhucLlnire. 
 Tusse bhde or bhuclihure. 
 So bhue or bhuchhiire. 
 
 * In Garhwali, "lo" is the termination of tlio future m4rlo let, 2ncl nnd ."^rfl persoas 
 singular future tense of " marn^ " to strike; " la " is the termination of all tliroe pTsona 
 plural future. The Kumaoni future ia similar. See Kellogg's Hindi Grammar, pp. 238, 239. 
 
Perfect. 
 I have become, &c. 
 Singular. Flural. 
 
 Aufi bhu^ hun or bbuchliura bun. Asse bhue bun or bhucbhure bun. 
 
 Tu bbud bain or bhucbbura hain. Tusse bhue bin or bbuchhure bin. 
 
 So bbud, hd or bhucbburd, ha. j So bbue bin or bbucbbure bin. 
 
 Ploperpect. 
 I bad become, &c. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Auh bbuS or bbucbbura tbu. 
 Tu bliud or bbucbbura tbu. 
 So bbua or bbucbbur^ tbu. 
 
 Asse bbue or bbucbbure tbie. 
 Tusse bhue or cbuchbure thie. 
 So bhue or bbubbhure tbie. 
 
 Infinitive or Vkebal Noun. 
 Bbona, being ; bbonera-ri-re, of being. 
 
 Conjunctive Participle. 
 Bbucbbkari, or Bbucbbkar "baving been " ^'or baving become." 
 
 Adverbial Participle, 
 Bbonde site "on being" or "on becoming." 
 
 Her, 
 
 Herna. To see. 
 
 "eeetbou." jS®''^'^'^^ ]" Seeing." Heru. 
 ( Hernun j ^ 
 
 Hernun 
 I.- 
 
 "Seen.'' 
 
 Singular. 
 
 ■Tenses of the Root. 
 
 AoEIST. 
 
 I may see. 
 
 Ann berun, 
 Tu beren. 
 So ber6. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse hemfi. 
 Tusse beran. 
 So beran. 
 
 FOTDRE. 
 
 I will see. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Aun berunld or herl^. Fern, berli. Asse berunle or berle. Fern, berli. 
 
 Tu berl^. Tusse berle. 
 
 So berla. So berle. 
 
 Imperative. 
 Singular. 
 
 " Look thou." 
 
 Tu ber. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Tusse bera. "Look you." 
 II. — Tenses of the Present Participle. 
 
 Indefinite. 
 I see. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Aun berandd. Fern, berandi 
 
 ^ hernun. 
 Tu berandd. or t bernen. 
 So herandd,. 
 
 or 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Fern, berandi or 
 
 Asse berande. 
 •^ bernun. 
 
 Tusse berande or t bernun. 
 So berande. 
 
 * Hernun. This form of the Present Participle is used only witb 
 the first person singular and witli the first uud second persons plural. 
 
 t Herncn. This form of tbe Present Participle is used only with 
 tbe second person singuKr. 
 
Singttlar. 
 
 Present. 
 I ata seeing. 
 
 Aun lierandd bun or hernun hun. 
 Tu heranda, haih or herun liain. 
 So heranda ha. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse heranda hun or hernun hun. 
 Tusse horande hin. 
 So horande hin. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 I was seeing. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 A.S80 herandetlik). Fem. horandf thi. 
 Tus?e herande thie. 
 So heratido thie. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Aun heranda thu. Fern, herandi thi. 
 Tu heranda thu. 
 So heranda thu. 
 
 Tenses op the Past Participle. 
 
 Past. 
 
 I saw. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Mein heru. 
 Tain heru. 
 Tinni heru. 
 
 Asso heru. 
 Tu3se heru. 
 Tiyyeh heru. 
 Perfect. 
 I have seen. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Mein heru ha. 
 Tain lieru ho. 
 Tinni heru ha. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Asse herii ha. 
 Tusse hei u Im. 
 Tiyjen heru ha. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 I had seen. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Mein heru thu. 
 Tain heru thu. 
 Tinni heru thu. 
 
 Asse heru tliu. 
 Tusse heru thu. 
 Tiyyen heru thu. 
 
 Conjunctive Participle. 
 Her, Heri kari. " Seeing," " On seeing." 
 
 Example — 
 
 Her jaw^n ruiyd,. 
 
 Edjd; Gaddan behi. 
 
 " Seeing her young loo1<ing 
 
 The Rdia married the Gaddi woman." 
 
 Sovgof" Nokhi," 
 
 a Gaddi woman whom Rdjd Sansdr Chand married. 
 
 Adverbial Participle. 
 Herande site. " On seeing." 
 
 Past Participle. 
 
 Herura, " Seen " correBponds to " dekha hud " of Hindi. 
 
 Bekhna. To sit. 
 Imperative.— bekh. Sit (thou). 
 Present Participle.— bekhandd. or bekhuh. 
 Past Participle.— baitha and bithiard. 
 
1, — Tenses formed from the Root. 
 
 AORIST. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 I may sit. 
 
 Lun bekhun. 
 
 Cu bekhen. 
 5o bekha. 
 
 Plural, 
 
 ■Singular. 
 
 kuYx bekhla. 
 Pu bekhla. 
 5o bel:hla. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Singular, 
 rd bekh, Sit thou. 
 
 Asse bekh [In. 
 Tusse bekhan. 
 So bekhan. 
 
 Future. 
 
 I will sit. 
 
 Asse bekhle. 
 Tuase bekhle. 
 So bekhle. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Tusse bekh ji, Sit you. 
 
 II. — Tenses formed fr om the Piesent Pariici'ple. 
 
 Indefinite. 
 
 I sit. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 \nh bekhan da or bekhnuh. 
 Cu bekhand^ or bekhen. 
 So bekhanda. 
 
 Sirigular. 
 
 \.uh bel^anda or bekhnun hun. 
 Cu bekhandd or bekhuen hain. 
 3o bekhanrla ha. 
 
 Asse bekhande or bekhnun. 
 Tusse bekhande or bekhnun. 
 So bekhande. 
 
 PiiESENT. 
 
 I am sitting. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse bekhande or bekhnuh bun. 
 Tusse bekhande bin. 
 So bekhande liiu. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I was sitting. 
 
 Plura I. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 ^uh bekhande thu. 
 rd bekhandd thu. 
 3o bekhaud^ thu. 
 
 III. — Tenses formed from the Past Pariici'ple. 
 
 PAfT. 
 
 Asse bekhande thie. 
 Tusse bekhande thie. 
 So bekhande thie. 
 
 Singular, 
 
 &uh baitha or bitluira. 
 Pu baith^ or bithiira. 
 So baithd or bithurd,. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Auh baithd. or bithura huh. 
 Tu baitha or bithura haih. 
 Bo baithd or bithura h^. 
 
 I ^at. 
 
 Plural, 
 
 Asse baithe or bithure. 
 Tusse baithe or bithure. 
 So baithe or bithure. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 I have sat. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse baitho or bithure hrfh. 
 Tusse baithe or baithure bin 
 So baithe or bithure bin. 
 
6i 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Auii baitli^ cr bithura rhu. 
 Tu baitta or bithura thu. 
 So baithd or bithura thu. 
 
 Pldpebpect. 
 I had sat. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse baithe or bithire fhi'e. 
 Tusse btiithe or bit'.iuie thie. 
 fcjo baithe or blthute thio. 
 Infinitive 
 Bekhna. To sit. 
 Conjunctive Paijticiple. 
 Bekhi kaii. Havinjr sat. 
 Adverbial Pahticiple. 
 Bekhande site. On sitting. 
 
 Participle used Adjectively. 
 Bekhura corresponds to "baitlm hui'i" in Hindi. 
 
 « *fNA, To come. ... 
 
 Infinitive. Trui. 
 
 Present Participle. Tnda. 
 
 Past Participle K or chhura. 
 
 I. — Tenses >ormed frovi the Root. 
 
 AoRI.^T. 
 
 I may come. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Ann icbchhun. 
 Tu aiefi. 
 So aiyd. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Ann iU or chliunld,. Fern. ill. 
 Tu iU. 
 
 So ild. 
 
 Aun dote il^, 
 
 Ttidi. 
 
 Singular. 
 Come thou. 
 
 Asse iclichhuh 
 Tusse aiva. 
 !So in, ain. 
 
 FUIURK. 
 
 I will come. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse ile or chliunle. Fem. fli, 
 Tus-e ile. 
 So ile. 
 
 I will come tomorrow. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Tusse ai^. Come you. 
 
 
 
 II. — Tenses formed from the Present Participle. 
 
 Indefinite. 
 
 I come. 
 
 Aun indd. 
 Q'u indd. 
 So indd. 
 
 Singular. 
 Fem. indi. 
 
 )3 
 
 )3 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse inde. Fem. indf. 
 Tusse inde. 
 So inde. 
 
 
 it 
 
 * To bring, 
 
 Bring, 
 Brought, 
 Bringing, 
 I will bring, 
 
 le-ina or lei-ina. or lei eina. 
 
 lei-a, 
 
 lei-a. 
 
 le-ind^. 
 
 le-ila or lei chhxLuli, 
 
Singul 
 
 Present. 
 I come or am coming. 
 
 ar. 
 
 Aun indd hufi. Fem. indi, &c. 
 Tu indd, bain. 
 So indd, hd,. 
 
 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse inde bun. Fem. iudi, &c. 
 Tusse inde hd,. 
 So inde hin. 
 
 it 
 t) 
 
 )) 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Ann indd tbti. Fem. indi tbi, 
 Tu indd tbu. 
 So Indd, tbu. 
 
 >t 
 
 it 
 
 it 
 )i 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Aun ^. Fem. ai. 
 Tud. 
 
 So d. 
 
 1) i> 
 
 » a 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 I was coming. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse inde tbie. Fem. indi thf. 
 Tusse inde tbfe. 
 So. ainde thie. 
 
 Past. 
 
 I came. 
 
 Phiral. 
 
 Asse ae. Fem. ai. 
 Tusse d,e. 
 So^-. 
 
 Perfect, 
 
 I have come. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 i' ;» 
 }i a 
 
 Asse Ae bun. Fem. A\, &c. 
 Tusse i,e hin. „ „ 
 S(> ae bin. „ 
 
 a 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Aun ^ hun. Fem. di, &c. 
 Tu 6, bain. „ „ 
 
 So A ha. ,, ,, 
 
 Example.— J&v khit chhurd, ha. Fever and ague has come. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 I had come. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse de thie. Fem. A'l thi. 
 Tusse ^e thie. 
 So ae tbie. 
 
 i) 
 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Aun d, thu. Fem. d-i thi. 
 Tu A tbu. „ „ 
 
 So A tbu. „ „ 
 
 From the other Past Participle " chhtird, another set of tenses is 
 
 formed. 
 
 Past. 
 
 I came. 
 
 Plural, 
 
 Singular. 
 Aun chhurd,. Fem. chhuri. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Aun chhurd hun. Fem. chhuri hun 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 I had come. 
 Singular. 
 
 Aun chhuri thu. Fem. chhuri thi. 
 
 Asse chhure. Fem. chhuri. 
 
 Perfeat. 
 
 I have come. 
 
 Plural, 
 
 Asse chhure huh. 
 
 Plural. 
 Asse chhure thlo. 
 
 Infinitive oe Verbal Noon. 
 tiji^. Coming. I^Q-r^, i^Q-ri, i^e-re. Of coming. 
 
Aun gachhfin. 
 Tu gachheh. 
 So gacbhd. 
 
 Singular, 
 
 Aun galila or gachhuhl^. 
 Td gdhl^. 
 So gdhla. 
 
 Tu gah. 
 
 CONJDNCTIVB PaRTICIPLB. 
 
 Ai kari or ichh kari Having come. 
 Adverbial PAUTicirLE. 
 tnde site. On coming. 
 
 Gahna. To Go. 
 
 Imperative and Root. 
 
 Gah. " Go." 
 
 Present Participle. 
 
 Gahnda. "Going." 
 
 Past Participle. 
 
 Go or guchburd,. " Gone." 
 
 I. -Tenses formed from the Root. 
 
 Aorist. 
 
 I may go. 
 
 Singular. Plural, 
 
 Asse gachhun. 
 'J'usse gachha. 
 So gdhan. 
 
 Future. 
 I will go. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse g^ble or gacbbuhle. 
 Tusse g^ble. 
 So gable. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 Go thou. 
 Singular, Plural. 
 
 Tusse gachha. 
 Indefinite. 
 
 Singular, 
 
 Aun gdhnd^ or g6hnuh. 
 Tti gabndd. 
 So gd,hnda. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Aun gd;lindd or gdhnun hun. 
 Tu gdbndd bain. 
 So gdhnda ha. 
 
 go- 
 
 Plural 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Ann gdlinda tbu. 
 Tu gdhndd tbu. 
 So g^hud^ tbu. 
 
 Asse gd;bnde or gdbnun. 
 Tusse g^bnde or gdhnun- 
 So g^bnde. 
 
 Present. 
 I am going. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse g^bnde or g^bnun bun. 
 Tusse gdbndo bin. 
 So gahnde bin. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 I was going. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Asse gahnde thie. 
 Tusse gdbnde thie. 
 So g^hndd thio. 
 
III. — Tenses formed from ihe Past Partic'xple. 
 
 Past. 
 
 Singular, 
 Aun g» nr guchliurd,. 
 Tu go or guchliur^. 
 So Soor guchhurd. 
 
 Singular. 
 Aun go hfin or gucliViur^ liun, 
 Tu go hain cr guchhura hain. 
 So go ha or guclihurd M. 
 
 Sinaulnr. 
 Ann go tViu or gu(^hliura tliu. 
 Tu go thu or {zuchhurd* tViu 
 So go thu or guchliurd thu 
 
 I went.. 
 
 Plural. 
 Asse gae or gnchhure. 
 Tusse gae or gnchlmre. 
 So gae or gnchhure. 
 
 Pbesent. 
 
 I have gone. 
 
 Plural. 
 Asse gae hun or guchhure hun. 
 Tusse gae hiu or sfnchhure hin. 
 So gae hin or guchhure hin. 
 
 PLDPEBfECT. 
 
 I had gone. 
 
 Vliiral. 
 Asse fifae thie or guchhura thie, 
 Tnsse gae thie or guchliure thie. 
 So ga© thie or guchhure thie. 
 
 Conjunctive Participlf-, 
 
 Gachhi kari. Having gone. 
 
 Advkebial Participle. 
 
 Gahnde site. On going. 
 
 Examples. — k\ aun Ku^ti go thu. Today I had gone te Kugti. 
 
 Ann Bd,ri re kodd, jo gu'hhur^ thu, 
 
 I to tlie fair of Bdri had gone. 
 
 The following very common verbs are worth nothing : — 
 
 Khdn^, eat. 
 Piufi, drink, 
 Dena, give. 
 Laina take. 
 Balud say, speak. 
 Karnd, do. 
 
 Indefinite, khdnda. 
 
 pindd.. 
 
 dinda. 
 
 lainda. 
 
 balandd. 
 
 kardd. 
 
 Past, khd,u. 
 
 n 
 it 
 
 ft 
 
 >r 
 
 piu. 
 
 ditta. 
 
 Future, launU, lel^, Past, leu» 
 Past, balu. 
 ,, karu.. 
 
 Lei-gahn4 take away is conjugated like gahna. 
 
 MONTHS AND DAYS. 
 
 Sankrint, 1 st day of the month. 
 
 Bahi, 2nd day of the month. 
 
 Masant, last day of the month, 
 
 Kala raahina, or black month = Bhadon. 1st is called* Bakrora. 
 [pntroru] : Kachalu, leaves are eaten. 
 
 1st Ohetar, Dholru, the month of begging by professional beggars 
 with drums. 
 
 Bakhdkh, = Baisakh, 1st is called Basoa or Brikhu. 
 
 Jaitb,* Ist is called Lohle hohle ri Saukrant. (Meaning not kuown). 
 
 Laira=Khawan or Sawan,* 1st is called Chirnu, the name of an ingect. 
 Chickari in Urdu who attacks cattle in Sawan. 
 
 No marriages are celebrated in Chetar or Sawan. 
 
THE PARABLE OF THE GOOD SHEPHERD 
 K-),» ^ -. , . . ^'■- John X, 11-16. 
 Kh,r4pali,l aun hun. Khari nal,«l 1,1 •• 
 
 bear) ]o inde heri ka.i bl,„i,rio ohhad ,1,„i^'i" '" "'»'"^ "'^ blnibbu ( el 
 blirabbu MA jo chhekandi (tear h)1^t„ j;'^.' "'.'' "'"kbi fr^ihnda I, a ate 
 nhatoan,,. h. .0 ^.jSi- ha a\e bhai^ ri cUndt^l^rid?''"''' ''"■ ""^^ 
 
 J'un ate aun bl.air^ ra t^in a,nf j Jdinda hui^^^ '" ^"" ^"^'^° J*^ J^'.^Jh 
 
 Ate meii hor bhi bhaira hin ' 
 jo ^nun ate so men hak khnnli ate fkke klanl'V"'' ff"' I'f' ^^ '^"^ "^" 
 
 The following s^ntences will fn ^f n ^^ P'^'^^^ ^^oll 
 
 dialect and f.cili&te cXansTn with 'the ZTIZTI''^'''^ ^' ^^^ 
 
 1. Ter^nankya? What is thy name ? 
 
 2. Es ghore ri ketri umbar ha ? What i^ H.a o 
 
 there in Stber'Ao'Lel" '^'" «°''"" ''-? Ho. „an, son, are 
 ^Jn,t^i:.tX "''' ""'"'' '>-'■"'««"■>• Today I Uve eo™, 
 
 the w';ite\t:i!s s::,dt:'"* '■^=''^'""' ^''-^^ " ^'^ >>- 1„ tH„ h„use « 
 
 8. Ti,eri pi„hi _p„r Mthi pS. On his back p„t the saddle 
 
 J_ Lsera gobliru ma.n matd mSi-fi. His son I have n,„cl, be,i.„ 
 
 10. Soptapur bakri chiranda ha. He h gra.i,,. J ! , 
 mil (or passj. " s mazing goats on -J e . 
 
 11. So rukkhii tale ghore pur bekhura h^ u^ j 
 
 seated on a horse. ■ ^ ■ ^ oskdura ha. He under the tn c is 
 
 is bigtlr I'aThis'fL:?:-" '^" • ' «'^"" "'f^ '" -t») W. H. b.othe,. 
 13, U--;l mal dh^i rapay,, ,,a. Its prie» is .wo-and-a-haif rupee, 
 limaU ho„s""" '"'^ '^"'''^' ^'■-^ »^ -">"■'''■ My father I,>e, in a 
 15. 0sjo rupayye dei dea. Gire him rupees 
 6. Tes thauA rupayye lei laine. Fr.™ him take the rupees. 
 «o. well .Sr^Titt r^oTef '' '''' ^""^ (^"'' baonha. Hav.„g beaten 
 
 18. Khuwwi thauii pan! khuli. Dra,, water from the well 
 
 19. Mere agge chaM. Walk before me 
 
 Vhose boy 1:1S;^^:H^^^^'^'^*^ ^'' P^^''^'-^ ^"^^ ^- ^^''^^) 1^^. 
 hat?^^" ^''*^"' ^^' ^'^''" '"''^^''^ •'"• ^^°™ whom didst thou buy 
 ^^^^22. Girdn re ekke hatwapie thauh. From a shopkeeper of tha 
 
42 
 
 Glossaet of woeds peculiar to the Kanc41ia District and the neigh- 
 bouring HILL. TRACTS. Bl THE LATE EDWARD O'BRIEN, 
 
 Esquire, o.s., Deputy Commissioner of Kangra, Revised with 
 Additional Words by the Revd. T. GRAHAME BAILEY, 
 B. D., M.R.A.S., Wazieabad. 
 
 Note. — The Sanskrit derivatioua are by Dr. T. Ph. Vogei, Archaeological Surveyor to 
 the Punjab Goverument. He Las employed the Irausiliteration eysttJin of the Asiatic {society 
 of Beugal. 
 
 i^ ...... Skr. Sanskrit. 
 
 ._,id H. Hindi. 
 
 Wfia .v.. p. Persian. 
 
 .^^ . Ku. Kullii Dialect] 
 
 Cp. Compare. 
 Ij hoot. 
 = Means. 
 + Related to. 
 
 Agrola, man forward in speaking.. 
 
 Ahl4, bird's nest. " Kas pakhrue dd 6hM hai t*' (Of what bird it; 
 that the nest ?). Skr. dlaya, dwelling (in Himalaya). 
 
 Aitki, this time, now. 
 
 Ajhan, yet, still. 
 
 G. Akhoka, adj., of this year, akho, as in " akhoki chhalli paroki chhalli 
 thaun khari hin," " this yt ar's maize is (lit., are) better than last year's.'* 
 
 Akkar, man not liable to forced labour. 
 
 Alliia= Amalfas. (Lambagraon). 
 
 Ambar, sky. Skr. ambara. 
 
 Amri, hardnni Innd, cf. oitar, from Skr. ambu (water) ? 
 
 At\^, relationship. (Sbahpnr). " Tahsild^re kane tis dd an g hai" (he 
 is related to the Tahs-ilJar). Skr. anga = member. 
 
 Anijujjh, ''not hidiieo," "known." (Suloh). Skr. a-guhya, a-g6dha. 
 Apan, bub, Skr. aparam ( = other, further). 
 Appun, oneself, myself, thyself, &c. 
 G. Aten, and. 
 
 A nkkh5, trouble : " Mittardusman aukhi^de wakat pachhane," (Friend 
 and enemy are dish'ntjuished at the time of difficulty). (KAngra). 
 
 Aokbi-bhari^ same as aukkhi. 
 
 Aunda, drain, a small drain cut across a field to drain it = chalra or 
 chala). 
 
 Bachdlna, destroy, injure. (Kangra). 
 
 Badhi.id, to cut = Vadlin^. (Bandla). Skr. y/ vadh = to alay. 
 
 Badka, elderly mnn, bead of family. 
 
 Basgar, a kind of grass, used for fodder and for ropea, Andropagon 
 involutum and Ercojjhorum cornosuvi (Stewart) ; cf. gao-dhaa ui^ld. 
 
 Baglu, ft Ga'idi's purse of untauned skin (for tobacco). 
 
 Bagnd, flow. 
 
 G. Bagri, field. 
 
 Bagruli, bundle of baggar grass. 
 
 Bdgur, s. f., air, wind. (Kutlehar). Ku. bdgar. Cp. H, bagula (babnld) 
 1= whirlwind. 
 
 Bahnd, plough sow. 
 
Baihaod, CHpable of cultivation, (cf. behau). 
 
 Baihnj, bamboo. 
 
 Baihra, calf. 
 
 Baihri, year. 
 
 Bajh, ploughed land. (Kaloha). P. bdj ( = tribute) ? 
 
 Bd,jhi, "except." H. b^j (cp. Flatts) ? + Rkr. va.jja ( = to be avoided). 
 
 Bajlothar, hard, strong, useii of hard, r.>und stones in a river-brd ri3 
 opposed to the soft sandstone of the cliff.s ; cf. kasrallu. (Baragrdon). 
 Derived from H. bajar = harii Skr. vajra = diaQiond. 
 
 Bajog-, loss. Skr. viyoga = separahon. 
 
 Bakhan, ease, comfort. H. bakli^n. 
 
 Biildh, in the south of the District, i.e., in Hamirpur and Dera, 
 is used for bullock. lu Fdlampur of Kdngra, aud Niirpui djind used. 
 Skr. balada. 
 
 G. Balna, tell, speak. H. bolna. 
 
 Ban, jungle. 
 
 Ban, or Hsiih, a covered spring. Skr. vapi " At the b^in is the camp 
 of Harjala." Also a woman's nipple. 
 Bandri, straw mat. 
 Banhd ( = Samalu) Vitex negundo, Stewart, 166. 
 
 Banj, excommunicution. "Tijjo banj pdi ditt^," (I have excommuni- 
 cated you). Skr. y/ varj = to exclude. 
 
 G. Baragh, leopard. 
 
 Barhnd,, Subst. masc. or verb, rain or to rain. Baran, Skr. var?hana. 
 Barsdla, rainy season. Ku. barbal. Skr. varsba-kala. 
 * Baruthi, the court-yard of a hou8e = cZd/dn, cf. uan. (Hamirpur). 
 Bpsa, a hamlet when high up on a hill. Skr. vasa (dwelling). 
 Basab, trust. Skr. visvasa. 
 Basand, ploughed land = taraddadi. (Gaddi). 
 Basdi, a hamlet. (Kutlehar). Skr. vasati = dwelling. 
 Basinda, a hamlet, (inhabitant). Skr. y/ vas = to stay. 
 Basunti, Adhatoda fsaica, Stewart, 164. 
 Bat, a road. H. bat. 
 I Bat, s. f. egg. 
 
 G. Bd,t, wind as in " baia bdt jhulura," (' a great wind is blowing ') 
 Skr, vdta v^ va. 
 
 Batlohi, brass pot. 
 
 Batra 60 % per annum of interest. (Kutlehar). 
 
 Batt, upper millstone. Tali, under millstone. (Bhawarna). 
 
 Batti, a measure, = two sera pakka. 
 
 G. Bauh, fore-quantar of a sheep. (Dharmsdla). Skr. bahu ) ( = arm). 
 
 Bauhar, upper story, roof . (Sujanpur). Skr. vyavahara ? 11 (house) 
 affaiis. 
 
 G. Bauhrea, sown. 
 
 Baunhkari, broom of long grass. 
 
 Beddo, see beuhs. 
 
 G. Behi, book (especially money-lender's). 
 
 Behr^, a cluster of houses, a hamlet. (Properly the space in the 
 middle). (Dhatwdl). 
 
 G. Bekanu, a wether. 
 
 G. Betan, wife. Ku. betri=girl, young woman. 
 
 Beuhl, dhamman. Skr. bilva [ = Aegle marmelos). 
 
 Bedhs (= beddo,) a willow. Stewart, 206—8. 
 
 * Bhakrdri, a mallet for crushing clods. 
 
 Bhalel, fibre made from the bark of the dhamman tree. (Baragrdcn). 
 
 Bhandaur, see darohld. 
 
^ Bhangan, the name of a fish : (Bhddpur). 'Be&s. 
 * Bharauta, a clod-crasher. (Nadaunti). 
 G. Bharukkh, s. f. hunger. Skr. bubhuksLa (?) 
 Bhaundu, foolish, silly. 
 
 Bhedu, a sheep geuerMlly, also a ram^ H, Ku. bhed = ewe. 
 Bher, a ewe. Cp. bhedu. 
 Bheth. a precipice. (P^larapnr). 
 
 " Bhittdn dei de^/' shut the door, {tit , the planks used here as a door). 
 Bhrabhu, red bear In Skr. powerful, lord. 
 Bhukr^n, a clod-crusher. (Dera). 
 Bhun, field. 
 
 G. Biar, wind, as in " bari bidr, jhulijri," (a great wind is blowing). 
 Bij, lightning when it strikes, while bijli = the flush. + Skr. vidyut. 
 BiJangan, a clothes' horse, a stick suspended by two ropes from 
 ho eaves of a house. Skr. vilambana = pendant. 
 
 Bir, a ridge between fields, (Daro). Ku. Bir. Skr. viti = separation ? 
 
 Birld,, broad. Skr. vistirna. 
 
 Bitti, daughter, girl. 
 
 Boddar, peacock. 
 
 Budhi, mother. 
 
 Bub Id, adj , low, depressed. (Nagrota). 
 
 * G. Bujazu, tinder. 
 Bujhkd, load. 
 
 Buuh, adv., below, as in " bunh gachh top," (go down and search). 
 Kn. bunh. 
 
 Chdcha, father. Cf. H. chacha = paternal uncle. 
 Chak, head ornament. 
 
 Chakona, square. Skr. catush - kona = four cornered. 
 Chalrd = aunda, qu. vide (Malan). Skr. V. ca!. = to run. 
 
 * Chamal, the plant which children call "Jack-in-the-box." (Gaddi). 
 
 Chamba, 3Iichelia campaca, Stewart, 5. Skr. campaka. 
 
 Chamrd, skin (of cattle). ) c«i i • i ii. i.- u 
 
 m 'I- / t: ^ \ > okr. carman= skin, leather, shield. 
 Chamri, skm (of a man). ) * ' 
 
 Chandra, miser, cunning man. 
 
 G. Chardte, hind quarter of a sheep. (Dharmsd,la). 
 
 Chatrati, mahser, cf. kakidru. {Dera, and Sujdnpur), 
 
 Chhah, butter milk. 
 
 Chhalli, maize. 
 
 Chhandr, bad woman, 
 
 Chharola, a stile. 
 
 G. Chhelria, goat, lamb. 
 
 Chhelu, a lamb. 
 
 G. Chhikkd, load. 
 
 G. Chhiri, wood. + H. char (=shaft) ? 
 
 Chhopa, vaccination. 
 
 Chhori, chhokri, girl. 
 
 Ghhoru, chhokru, boy. 
 
 Chhuh, the six-sided cactus. 
 
 Chhu-nali, water-cress. 
 
 Uhhubbd,, the rope with which a load of grass is tied + chdbr^= 
 
 basket, ? 
 
 * Chhumb, a stack of maize. (Kutlehar). [jhumb.] 
 
 G. Chimta, high, 
 
 Chiudna, think, wish. 
 
 Chirindi ? maple. 
 
 Choi, a stream, a torrent. H. coyd, cp. PlattSt 
 
 Ciioind, to strip, to skin. 
 
ChoiS, a stream, r^cbof— "Is^ jimfna 50 Irai chou lagdo, tap nan hao ;" 
 [to this land three streams are attached, there are nine mouths for the 
 water.] (Kdngra). 
 
 * Chunchal, a sort of blackbird with plumage blue tinted in the sun. 
 From Skr. cancu ( = beak) ? 
 
 Chupanje, interest on grain at 25% per anuum. 
 Churdfi, parched rice. 
 
 * Dd,gula, grape-vine, and Dhurd, grapo. + P. ongur ? 
 
 G. Dah, courtship, as in "meri d4h karni," (make love to mo). Skr. 
 daha. heat (?) 
 
 Dalhunnf, hive. 
 Dand, toorn. Skr. danta. 
 Danga, a stoue wall. 
 Dangu, a scorpion. 
 Dardknl, coward. 
 Uardtti, sickle. 
 
 Darohla, the multicomb, domesticated tree-bee ; cf. bhandaur the 
 unicomb, wild tree-bee. " ' ' 
 
 Dataild, morning meal. 
 
 Daund, a wood-pigeon. 
 
 G. Dena, to cross (a pass, river, etc.)« 
 
 Dhakh-dhakh, little by little, dhakh, little. 
 
 Dhamman=Beuhl, ((rrevia oppositifolia, Stewart, 27). H. dhaman. 
 
 Dharirna, to drag. 
 
 Dhera, crooked, as " dheri lakri," (a crooked stick). 
 
 G. Dheu, daughter. Skr. duhitar. 
 
 Dhi41u, earthen pot, 
 
 Dhidra, sun. Skr. dina-kara, divasa-kara? = day maker, i.e., 8un. 
 
 Phig, precipice. 
 
 Pliingara, Hind, arhar, a kind of pulse, Cajanus Indicus, (Ramgarh). 
 
 Dhiotra, a daughter's son. Skr. dauhitra. 
 
 Dbirnd, to drag. (Cbaumukha). 
 
 Dhiun, a tree with large leaves ; bears a fruit, Atocarpus integrifolia. 
 (Lodhwdn). 
 
 Dhor, bullock. Skr. dhurya, dhaareya = beast of burden. (From 
 dhur, dhura = burden). 
 
 Dhura, vide Dagula. 
 
 Dikkna see, look. 
 
 Dohru, blanket. 
 
 Poind, to tremble. 
 
 G. Dote, to-morrow, cf. H. dan-thain. 
 
 Dudhar, a hut in the cultivated land for the purpose of being near the 
 fields. 
 
 Ehra, like this. 
 
 Ekal, wild hog which lives alone. 
 Gd, cow. 
 
 Gabhe, between. Skr. garbh© Locative of garbha = womb cf. 
 H. gab. 
 
 Gaddi, a sheaf of rice. (Sal oh). 
 
 G. Gahnd, to go. 
 
 Galand, to speak, cf. H. galana. 
 
 * Gao-dhan mdl6 a rope of baggar grass and mango leaves suspended 
 ftcrOBS the path to a cowshed to avert cattle-disease. (Baragraon). 
 
'Gappi, chatterer, flatterer, as in Katochan di uttar mukkhi paraul 
 ^hdlakdh jo sattu khusdmadan (orgappian) jo chad, at the north-facing 
 doorway of the Katoch to helpers (is given) ground corn, to flatterers rice. 
 Proverb. H. gappi. 
 
 Gardka^ a clap i3f thunder. 
 
 Garju, thunder. Skr. ^ parj, 
 
 Garnd,, 'Carw»a diffusa, Stewart, 42, very like karaundd, which is 
 ^ariftu ccrtindas. 
 
 * G. Gadld, latngur. 
 
 G. Gaun, hot. 
 
 tjhdlak, helper. 
 
 ^hdlki, help. 
 
 •Ghalna, to help. H. ghalnd has qaite a different meaning. 
 
 Gharethal, stand for water pots. 
 
 G. Gharingar, saddle of a sheop. (Dharmsdla). 
 
 -Gha-iini, the bird which makes bottle shaped nests. (Saloh). 
 
 "Gharu, a precipice. 
 
 Ghatti, slope. 
 
 Xihoru, horse smaller than ghord. 
 
 Ghnard, a stack of rice-straw. (Kdngra). 
 
 <3rhunRanian, parched wheat. 
 
 Gid, the name of a fish. (Bhddpur), Beds. 
 
 Gidli, name of a fish. (Dera and Sujanpur). 
 
 GolDhru, son. H. gabru =boy. 
 
 God, an eel-like fish, Mestacemhlus armatus. (Dera and Sujanpur). 
 
 Gohar, path to hamlet. 
 
 Gohran, cattle shed. 
 
 Gojhra, lap, part of garment. 
 
 Goru, a herd of cattle, as in " tere gorn kiti thahar hiu?" (how many 
 head are there in your herd?) 
 
 Gotar, tribe (restricted to the decendants of on© ancestor). Skr. 
 gotra. 
 
 Guhd,rd, open. 
 
 Gullu, a cob of maize from which the graia has been picked. 
 
 G. Gurld,, sweet. 
 
 Garlu, the sweet viscous matter deposited by insects on the leaves 
 and flowers of the mango in spring. (Rajhun). 
 
 G. Hachhd, white (of things and animals). Skr. accha ( = clean). 
 E6kh, eye. G. hdkkhri. 
 
 Bakhi, a glance, akr. akshi, akshau. "DuUih janien di hakhi lagi/* 
 (the glance of two lovers met). (Gaddi song). 
 
 Handhna, walk. 
 Handu, earthen cooking pot. 
 Bangi, sieve of wood and leather. 
 Hath-lop, groping, — karnd, to grope. (Kangra). 
 Hatiard, a wretch, a murderer. + Skr. hataka. 
 Hattna, return. 
 
 Haud, ploughing the standing crop of rice, "Haud Hdy mahlne 
 hunghe " (the rice will be ploughed in Har), cf. or. 
 
 Hera, shikar. 
 
 G. Herna, see, look. 
 
 Hi, yesterday, ai in " Hi aun kachahri jo na go," (yesterday I to 
 jtntcherry did not go). Ku. hij, Skr. hyaa. 
 
 Hik-jor (br«BBt-force), oppression, &c. 
 
 Hiun, snow, Skr. hima, (Himalaya = enow abode). 
 
47 
 
 ML. 
 
 Hiund, Hiund^, winter^ as '^akhoke liiundii man] tuBSO apnn)]iRir 
 bakri kitthf charni hin ?" where will you grazo your shoep luid j^oat^ ihi 
 winter?) (Dharmsala). Skr. hemanta. 
 
 * Hiunwdt, snow-blindness. 
 
 IbMn, now, ibhla, ibhk^., of now, belonging to this time. 
 
 G. Ijai, mother. 
 
 Ikkar, kind of sugarcane. 
 
 Illan, kite. 
 
 Irkhia, shame. 
 
 Itkha, itbakha, to this side. 
 
 G. Jabara, an old man. 
 J^hlu, when. + Skr. y^vad. 
 ^^effll^r^ and palla, names of V)lighiff. 
 Jaliha, dumb. (Kangra). 
 J^ni-mdni, tiohns volenti. 
 
 Jdnkdr, wise. _, , ry. . . r.i * 
 
 Japhlota, croton tree, Jatwpha curca^, Stewart's Ptaujab Planfp 
 
 ^""^^G.^ Jar, ^f^veT^is in " jar kbit icl.hu.d hd/' (fev^- and ague have 
 come). Skr. jvara. 
 
 G. Jelld, hard. 
 
 Jhakb, jhdnjhd, stormy wind. 
 
 Jhrtsna, rub. 
 
 G. Jhauntu axe. 
 
 Jliuddu, henpecked husband. 
 
 Jhugdnk, annoy. ^ n r ll _». 
 
 Jhumb = a stack of Indian corn. (Lamb^grdon) . cf. chhnmh. 
 
 Jhangd, house. 
 
 Jhungi, inferior house, shed. 
 
 G. Jora, rope. 
 
 Junds, a wife. (Hamirpur). 
 
 Jungla, yoke. (Bhawarna). 
 
 Juthuttar, husband's elder brother s son. 
 
 Kb, crow, pi. kd, " mate k4 hin," (there are many crows). Skr. kika. 
 Kahlu, when. 
 
 KmJo, why ? (Gaddi).^ ^ father'^ youn^ r brother or his wife). 
 
 G. Kak, uucle, kakki, annt (t.e., tat her 8 youn 
 
 * Kakidru, mahser ( = chatrati). (Dera and .s.jdnp.n). 
 
 Kakri, cucumber. , , „..„„,„„ 
 
 * Kalbelan, the time between sunset and daik, evening. 
 
 Kalhd, quarrel, t^kr. kitlalia. 
 
 G. Kalotti, black bear. The red oowiler which fMrms 
 
 Kdmal EMlera tinctona Ste^^^t, .7^ The red pvv 
 on the capsules is called Umda and is used for dye, worms 
 Kandd., a thorn. Skr. kantaka. 
 
 ^ Kandi, water beetle qt^^wart 62 Skr. karnika.a ? 
 
 Kandr, (Kotla-Niirpur)=Amaltds, Stewart, oz. DKr. . 
 
 Eapbi, tinder (=biijazu). 
 
 Karal-Kachnar. (Kangra). 
 
 Karai. Baubinia Yariegata, Stewart, p. &y. 
 
 ^^tt:'^:^t^J^^^v''^^^ ^'"''^ «"""' ''"'"' 
 
 '"^Xri stack of rice, .,.are or oblong f^^^^ .^^ ^'■ 
 KasikrS, a crab. (Pbelu m Maadi). +bkr. kar^a 
 
* Kaaar, swarm. 
 
 ♦ J^Tlu' f ^^ T^ ""^ ^^^ ^i^ sandstone whfcR is rapidly worn into 
 tracks by the feet o u,eo or cattle (Baragrdon) ; cf. kasari^and Tal otthar 
 Kasari, sick. (Bara^rdon) . ' "'tJi^Ji-i'aar. 
 
 Kasa:al. Be, bens aristata. Rasot is made of the root of tho kasmal 
 
 * Knur, a weed w,th a yellow flower (Lodhwan), observed in fields 
 generally m February and March. "»«^iveu m neias 
 
 ^^^ Kawar gandal, a plant of the aloe kind ? Aloe rerfoliata, Stewart, 
 
 *K"endu, Deafpyros montana, right bank of Beds. 
 
 Kes, hair. 
 
 Khad, stream, river. 
 
 G» Khadnd, call. 
 
 Kbi^du, a ram. 
 
 ?V^T^??:^ ^i^'^'P' "" splititer. Skr. sakala (and salaka) f 
 Beds) ^^'^^'^' *^^ "^^" ""^ ^ fi^^' '■« Urdu Mahaser. '(Bhadpnr on 
 
 G, Khalai, locust. Skr. sdlabha. 
 
 Khal-dard, resin of the diil, (Pinus longifolia), Darini 
 
 Khalri, skin (of a sheep or g.>at . 
 
 ., .(>• KJianda a flock, (Dharaisdia)asin "tussere kh.nde mani ketrr 
 
 Khard" ood ""^"^ ^ ^'^ "'"'^ ^°'''^' ^'^ ^^^'^ ^" -^^'^^ flock)? 
 
 G. Kharal, hair. 
 
 G. Kharat, loss. Skr. ^ sar to break. 
 
 Khdri, basket. Skr. khdra, khan = a measure of capacity. 
 G-. Knaiina. stand up. ^ •' 
 
 • G. Khauhrd, father-in-law. Skr. svasura. 
 G. Kheil, a porcupin.^ ( = saihl). Skr. salyaka 
 KheU. cold. ^ 
 
 KhiH,la,nd fallen out of cultivation. Skr. khila = fallow land 
 
 Khil-sal, rtnt tor uncultivated land. 
 
 * Khikhnrna, to teach. Skr. y/siksh. 
 
 G, Khikhnd, tea -h. 
 
 G. Khokha, the receptacle above the dntd. 
 
 Khuchna, to have sexual inreicour.«e uith, 
 
 Khuchina, pa-s. verb, fnm foregoing. 
 
 Khukh, pntf-bal), Stewart, 268. 
 
 G. lOiukka, dry. Skr. sushka. 
 
 G. Khulnd, take out, cast out. 
 
 G. Khunnd, hear, khunand, cause to hear. 
 
 *Khuiini, name of H fish. (Bias). 
 
 Kharerti, foot and mouth disease, (also called Idlu) 
 
 Kf, and jo, dative affixes, as in - Debi Chand her; ki chalia, (Devi 
 ^hand went to shoot). ' ^L»evi 
 
 Kichh, something = kuchh. 
 Kird, snake. Skr. kita (= worm). 
 Kiun, common bean. (Lodhwan). 
 
 G "^ Kod °I foi?^'' ^^^"^^^^ ^ large landing net. (K6ngra). 
 
 Kokrd, blue rock pigeon (Mundhi); {vide pdrar). 
 KothM, a clod-crusher. (Kdno-ra). 
 Kudl, slope. (Bangar). 
 
 Kttkraile-dd-thd, a stack of maize stalks. (Suloh) 
 Kukndla, maize-stalks without the cobs. (Lanj), 
 
Kuli, girl. From Skr. kula (= family) ? 
 Kunl^ or kunli, a stack of grass. 
 
 KunnuQ or kunlu, a stack of rice, round with a peaktd top. cf. ka . 
 (Suloh). • ^' 
 
 Kurkd,, name of a fish. (Dera and Sujd,npur). 
 Kuskana, speak softly. 
 Kutd,hdn, on what side ? 
 *Kutdr, dog. Skr. kurkura, kukkura. 
 Kuthu, where ? 
 Kut-phdt, land cultivated after an interval of 2 or 3 years. (Lanj). 
 
 Ldhar, land in which rice is not grown. 
 
 Laira, Sawan. 
 
 Lairthi, lying-in woman. 
 
 Lak, waist, " Merd, lak dole" ("my waist swings"). 
 
 Lakoldi, shelf in wall. 
 
 G. Ldn^, fine or smooth, as "pitthd Idn^ hd," (the flour is fine). 
 
 Larh, a ram used for breeding. 
 
 LauhH, boy. 
 
 Leh, thistle. (Lodhwan). 
 
 Lhd;d or Hid,, s. m., a landslip. 
 
 * Lindak, tail of cattle only. (Baragrjlon) . 
 G. Lingni, K^ngri lingn^ or linghat, tail. 
 
 G. Lodh^, blood, of an animal. Skr. lohita (= red blood). 
 Lotki, lotri, waterpot. 
 Lugari, di'ink of rice juice. 
 Lundare, sickness like measles. 
 
 * Lunj, wages for picking cobfcon : (Tira in Kutlehar). 
 Lurhnd, fail. 
 
 Mach, a kind of toothless rake, made with a curved blade and a 
 handle, for levelling muddy land. 
 Machld, lazy. 
 Magar, kind of bamboo. 
 M^hnun, man. 
 
 * Makhar, a swarm of bees. 
 Makhir, honey. 
 
 Mandhd, flying fox. (Sujdnpur Tira),=manchd,h. (Kotla). 
 Manjii, in. 
 
 * M^ran, Ulmus campestris. Stewart, 210. (Nagar in Kulu). 
 
 * Masarin, potentilla. (Triund, Dharmsdla). 
 Mata, much, excess. 
 
 Matotrd, at enmity. 
 Megh, rain. Skr. megha = cloud. 
 Mesn^, hush up. 
 
 Mhai, buffalo. Skr. mahisha, Pukhto mekba ( = female buffalo). 
 Mhdi, herder of buffaloes. 
 
 G. Mulnd, to meet, to be joined, to be procured, as in " minjo 
 Nurpurd mdn ik dhd,r mull hd,," (I have got a range in Nurpur). 
 Mirtr, leopard. 
 
 * Mugi, a square receptacle made of mud and straw. 
 Munh, mouth. Skr. mukha. 
 
 Mukld,, sufficient. 
 
 Munakh, or manukkh, husband. Skr. raanusha? (= man). 
 
 Mund, head. Skr. munda (= bald, bald head, head). 
 
 Munnu, boy. 
 
 G. Nachrohi, the fourth day. 
 
Nagar, town. Skr, nagara. 
 
 G. Nai, river. 
 
 G. Nakarj, the day before the day before yesterday, 
 
 Ndl, stream, also nald ; n^lu, smaller thau ndU. 
 
 Napilii^, to wring, (clothes, &c.). 
 
 G. Nar, stone. 
 
 Naun, a masonry tank as in *' Thuiali da naun./' 
 
 Neha, like this. 
 
 Nhasen^, run away. G. Nhakhn^. 
 
 Nher^, nhi^r^, darkness. 
 
 Nid,rd,, niru, weak young child or animal unable to digest. 
 
 Nihdlnd, wait. 
 
 Nihl, the plains. 
 
 Nihlidj plainsman. 
 
 Nllrl, blue jay. (MaUn). 
 
 * Nimd.n, slow. 
 Nindar, sleep. 
 
 * Obnn, an umbrella of leaves on a 'bamboo frame (asapohru at 
 Darini), Hamirpur. 
 
 Obri, covered room. 
 
 Ori, shed for sheep or sfoats. 
 
 Ottar, baranni lam), cf. amri. ^ Pukhto watar = wateredj irrigated. 
 
 Pachdhdn, towards behind. 
 
 Pachhainnd, recognise^ 
 
 G. Pd,hal, shepherd. 
 
 P4hu, tenant. 
 
 Paiun^, sharp.. 
 
 Pakhriia, a bird. 
 
 G. Piiluliih paiuci, fight. 
 
 * Palla, see jalara. [p^ld, cold ?] 
 Palosnd, bring up, rear. 
 
 Pdnsard, Wendlandia exserta, Ktewart, 17. 
 
 * Pararu, a small stack of wheat. 
 
 Paraul, s. f., the gateway of a house. Skr. protoli ? H. paul ? 
 
 G. Parar, foot. 
 
 Pd,rar, blue rock pigeon (Mundhi), -yicZe Kokrd. Skr. pdrdvata (turtle- 
 dove). 
 
 Parid,rd, Erythrina arhorescens. A tree with large leaves, thorns, and 
 knotted (?) bark. At Punder in Nurpur I saw some wandering tribe 
 making broad bands of this wood, which they made up in rolls and used 
 for making the hoops of sieves. 
 
 G. Parj, the day before yesterday. 
 
 G. Parohe, the day after to-morrow. 
 
 Parora or Porora. Tree with long pointed glabrous leaves. 
 
 Patandar, parents. 
 
 Pathd,, name of a fish. (Kdngra). 
 
 G. Patold, plain. 
 
 * Pat' fd,, father's younger brother, and Patrer-i, his children- Skr. 
 pitrya (= paternal). 
 
 Patrii, a water-plant with leaves like porrel. (Lodhwan). 
 Peru, a large basket consisting of a cylinder with narrowing mouth 
 and a hole near the bottom for taking out the grain stored in it. 
 Ph%u, phaguf^, wild fig. 
 
Ph^t, meadow. 
 
 Phatnd, strike Tvith Bword. 
 
 Phattu, a shinglo for roofing (Darini). 
 
 G. Phiri in^, return. 
 
 Phuk, life, soul, as in " Parmesure di^ kirpa te tuereii ghareh ch6r 
 phukkdn ban" (by the favour of God there are four persona in ray house). 
 Picchen, behind, Skr. prsthe. Locative of prishtha =back. 
 Pippal, red pepper. (Hamirpur). 
 
 Pirna, to get ready, as in " pird meri pd,lki," (get ready my 
 palauquin) . (Song). 
 
 Piuld, yellow. Skr. pita. 
 
 Pragr^, light, as in " pragr^ kar " (irmkH a light). 
 
 * Prasan, thread as it is spun, i.e., as from wool it becomes thread 
 :and is wound upon the spindle. Skr. prasarana ? 
 
 Pugnd, be acceptable. 
 Puhdl, shepherd. 
 Pukkd, pokd, kiss. 
 Pukkarnd, help. 
 
 G. Puthi, prep, and adv., up, above, upon, as in " pu^hi mal 
 tgachchhe," (do not go up). 
 
 * Rana, queen bee. Skr. r^jan (= king) rdj^naka (= kinglet). 
 Rirhl, spur of a mountain. (Rihlu'. 
 
 Rikh, line, 
 
 Runk^, tinder box. 
 
 Runkhar, hard hearted. 
 
 Rurhu, s. m. fixed rent=P. Chakauta, 
 
 G. Rutti, bread. 
 
 Sahansar pdin, A spai-atjui^ racemnsus , Stewart, 233, ( = thoupand root), 
 "Skr. sahasi-a-pdda (thousand-foot). 
 
 Saihl, a porcupine. Punjabi, seh ; in Gddi, KheiU. Skr. ? salyaka, 
 ■sallaka. S'ala, snlva = quill. 
 
 Sdld, wnman\s red clotli covering, 
 
 * Samalu, see Bannd 
 
 Sandb, a bull. Skr. sdnda, i.a. sa-anda mpaus provided witli testicula 
 (anda = egg, testiculum) * Puklito sanda (= male buffalo). ' Ghirlhni 
 T-and uihh, Jhota sandh ninh.' A Ghiitlmi cmnot become a -widow any 
 more than a male buffalo can beconie a bull. — Vroverh. 
 
 Sandli, a standing place in shade for cattle. 
 
 Sangra, narrow. Skr. sankata. 
 
 Sappar, a cliff, or rock. 
 
 * Satha, always. Ski-, sarvatha in any case. 
 
 G. Sathri, a bundle of rice, cut but not yet tied. (Sulnh). 
 
 Sauka, the state of liaving a rival wife. " Sanke par j^nd maiii no 
 maiizur nabin kia." (I did not consent to go on the condition of being a 
 rival wife), Hansu vs. Mt. Koko. 
 
 Sp, the functions of a barber, a shave. (Kdngra). 
 
 Sel, bark-fihre. (Baragraon). 
 
 Sik, lead. Skr. sisa, sisaka. 
 
 Simbal, simmal, Bomhax ske-piaphyleum. 
 
 Sindh; whistle. 
 
 Sinna, wet. 
 
 * Sirignd, ground-bee. 
 
 Sit, (Gddi, kbit) ague. Skr. sita (= cold). 
 Sitak. bark of a tree (Baragrdon). 
 
So, placenta, bearing young (of animals). Skr. -^ su to bear. 
 
 Sohd,, slight raio. (Rajhun). 
 
 Sotna, to glean, sweep, or collect by sweeping. (Lanj). 
 
 Sudru, suari, small field next to house. 
 
 Suhklu, sweet wheaten bread. 
 
 * Sukdman, a parasitical plant. I have only seen it growing on 
 mango trees. Fleshy leaves. I cannot trace it in Stewart, (Nurpur). 
 
 Sukoi, diought, " Is baraa sukoi bari hai, hun assdn thelu pdi 
 dene," of. tbelu. 
 G. Sund, sleep. 
 
 * SuQ^i), needle. Skr. sivyati, to sew ^y siv. 
 
 Sup, a winnowing basket of bamboo. Ghhaj is a winnowing basket 
 of the tili of kdna grass. Sup in Urdu, see Fallon, suh. voce. 
 Sutidgar, trader. 
 Sutriljan, marigold. (Hamirpur). [Sartaj, sartdjri]. 
 
 Tdhdn, on this side. 
 
 Tdhlu, then. Skr. tadd, khalu ? 
 
 * Tan, a viachdn. 
 
 Tandird, tandirtd, silver neck-ring. 
 Tap, see under thelu. 
 Tarphaudi, crooked (morally). 
 
 Ta'=;ih^, trouble, annoyance, as in " mein tussu saite, takrdr kari-leo 
 tusse roz roK munjo kajo tasihd dind ? hd, ? " (I n>ade a promise with you, why 
 do you daily give me trouble ?) (Dharms^Ia Gd-di). 
 
 Tdu, father's elder brother, fern, tei, and tair, i, are his children. 
 Skr. tdta ? 
 
 G. Tauld, quick (also Jdudri). Cp. H. turat, Skr. ivarita, cp. H. tund, 
 
 Skr. turna. 
 
 Tau'ndi, s. f., hot season. (Gddi). Cp. H. tann.=i, Skr. tapas. 
 
 Tepra, squint eyed. 
 
 Th^har, a head (of cattle). (Dharnis^la). 
 
 Thain-^, deposit, " eh meri thaini hai," (this is to be kept for me), also 
 verb, to deposir. 
 
 Thdk, s. f., an obstacle. Cp. H. thakana to weary, to harass. 
 
 Thallen, prep., below. Skr. sthala = land, floor, H. thai, 
 
 Thalli, nether millstone. (Bhawarna). Skr. sthali = land, floor (athala) 
 
 H. thai. 
 
 G, Thandd, lazy, 
 
 Thelu, a flat piece of wood placed in a water-course to make the flow 
 of water evenin order to divide it equally amongst the smaller channels by 
 means of pieces of wood {tap) fixed in the thelu. 
 
 * Thil, snail, [phil]. + Skr. stima (Y/stim — ), slow, creeping? 
 
 Thippu, gill's covering. 
 
 This, going slowly, stopping. 
 
 f hulla, thick. Skr, sthula. 
 
 G. Thungar, parched grain. 
 
 Tr^mb^, copper. Skr. tamra, 
 
 Trikhd;, treh4, thirst. Skr. trish, 
 
 Tuar, Sunday. 
 
 G. Tundi, sheep's trotter, cf. thudu in Kuluhi. 
 
 Udn, courtyard of house. 
 
 Ukkhal, wooden mortar (for pestle), foolish man. 
 
 l/ndhmukkh^, undhrd, pig, boar. 
 
Undrfir, a hamlet. 
 
 Un8d,n, a spindle held in the hand. (Dharmsdla G6di). 
 
 T/r, planting rice by hand, " ass^n nadda ur bhi-lei-chhadia," (we hav 
 planted the rice by hand in the marshes) of. hand. 
 
 Usdhal, fr. osnd, a descent. 
 
 Usna, ascend, as in " muhun thon n6n usindhfi, mnUlia nmttlia 
 ild" (by me Jt cannot be ascended, I will come slowly). (Dhannsilt 
 Gadi) ; cf. osna. 
 
 LTt, stupid. 
 
 Ut^h^n, on that side. 
 
 Utfirb, vomit. 
 
^*^, 
 
 ft 
 
■*. 
 
RETURN TO the circulation desk of any 
 University of California Library 
 or to the 
 NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 BIdg. 400, Richmond Field Station 
 University of California 
 Richmond, CA 94804-4698 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 
 • 2-month loans may be renewed by calling 
 (510)642-6753 
 
 • 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing 
 books to NRLF 
 
 • Renewals and recharges may be made 4 
 days prior to due date. 
 
 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
 
 SEP 1 6 2000 
 
 12,000(11/95) 
 
GENERAL LIBRARY U.C. BERKELEY 
 
 III! mil mil nil nil 
 BDDDflEbMSa